Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 8, 2004
Registration Statement No. 333-112829


SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549


Amendment No. 2

to
Form S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933


WellCare Group, Inc.

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)
         
Delaware   6324   47-0937650
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization)
  (Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)


6800 North Dale Mabry Highway, Suite 268

Tampa, Florida 33614
(813) 290-6200
(Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Registrant’s Principal Executive Offices)


Mr. Todd S. Farha

President and Chief Executive Officer
WellCare Group, Inc.
6800 North Dale Mabry Highway, Suite 268
Tampa, Florida 33614
(813) 290-6200
(Name, Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Agent for Service)


Copies to:

         
Stephen A. Riddick, Esq.
Jason T. Simon, Esq.
Greenberg Traurig, LLP
800 Connecticut Avenue, N.W., Suite 500
Washington, D.C. 20006
(202) 331-3100
  Dennis M. Myers, P.C.
Kirkland & Ellis LLP
200 East Randolph Drive
Chicago, Illinois 60601
(312) 861-2000
  Leslie N. Silverman, Esq.
Cleary, Gottlieb, Steen
& Hamilton
One Liberty Plaza
New York, New York 10006
(212) 225-2000


     Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

     If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.   o

     If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   o

     If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   o

     If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   o

      If delivery of the Prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434, please check the following box.   o


CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

                 


Proposed Maximum Proposed Maximum
Title of Each Class of Amount to be Offering Price Per Aggregate Offering Amount of
Securities to be Registered Registered(1) Share(2) Price(2) Registration Fee(3)

Common Stock, par value $.01 per share
  8,433,333   $16.00   $134,933,328   $17,096


(1)  Includes 1,100,000 shares that the underwriters have the option to purchase from the selling stockholder to cover over- allotments, if any.
 
(2)  Estimated solely for purposes of calculating the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(a) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
 
(3)  $12,670 previously paid.


     The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until this Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to such Section 8(a), may determine.




Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell securities and we are not soliciting offers to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

PROSPECTUS (Subject to Completion)

Dated                           , 2004

                                    Shares

(WELLCARE LOGO)

COMMON STOCK


WellCare Group, Inc. is offering 7,333,333 shares of its common stock. This is our initial public offering and no public market currently exists for our shares. We anticipate that the initial public offering price will be between $14.00 and $16.00 per share.


We have applied to list our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “WCG.”


Investing in our common stock involves risks. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 7.


PRICE $             A SHARE


                         
Underwriting
Discounts and Proceeds to
Price to Public Commissions WellCare



Per Share
  $       $       $    
Total
  $       $       $    

The selling stockholder has granted the underwriters the right to purchase up to an additional 1,100,000 shares to cover over-allotments. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of common stock by the selling stockholder.

The Securities and Exchange Commission and state securities regulators have not approved or disapproved these securities, or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated expects to deliver the shares to purchasers on                     , 2004.


MORGAN STANLEY

  SG COWEN & CO.
  UBS INVESTMENT BANK
  WACHOVIA SECURITIES

                    , 2004.


Table of Contents

(INSIDE COVER PAGE)

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

         
Page

    1  
    7  
    22  
    23  
    23  
    24  
    25  
    26  
    27  
    29  
    47  
    71  
    86  
    90  
    92  
    95  
    97  
    100  
    102  
    102  
    102  
    F-1  
  EX-2.1
  EX-10.24
  EX-10.29
  EX-23.1

      You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. We and the selling stockholder have not authorized anyone to provide you with information that is different from that contained in this prospectus. We and the selling stockholder are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, shares of common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of when this prospectus is delivered or when any sale of our common stock occurs.

      Until                     , 2004, all dealers that buy, sell or trade shares, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

i


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

      This summary highlights selected information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. It does not contain all of the information that may be important to you. You should read the following summary together with the more detailed information regarding our company, the common stock being sold in this offering and our consolidated and combined financial statements, including the notes to those statements, appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

Our Business

      We arrange for the delivery of healthcare services, also known as “managed care services,” targeted exclusively to government-sponsored healthcare programs, focusing on Medicaid and Medicare. We have centralized core functions, such as claims processing and medical management, combined with marketing and provider relationships tailored to the local markets where we operate. We believe that this approach allows us to provide high-quality, affordable healthcare services to our members and offer cost saving opportunities to the states we serve, while maintaining mutually beneficial relationships with our providers and our regulators. We also believe that our approach to the delivery of managed care services will allow us to effectively grow our business, both through organic growth and acquisitions.

      We operate health plans in Florida, New York, Connecticut, Illinois and Indiana. In Florida, as of March 31, 2004, we served more than 495,000 members, and operated the two largest Medicaid managed care plans. In New York and Connecticut, as of March 31, 2004, we served approximately 60,000 and 26,000 members, respectively. As a result of our recent acquisition of Harmony Health Systems, Inc., we currently serve approximately 54,000 members in Illinois and 30,000 members in Indiana.

Our Markets and Opportunities

      The market for government-sponsored healthcare programs in the United States is large and growing. In 2002, Medicaid covered 40.1 million enrollees and Medicare covered 40.5 million enrollees, according to the federal government’s Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, or CMS. Enrollment in Medicaid managed care programs has grown rapidly in recent years, from 13.3 million, or 40% of enrollees, in 1996 to 23.1 million, or 58% of enrollees, in 2002, according to CMS. These managed care programs generally arrange for the delivery of an array of healthcare services to members at a fixed monthly payment per member.

      We are the largest provider of Medicaid managed care services in the State of Florida, where we also operate a large Medicare plan. In 2003, we added approximately 44,000 members to our State Children’s Health Insurance Program, or SCHIP, known in Florida as Healthy Kids. Florida has approximately 2.1 million Medicaid enrollees, according to CMS, which includes beneficiaries under the Supplemental Security Income and the Temporary Assistance to Needy Families programs. Florida also has 2.9 million Medicare enrollees, the second largest population of any state. Based on our history of providing quality managed care services in Florida, we believe we are well positioned to continue increasing our membership in the state.

      Our health plans in New York and Connecticut have experienced significant membership growth under our management. During 2003, our membership in New York grew approximately 23% to nearly 56,000 members, and our membership in Connecticut grew approximately 39% to nearly 24,000 members. We believe that both of these states are attractive markets for growth. We believe that the New York market opportunity is substantial, with approximately 3.4 million Medicaid and 2.7 million Medicare enrollees, according to CMS.

      In June 2004, we acquired Harmony Health Systems, Inc., a provider of Medicaid managed care plans in Illinois and Indiana. See “— Recent Developments.” We plan to leverage our approach to the delivery of managed care programs by expanding our Medicaid, Medicare and other products in our current markets and in additional counties and states.

1


Table of Contents

Our Competitive Advantages

      We operate health plans focused on government-sponsored healthcare programs. We believe the following are among our key competitive advantages:

      Leading Market Presence. We are the leading Medicaid provider in Florida, with a market share of approximately 50% and over 452,000 Medicaid managed care enrollees, and are also the leading provider of Medicaid managed care services in Illinois. We believe that this strong market position provides us with numerous strategic advantages, including enhanced economies of scale, extensive provider networks in our core markets, strong relationships with state and local agencies and the ability to provide a broad range of government-sponsored healthcare programs.

      Diversified Government Healthcare Programs. We offer managed care services for a diversified range of government programs, including the SCHIP, Supplemental Security Income and Temporary Assistance to Needy Families Medicaid programs and Medicare. This approach helps reduce the impact of rate reductions or other adverse changes affecting any one of these programs. We believe that our experience in serving a broad range of enrollees in Medicaid, Medicare and related programs positions us to capitalize on growth opportunities within the market for government-sponsored healthcare programs.

      Centralized and Scalable Operations. We have centralized our medical management programs, claims processing, member services, information technology, regulatory compliance and pharmacy benefits programs. Centralizing these functions and operating on a single platform permit management to better assess and control medical costs. Our administrative and information services have been designed to be scalable to accommodate growth, while allowing targeted marketing and provider services tailored to local markets.

      Strong Relationships with Government Agencies. We work closely with the government agencies that regulate us to develop the products and services that we offer. Our relationships with these government agencies enable us to deliver high-quality, affordable healthcare services to our members and create cost saving opportunities for the states in which we operate, many of which currently are facing budgetary pressures. By demonstrating our ability to provide quality, cost-effective services, we believe government agencies will remain committed to the growth of managed care as a means to control rising healthcare expenditures.

      Partnerships with Providers. We seek to enter into mutually beneficial arrangements with our providers, which help them to develop their practices. We provide quality service and strive to be a low hassle partner in developing and maintaining strong relationships with our providers. As a result of this approach, we have established a broad provider network that includes over 22,000 physicians and specialists and 350 hospitals.

      Integrated Medical Management. We employ a coordinated, integrated approach to medical management in order to provide appropriate care to our members, contain costs and ensure an efficient delivery network. Our focus is to ensure that members receive the appropriate care in a timely manner and in the appropriate healthcare delivery setting. Key elements of our medical management strategy include a focus on preventative care, careful management of outpatient, inpatient and other services and case and disease management. We believe that this approach allows us to improve medical outcomes for our members, resulting in cost savings for the states in which we operate.

Our Growth Strategy

      Our objective is to be the leading provider of managed care services for government-sponsored healthcare programs. To achieve this objective, we intend to:

  expand our Medicaid business within existing markets;
 
  leverage our established Medicaid businesses to develop Medicare plans; and
 
  enter new markets through internal growth and acquisitions.

2


Table of Contents

Additional Considerations

      We arrange for the delivery of healthcare services through a limited number of contracts with government agencies, and any termination of, or failure to renew, our existing government contracts could materially reduce our revenues and profitability. Because the premiums we receive are established by contract, our profitability depends in large part on our ability to predict and effectively manage the costs of healthcare services delivered to our members. In addition, our operating results depend significantly on Medicaid and Medicare program funding, premium levels, eligibility standards, reimbursement levels and other regulatory requirements established by the federal government and the governments of the states in which we operate. We are subject to extensive government regulation, and any violation of the laws and regulations applicable to us could adversely affect our operating results. Our operating results are also heavily dependent on the continued profitability of our operations in Florida, which account for a significant portion of our revenues. For a discussion of these and other risks relating to our business and an investment in our common stock, see “Risk Factors” beginning on page 7.

Recent Developments

      Harmony Acquisition. In June 2004, we acquired Harmony Health Systems, Inc., a provider of Medicaid managed care plans in Illinois and Indiana. Harmony, through a wholly-owned subsidiary, operates the largest Medicaid managed care plan in Illinois, serving over 54,000 members in that State and over 30,000 members in Indiana. The purchase price for the acquisition was approximately $50.3 million in cash, after deducting (i) pre-closing cash distributions made by Harmony to its equityholders and (ii) certain transaction expenses incurred by Harmony or its shareholders. The purchase price will be either increased or reduced, as applicable, by the amount of any excess or shortfall in the amount of Harmony’s reserves for medical claims as of December 31, 2003 compared to medical claims actually incurred as of that date, as measured on or about December 31, 2004.

      New Credit Facilities. In May 2004, we entered into an agreement pursuant to which we obtained two new senior secured credit facilities, consisting of a term loan facility in an amount of $160 million and a revolving credit facility in the amount of $50 million, of which $10 million is available for short-term borrowings on a swingline basis. These facilities are being provided by a group of banks and other financial institutions led by Credit Suisse First Boston and Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc. We used a portion of the proceeds of the term loan facility to prepay $85 million of the outstanding principal balance of a promissory note we issued to the stockholder representative of the parties that sold our Florida operations to us, including Rupesh Shah, our Senior Vice President, Market Expansion, and his spouse. We used the remaining proceeds of the term loan facility to prepay additional indebtedness, to pay the purchase price for the Harmony acquisition and to pay transaction fees. The term loan facility will mature in May 2009, and the revolving credit facility will mature in May 2008.

Our Company

      We were formed in May 2002 to acquire the WellCare group of companies. In July 2002, we completed the acquisition of our current businesses through two concurrent transactions. In the first, we acquired our Florida operations, including our Well Care HMO and HealthEase subsidiaries, in a stock purchase from several individuals. In the second transaction, we acquired The WellCare Management Group, Inc., a publicly-traded holding company and the parent company of our New York and Connecticut operations, through a merger of that company into a wholly-owned subsidiary of ours. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Operations — Corporate History and WellCare Acquisitions.”

      Since our inception, we have operated through a holding company that is a limited liability company. As described in “Reorganization as a Corporation,” our holding company will become a Delaware corporation immediately prior to the closing of this offering. At that time, our name will be changed to WellCare Health Plans, Inc.

3


Table of Contents

      Our principal executive offices are located at 6800 North Dale Mabry Highway, Suite 268, Tampa, Florida 33614, and our telephone number is (813) 290-6200. Our website is www.wellcare.com. Information contained on our website or links to our website do not constitute a part of this prospectus.

      References in this prospectus to “WellCare,” “we,” “our” and “us,” for periods prior to the closing of this offering, refer to WellCare Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and as of the closing and thereafter, to WellCare Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation, together in each case with our subsidiaries and any predecessor entities unless the context suggests otherwise.

      The WellCare trademark and design appearing on the front cover of this prospectus are registered trademarks of The WellCare Management Group, Inc., one of our wholly-owned subsidiaries.

The Offering

 
Common stock offered by us 7,333,333 shares
 
Over-allotment option offered by the selling stockholder 1,100,000 shares
 
Common stock to be outstanding after this offering 36,561,314 shares
 
Use of proceeds We intend to use the net proceeds of this offering to provide additional long-term capital to support the growth of our business, which may include select acquisitions. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling stockholder. See “Use of Proceeds.”
 
Proposed New York Stock Exchange symbol WCG


      Except as otherwise noted, the number of shares to be outstanding after this offering excludes:

  •   1,552,794 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options, of which 96,330 shares are exercisable as of June 1, 2004;
 
  4,573,693 shares of common stock reserved for future issuances under our equity incentive plan; and
 
  381,141 shares of common stock reserved for future issuances under our employee stock purchase plan.

      Except as otherwise noted, all information in this prospectus is based on the following assumptions:

  the underwriters do not exercise their over-allotment option; and
 
  •   the conversion of WellCare Holdings, LLC into a corporation immediately prior to the closing of this offering, with all limited liability company units being converted into shares of common stock using a conversion ratio based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, which is the mid-point of the anticipated range.

4


Table of Contents

SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL DATA

      The following table sets forth our summary financial data. This information should be read in conjunction with our financial statements and the related notes and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included elsewhere in this prospectus. The as adjusted balance sheet data gives effect to the sale of 7,333,333 shares of common stock at an assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, less the estimated underwriting discounts, commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. WellCare, as it existed prior to the July 31, 2002 acquisition of the WellCare group of companies, is referred to as “Predecessor.” WellCare, as it existed on and after July 31, 2002, is referred to as “Successor.”

                                                                     
Predecessor Successor


Seven-Month Five-Month Three Months Ended
Year Ended December 31, Period Ended Period Ended Year Ended March 31,

July 31, December 31, December 31,
1999 2000 2001 2002 2002 2003 2003 2004








(in thousands, except per unit/share data) (unaudited)
Consolidated and Combined Statements of Income (Loss):
                                                               
Revenues:
                                                               
Premium:
                                                               
 
Medicaid
  $ 152,543     $ 272,497     $ 451,210     $ 329,164     $ 267,911     $ 740,078     $ 174,882     $ 216,120  
 
Medicare
    27,212       72,992       233,626       170,073       120,814       288,330       70,334       84,560  
 
Other (1)
    84,299       80,430       55,027       17,976       9,928       14,444       5,410       570  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
   
Total premium
    264,054       425,919       739,863       517,213       398,653       1,042,852       250,626       301,250  
Investment income
    10,592       4,141       8,949       2,460       3,038       2,561       775       451  
Other
          1,407       1,472       359       114       569       156       135  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Total revenues
    274,646       431,467       750,284       520,032       401,805       1,045,982       251,557       301,836  
Expenses:
                                                               
Medical benefits:
                                                               
 
Medicaid
    115,046       202,876       364,293       274,672       222,007       609,233       151,778       183,062  
 
Medicare
    25,727       78,542       219,505       145,768       107,384       238,933       57,606       67,969  
 
Other (2)
    90,138       86,818       53,708       14,484       12,372       12,887       4,633       404  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
   
Total medical benefits
    230,911       368,236       637,506       434,924       341,763       861,053       214,017       251,435  
Selling, general and administrative
    35,201       70,050       86,279       54,492       45,384       126,106       27,319       36,791  
Depreciation and amortization
    2,171       1,913       2,234       1,239       3,734       8,159       2,732       1,659  
Interest
    6,126       1,785       2,860       1,446       1,462       10,172       1,579       2,265  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Total expenses
    274,409       441,984       728,879       492,101       392,343       1,005,490       245,647       292,150  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Income (loss) before income taxes
    237       (10,517 )     21,405       27,931       9,462       40,492       5,910       9,686  
Income tax expense (3)
                            4,805       16,955       2,482       3,864  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Net income (loss)
  $ 237     $ (10,517 )   $ 21,405     $ 27,931     $ 4,657     $ 23,537     $ 3,428     $ 5,822  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Net income attributable per common unit:
                                                               
 
Net income attributable per unit — basic
                                  $ 0.09     $ 0.66     $ 0.07     $ 0.15  
 
Net income attributable per unit — diluted
                                  $ 0.08     $ 0.60     $ 0.07     $ 0.13  
Pro forma net income per common share:
                                                               
 
Basic
                                          $ 0.84             $ 0.20  
 
Diluted
                                          $ 0.77             $ 0.17  

5


Table of Contents

                                                                   
Predecessor Successor


Seven-Month Five-Month Three Months Ended
Year Ended December 31, Period Ended Period Ended Year Ended March 31,

July 31, December 31, December 31,
1999 2000 2001 2002 2002 2003 2003 2004








(in thousands, except per unit/share data) (unaudited)
Pro forma common shares outstanding:
                                                               
 
Basic
                                            20,855,914               21,460,625  
 
Diluted
                                            22,832,795               24,994,106  
                                                           
As of December 31, As of March 31,


1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2003 2004







Operating Statistics:
                                                       
 
Medical benefits ratio— consolidated (4)
    87.4%       86.5%       86.2%       84.8%       82.6%       85.4%       83.5%  
 
Medical benefits ratio— Medicaid (4)
    75.4%       74.5%       80.7%       83.2%       82.3%       86.8%       84.7%  
 
Medical benefits ratio— Medicare (4)
    94.5%       107.6%       94.0%       87.0%       82.9%       81.9%       80.4%  
 
Medical benefit ratio— other (4)
    106.9%       107.9%       97.6%       96.2%       89.2%       85.6%       70.9%  
 
Selling, general and administrative expense ratio (5)
    12.8%       16.2%       11.5%       10.8%       12.1%       10.9%       12.2%  
 
Members— consolidated
    157,000       317,000       374,000       470,000       555,000       482,000       581,000  
 
Members— Medicaid
    106,000       256,000       323,000       420,000       512,000       435,000       537,500  
 
Members— Medicare
    5,000       20,000       35,000       42,000       42,000       41,000       43,000  
 
Members— commercial
    46,000       41,000       16,000       8,000       1,000       6,000       500  
                                                           
As of
March 31, 2004

As
1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 Actual Adjusted (6)







(in thousands) (unaudited)
Balance Sheet Data:
                                                       
 
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 35,658     $ 107,730     $ 129,791     $ 146,784     $ 237,321     $ 198,799     $ 298,799  
 
Total assets
    75,765       173,007       221,456       409,504       497,107       472,340       572,340  
 
Long-term debt (including current maturities) (6)
    6,370       1,174       154       156,295       135,755       132,442       132,442  
 
Total liabilities (6)
    82,449       180,186       199,411       334,587       397,530       366,681       366,681  
 
Total stockholders’ equity (deficit) (7)
    (6,684 )     (7,179 )     22,045       74,917       99,577       105,659       205,659  


(1)   Other premium revenue relates to our commercial business, which is no longer marketed.
(2)   Other medical benefits relates to our commercial business, which is no longer marketed.
(3)   Income tax expense was not recorded by the Predecessor because its tax structure included entities that had elected subchapter S status under the Internal Revenue Code, the income of which was taxed at the stockholder level, as well as entities that were subject to tax, but did not generate tax liabilities or benefits due to operating losses. Pro forma tax expense for each of the years 1999, 2000, 2001, and the seven months ended July 31, 2002 at an estimated tax rate of 42% (our effective tax rate as the Successor) is $100, $0, $8,990, and $11,731, respectively.
(4)   Medical benefits ratio represents medical benefits expense as a percentage of premium revenue.
(5)   Selling, general and administrative expense ratio represents selling, general and administrative expense as a percentage of total revenue and excludes depreciation and amortization expense for purposes of determining the ratio.
(6)   The as adjusted balance sheet data does not give effect to either the incurrence of additional debt under our new credit facilities and the application of the net proceeds therefrom, as described in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Liquidity and Capital Resources — Debt and Credit Facilities,” or our acquisition in June 2004 of Harmony Health Systems, Inc.
(7)   Total stockholders’ equity reflects stockholders’ equity for Predecessor and on an as adjusted basis for 2003 and reflects limited liability company membership interests during 2002 and on an actual basis for 2003.

6


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

      This offering and an investment in our common stock involve a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the following risks and all other information contained in this prospectus before purchasing our common stock. If any of the following risks actually occur, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected, the value of our stock could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment. The risks and uncertainties described below are those that we currently believe may materially affect our company. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently deem immaterial also may impair our business operations.

Risks Related to Our Business

If our government contracts are not renewed or are terminated, our business could be substantially impaired.

      We provide our Medicaid, Medicare, SCHIP and other services through a limited number of contracts with state, federal or local government agencies. These contracts generally have terms of one or two years and are subject to nonrenewal by the applicable agency. All of our government contracts are terminable for cause if we breach a material provision of the contract or violate relevant laws or regulations. In addition, our right to add new members may be suspended by a government agency if it finds deficiencies in our provider network or operations. For the year ended December 31, 2003, the percentage of our total premium revenue that we derived from our Medicaid contracts in Florida, New York and Connecticut was 59%, 9% and 4%, respectively; and the percentage derived from our Medicare contracts was 27%, which was primarily derived from our Florida Medicare business; and the remainder is from our commercial and other contracts.

      Our contracts with the states are subject to cancellation or a potential freeze on enrollment by the state in the event of the unavailability of state or federal funding. This has recently occurred with the Florida Healthy Kids SCHIP program, which includes our Healthy Kids contract. The State of Florida suspended new enrollment in this program beginning in July 2003 due to budgetary constraints. The State has recently announced that children on the program’s waiting list as of January 2004 will be assigned to eligible health plans, including ours, beginning in the second quarter of 2004, and that any future enrollment and growth in the Healthy Kids SCHIP program will be limited to specified open enrollment periods and subject to the availability of adequate funding for the program. In some jurisdictions, a cancellation or enrollment freeze may be immediate and in other jurisdictions a notice period is required. Some of our contracts are also subject to termination or are eligible for renewal through annual competitive bids. We may face increased competition as other plans attempt to enter our markets through the contracting process.

      If we are unable to renew, or to successfully rebid or compete for any of our government contracts, or if any of our contracts are terminated, our business could be substantially impaired. If any of those circumstances were to occur, we would likely pursue one or more alternatives, including seeking to enter into contracts in other geographic markets, seeking to enter into contracts for other services in our existing markets, or seeking to acquire other businesses with existing government contracts. If we were unable to do so, we could be forced to cease conducting business. In any such event, our revenues would decrease materially.

If we are unable to manage medical benefits expense effectively, our profitability will likely be reduced or we could cease to be profitable.

      Our profitability depends, to a significant degree, on our ability to predict and effectively manage our costs related to the provision of healthcare services. Relatively small changes in the ratio of our expenses related to healthcare services to the premiums we receive, or medical benefits ratio, can create significant changes in our financial results. Factors that may cause medical benefits expense to exceed our estimates include:

  an increase in the cost of healthcare services and supplies, including pharmaceuticals, whether as a result of inflation or otherwise;

7


Table of Contents

  higher than expected utilization of healthcare services;
 
  periodic renegotiation of hospital, physician and other provider contracts;
 
  the occurrence of catastrophes, major epidemics, terrorism or bio-terrorism;
 
  changes in the demographics of our members and medical trends affecting them; and
 
  new mandated benefits or other changes in healthcare laws, regulations and/or practices.

      Because of the relatively high average age of the Medicare population, medical benefits expense for our Medicare plans may be particularly difficult to control. According to CMS, from 1967 to 2002, Medicare healthcare expenses nationwide increased on average by 13.2% annually.

      Although we have been able to manage our medical benefits expense through a variety of techniques, including various payment methods to primary care physicians and other providers, advance approval for hospital services and referral requirements, medical management and quality management programs, upgraded information systems, and reinsurance arrangements, we may not be able to continue to manage these expenses effectively in the future. If our medical benefits expense increases, our profits could be reduced or we may not remain profitable. For example, a hypothetical 1% increase in our medical benefits ratio for 2003 would have reduced our earnings before income taxes for the year ended December 31, 2003 by $10.4 million. The medical benefits ratio represents our medical benefits expense as a percentage of our premium revenue.

      We maintain reinsurance to protect us against severe or catastrophic medical claims, but we cannot assure you that such reinsurance coverage currently is or will be adequate or available to us in the future or that the cost of such reinsurance will not limit our ability to obtain it.

Because our premiums, which generate most of our revenues, are fixed by contract, we are unable to increase our premiums during the contract term if our corresponding medical benefits expense exceeds our estimates.

      Most of our revenues are generated by premiums consisting of fixed monthly payments per member. These payments are fixed by contract, and we are obligated during the contract period, which is generally one or two years, to provide or arrange for the provision of healthcare services as established by state and federal governments. We have less control over costs related to the provision of healthcare services than we do over our selling, general and administrative expense. Historically, our medical benefits expense as a percentage of premium revenue has fluctuated. For example, our medical benefits expense was 84.8% of our combined premium revenue in 2002 and 82.6% of our combined premium revenue in 2003. If our medical benefits expense exceeds our estimates, we will be unable to adjust the premiums we receive under our current contracts, and our profits may decline.

Reductions in funding for government healthcare programs could substantially reduce our profitability.

      All of the healthcare services we offer are through government-sponsored programs, such as Medicaid and Medicare. As a result, our profitability is dependent, in large part, on continued funding for government healthcare programs at or above current levels. For example, the premium rates paid by each state to health plans like ours differ depending on a combination of factors such as upper payment limits established by the state and federal governments, a member’s health status, age, gender, county or region, benefit mix and member eligibility categories. Future Medicaid premium rate levels may be affected by continued government efforts to contain medical costs or state and federal budgetary constraints. According to the National Association of State Budget Officers, Medicaid spending consumed 20.8% of the average state’s budget in 2002, representing the second largest expenditure. According to the Congressional Budget Office, total state spending on Medicaid is expected to reach $127 billion in 2004, representing a 10.5% annual increase from 2002. Some states may find it difficult to continue paying the current rates to Medicaid health plans. Changes in Medicaid funding, for example, may lead to reductions in the number of persons enrolled in or eligible for Medicaid, reductions in the amount of reimbursement or elimination of coverage for certain benefits such as pharmacy, behavioral health or other benefits. In some cases, changes in funding could be made retroactive. All of the states in which we operate are presently considering legislation that would reduce reimbursement rates, payment levels, benefits covered or the

8


Table of Contents

number of persons eligible for Medicaid. Reductions in Medicaid payments could reduce our profitability if we are unable to reduce our expenses. Similarly, reductions in payments under Medicare or the other programs under which we offer health plans could likewise reduce our profitability.

      Federal budgetary constraints also may limit premiums payable under our Medicare plans. For example, as a result of the Balanced Budget Act of 1997, annual increases on premiums paid to many Medicare+Choice plans were subject to a 2% cap, even though overall Medicare healthcare expenses were increasing at a higher rate.

We are subject to extensive government regulation, and any violation of the laws and regulations applicable to us could reduce our revenues and profitability and otherwise adversely affect our operating results.

      Our business is extensively regulated by the federal government and the states in which we operate. The laws and regulations governing our operations are generally intended to benefit and protect health plan members and providers rather than stockholders. The government agencies administering these laws and regulations have broad latitude to enforce them. These laws and regulations, along with the terms of our government contracts, regulate how we do business, what services we offer, and how we interact with our members, providers and the public. We are subject, on an ongoing basis, to various governmental reviews, audits and investigations to verify our compliance with our contracts and applicable laws and regulations. Any adverse review, audit or investigation could result in:

  forfeiture of amounts we have been paid pursuant to our government contracts;
 
  imposition of civil or criminal penalties, fines or other sanctions on us;
 
  loss of our right to participate in government-sponsored programs, including Medicaid and Medicare;
 
  damage to our reputation in various markets;
 
  increased difficulty in marketing our products and services; and
 
  loss of one or more of our licenses to act as an insurer or health maintenance organization or to otherwise provide a service.

      Any of these events could reduce our revenues and profitability and otherwise adversely affect our operating results.

We derive a substantial portion of our revenues and profits from operations in Florida, and legislative actions, economic conditions or other factors that adversely affect those operations could materially reduce our revenues and profits.

      In 2003, our Florida health plans accounted for 86.0% of our total premium revenues. If we are unable to continue to operate in Florida, or if our current operations in any portion of Florida are significantly curtailed, our revenues will decrease materially. Our reliance on our operations in Florida could cause our revenues and profitability to change suddenly and unexpectedly, depending on legislative actions, economic conditions and similar factors. In addition, our significant market share in Florida may make it more difficult for us to expand our membership in Florida. For example, Florida has recently frozen enrollment for its Healthy Kids SCHIP program. Our inability to continue to operate in Florida, or a decrease in the revenues of our Florida operations, would harm our overall operating results.

We may not be able to realize the benefits we anticipate from the acquisition of Harmony Health Systems.

      As a result of our recent acquisition of Harmony, we will face significant challenges in integrating organizations, operations, technology and services in a timely and efficient manner and in retaining key personnel. Cost savings, revenue growth and other anticipated benefits of the acquisition may not materialize. The acquisition may result in a diversion of our management’s attention, loss of management-level and other key employees of Harmony, and an inability to integrate management, systems and operations, in particular because Harmony does not currently operate on our Perot Systems’ Diamond 950 software. The failure to

9


Table of Contents

integrate WellCare and Harmony successfully and to manage the challenges presented by the integration process may result in our not achieving the anticipated benefits of the acquisition.

We may be unsuccessful in implementing our growth strategy if we are unable to make or finance other acquisitions on favorable terms or integrate the businesses we acquire into our existing operations.

      Although we cannot predict with certainty our rate of growth as a result of acquisitions, we believe that acquisitions of contract rights and other health plans will be important to our growth strategy. Many of the other potential purchasers of these assets have greater financial resources than we have. Moreover, some sellers may insist on selling assets that we do not want, such as commercial lines of business, or transferring their liabilities to us as part of the sale of their companies or assets. Even if we identify suitable acquisition targets, we may be unable to complete acquisitions or obtain the necessary financing for these acquisitions on terms favorable to us, or at all. Further, to the extent we complete acquisitions, we may be unable to realize the anticipated benefits from acquisitions because of operational factors or difficulties in integrating the acquisitions with our existing businesses. This may include the integration of:

  additional employees, whom we refer to as associates, who are not familiar with our operations;
 
  new provider networks, which may operate on terms different from our existing networks;
 
  additional members, who may decide to transfer to other healthcare providers or health plans;
 
  disparate information, claims processing and record keeping systems; and
 
  accounting policies, including those which require a high degree of judgment or complex estimation processes, such as estimates of medical claims incurred but not reported, accounting for goodwill, intangible assets, stock-based compensation and income tax matters.

      In addition, we are generally required to obtain regulatory approval from one or more state agencies when making acquisitions, which may require a public hearing. This is the case regardless of whether we already operate a plan in the state in which the business to be acquired is located. We may be unable to comply with these regulatory requirements for an acquisition in a timely manner, or at all. For all of the above reasons, we may not be able to successfully implement our acquisition strategy.

We may be unable to expand into some geographic areas without incurring significant additional costs.

      We are likely to incur additional costs if we enter states or counties where we do not currently operate. Our rate of expansion into other geographic areas may also be inhibited by:

  the time and costs associated with obtaining a health maintenance organization license to operate in the new area or the expansion of our licensed service area, if necessary;
 
  our inability to develop a network of physicians, hospitals and other healthcare providers that meets our requirements and those of government regulators;
 
  competition, which increases the costs of recruiting members;
 
  the cost of providing healthcare services in those areas; and
 
  demographics and population density.

      Accordingly, we may be unsuccessful in entering other metropolitan areas, counties or states.

10


Table of Contents

Our limited operating history as a stand-alone entity makes evaluating our business and future prospects difficult.

      We were formed in May 2002 to acquire the WellCare group of companies. Until the closing of that acquisition in July 2002, the companies that comprise our Florida operations had operated as a closely-held business, and our New York and Connecticut businesses had operated as subsidiaries of a public company, the majority stockholders of which were the owners of the Florida operations. Although the majority of our associates were employed by our predecessor companies, almost all of the senior members of our current management have joined us recently, including Todd S. Farha, our President and Chief Executive Officer. Our limited operating history under current management may not be adequate to enable you to fully assess our future prospects.

A failure to estimate incurred but not reported medical benefits expense accurately will affect our profitability.

      Our medical benefits expense includes estimates of medical claims incurred but not reported, or IBNR. We, together with our internal and consulting actuaries, estimate our medical cost liabilities using actuarial methods based on historical data adjusted for payment patterns, cost trends, product mix, seasonality, utilization of healthcare services and other relevant factors. Actual conditions, however, could differ from those assumed in the estimation process. Due to the uncertainties associated with the factors used in these assumptions, materially different amounts could be reported in our financial statements for a particular period under different conditions or using different assumptions. Adjustments, if necessary, are made to medical benefits expense when the criteria used to determine IBNR change and when actual claim costs are ultimately determined. Although our estimates of IBNR have been adequate since our acquisition of the WellCare businesses, they may be inadequate in the future, which would adversely affect our results of operations. Further, our inability to estimate IBNR accurately may also affect our ability to take timely corrective actions, further exacerbating the extent of any adverse effect on our results.

The new Medicare legislation makes changes to the Medicare program that could reduce our profitability and increase competition for our existing and prospective members.

      On December 8, 2003, President Bush signed the Medicare Modernization Act of 2003. This legislation makes significant changes to the Medicare program. We believe that many of these changes will benefit the managed care sector. However, the new rate methodologies, expanded benefits and shifts in certain coverage responsibilities pursuant to the Act may increase competition and create uncertainties, including the following:

  The Act increases reimbursement for Medicare+Choice plans, which will be renamed “Medicare Advantage” in 2006. Higher reimbursement rates may increase the number of plans that participate in the program, creating new competition that could adversely affect our profitability.
 
  Beginning in 2006, a new regional Medicare Preferred Provider Organization, or Medicare PPO, program will be implemented pursuant to the Act. Medicare PPOs would allow their members more flexibility to select physicians than the current plans, which are HMOs that require members to coordinate with a primary care physician. The Act requires the Secretary of the Department of Health and Human Services to create between 10 and 50 regions for the Medicare PPO program, with each region covering at least one state and some possibly crossing state lines. The regional Medicare PPO program will compete with local Medicare Advantage HMO programs and may affect our Medicare Advantage HMO business. We do not know whether the regions will be constructed in a way that will create obstacles or opportunities for us to participate in the program. We also do not know how the creation of the regional Medicare PPO program, which is intended to provide further choice to beneficiaries, will affect our Medicare Advantage HMO business.
 
  In order to participate in the regional Medicare Advantage PPO program under the Act, a plan must meet certain requirements, including having an adequate provider network throughout the region. The Act provides some incentives for certain hospitals to join the network. However, we do not know whether we will be able to contract with a sufficient number of providers throughout our regions to satisfy the network adequacy requirements under the Act that would enable us to participate in the regional product.

11


Table of Contents

  Beginning in 2006, the payments for the local Medicare Advantage HMO and regional Medicare Advantage PPO programs will be based on a competitive bidding process that may decrease the amount of premiums paid to us or cause us to increase the benefits we offer.
 
  Beginning in 2006, organizations that offer Medicare Advantage plans of the type we currently offer will be required to offer prescription drug benefits. It is not known at this time whether the governmental payments will be adequate to cover the costs for this benefit. In addition, Medicare Advantage enrollees will be required to obtain their drug benefit from their Medicare Advantage plan. Enrollees may prefer a stand-alone drug plan and may disenroll from the Medicare Advantage plan altogether in order to participate in another drug plan. Accordingly, the new prescription drug benefit could reduce our profitability and membership enrollment following its implementation in 2006.
 
  Some enrollees may have chosen our Medicare+Choice plan in the past rather than a Medicare fee-for-service program because of the added drug benefit that we offer with our Medicare+Choice plan. Following the implementation of the new prescription drug benefit, Medicare beneficiaries will have the opportunity to obtain a drug benefit without joining a managed care plan. As a result, our membership enrollment may decline.
 
  Beginning in 2006, individuals eligible for both Medicare and Medicaid, or dual-eligibles, will generally receive their drug coverage from Medicare rather than from Medicaid. Because Medicaid will no longer be directly responsible for most drug coverage for dual-eligibles, Medicaid payments to plans will be reduced. We cannot predict whether this change in Medicaid payments will have an adverse effect on our operating results.

Changes, other than the new Medicare legislation, in federal funding mechanisms also could reduce our profitability.

      In addition to changes pursuant to the new Medicare legislation, other changes in federal funding mechanisms could reduce our profitability. As part of the current administration’s 2004 budget submission to Congress, the Department of Health and Human Services announced principles for Medicaid reform. The proposal would establish two capped allotments for states combining both Medicaid and SCHIP funds, one for acute care and one for long-term care. Under this proposal, all mandatory populations and benefits would continue to be covered as required under current law. States, however, would be given flexibility for optional populations and benefits. The proposal would be revenue neutral over a 10-year period, although states would receive an additional $12.7 billion over the first seven years, with corresponding funding reductions in years eight through 10.

      The proposal was meant to provide increased flexibility to the states in managing their Medicaid and SCHIP programs, in particular in the design of benefit packages for optional populations. Governors working in concert with the Department of Health and Human Services were unable to reach agreement on these principles and the proposal was set aside for the time being. It is uncertain whether this proposal, or a variation thereof, will eventually be enacted. Congress instead passed a $20.0 billion fiscal relief program for the states, which included a $10.0 billion increase in the share of medical assistance expenditures provided to each state’s Medicaid program, known as the Federal Medical Assistance Percentage.

      If the Department’s proposal is ultimately adopted and the number of persons enrolled in Medicaid or SCHIP decreases in the states in which we operate or the scope of benefits provided is reduced, or expanded without a corresponding increase in payments made to us, our growth, revenues and profitability could be reduced.

We are required to comply with laws governing the transmission, security and privacy of health information, and we have not yet determined what our total compliance costs will be.

      The Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA, requires us to comply with standards for the exchange of health information within our company and with third parties, such as healthcare providers, business associates, and our members. These include standards for common healthcare transactions, such as claims information, plan eligibility, payment information and the use of electronic

12


Table of Contents

signatures, unique identifiers for providers, employers, health plans and individuals, security, privacy and enforcement.

      The Department of Health and Human Services finalized the transaction standards on August 17, 2000. While we initially were required to comply with them by October 16, 2002, Congress passed legislation in December 2001 that delayed the compliance date until October 16, 2003, but only for entities that submitted a compliance plan by the original implementation deadline, which we did. On February 20, 2003, the Department published certain modifications to the final transaction standards, but these changes did not affect the October 16, 2003 compliance deadline. The Department issued the privacy standards on December 28, 2000, and after certain delays, they became effective on April 14, 2001, with a compliance date of April 14, 2003. Sanctions for failing to comply with the HIPAA health information practices provisions include criminal penalties and civil sanctions. The security standards became effective April 21, 2003, with a compliance date of April 21, 2005 for most covered entities.

      HIPAA also provides that to the extent that state laws impose stricter privacy standards than HIPAA privacy regulations or to the extent that a state seeks and receives an exception from the Department of Health and Human Services regarding certain state laws, such state standards and laws will not be preempted. The states’ ability to promulgate stricter rules, and uncertainty regarding many aspects of the regulations, make compliance with the relatively new regulatory landscape difficult and more expensive.

      We believe we have achieved substantial compliance with HIPAA by the applicable deadlines. However, given its complexity, the recent adoption of several final regulations, the possibility that the regulations may change and may be subject to changing and perhaps conflicting interpretation, our ability to comply with all of the HIPAA requirements is uncertain. Moreover, due to the evolving nature of the HIPAA requirements we have not yet determined what our total compliance costs will be.

Future changes in healthcare law may reduce our profitability or liquidity.

      Healthcare laws and regulations, and their interpretations, are subject to frequent change. Changes in existing laws or regulations, or their interpretations, or the enactment of new laws or regulations could reduce our profitability by:

  imposing additional capital requirements;
 
  increasing our administrative and other costs;
 
  increasing mandated benefits;
 
  forcing us to restructure our relationships with providers; or
 
  requiring us to implement additional or different programs and systems.

      Changes in state law also may adversely affect our profitability. Laws relating to managed care consumer protection standards, including increased plan information disclosure, limits to premium increases, expedited appeals and grievance procedures, third party review of certain medical decisions, health plan liability, access to specialists, clean claim payment timing, physician collective bargaining rights and confidentiality of medical records either have been enacted or continue to be under discussion. New healthcare reform legislation may require us to change the way we operate our business, which may be costly. Further, although we have exercised care in structuring our operations to attempt to comply in all material respects with the laws and regulations applicable to us, government officials charged with responsibility for enforcing such laws may assert that we or certain transactions in which we are involved are in violation of these laws, or courts may ultimately interpret such laws in a manner inconsistent with our interpretation. Therefore, it is possible that future legislation and regulation and the interpretation of laws and regulations could have a material adverse effect on our ability to operate under the Medicaid, Medicare and SCHIP programs and to continue to serve our members and attract new members.

      The statutory framework for our regulated subsidiaries’ statutory net worth requirements may change over time. For instance, New York has proposed a 150% increase in reserve requirements. Other states may

13


Table of Contents

elect to adopt risk-based capital requirements based on guidelines adopted by the National Association of Insurance Commissioners. Currently, only our operations in Illinois, Indiana and Connecticut are subject to these requirements. Our subsidiaries are also subject to their state regulators’ general oversight powers. Regardless of whether they adopt the risk-based capital requirements, these state regulators can require our subsidiaries to maintain minimum levels of statutory net worth in excess of amounts required under the applicable state laws if they determine that maintaining such additional statutory net worth is in the best interests of our members. The proposed increase in reserve requirements to which our New York managed care plan would be subject would materially increase our reserve requirements in New York. If our subsidiaries are required to maintain higher levels of statutory net worth due to the adoption of the risk-based capital requirements by the states in which we operate, or because state regulators otherwise deem this to be in the best interests of our members, our liquidity could be materially reduced, which could harm our ability to implement our business strategy, for example by hindering our ability to make debt service payments on amounts drawn from our credit facilities.

Restrictions on our ability to market would adversely affect our revenue.

      Although we enroll some of our new members through auto enrollment programs and voluntary member enrollment, we rely on our marketing and sales efforts for a significant portion of our membership growth. All of the states in which we currently operate permit marketing but impose strict requirements and limitations as to the types of marketing activities that are permitted. In Florida and New York, other plans have been prohibited from engaging in marketing activities for a period of time after being found to have violated the state’s requirements. While no such action is currently pending or threatened by the State of Florida against us, from time to time we have been cited, and in some cases fined, for alleged marketing violations. Until recently, our New York Medicare business was prohibited from marketing as a result of past audits and regulatory deficiencies. If our marketing efforts were to be prohibited or curtailed, our ability to increase or sustain membership would be significantly harmed, which would adversely affect our revenue.

Past operational deficiencies related to our New York business may adversely affect our growth in New York.

      We inherited a number of operational deficiencies when we acquired our New York business, which resulted in a prohibition on marketing our Medicare program in New York. Although we have made investments in our New York business to address these deficiencies and are once again permitted to market our Medicare health plan in New York, we continue to experience problems related to our past deficiencies, including gaps in our provider network. Moreover, members and providers and potential members and providers may have a negative perception of our New York health plans as a result of these prior operational deficiencies. These issues may adversely affect the growth of our business in New York.

If we are unable to maintain satisfactory relationships with our providers, our profitability could decline and we may be precluded from operating in some markets.

      Our profitability depends, in large part, upon our ability to enter into cost-effective contracts with hospitals, physicians and other healthcare providers in appropriate numbers in our geographic markets and at convenient locations for our members. In any particular market, however, providers could refuse to contract, demand higher payments or take other actions that could result in higher medical benefits expense. In some markets, certain providers, particularly hospitals, physician/hospital organizations or multi-specialty physician groups, may have significant market positions or near monopolies. If such a provider or any of our other providers refuse to contract with us, use their market position to negotiate contracts that might not be cost-effective or otherwise place us at a competitive disadvantage, those activities could adversely affect our operating results in that market area. In the long term, our ability to contract successfully with a sufficiently large number of providers in a particular geographic market will affect the relative attractiveness of our managed care products in that market and could preclude us from renewing our Medicaid or Medicare contracts in those markets or from entering into new markets.

14


Table of Contents

      Our provider contracts with network primary care physicians and specialists generally have terms of one year, with automatic renewal for successive one-year terms. We may terminate these contracts for cause, based on provider conduct or other appropriate reasons, subject to laws giving providers due process rights. The contracts generally may be cancelled by either party without cause upon 60 or 90 days prior written notice. Our contracts with hospitals generally have terms of one to two years, with automatic renewal for successive one-year terms. We may terminate these contracts for cause, based on provider misconduct or other appropriate reasons. Our hospital contracts generally may be cancelled by either party without cause upon 120 days prior written notice. We may be unable to continue to renew such contracts or enter into new contracts enabling us to serve our members profitably. We will be required to establish acceptable provider networks prior to entering new markets. Although we have established long-term relationships with many of our network providers, we may be unable to maintain those relationships or enter into agreements with providers in new markets on a timely basis or under favorable terms. If we are unable to retain our current provider contracts or enter into new provider contracts timely or on favorable terms, our profitability could decline.

If a state fails to renew its federal waiver application for mandated Medicaid enrollment into managed care or such application is denied, our membership in that state will likely decrease.

      A significant percentage of our Medicaid plan enrollment results from mandatory Medicaid enrollment in managed care plans. States may only mandate Medicaid enrollment into managed care under federal waivers or demonstrations. Waivers and programs under demonstrations are generally approved for two-year periods and can be renewed on an ongoing basis if the state applies and the waiver request is approved or renewed by CMS. We have no control over this renewal process. If a state in which we operate does not renew its mandated program or the federal government denies the state’s application for renewal, our business would suffer as a result of a likely decrease in membership.

We rely on the accuracy of eligibility lists provided by the government. Inaccuracies in those lists could reduce our revenues or profitability.

      Premium payments to us are based upon eligibility lists produced by the government. From time to time, states require us to reimburse them for premiums paid to us based on an eligibility list that a state later discovers contains individuals who are not in fact eligible for any government-sponsored program or are eligible for a different premium category or a different program. Alternatively, a state could fail to pay us for members for whom we are entitled to payment. Our profitability would be reduced as a result of such reimbursement to the state if we had made related payments to providers and were unable to recoup such payments from the providers. During 2003 and 2002, premium payment adjustments by the government ranged from 0% to 3%, both negative and positive, of total premiums.

Our business depends on our information systems, and our inability to effectively integrate, manage and keep secure our information systems could disrupt our operations.

      Our business is dependent on effective and secure information systems that assist us in, among other things, monitoring utilization and other cost factors, supporting our healthcare management techniques, processing provider claims and providing data to our regulators. Our providers also depend upon our information systems for membership verifications, claims status and other information. If we experience a reduction in the performance, reliability or availability of our information systems, our operations and ability to produce timely and accurate reports could be adversely affected. In addition, many of our key software applications are licensed from third parties. If the owner of the software becomes insolvent or is otherwise unable to support the software, our operations could be adversely affected. Our operations could also be adversely affected if the software owner is unwilling to continue to support the software or charges materially increased fees for such support.

      We will not have a fully implemented disaster recovery and business continuity program until the end of 2004. Events outside our control, including acts of nature, such as earthquakes, fires or hurricanes, or terrorism, could significantly impair our information systems and applications.

15


Table of Contents

      Our information systems and applications require continual maintenance, upgrading and enhancement to meet our operational needs. If we are unable to maintain or expand our systems, we could suffer from, among other things, operational disruptions, such as the inability to pay claims or to make claims payments on a timely basis, loss of members, difficulty in attracting new members, regulatory problems and increases in administrative expenses.

      Our business requires the secure transmission of confidential information over public networks. Advances in computer capabilities, new discoveries in the field of cryptography or other events or developments could result in compromises or breaches of our security systems and client data stored in our information systems. Anyone who circumvents our security measures could misappropriate our confidential information or cause interruptions in services or operations. The Internet is a public network, and data is sent over this network from many sources. In the past, computer viruses or software programs that disable or impair computers have been distributed and have rapidly spread over the Internet. Computer viruses could be introduced into our systems, or those of our providers or regulators, which could disrupt our operations, or make our systems inaccessible to our providers or regulators. We may be required to expend significant capital and other resources to protect against the threat of security breaches or to alleviate problems caused by breaches. Because of the confidential health information we store and transmit, security breaches could expose us to a risk of regulatory action, litigation, possible liability and loss. Our security measures may be inadequate to prevent security breaches, and our business operations would be adversely affected by cancellation of contracts and loss of members if they are not prevented.

We may not have adequate intellectual property rights in our brand names for our health plans, and we may be unable to adequately enforce such rights.

      Our success depends, in part, upon our ability to market our health plans under our brand names, including “WellCare,” “HealthEase,” “Staywell” and “Harmony.” While we hold federal trademark registrations for the “WellCare” trademark, we have not taken enforcement action to prevent infringement of our federal trademark and have not secured registrations of our other marks. Other businesses may have prior rights in the brand names that we market under or in similar names, which could limit or prevent our ability to use these marks, or to prevent others from using similar marks. If we are unable to prevent others from using our brand names, or if others prohibit us from using them, our revenues could be adversely affected. Even if we are able to protect our intellectual property rights in such brands, we could incur significant costs in doing so.

Ineffective management of our growth may adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition and business.

      Depending on acquisition and other opportunities, we expect to continue to increase our membership and to expand into other markets. In 1999, we had total revenue of approximately $275 million. In 2003, we had total revenue of more than $1.0 billion. Continued rapid growth could place a significant strain on our management and on other resources. Our ability to manage our growth may depend on our ability to strengthen our management team and attract, train and retain skilled associates, and our ability to implement and improve operational, financial and management information systems on a timely basis. If we are unable to manage our growth effectively, our financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected. In addition, due to the initial substantial costs related to potential acquisitions, rapid growth could adversely affect our short-term profitability and liquidity.

We are subject to competition that may limit our ability to increase or maintain membership in the markets we serve.

      We operate in a highly competitive environment and in an industry that is currently subject to significant changes due to business consolidations, new strategic alliances and aggressive marketing practices by other managed care organizations. We compete for members principally on the basis of size, location and quality of provider network, benefits provided, quality of service and reputation. A number of these competitive elements are partially dependent upon and can be positively affected by financial resources available to a health plan.

16


Table of Contents

Many other organizations with which we compete have substantially greater financial and other resources than we do. In addition, changes resulting from the new Medicare legislation may bring additional competitors into our market area. As a result, we may be unable to increase or maintain our membership.

We have substantial debt obligations that could restrict our operations.

      We have a significant amount of outstanding indebtedness, including $160 million in borrowings under our new senior secured credit facilities and $28.2 million in outstanding debt to the parties that sold our Florida operations to us. We have available borrowing capacity under our new senior secured revolving credit facility of approximately $50 million. We may also incur additional indebtedness in the future. Our substantial indebtedness could have adverse consequences, including:

  increasing our vulnerability to adverse economic, regulatory and industry conditions, and placing us at a disadvantage compared to our competitors that are less leveraged;
 
  limiting our ability to compete and our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industry in which we operate;
 
  limiting our ability to borrow additional funds for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions and general corporate or other purposes; and
 
  exposing us to greater interest rate risk since the interest rate on borrowings under our senior credit facilities is variable.

      Our debt service obligations will require us to use a portion of our operating cash flow to pay interest and principal on indebtedness instead of for other corporate purposes, including funding future expansion of our business and ongoing capital expenditures. If our operating cash flow and capital resources are insufficient to service our debt obligations, we may be forced to sell assets, seek additional equity or debt capital or restructure our debt. However, these measures might be unsuccessful or inadequate in permitting us to meet scheduled debt service obligations.

Restrictions and covenants in our credit facilities and instruments governing our additional indebtedness may limit our ability to make certain acquisitions and declare dividends.

      The documents governing our new senior secured credit facilities and our indebtedness to the parties that sold our Florida operations to us contain various restrictions and covenants, including prescribed fixed charge coverage and leverage ratios and limitations on capital expenditures and acquisitions, that restrict our financial and operating flexibility, including our ability to make certain acquisitions and declare dividends without lender approval.

Our failure to comply with covenants in our debt instruments could result in our indebtedness being immediately due and payable and the loss of our assets.

      Our indebtedness to the parties that sold our Florida operations to us is secured by a pledge of 51% of the outstanding capital stock of our subsidiary, WellCare Health Plans, Inc., which is the parent corporation of all of our operating subsidiaries. Our credit facilities are similarly secured by a pledge of stock of our operating subsidiaries, as well as a pledge of substantially all of the assets of our non-regulated entities. If we fail to pay any of our indebtedness when due, or if we breach any of the other covenants in the instruments governing our indebtedness, one or more events of default, including cross-defaults among multiple portions of our indebtedness, could result. These events of default could permit our creditors to declare all amounts owing to be immediately due and payable. If we were unable to repay indebtedness owed to our secured creditors, they could proceed against the collateral securing that indebtedness.

We are dependent on our executive officers and other key associates.

      Our operations are highly dependent on the efforts of our President and Chief Executive Officer and our other senior executives. Although some of our executives have entered into employment agreements with us,

17


Table of Contents

these agreements may not provide sufficient incentives for those executives to continue their employment with us. While we believe that we could find replacements, the loss of their leadership, knowledge and experience could adversely affect our operations. Replacing many of our executive officers might be difficult or take an extended period of time because a limited number of individuals in the managed care industry have the breadth and depth of skills and experience necessary to operate and expand successfully a business such as ours. We do not currently maintain key-man life insurance on any of our executive officers. We are in the process of obtaining key-man life insurance, payable to us in the event of the death or permanent disability of our President and Chief Executive Officer, but such insurance may not be sufficient to cover the costs of recruiting and hiring a replacement Chief Executive Officer, or the loss of his services, and may not be in force before the consummation of this offering, or at all. Our success is also dependent on our ability to hire and retain qualified management, technical and medical personnel. We may be unsuccessful in recruiting and retaining such personnel, which could adversely affect our operations.

Claims relating to medical malpractice and other litigation could cause us to incur significant expenses.

      Our providers involved in medical care decisions may be exposed to the risk of medical malpractice claims. A small percentage of these providers do not have malpractice insurance. Although our network providers are independent contractors, claimants sometimes allege that a managed care organization such as us should be held responsible for alleged provider malpractice, and some courts have permitted that theory of liability; however, the Florida legislature recently enacted legislation that has partially limited liability of managed care organizations for provider malpractice. In addition, managed care organizations may be sued directly for alleged negligence, such as in connection with the credentialing of network providers or for improper denials or delay of care. In addition, Congress and several states are considering legislation that would expressly permit managed care organizations to be held liable for negligent treatment decisions or benefits coverage determinations.

      From time to time, we are party to various other litigation matters, some of which seek monetary damages. We cannot predict with certainty the eventual outcome of any pending litigation or potential future litigation, and we might incur substantial expense in defending these or future lawsuits or indemnifying third parties with respect to the results of such litigation. For example, an action, entitled E.S. Thomas vs. Well Care HMO, Inc. , was filed against one of our HMO subsidiaries in early 2001 by a sales agency that contracted to market our predecessor’s commercial health plan. The plaintiff alleges that its contract requires our Well Care HMO subsidiary to allow the plaintiff to serve as a sales agent for Well Care HMO’s Medicare health plans, and seeks monetary damages, including lost profits over the alleged contract term. See “Business — Legal Proceedings.”

      We maintain errors and omissions insurance with a policy limit of $10 million and other insurance coverage and, in some cases, indemnification rights that we believe are adequate based on industry standards. However, potential liabilities may not be covered by insurance or indemnity, our insurers or indemnifying parties may dispute coverage or may be unable to meet their obligations, or the amount of our insurance or indemnification coverage may be inadequate. We cannot assure you that we will be able to obtain insurance coverage in the future, or that insurance will continue to be available on a cost-effective basis, if at all. Moreover, even if claims brought against us are unsuccessful or without merit, we would have to defend ourselves against such claims. The defense of any such actions may be time-consuming and costly, and may distract our management’s attention. As a result, we may incur significant expenses and may be unable to effectively operate our business.

Growth in the number of Medicaid eligibles may be counter-cyclical, which could adversely affect our operating results when general economic conditions are improving.

      The number of persons eligible to receive Medicaid benefits may grow more slowly or even decline if economic conditions continue to improve. Therefore, improvements in general economic conditions may cause our membership levels to decrease, thereby causing our operating results to suffer, which could lead to decreases in our stock price during periods in which stock prices in general are increasing.

18


Table of Contents

Negative publicity regarding the managed care industry may harm our business and operating results.

      In the past, the managed care industry has received negative publicity. This publicity has led to increased legislation, regulation, review of industry practices and private litigation in the commercial sector. These factors may adversely affect our ability to market our services, require us to change our services and increase the regulatory burdens under which we operate, further increasing the costs of doing business and adversely affecting our operating results.

If state regulators do not approve payments of dividends and distributions by our affiliates to us, our liquidity could be materially impaired.

      We operate principally through our health plan subsidiaries. These subsidiaries are subject to laws and regulations that limit either the amount of dividends and distributions that they can pay to us or the amount of fees that may be paid to affiliates of our health plan subsidiaries without prior approval of, or notification to, state regulators. In addition, our New York and Connecticut subsidiaries may not pay any dividends until September 2004 without regulatory approval. The discretion of the state regulators, if any, in approving or disapproving a dividend is not clearly defined. Health plans that declare non-extraordinary dividends must usually provide notice to the regulators in advance of the intended distribution date of a non-extraordinary dividend. The aggregate amounts our Florida health plan subsidiaries could have paid us at December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003 without approval of the regulatory authorities were $0, $2,215,000 and $568,000, respectively, assuming no dividends had been paid during the respective calendar years. No dividends were available to be paid from our New York and Connecticut health plan subsidiaries during those years. None of our health plan subsidiaries paid any dividends during 2001, 2002 or 2003. Moreover, the proposed increase in reserve requirements in New York may further hinder the ability of our New York managed care plan to pay dividends. If the regulators were to deny or significantly restrict our subsidiaries’ requests to pay dividends to us or to pay fees to the affiliates of our health plan subsidiaries, the funds available to our company as a whole would be limited, which could harm our ability to implement our business strategy. For example, we could be hindered in our ability to make debt service payments on amounts drawn from our credit facilities.

Recently enacted changes in securities laws and regulations are likely to increase our costs.

      The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, which became law in July 2002, as well as new rules subsequently implemented by the Securities and Exchange Commission, have required changes in some of our corporate governance practices. In addition, the New York Stock Exchange has recently adopted revisions to its requirements for listed companies. We expect these new rules, and interpretations of these rules, and regulations to increase our legal and financial compliance costs, and to make some activities more difficult, time consuming and/or costly. We also expect these new rules and regulations to make it more difficult and expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain coverage. These new rules and regulations could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified members of our board of directors, particularly to serve on our audit committee, and executive officers.

Risks Related to this Offering

There has been no public market, and it is possible that no trading market will develop or be maintained, for our common stock and you may not be able to resell shares of our common stock for an amount equal to or more than your purchase price.

      Prior to this offering there has not been a public market for our common stock. We cannot predict the extent to which a trading market will develop, how liquid that market might become or whether it will be maintained. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiation between the representatives of the underwriters and us and may not be indicative of prices that will prevail in the trading market. If an active trading market fails to develop or be maintained, you may be unable to sell the shares of common stock purchased in this offering at an acceptable price or at all.

19


Table of Contents

Volatility of our stock price could adversely affect stockholders.

      The market price of our common stock could fluctuate significantly as a result of:

  state and federal budget decreases;
 
  adverse publicity regarding health maintenance organizations and other managed care organizations;
 
  government action regarding eligibility;
 
  changes in government payment levels;
 
  changes in state mandatory programs;
 
  changes in expectations of our future financial performance or changes in financial estimates, if any, of public market analysts;
 
  announcements relating to our business or the business of our competitors;
 
  conditions generally affecting the managed care industry or our provider networks;
 
  the success of our operating or acquisition strategy;
 
  the operating and stock price performance of other comparable companies;
 
  the termination of any of our contracts;
 
  regulatory or legislative changes; and
 
  general economic conditions, including inflation and unemployment rates.

      Investors may not be able to resell their shares of our common stock following periods of volatility because of the market’s adverse reaction to that volatility. Our stock may not trade at the same levels as the stock of other healthcare companies, and the market in general may not sustain its current prices.

You will experience immediate and significant dilution in the book value per share and will experience further dilution with the future exercise of stock options.

      If you purchase common stock in this offering, you will incur immediate dilution, which means that:

  •   you will pay a price per share that exceeds by $13.45 the per share net tangible book value of our assets immediately following the offering; and
 
  •   the investors in the offering will have contributed 60.9% of the total equity capital to fund us (before deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses) but will own only 19.2% of our outstanding shares of our common stock.

      As of June 1, 2004, we had outstanding options to purchase 1,552,794 shares of our common stock, of which 96,330 were vested, at a weighted average price of $5.31 per share. From time to time, we may issue additional options to associates, non-employee directors and consultants pursuant to our equity incentive plans. These options generally vest commencing one year from the date of grant and continue vesting over a three-year period. As these options vest, you will experience further dilution as these stock options are exercised by their holders.

Future sales, or the availability for sale, of our common stock may cause our stock price to decline.

      In connection with this offering, we, along with our officers, directors and certain of our stockholders, will have agreed prior to the commencement of this offering, subject to limited exceptions, not to sell or transfer any shares of common stock for 180 days after the date of this prospectus without the underwriters’ consent. However, the underwriters may release these shares from these restrictions at any time. In evaluating whether to grant such a request, the underwriters may consider a number of factors with a view toward maintaining an orderly market for, and minimizing volatility in the market price of, our common stock. These factors include, among others, the number of shares involved, recent trading volume and prices of the stock, the length of time

20


Table of Contents

before the lock-up expires and the reasons for, and the timing of, the request. We cannot predict what effect, if any, market sales of shares held by any stockholder or the availability of these shares for future sale will have on the market price of our common stock.

      Based on shares outstanding as of June 1, 2004, a total of approximately 27,390,000 shares of common stock may be sold in the public market by existing stockholders 181 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to applicable volume and other limitations imposed under federal securities laws. Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market after the completion of this offering, or the perception that such sales could occur, could adversely affect the market price of our common stock and could materially impair our future ability to raise capital through offerings of our common stock. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” below for a more detailed description of the restrictions on selling shares of our common stock after this offering.

We have broad discretion to spend the net proceeds of this offering and may spend the proceeds in ways with which you may not agree.

      Our business plan is general in nature and is subject to change based upon changing conditions and opportunities. Our management will retain broad discretion to expend a significant portion of the net proceeds of this offering. Because of the number and variability of factors that will determine the use of these proceeds, our actual allocation of the proceeds may vary substantially from our current intentions. If management fails to use the proceeds effectively, our operating results could suffer. See “Use of Proceeds” for a more detailed description of how management intends to apply the proceeds from this offering.

The concentration of our capital stock ownership upon the completion of this offering will likely limit your ability to influence corporate matters.

      Soros Private Equity Investors LP, or SPEI, owned 79.3% of our outstanding capital stock as of June 1, 2004. Upon the completion of this offering, SPEI will beneficially own 63.4% of our outstanding capital stock, or 60.4% if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full. In addition, we anticipate that our executive officers and directors will together beneficially own approximately 9.7% of our capital stock. The chairman of our board of directors is associated with SPEI. As a result, this director may have the ability to influence our management and affairs and determine the outcome of matters submitted to stockholders for approval, including the election and removal of directors, amendments to our charter, approval of any equity-based employee compensation plan and any merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of our assets.

The concentration of our capital stock ownership, as well as provisions in our charter documents and under Delaware law, could discourage a takeover that stockholders may consider favorable and make it more difficult for you to elect directors of your choosing.

      After completion of this offering, SPEI will beneficially own 23,172,285 shares of our common stock, representing 63.4% of the voting power of our common stock, assuming the underwriters do not exercise their over-allotment option. For as long as SPEI owns a majority of our common stock, a takeover of our company will require SPEI’s approval, and SPEI will have sufficient voting control to approve the election of our directors.

      In addition, provisions of our certificate of incorporation, bylaws and provisions of applicable Delaware law may discourage, delay or prevent a merger or other change in control that a stockholder may consider favorable. These provisions could also discourage proxy contests, make it more difficult for you and other shareholders to elect directors of your choosing and cause us to take other corporate actions that you may consider unfavorable.

21


Table of Contents

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

      This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that address, among other things, market acceptance of our products and services, expansion into new targeted markets, product development, sales and marketing strategies, development and maintenance of strategic alliances, technological advancement, use of proceeds, projected capital expenditures, liquidity and availability of additional funding sources. These statements may be found in the sections of this prospectus entitled “Prospectus Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Use of Proceeds,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Our Business” and in this prospectus generally. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “expects,” “plans,” “anticipates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “predicts,” “potential,” “continues” or the negative of such terms or other comparable terminology. Investors are cautioned that matters subject to forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties, including economic, regulatory, competitive and other factors that may affect our business. We undertake no obligation beyond that required by law to update publicly any forward-looking statements for any reason, even if new information becomes available or other events occur in the future. The forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus are excluded from the safe harbor protection provided by the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 and Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

      Actual results may differ from projections or estimates due to a variety of important factors. The expiration, cancellation or suspension of our HMO contracts by the federal or state governments could significantly impair our results of operations. In addition, our results of operations and projections of future earnings depend in large part on accurately predicting and effectively managing health benefits and other operating expenses. A variety of factors, including competition, changes in healthcare practices, changes in federal or state laws and regulations or their interpretations, inflation, provider contract changes, changes in or terminations of our contracts with government agencies, new technologies, government-imposed surcharges, taxes or assessments, reduction in provider payments by governmental payors, major epidemics, disasters and numerous other factors affecting the delivery and cost of healthcare, such as major healthcare providers’ inability to maintain their operations, may in the future affect our ability to control our medical costs and other operating expenses. Governmental action or business conditions could result in premium revenues not increasing to offset any increase in medical costs and other operating expenses. Once set, premiums are generally fixed for one-year periods and, accordingly, unanticipated costs during such periods cannot be recovered through higher premiums. Furthermore, if we are unable to accurately estimate incurred but not reported medical costs, our profitability may be affected.

      Due to these factors and risks, no assurance can be given with respect to our future premium levels or our ability to control our future medical costs.

      From time to time, legislative and regulatory proposals have been made at the federal and state government levels related to the healthcare system, including but not limited to limitations on managed care organizations, including benefit mandates, and reform of the Medicaid and Medicare programs. Such legislative and regulatory action could have the effect of reducing the premiums paid to us by governmental programs or increasing our medical costs. We are unable to predict the specific content of any future legislation, action or regulation that may be enacted or when any such future legislation or regulation will be adopted. Therefore, we cannot predict accurately the effect of such future legislation, action or regulation on our business.

22


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

      We expect to receive approximately $100.4 million in net proceeds from the sale of 7,333,333 shares of common stock in this offering, assuming that the initial public offering price is $15.00 per share and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling stockholder, if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised.

      We have no immediate need for the proceeds we will receive from this offering. The principal purposes of this offering are to obtain additional capital, to create a public market for our common stock and to facilitate our future access to the public equity markets. We expect to use the net proceeds from this offering to provide additional long-term capital, in the form of unrestricted cash, to support the growth of our business by providing us with financial flexibility. We may use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering to pursue acquisitions and expansions of health plans and contracts for government-sponsored health programs in existing and new markets or to acquire or invest in complementary businesses. We have no commitments with respect to any such acquisition or investment, and we are not currently involved in any negotiations with respect to any such transaction.

      As of the date of this prospectus, we have not identified the particular uses for the net proceeds to be received upon the completion of this offering. The amounts and timing of our actual expenditures will depend on numerous factors, including the status of our market expansion efforts, sales and marketing activities, amount of cash generated or used by our HMO operations, and competition. Accordingly, our management will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds, and investors will be relying on the judgment of our management regarding the application of the proceeds of this offering.

      Pending the uses described above, we intend to invest the net proceeds in short-term, interest-bearing, investment-grade securities.

DIVIDEND POLICY

      We have never paid cash dividends on our common stock. We currently intend to retain any future earnings to fund the development and growth of our business, and we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the future.

      Our ability to pay dividends is dependent on our receipt of cash dividends from our subsidiaries. Laws of the states in which we operate or may operate, as well as requirements of the government-sponsored health programs in which we participate, limit the ability of our subsidiaries to pay dividends to us. In addition, the terms of our credit facility and other indebtedness limit our ability to pay dividends. Any future determination to pay dividends will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon, among other factors, our results of operations, financial condition, capital requirements and contractual restrictions.

23


Table of Contents

REORGANIZATION AS A CORPORATION

      WellCare Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation, the shares of which are being sold to the public in this offering, will be the successor to WellCare Holdings, LLC, our current holding company, following a reorganization that will take place immediately prior to the closing of this offering. In conjunction with the reorganization, our name will be changed to WellCare Health Plans, Inc. The reorganization will not affect our operations, which we will continue to conduct through our operating subsidiaries.

      The reorganization will be effected through the merger of WellCare Holdings, LLC with and into WellCare Group, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of WellCare Holdings, LLC. Each outstanding limited liability company unit of WellCare Holdings, LLC will be converted into shares of common stock according to the relative rights and preferences of such units and the initial public offering price of the common stock offered hereby.

      Prior to the reorganization, WellCare Holdings, LLC had three outstanding classes of common units, designated as Class A Common Units, Class B Common Units and Class C Common Units. These outstanding classes of common units generally differ as to their relative priority with respect to distributions and as to voting rights. Assuming an initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, holders of common units will receive an aggregate of 29,227,981 shares of common stock in connection with the merger, reflecting (1) a conversion ratio equivalent to 0.776 shares of common stock for each common unit and (2) the relative rights and preferences of each common unit.

24


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

      The following table sets forth our capitalization as of March 31, 2004. We present capitalization:

  On an actual basis;
 
  On a pro forma basis, to reflect our reorganization as a corporation and the resultant conversion of all outstanding limited liability company units into shares of common stock, immediately prior to the closing of this offering; and
 
  •   On a pro forma, as adjusted basis to give effect to our receipt of the estimated net proceeds from the sale of 7,333,333 shares of common stock offered in the offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses and the application of the net proceeds as described under “Use of Proceeds.”

                           
March 31, 2004

Pro Forma,
Actual Pro Forma As Adjusted (1)



(in thousands,
except per unit/share data)
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 198,799     $ 198,799     $ 298,799  
     
     
     
 
Capitalization:
                       
Debt (1)
  $ 132,442     $ 132,442     $ 132,442  
Members’/Stockholders’ equity:
                       
Class A Common Units, 23,507,839 units issued and outstanding, actual; no units issued and outstanding, pro forma or pro forma, as adjusted
                 
Class B Common Units, no units issued and outstanding, actual; no units issued and outstanding, pro forma or pro forma, as adjusted
                 
Class C Common Units, 4,807,508 units issued and outstanding, actual; no units issued and outstanding, pro forma or pro forma, as adjusted
                 
Common stock, $0.01 par value, no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual; 100,000,000 shares authorized, pro forma and pro forma, as adjusted; 29,227,981 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma; 36,561,314 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma, as adjusted
          292       365  
Preferred stock, $0.01 par value, no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual; 20,000,000 shares authorized, pro forma and pro forma, as adjusted; no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma or pro forma, as adjusted
                   
Additional paid-in capital
    71,642       71,350       171,277  
Retained earnings
    34,016       34,016       34,016  
Accumulated other comprehensive income
    1       1       1  
     
     
     
 
Total members’/stockholders’ equity
    105,659       105,659       205,659  
     
     
     
 
 
Total capitalization
  $ 238,101     $ 238,101     $ 338,101  
     
     
     
 


(1)   The pro forma, as adjusted balance sheet data does not give effect to either the incurrence of additional debt under our new credit facilities and the application of the net proceeds therefrom, as described in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Liquidity and Capital Resources — Debt and Credit Facilities,” or our acquisition in June 2004 of Harmony Health Systems, Inc.

     Our capitalization information represented above excludes:

  •   1,552,794 shares of common stock available for issuance upon the exercise of outstanding options, of which 96,330 shares are exercisable as of June 1, 2004;
 
  4,573,693 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our equity incentive plan; and
 
  381,141 shares of common stock reserved for future issuances under our employee stock purchase plan.

25


Table of Contents

DILUTION

      If you invest in our common stock, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the public offering price per share of our common stock and the as adjusted net tangible book value per share of common stock after giving effect to this offering.

      As of March 31, 2004, before giving effect to this offering, our net tangible book value (deficit) was approximately $(64,564,000) or $(2.94) per share of common stock. “Net tangible book value” per share represents the amount of our total tangible assets reduced by the amount of our total liabilities, divided by the number of shares of common stock outstanding after giving effect to our reorganization as a corporation described elsewhere in this prospectus. As of March 31, 2004, our pro forma net tangible book value, as adjusted for the sale of 7,333,333 shares of our common stock in this offering, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and other estimated offering expenses, would have been approximately $1.55 per share. This represents an immediate increase of $4.49 per share to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $13.45 per share to new investors. The following table illustrates this per share dilution:

                   
Assumed initial public offering price per share
          $ 15.00  
 
Net tangible book value (deficit) per share at March 31, 2004
  $ (2.94 )        
 
Increase per share attributable to new investors
  $ 4.49          
Pro forma net tangible book value per share after the offering
          $ 1.55  
Dilution per share to new investors
          $ 13.45  

      The following summarizes, on a pro forma, as adjusted basis, as of March 31, 2004, the differences between the total consideration paid and the average price per share paid by the existing stockholders and the new investors with respect to the number of shares of common stock purchased from us based on an assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share.

                                           
Shares Purchased Total Consideration


Average Price
Number Percent Amount Percent Per Share





Existing stockholders
    29,227,981       80%     $ 70,640,000       39%     $ 2.42  
New investors
    7,333,333       20%       110,000,000       61%     $ 15.00  
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Total
    36,561,314       100%     $ 180,640,000       100%     $ 4.94  
     
     
     
     
     
 

      The preceding table excludes:

  •   1,552,794 shares of common stock available for issuance upon the exercise of outstanding options, of which 96,330 shares are exercisable as of June 1, 2004;
 
  4,573,693 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our equity incentive plan; and
 
  381,141 shares of common stock reserved for future issuances under our employee stock purchase plan.

      To the extent all of these options had been exercised as of March 31, 2004, net tangible book value per share after this offering would be $1.99 and total dilution per share to new investors would be $13.01.

26


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL DATA

          You should read the following selected financial data in conjunction with our financial statements and related notes and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included elsewhere in this prospectus. We derived the combined statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 1999 and 2000 and the balance sheet data as of December 31, 1999 and 2000 from the unaudited financial statements of our Predecessor. We derived the combined statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2001, and the seven-month period ended July 31, 2002, and the balance sheet data as of December 31, 2001 from the audited financial statements of our Predecessor. We derived the consolidated statements of operations data for the five-month period ended December 31, 2002 and the year ended December 31, 2003, and the balance sheet data as of December 31, 2002 and 2003, from our audited consolidated financial statements. We derived the consolidated statements of operations data for the three-month period ended March 31, 2003 and 2004, and the balance sheet data as of March 31, 2003 and 2004, from our unaudited consolidated financial statements. Operating results for the three months ended March 31, 2004 are not necessarily indicative of operating results to be expected for the full year.

          Our acquisition of the WellCare group of companies as of July 31, 2002 was accounted for using the purchase method of accounting, as described in Note 2 to our consolidated and combined financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Accordingly, the combined results of operations and financial condition at dates prior to July 31, 2002 are not comparable to the consolidated results of operations and financial condition after that date.

                                                                     
Predecessor Successor


Seven-Month Five-Month Three Months Ended
Year Ended December 31, Period Ended Period Ended Year Ended March 31,

July 31, December 31, December 31,
1999 2000 2001 2002 2002 2003 2003 2004








(in thousands, except per unit/share data) (unaudited)
Consolidated and Combined Statements of Income (Loss):
                                                               
Revenues:
                                                               
Premium:
                                                               
 
Medicaid
  $ 152,543     $ 272,497     $ 451,210     $ 329,164     $ 267,911     $ 740,078     $ 174,882     $ 216,120  
 
Medicare
    27,212       72,992       233,626       170,073       120,814       288,330       70,334       84,560  
 
Other (1)
    84,299       80,430       55,027       17,976       9,928       14,444       5,410       570  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
   
Total premium
    264,054       425,919       739,863       517,213       398,653       1,042,852       250,626       301,250  
Investment income
    10,592       4,141       8,949       2,460       3,038       2,561       775       451  
Other
          1,407       1,472       359       114       569       156       135  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Total revenues
    274,646       431,467       750,284       520,032       401,805       1,045,982       251,557       301,836  
Expenses:
                                                               
Medical benefits
                                                               
 
Medicaid
    115,046       202,876       364,293       274,672       222,007       609,233       151,778       183,062  
 
Medicare
    25,727       78,542       219,505       145,768       107,384       238,933       57,606       67,969  
 
Other (2)
    90,138       86,818       53,708       14,484       12,372       12,887       4,633       404  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
   
Total medical benefits
    230,911       368,236       637,506       434,924       341,763       861,053       214,017       251,435  
Selling, general and administrative
    35,201       70,050       86,279       54,492       45,384       126,106       27,319       36,791  
Depreciation and amortization
    2,171       1,913       2,234       1,239       3,734       8,159       2,732       1,659  
Interest
    6,126       1,785       2,860       1,446       1,462       10,172       1,579       2,265  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Total expenses
    274,409       441,984       728,879       492,101       392,343       1,005,490       245,647       292,150  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Income (loss) before income taxes
    237       (10,517 )     21,405       27,931       9,462       40,492       5,910       9,686  
Income tax expense (3)
                            4,805       16,955       2,482       3,864  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Net income (loss)
  $ 237     $ (10,517 )   $ 21,405     $ 27,931     $ 4,657     $ 23,537     $ 3,428     $ 5,822  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Net income attributable per common unit:
                                                               
 
Net income attributable per unit — basic
                                  $ 0.09     $ 0.66     $ 0.07     $ 0.15  
 
Net income attributable per unit — diluted
                                  $ 0.08     $ 0.60     $ 0.07     $ 0.13  

27


Table of Contents

                                                                   
Predecessor Successor


Seven-Month Five-Month Three Months Ended
Year Ended December 31, Period Ended Period Ended Year Ended March 31,

July 31, December 31, December 31,
1999 2000 2001 2002 2002 2003 2003 2004








(in thousands, except per unit/share data) (unaudited)
Pro forma net income per common share:
                                                               
 
Basic
                                            $0.84               $0.20  
 
Diluted
                                            $0.77               $0.17  
Pro forma common shares outstanding:
                                                               
 
Basic
                                            20,855,914               21,460,625  
 
Diluted
                                            22,832,795               24,994,106  
                                                           
As of December 31, As of March 31,


1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2003 2004







Operating Statistics:
                                                       
 
Medical benefits ratio — consolidated (4)
    87.4%       86.5%       86.2%       84.8%       82.6%       85.4%       83.5%  
 
Medical benefits ratio — Medicaid (4)
    75.4%       74.5%       80.7%       83.2%       82.3%       86.8%       84.7%  
 
Medical benefits ratio — Medicare (4)
    94.5%       107.6%       94.0%       87.0%       82.9%       81.9%       80.4%  
 
Medical benefit ratio — other (4)
    106.9%       107.9%       97.6%       96.2%       89.2%       85.6%       70.9%  
 
Selling, general and administrative expense ratio (5)
    12.8%       16.2%       11.5%       10.8%       12.1%       10.9%       12.2%  
 
Members — consolidated
    157,000       317,000       374,000       470,000       555,000       482,000       581,000  
 
Members — Medicaid
    106,000       256,000       323,000       420,000       512,000       435,000       537,500  
 
Members — Medicare
    5,000       20,000       35,000       42,000       42,000       41,000       43,000  
 
Members — commercial
    46,000       41,000       16,000       8,000       1,000       6,000       500  
                                                           
As of December 31, As of March 31,


As
1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 Actual Adjusted (6)







(in thousands) (unaudited)
Balance Sheet Data:
                                                       
 
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 35,658     $ 107,730     $ 129,791     $ 146,784     $ 237,321     $ 198,799     $ 298,799  
 
Total assets
    75,765       173,007       221,456       409,504       497,107       472,340       572,340  
 
Long-term debt (including current maturities) (6)
    6,370       1,174       154       156,295       135,755       132,442       132,442  
 
Total liabilities (6)
    82,449       180,186       199,411       334,587       397,530       366,681       366,681  
 
Total stockholders’ equity (deficit) (7)
    (6,684 )     (7,179 )     22,045       74,917       99,577       105,659       205,659  

(1)   Other premium revenue relates to our commercial business, which is no longer marketed.
(2)   Other medical benefits relates to our commercial business, which is no longer marketed.
(3)   Income tax expense was not recorded by the Predecessor because its tax structure included entities that had elected subchapter S status under the Internal Revenue Code the income of which was taxed at the stockholder level, as well as entities that were subject to tax, but did not generate tax liabilities or benefits due to operating losses. Pro forma tax expense for each of the years 1999, 2000, 2001, and the seven months ended July 31, 2002 at an estimated tax rate of 42% (our effective tax rate as the Successor) is $100, $0, $8,990, and $11,731, respectively.
(4)   Medical benefits ratio represents medical benefits expense as a percentage of premium revenue.
(5)   Selling, general and administrative expense ratio represents selling, general and administrative expense as a percentage of total revenue and excludes depreciation and amortization expense for purposes of determining the ratio.
(6)   The as adjusted balance sheet data gives effect to the sale of 7,333,333 shares of common stock at an assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, less the estimated underwriting discounts, commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. The as adjusted balance sheet data does not give effect to either the incurrence of additional debt under our new credit facilities and the application of the net proceeds therefrom, as described in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Liquidity and Capital Resources — Debt and Credit Facilities,” or our acquisition in June 2004 of Harmony Health Systems, Inc.
(7)   Total stockholders’ equity reflects stockholders’ equity for Predecessor and on an as adjusted basis for 2003 and reflects limited liability company membership interests during 2002 and on an actual basis for 2003.

28


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

      The following discussion and analysis of the financial condition and results of operations of WellCare should be read in conjunction with “Selected Consolidated and Combined Financial Data” and WellCare’s combined and consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. The following discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions that could cause our actual results to differ materially from management’s expectations. Factors that could cause such differences include those set forth under “Risk Factors,” “Forward-Looking Statements,” “Business” and elsewhere in this prospectus.

Overview

      We provide managed care services targeted exclusively to government-sponsored healthcare programs, focusing on Medicaid and Medicare. Our business currently operates health plans in Florida, New York, Connecticut, Illinois and Indiana, serving approximately 581,000 members as of March 31, 2004, and approximately 84,000 additional members as a result of our recent acquisition of Harmony. The following tables summarize our membership by state and our membership by program as of March 31, 2004. The information gives effect to our acquisition of Harmony as if the acquisition had occurred as of March 31, 2004.

         
State Total Members


Florida
    495,000  
New York
    60,000  
Connecticut
    26,000  
Illinois
    54,000  
Indiana
    30,000  
         
Program Total Members


Medicaid
    621,500  
Medicare
    43,000  
Other
    500  

      We were formed in May 2002 to acquire the WellCare group of companies. Until the closing of that acquisition in July 2002, the companies that comprise our Florida operations had operated as closely-held businesses, and our New York and Connecticut businesses had operated as subsidiaries of a public company. Results of operations beginning July 31, 2002 reflect our operations under current management.

      We enter into contracts generally on an annual basis with government agencies that administer health benefits programs. We receive premiums from state and federal agencies for the members that are assigned to or have selected us to provide healthcare services under each benefit program. The amount of premiums we receive for each member is fixed, although it varies according to demographics, including the government program, and the member’s geographic location, age and sex.

      Our largest expense is the cost of medical benefits that we provide, which is based primarily on our arrangements with healthcare providers. Our profitability depends on our ability to predict and effectively manage medical benefits expense relative to the fixed premiums we receive. Our arrangements with providers fall into two broad categories: capitation arrangements, where we pay the providers a fixed fee per member, and fee-for-service and risk-sharing arrangements, where we assume all or part of the risk of the cost of the healthcare provided. Generally, capitation payments represent less than 12% of our total medical benefits expense. Other components of medical benefits expense are variable and require estimation and ongoing cost management.

      Estimation of medical benefits expense is our most significant critical accounting estimate. See “— Critical Accounting Policies.”

29


Table of Contents

      We use a variety of techniques to manage our medical benefits expense, including payment methods to providers, referral requirements, quality and disease management programs, reinsurance and member co-payments and premiums for some of our Medicare plans. National healthcare costs have been increasing at a higher rate than the general inflation rate, however, and relatively small changes in our medical benefits expense relative to premiums that we receive can create significant changes in our financial results. Changes in healthcare laws, regulations and practices, levels of use of healthcare services, competitive pressures, hospital costs, major epidemics, terrorism or bio-terrorism, new medical technologies and other external factors could reduce our ability to manage our medical benefits expense effectively.

      One of our primary tools for measuring profitability is our medical benefits ratio, the ratio of our medical benefits expense to the premiums we receive. Changes in the medical benefits ratio from period to period result from changes in Medicaid and Medicare funding, changes in the mix of Medicaid and Medicare membership, our ability to manage medical costs and changes in accounting estimates related to incurred but not reported claims. We use medical benefits ratios both to monitor our management of medical benefits expense and to make various business decisions, including what healthcare plans to offer, what geographic areas to enter or exit and the selection of healthcare providers. Although medical benefits ratios play an important role in our business strategy, we may be willing to enter into provider arrangements that might produce a less favorable medical benefits ratio if those arrangements, such as capitation or risk-sharing, would likely lower our exposure to variability in medical costs.

Corporate History and Acquisitions

      Our Well Care HMO subsidiary was established in 1985 by a group of physicians located in Tampa, Florida, and began offering Medicaid managed care services in 1994 and Medicare services in 2000. Our HealthEase subsidiary was formed in May 2000 to acquire the business of Tampa General Health Plan, Inc., including its HMO license and approximately 5,900 Medicaid members. HealthEase subsequently acquired almost 100,000 Medicaid members from Humana, Inc. in June 2000.

      In July 2002, our current management acquired the WellCare group of companies in two concurrent transactions. In the first transaction, we acquired our Florida operations, including our Well Care HMO and HealthEase subsidiaries, in a stock purchase from a number of individuals, including Dr. Kiran C. Patel and Rupesh Shah, our Senior Vice President, Market Expansion. The purchase price for this transaction consisted of:

  $50 million in cash;
 
  the issuance of a senior subordinated promissory note in the original principal amount of $53 million, subject to adjustments for earnouts and other purchase price adjustments; and
 
  •   warrants to purchase Class B Common Units, which will be converted into 1,774,096 shares of our common stock in our reorganization.

      The purchase price was subject to adjustment in both 2003 and 2004, based upon a number of earnout and other calculations. In February 2004, we entered into a settlement agreement with the selling stockholders that fixed the amount of the purchase price and principal balance of the note at $209.6 million and $119.7 million, respectively. In May 2004, we entered into a further agreement with the selling stockholders, pursuant to which we prepaid $85.0 million of the principal balance of the note, using proceeds from our new senior secured term loan facility, and $3.0 million of the principal balance was forgiven in consideration for the prepayment. See “Certain Transactions — Other Agreements with Selling Stockholders — Amendment and Settlement Agreement” and “— Prepayment Agreement.”

      In the second transaction, we acquired The WellCare Management Group, Inc., a publicly-traded holding company and the parent company of our New York and Connecticut operations, through a merger of that company into a wholly-owned subsidiary of ours. The purchase price for this transaction consisted of approximately $7.72 million in cash.

30


Table of Contents

      In June 2004, we acquired Harmony Health Systems, Inc., a provider of Medicaid managed care plans in Illinois and Indiana. As a result of the acquisition, we increased our Medicaid membership by approximately 84,000. The purchase price for the acquisition was approximately $50.3 million in cash, after deducting (i) pre-closing distributions of cash by Harmony to its equityholders and (ii) certain transaction expenses incurred by Harmony or its shareholders. The purchase price will be adjusted by the amount of any excess or shortfall in the amount of Harmony’s reserves for medical claims as of December 31, 2003, compared to medical claims actually incurred as of that date as measured on or about December 31, 2004.

      We are currently identifying markets for potential acquisitions or expansion that would increase our membership and broaden our geographic presence. These potential acquisitions or expansion efforts are at various stages of internal consideration, and we may enter into letters of intent, transactions or other arrangements supporting our growth strategy at any time. However, we cannot predict when or whether such transactions or other arrangements will actually occur, and we may not be successful in completing potential acquisitions.

Basis of Presentation

      WellCare, as it existed prior to the July 31, 2002 acquisition of the WellCare group of companies, is referred to as “Predecessor.” WellCare, as it existed on and after July 31, 2002, is referred to as the “Successor,” “we” or “us.”

      The consolidated results of operations include the accounts of the Successor and all of its subsidiaries. Significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.

      The combined results of operations include all of the accounts of the Predecessor’s entities under common control prior to the July 31, 2002 acquisition of the WellCare group of companies. Significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.

      The combined results of operations of the Predecessor also do not reflect the effects of our change in corporate structure and management. The Predecessor’s combined financial results do not reflect the effects of:

  additional debt incurred by Successor management, which results in increased interest expense;
 
  a C corporation tax structure, which results in taxes being incurred by us, whereas previously, because the Predecessor had an S corporation tax structure, taxes were incurred by the stockholders; and
 
  accounting for amortization of the acquired intangible assets, which resulted from the purchase of the businesses.

In addition, due to prior management’s preparation of the Predecessor for sale, certain costs and expenses were temporarily eliminated and opportunities to increase membership were not pursued during the relevant time periods.

      WellCare Holdings, LLC is taxed as a partnership for federal income tax purposes. It is not included in the consolidated federal tax return of its subsidiaries, which file as C corporations. See Note 10 to the notes to the audited combined and consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

Segments

      We have two reportable business segments: Medicaid and Medicare. Medicaid, a state administered program, was enacted in 1965 to make federal matching funds available to all states for the delivery of healthcare benefits to eligible individuals, principally those with incomes below specified levels who meet other state specified requirements. Medicaid is structured to allow each state to establish its own eligibility standards, benefits package, payment rates and program administration under broad federal guidelines. Most states determine threshold Medicaid eligibility by reference to other federal financial assistance programs including the Temporary Assistance to Needy Families and Supplemental Security Income programs.

      The Temporary Assistance to Needy Families program provides assistance to low-income families with children and was adopted to replace the Aid to Families with Dependent Children program. Supplemental Security Income is a federal program that provides assistance to low-income aged, blind or disabled individuals. However, states can broaden eligibility criteria.

31


Table of Contents

      SCHIP, developed in 1997, is a federal/state matching program that provides healthcare coverage to children not otherwise covered by Medicaid or other insurance programs. SCHIP enables a segment of the large uninsured population in the United States to receive healthcare benefits. States have the option of administering SCHIP through their Medicaid programs.

      Medicare is a federal program that provides persons age 65 and over and some disabled persons a variety of hospital and medical insurance benefits. Most individuals eligible for Medicare are entitled to receive inpatient hospital care without the payment of any premium, but are required to pay a premium to the federal government, which is adjusted annually, to be eligible for physician care and other services.

      Under the Medicare+Choice program, managed care plans can contract with CMS to provide health insurance coverage in exchange for a fixed monthly payment per member that varies based on the geographic areas in which the members reside. The fixed monthly payment per member is subject to periodic adjustments determined by CMS based upon a number of factors, including retroactive changes in members’ status such as Medicaid eligibility, and risk measures based on demographic factors such as age, gender, county of residence and health status. The weighting of the risk measures in the determination of the amount of the periodic adjustments to the fixed monthly payments is being phased in over time. These measures will have their full impact on the calculation of those adjustments by 2007. Individuals who elect to participate in the Medicare+Choice program are relieved of the obligation to pay some or all of the deductible or coinsurance amounts required under the traditional Medicare program, but are generally required to use the service provided by the HMO exclusively and may be required to pay a premium to the federal Medicare program unless the HMO chooses to pay the premium as part of its benefit package.

Critical Accounting Policies

      In the ordinary course of business, we make a number of estimates and assumptions relating to the reporting of our results of operations and financial condition in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results could differ significantly from those estimates under different assumptions and conditions. We believe that the accounting policies discussed below are those that are most important to the portrayal of our financial condition and results and require management’s most difficult, subjective and complex judgments, often as a result of the need to make estimates about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain.

      Revenue recognition. We generate revenues primarily from premiums we receive from agencies of the federal government and the states in which we operate to provide healthcare benefits to our members. We receive a fixed premium per member per month to provide healthcare benefits to our members pursuant to our contracts in each of our markets. We generally receive premiums in advance of providing services, and recognize premium revenue during the period in which we are obligated to provide services to our members. Premiums collected in advance are deferred and reported as unearned premiums. Any amounts that have not been received remain on the balance sheet classified as premiums receivable. We also generate revenues from investments.

      We experience adjustments to our revenues based on member retroactivity. These retroactivity adjustments reflect changes in the number and eligibility status of enrollees subsequent to when revenue is billed. We estimate the amount of outstanding retroactivity each period and adjust premium revenue accordingly. The estimates of retroactivity adjustments are based on historical trends, premiums billed, the volume of member and contract renewal activity and other information. We refine our estimates and methodologies based upon actual retroactivity experienced. Retroactivity adjustments have not been significant.

      Estimating medical benefits expense and medical benefits payable. The cost of medical benefits is recognized in the period in which services are provided and includes an estimate of the cost of medical benefits that have been incurred but not yet reported. We contract with various healthcare providers for the provision of certain medical care services to our members and generally compensate those providers on a fee-for-service or capitated basis or pursuant to certain risk-sharing arrangements. Capitation represents fixed payments on a per member per month basis to participating physicians and other medical specialists as compensation for providing comprehensive healthcare services. Participating physician capitation payments for our year ended

32


Table of Contents

December 31, 2003 and five-month period ended December 31, 2002, and the Predecessor seven-month period ended July 31, 2002 and year ended December 31, 2001 were 11.0%, 10.2%, 10.2% and 10.3%, respectively, of total medical benefits expense.

      Medical benefits expense has two main components: direct medical expenses and medically-related administrative costs. Direct medical expenses include amounts paid to hospitals, physicians and providers of ancillary services, such as laboratory and pharmacy. Medically-related administrative costs include items such as case and disease management, utilization review services, quality assurance and on-call nurses.

      Medical benefits payable consists primarily of benefit reserves established for reported and unreported claims, which are unpaid as of the balance sheet date, and contractual liabilities under risk-sharing arrangements, determined through an estimation process utilizing company-specific, industry-wide, and general economic information and data.

      We have used the same methodology for estimating our medical benefits expense and medical benefits payable since our acquisition of the WellCare group of companies. Our policy is to record management’s best estimate of medical benefits payable. Monthly, we estimate ultimate benefits payable based upon historical experience and other available information as well as assumptions about emerging trends, which vary by business segment. The process for preparing the estimate utilizes standard actuarial methodologies based on historical data. These standard actuarial methodologies include, among other factors, contractual requirements, historical utilization trends, the interval between the date services are rendered and the date claims are paid, denied claims activity, disputed claims activity, benefit changes, expected health care cost inflation, seasonality patterns and changes in membership. In developing the estimate, we apply different estimation methods depending on the month for which incurred claims are being estimated. For the more recent months, which constitute the majority of the amount of the medical benefits payable, we estimate our claims incurred by applying observed trend factors to the per member per month, or PMPM, costs for prior months, which costs have been estimated using completion factors, in order to estimate the PMPMs for the most recent months. We validate our estimates of the most recent PMPMs by comparing the most recent months’ utilization levels to the utilization levels in older months, actuarial techniques that incorporate a historical analysis of claim payments, including trends in cost of care provided, and timeliness of submission and processing of claims.

      Also included in medical benefits payable are estimates for provider settlements due to clarification of contract terms, out-of-network reimbursement and claims payment differences, as well as amounts due to contracted providers under risk-sharing arrangements.

      Many aspects of the managed care business are not predictable with consistency. These aspects include the incidences of illness or disease state (such as cardiac heart failure cases, cases of upper respiratory illness, the length and severity of the flu season, diabetes, the number of full-term versus premature births, and the number of neonatal intensive care babies). Therefore, we must rely upon our historical experience, as continually monitored, to reflect the ever-changing mix, needs and growth of our members in our trend assumptions. Among the factors considered by management are changes in the level of benefits provided to members, seasonal variations in utilization, identified industry trends and changes in provider reimbursement arrangements, including changes in the percentage of reimbursements made on a capitated as opposed to a fee-for-service basis. These considerations are aggregated in trend in medical benefits expense. Other external factors such as government-mandated benefits or other regulatory changes, catastrophes, and epidemics may impact medical cost trends. Other internal factors such as system conversions and claims processing interruptions may impact our ability to accurately predict estimates of historical completion factors or medical cost trends. Medical cost trends potentially are more volatile than other segments of the economy. Management is required to use considerable judgment in the selection of medical benefits expense trends and other actuarial model inputs.

      We record reserves for estimated referral claims related to healthcare providers under contract with us who are financially troubled or insolvent and who may not be able to honor their obligations for the costs of medical services provided by other providers. In these instances, we may be required to honor these obligations

33


Table of Contents

for legal or business reasons. Based on our current assessment of providers under contract with us, such losses have not been and are not expected to be significant.

      Changes in estimates of medical benefits payable are primarily the result of obtaining more complete claims information that directly correlates with the claims and provider reimbursement trends. Volatility in members’ needs for medical services, provider claims submission and our payment processes results in identifiable patterns emerging several months after the causes of deviations from assumed trends occur. Since our estimates are based upon per member, per month claims experience, changes cannot typically be explained by any single factor, but are the result of a number of interrelated variables, all influencing the resulting experienced medical cost trend. Deviations, whether positive or negative, between actual experience and estimates used to establish the liability are recorded in the period known.

      The following table provides a reconciliation of the beginning and ending balance of medical benefits payable for the following periods:

                                     
Predecessor Successor


Seven-Month Five-Month
Year Ended Period Ended Period Ended Year Ended
December 31, July 31, December 31, December 31,
2001 2002 2002 2003




(in thousands)
Balances as of beginning of period
  $ 86,714     $ 98,314     $ 109,054     $ 113,670  
     
     
     
     
 
Medical benefits incurred related to:
                               
 
Current period
    634,726       436,444       348,079       884,703  
 
Prior periods
    2,780       (1,520 )     (6,316 )     (23,650 )
     
     
     
     
 
   
Total
    637,506       434,924       341,763       861,053  
     
     
     
     
 
Medical benefits paid related to:
                               
 
Current period
    (538,505 )     (335,938 )     (249,076 )     (751,826 )
 
Prior periods
    (87,401 )     (88,246 )     (88,071 )     (74,600 )
     
     
     
     
 
   
Total
    (625,906 )     (424,184 )     (337,147 )     (826,426 )
     
     
     
     
 
Balances as of end of period
  $ 98,314     $ 109,054     $ 113,670     $ 148,297  
     
     
     
     
 

      Medical benefits payable recorded at December 31, 2002 developed favorably by approximately $23.7 million. This favorable development was primarily due to realized medical benefits expense trends that were less than initially assumed trends. We initially assumed a medical benefits expense trend increase of 7.8% and a decrease of 4.1% for the Medicaid and Medicare segments, respectively, at December 31, 2002. Based upon payments made subsequent to December 31, 2002, for dates of service prior to December 31, 2002, the realized trends were an increase of 4.5% for the Medicaid segment and a decrease of 5.4% for the Medicare segment. The difference between the assumed and the realized trends accounts for approximately $15.0 million and $3.5 million of favorable development for the Medicaid and Medicare segments, respectively.

      Medical benefits payable at July 31, 2002 developed favorably in the five-month period ended December 31, 2002 by $6.3 million primarily due to differences between estimated and actual utilization and severity of claims on certain of our Florida Medicaid businesses. Medical benefits payable at December 31, 2001 developed favorably in the seven-month period ended July 31, 2002 by $1.5 million due primarily to lower utilization of medical services than anticipated. Medical benefits payable at December 31, 2000 developed unfavorably in the year ended December 31, 2001 by $2.8 million, due primarily to higher than expected utilization of services and cost per service.

      We believe that the amount of medical benefits payable as of December 31, 2003 is adequate to cover our ultimate liability for unpaid claims recorded as of that date; however, actual claim payments and other items may differ from established estimates. Assuming a hypothetical 1% difference between our December 31, 2003 medical benefits ratio due to changes between estimated medical benefits payable and actual medical benefits payable, income before income taxes for the year ended December 31, 2003 would have increased or

34


Table of Contents

decreased by $10.4 million and diluted earnings per share would have increased or decreased by approximately $0.42 per share, after giving effect to our reorganization into a corporation.

      Goodwill and intangible assets. We obtained goodwill and intangible assets as a result of the acquisitions of our subsidiaries. Goodwill represents the excess of the cost over the fair market value of net assets acquired. Intangible assets include provider networks, membership contracts, trademark, noncompete agreements, government contracts, licenses and permits. Our intangible assets are amortized over their estimated useful lives ranging from one to 26 years.

      We evaluate whether events or circumstances have occurred that may affect the estimated useful life or the recoverability of the remaining balance of goodwill and other identifiable intangible assets. We must make assumptions and estimates, such as the discount factor, in determining the estimated fair values. While we believe these assumptions and estimates are appropriate, other assumptions and estimates could be applied and might produce significantly different results.

      We review goodwill and intangible assets for impairment at least annually, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances occur that may affect the estimated useful life or the recoverability of the remaining balance of goodwill or intangible assets. Events or changes in circumstances would include significant changes in membership, state funding, medical contracts and provider networks. We have selected the third quarter for our annual impairment test, which generally coincides with the finalization of state and federal contract negotiations and our initial budgeting process. During the third quarter ended September 30, 2003, we assessed the earnings forecast for our two reporting units and concluded that the fair value of the individual reporting units, based upon the expected present value of future cash flows and other qualitative factors, was in excess of net assets of each reporting unit. As of March 31, 2004, we believe that there is no impairment to the value of goodwill or intangible assets.

      The purchase of our Florida subsidiaries was partially financed through a contingent note payable to the former shareholders of those subsidiaries, including Rupesh Shah, our Senior Vice President, Market Expansion, and his spouse. The principal amount of this note was subject to adjustment for various contingencies including based on the adequacy of the statutory capital of certain subsidiaries, the actual medical benefits payable of certain subsidiaries, the earnings (or losses) of certain products and potential indemnifications under the purchase agreement. Adjustments to the note resulted in a change in the purchase price and the amount of goodwill acquired of $41.6 million. See “— Corporate History and Acquisitions.”

35


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

      The following table sets forth the consolidated and combined statements of income data, expressed as a percentage of revenues for each period indicated. The pro forma combined year ended December 31, 2002 amounts consist of combined financial data from the Predecessor for the seven-month period ended July 31, 2002 and from the Successor for the five-month period ended December 31, 2002. The historical results are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for any future period.

                                             
Percentage of Revenues

Predecessor Predecessor/Successor Successor



Three Months
Combined Pro Forma Combined Consolidated Ended
Year Ended Year Ended Year Ended March 31,
December 31, December 31, December 31,
2001 2002 (combined) 2003 2003 2004





Statement of Operations Data:
                                       
 
Revenues:
                                       
   
Premium
    98.6 %     99.4 %     99.7 %     99.6 %     99.8 %
   
Investment income
    1.2 %     0.6 %     0.2 %     0.3 %     0.1 %
   
Other
    0.2 %           0.1 %     0.1 %     0.1 %
     
     
     
     
     
 
   
Total revenues
    100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %
 
Expenses:
                                       
   
Medical benefits
    85.0 %     84.3 %     82.3 %     85.1 %     83.3 %
   
Selling, general and administrative
    11.5 %     10.8 %     12.1 %     10.9 %     12.2 %
   
Depreciation and amortization
    0.3 %     0.5 %     0.8 %     1.1 %     0.5 %
   
Interest
    0.4 %     0.3 %     1.0 %     0.6 %     0.8 %
     
     
     
     
     
 
   
Total expenses
    97.2 %     95.9 %     96.2 %     97.7 %     96.8 %
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Income before income taxes
    2.8 %     4.1 %     3.8 %     2.3 %     3.2 %
 
Income tax expense
    (1)     0.5 % (1)     1.6 %     1.0 %     1.3 %
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Net income
    2.8 %     3.6 %     2.2 %     1.3 %     1.9 %
     
     
     
     
     
 

(1)   Income tax expense was not recorded by the Predecessor because its tax structure included entities that had elected subchapter S status under the Internal Revenue Code, the income of which was taxed at the stockholder level, as well as entities that were subject to tax, but did not generate tax liabilities or benefits due to operating losses.

     The Predecessor financial statements do not reflect any provision for doubtful receivables. The necessity for the provision for doubtful receivables became evident during the second half of 2002, based upon management’s experience following the acquisition of the WellCare group of companies. Factors considered included the age and amounts of receivables, the effort and timeframe necessary to collect those receivables and the strategic nature of the applicable relationships. Management’s evaluation of the history of the relationships indicated doubt that certain of the receivables would ultimately be fully collected. Therefore, a provision for the doubtful receivables was deemed to be appropriate and necessary for the years ended 2003 and 2002.

Comparison of Three Months Ended March 31, 2004 to Three Months Ended March 31, 2003

      Premium revenue. Premium revenue for the three months ended March 31, 2004 increased $50.7 million, or 20%, to $301.3 million from $250.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2003. The increase was principally due to 23% internal growth in overall membership within the Medicaid segment. Total membership grew by 99,000 members, or 21%, from 482,000 at March 31, 2003 to 581,000 members at March 31, 2004.

      Our Medicaid segment includes Medicaid programs and other state-sponsored healthcare programs. The Medicaid segment premium revenue for the three months ended March 31, 2004 increased $41.2 million, or

36


Table of Contents

24%, to $216.1 million from $174.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2003. The increase was primarily due to an increase in membership worth approximately $41.4 million, offset by a $0.2 million reduction resulting from a change in membership demographics and rates. Membership within the Medicaid segment grew by 102,500, or 24%, members from 435,000 members at March 31, 2003 to 537,500 members at March 31, 2004. Membership increased by approximately 50,000 as a result of assignment of SCHIP members in Florida under a competitive bidding process, and the remaining growth in Medicaid membership resulted from a combination of mandatory assignment and successful marketing efforts.

      Medicare segment premium revenue for the three months ended March 31, 2004 increased $14.3 million, or 20%, to $84.6 million from $70.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2003. The increase was primarily due to an increase in membership throughout the period of approximately $3.9 million, and increased rates and change in membership demographics of approximately $10.4 million. Membership in the Medicare segment increased by 2,000 members, or 5%, from 41,000 members at March 31, 2003 to 43,000 members at March 31, 2004.

      Investment income. Investment income for the three months ended March 31, 2004 decreased $0.3 million, or 38%, to $0.5 million from $0.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2003. The decrease in investment income was primarily due to the continued decline in market interest rates and maintaining investments with shorter maturities.

      Medical benefits expense. Medical benefits expenses for the three months ended March 31, 2004 increased $37.4 million, or 17%, to $251.4 million from $214.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2003. The increase was primarily due to increased membership. The medical benefits ratio, as a percentage of premium revenue, for the three months ended March 31, 2004 was 83.5% compared to 85.4% for the three months ended March 31, 2003. The decrease resulted primarily from changes in Medicare benefit levels, working with key physicians to ensure that preventative care is administered to our membership and improved medical cost management.

      Medicaid segment medical benefits expense for the three months ended March 31, 2004 increased $31.3 million, or 21%, to $183.1 million from $151.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2003. The increase was principally due to growth in overall membership within the Medicaid segment, which had an impact of $36.0 million. This was offset by changes in membership demographics and medical costs of $4.7 million. The medical benefits ratio, as a percentage of premium revenue, for the three months ended March 31, 2004 was 84.7% compared to 86.8% in the same period of 2003.

      Medicare segment medical benefits expense for the three months ended March 31, 2004 increased $10.4 million, or 18%, to $68.0 million from $57.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2003. The increase was due to growth in overall membership within the Medicare segment, which had an impact of $3.2 million, and changes in membership demographics and cost increases of $7.2 million. The medical benefits ratio, as a percentage of premium revenue, for the three months ended March 31, 2004 was 80.4% compared to 81.9% in the same period of 2003.

      Selling, general and administrative expense. Selling, general and administrative expense for the three months ended March 31, 2004 increased $9.5 million, or 35%, to $36.8 million from $27.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2003. Our selling, general and administrative expense to premium revenue ratio was 12.2% and 10.9% for the three months ended March 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively. The ratio has increased as we have expanded our Medicaid membership and continued to invest in infrastructure to support our growing membership base.

      Interest expense. Interest expense for the three months ended March 31, 2004 increased $0.7 million, or 44%, to $2.3 million from $1.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2003. The increase was due to the additional interest incurred on the increased principal balance of the note payable to the prior owners of our Florida operations under the February 2004 renegotiation of the note and a full quarter of interest incurred on other long-term debt originated in March 2003.

      Income tax expense. Income tax expense for the three months ended March 31, 2004 increased $1.4 million, or 56%, to $3.9 million from $2.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2003. The

37


Table of Contents

increase is the result of increased income. Our effective tax rate for the three months ended March 31, 2004 and 2003 was 39.9% and 42.0%, respectively.

      Net income. Net income for the three months ended March 31, 2004 was $5.8 million compared to $3.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2003.

Comparison of Consolidated Year Ended December 31, 2003 to Combined Year Ended December 31, 2002

      Premium revenue. Premium revenue for the year ended December 31, 2003 increased $127.0 million, or 14%, to $1.04 billion from $915.9 million for the combined year ended December 31, 2002. The increase was principally due to internal growth in overall membership within the Medicaid segment and to a lesser extent increased premium rates per member. Premium rate increases were partially offset by a lower average premium per member primarily as a result of changes in the demographics of Medicaid members by product. During 2003, membership increased by 85,000 members, or 18%, from 470,000 members at December 31, 2002 to 555,000 members at December 31, 2003.

      Medicaid segment premium revenue for the year ended December 31, 2003 increased $143.0 million, or 24%, to $740.1 million from $597.1 million for the combined year ended December 31, 2002. The increase was primarily due to an increase in membership of approximately $166.7 million and a change in membership demographics and premium rates, which offset the increase by $23.7 million. During 2003, membership within the Medicaid segment increased 92,000 members, or 22%, from 420,000 members at December 31, 2002 to 512,000 members at December 31, 2003. Membership increased by approximately 44,000 as a result of assignment of SCHIP members in Florida under a competitive bidding process, and the remaining growth in Medicaid membership resulted from a combination of mandatory assignment and successful marketing efforts. We expect Medicaid membership to continue to increase in 2004.

      Medicare segment premium revenue for the year ended December 31, 2003 decreased $2.6 million, or 1.0%, to $288.3 million from $290.9 million for the combined year ended December 31, 2002. The decrease was primarily due to a decrease in the aggregate time our members were covered by our plans, partially offset by an increase in premium rates and change in membership demographics of approximately $7.2 million. We continually review the medical loss ratio of our business and make strategic decisions based on those analyses. During 2003, our medical benefits expense in certain areas of Florida was higher than expected. We addressed this concern by withdrawing from areas where financial performance was unfavorable. Overall membership levels remained flat at approximately 42,000. We expect Medicare membership to increase in 2004, in part due to the new Medicare legislation.

      Investment income. Investment income for the year ended December 31, 2003 decreased $2.9 million, or 53%, to $2.6 million from $5.5 million for the combined year ended December 31, 2002. The decrease in investment income was primarily due to the continued decline in market interest rates and maintaining investments with shorter maturities, which was partially offset by an increase in overall cash levels. Cash levels increased primarily due to increased profitability and differences in the timing of our receipt of premiums as compared to the timing of our payment of the related medical benefits expense.

      Medical benefits expense. Medical benefits expenses for the year ended December 31, 2003 increased $84.4 million, or 11%, to $861.1 million from $776.7 million for the combined year ended December 31, 2002. The increase was primarily due to the increase in membership. The medical benefits ratio, as a percentage of premium revenue, for the year ended December 31, 2003 was 82.6% compared to 84.8% in 2002. The medical benefits ratio decreased in 2003 primarily as a result of our initiatives to enter into contracts with providers that offer more economical benefits, to focus on preventative and disease management programs, and to increase the effectiveness of medical management to ensure that medical benefits are utilized efficiently.

      The Medicaid segment medical benefits expense for the year ended December 31, 2003 increased $112.5 million, or 23%, to $609.2 million from $496.7 million for the combined year ended December 31, 2002. The increase was principally due to internal growth in overall membership within the Medicaid segment, which accounted for an increase of $138.7 million, and to a lesser extent increased healthcare costs, which

38


Table of Contents

accounted for an increase of $3.8 million. This was offset by $30.0 million resulting from a change in membership demographics. The Medicaid medical benefits ratio, as a percentage of premium revenue, for the year ended December 31, 2003 was 82.3% compared to 83.2% in 2002.

      Medicare segment medical benefits expense for the year ended December 31, 2003 decreased
$14.3 million, or 6%, to $238.9 million from $253.2 million for the combined year ended December 31, 2002. The decrease was principally a result of our withdrawal from certain areas of Florida where financial performance was unfavorable and, to a lesser extent, as a result of revised contracts with providers containing improved contract terms. The decrease in membership accounted for $8.5 million of the reduction in expense, and the changes in contract terms accounted for the remainder. The Medicare medical benefits ratio, as a percentage of premium revenue, for the year ended December 31, 2003 was 82.9% compared to 87.0% in 2002.

      Selling, general and administrative expense. Selling, general and administrative expense for the year ended December 31, 2003 increased $26.2 million, or 26%, to $126.1 million from $99.9 million for the combined year ended December 31, 2002. Our selling, general and administrative expense to premium revenue ratio was 12.1% and 10.8% for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively. The increase in the ratio was the result of increased marketing efforts, servicing our increased membership, amortization of purchased intangible assets and costs incurred to strengthen our infrastructure. These costs include additional management staff, information technology system enhancements, and consulting services. Additionally, certain expenses to expand the business or make the operations more efficient were not incurred in 2002 as the predecessor management was preparing the company for sale.

      Interest expense. Interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2003 increased $7.3 million, or 252%, to $10.2 million from $2.9 million for the combined year ended December 31, 2002. The increase was due to increased debt as a result of the purchase of the business from the predecessor owners.

      Income tax expense. Income tax expense for the year ended December 31, 2003 increased $12.2 million, or 254%, to $17.0 million from $4.8 million for the combined year ended December 31, 2002. The increase resulted from being taxed as a C corporation for 12 months in 2003 compared to being taxed as a C corporation for only five months in 2002. Prior to August 1, 2002, our Predecessor was an S corporation and was a disregarded entity for federal and state income taxes. Our effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2003 was 41.9% and for the five-month period ended December 31, 2002 was 50.8%.

      Net income. Net income for the year ended December 31, 2003 was $23.5 million compared to $32.6 million for the combined year ended December 31, 2002.

 
Comparison of Combined Year Ended December 31, 2002 to Combined Year Ended December 31, 2001

      Premium revenue. Premium revenue for the pro forma combined year ended December 31, 2002 increased $176.0 million, or 24%, to $915.9 million from $739.9 million for the combined year ended December 31, 2001. The increase was principally due to internal growth in overall membership and to a lesser extent membership demographics. During combined fiscal 2002, membership increased 96,000 members, or 26%, from 374,000 members at December 31, 2001 to 470,000 members at December 31, 2002.

      Medicaid segment premium revenue for the combined year ended December 31, 2002 increased $145.9 million, or 32%, to $597.1 million from $451.2 million for the combined year ended December 31, 2001. The increase was principally due to internal growth in overall membership within the Medicaid segment of approximately $105.2 million and to a lesser extent changes in membership demographics and rates that accounted for the remainder. During 2002, membership within the Medicaid segment increased 97,000 members, or 30%, from 323,000 members at December 31, 2001 to 420,000 members at December 31, 2002. Membership increased by approximately 23,000 as a result of assignment of SCHIP members in Florida, and the remaining growth in membership resulted from a combination of mandatory assignment and successful marketing efforts.

      Medicare segment premium revenue for the combined year ended December 31, 2002 increased $57.3 million, or 25%, to $290.9 million from $233.6 million for the combined year ended December 31, 2001. The increase was principally due to internal growth in overall membership within the Medicare segment of

39


Table of Contents

approximately $51.7 million and changes in membership demographics and rates that accounted for $5.6 million of the increase. During 2002, membership within the Medicare segment increased 7,000 members, or 20%, from 35,000 members at December 31, 2001 to 42,000 members at December 31, 2002.

      Investment income. Investment income for the combined year ended December 31, 2002 decreased $3.4 million, or 38%, to $5.5 million from $8.9 million for the combined year ended December 31, 2001. The decrease in investment income was primarily due to the decline in market interest rates partially offset by an increase in overall cash levels. Cash levels primarily increased due to cash generated from operations and contributions of capital.

      Medical benefits expense. Medical benefits expenses for the combined year ended December 31, 2002 increased $139.2 million, or 22%, to $776.7 million from $637.5 million for the combined year ended December 31, 2001. The increase was primarily due to the increase in membership. The medical benefits ratio, as a percentage of premium revenue, for the combined year ended December 31, 2002 was 84.8% compared to 86.2% in 2001.

      Medicaid segment medical benefits expense for the combined year ended December 31, 2002 increased $132.4 million, or 36%, to $496.7 million from $364.3 million for the combined year ended December 31, 2001. The increase was principally due to internal growth in overall membership within the Medicaid segment, which accounted for approximately $84.9 million of the change. Changes in benefits and unit cost accounted for the remaining $47.5 million of the increase.

      Medicare segment medical benefits expense for the combined year ended December 31, 2002 increased $33.7 million, or 15%, to $253.2 million from $219.5 million for the combined year ended December 31, 2001. The increase was principally due to internal growth in overall membership in the amount of approximately $48.5 million. This was partially offset by a decrease in costs and utilization in the amount of approximately $14.8 million.

      Selling, general and administrative expense. Selling, general and administrative expense for the combined year ended December 31, 2002 increased $13.6 million, or 16%, to $99.9 million from $86.3 million for the combined year ended December 31, 2001. The increase was primarily due to an increase in staff to support our increased membership. Our selling, general and administrative expense to revenue ratio was 10.8% and 11.5% for the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2001, respectively. The decrease in the general and administrative expense ratio was the result of predecessor management preparing the business for sale and temporarily eliminating certain costs and expenses that would have been incurred under normal operating conditions.

      Interest expense. Interest expense was $2.9 million for the combined years ended December 31, 2002 and 2001 as we had similar balances of short- and long-term debt during both periods.

      Income tax expense. Income tax expense for the combined year ended December 31, 2002 was $4.8 million. Prior to August 1, 2002, our Predecessor was an S corporation and was a disregarded entity for federal and state income tax purposes. Our effective tax rate for the five-month period ended December 31, 2002 was 50.8%.

      Net income. Net income for the combined year ended December 31, 2002 was $32.6 million compared to $21.4 million for the combined year ended December 31, 2001.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

      We have financed our operations principally through internally generated funds. We generate cash mainly from premium revenue. Our primary use of cash is the payment of expenses related to medical benefits. We generally receive premium revenue in advance of payment of claims for related healthcare services. From time to time, we may need to raise capital or draw on our credit facility to fund planned geographic and product expansion or acquire healthcare businesses.

      Because we receive premiums in advance of payments of claims for healthcare services, we maintain estimated balances of cash and cash equivalents pending payment of claims. At December 31, 2003 and 2002,

40


Table of Contents

cash and cash equivalents were $237.3 million and $146.8 million, respectively. We also had short-term investments with maturities of three to 12 months of $33.8 million and $69.0 million at December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

      Our investment policies are designed primarily to provide liquidity and preserve capital. The states in which we operate prescribe the types of instruments in which our subsidiaries may invest their funds. As of December 31, 2003, a substantial portion of our cash was invested in a portfolio of highly liquid money market securities with a weighted average maturity of 138 days. The average portfolio yield for the year ended December 31, 2003 was approximately 1.2%.

      Cash Flow. Net cash provided by operations increased to $122.7 million in 2003 from $66.9 million in 2002 and $38.2 million in 2001. The growth in cash from operations was primarily due to increased membership, improved profitability and changes in outstanding receivables and liabilities based on the timing of cash receipts and payments. Because we generally receive premium revenue in advance of payment for the related medical care costs, our cash available has historically increased during periods of enrollment growth. At December 31, 2003, we had negative working capital of $4.4 million as compared to working capital of $2.6 million and negative working capital of $38.1 million at December 31, 2002 and 2001, respectively.

      We believe that our cash resources and internally generated funds will be sufficient to support our operations, regulatory requirements and capital expenditures for at least 12 months following this offering.

      Regulatory Capital and Restrictions on Dividends. Our operations are conducted through our HMO subsidiaries. These subsidiaries are subject to state regulations that, among other things, may require the maintenance of minimum levels of statutory capital, as defined by each state. These regulations may restrict the amount, payment, and timing of the distribution of dividends that may be paid to our parent company. Our New York and Connecticut HMO subsidiaries are currently prohibited from paying dividends without regulatory approval until September 2004. The states can, in their sole discretion, require individual subsidiaries to maintain statutory capital levels higher than state mandated minimums. Management believes that we are in compliance with all minimum statutory capital requirements at December 31, 2003, and will continue to be so for the foreseeable future.

      The National Association of Insurance Commissioners has adopted rules which, to the extent they are implemented by the states in which we operate, set minimum capitalization requirements for subsidiaries and other risk bearing entities. The requirements take the form of risk-based capital rules. Florida and New York have not yet adopted the risk-based capital standard as a net worth requirement. Our operations in Illinois, Indiana and Connecticut are subject to the National Association of Insurance Commissioners’ guidance. Our subsidiaries are required to maintain minimum capital amounts as prescribed by the various states in which we operate. Our restricted assets consist of cash and cash equivalents that are deposited or pledged to state agencies in accordance with state rules and regulations. At December 31, 2003 and 2002, all of our restricted assets consisted of cash and cash equivalents. As of December 31, 2003 and 2002, all of our subsidiaries were in compliance with the minimum capital requirements. Barring any change in regulatory requirements, we believe that we will continue to be in compliance with these requirements at least through 2004. New York regulators have proposed a 150% increase in reserve requirements to be implemented over a six-year period, which would materially increase the capital requirements of our New York managed care plan.

      If our regulators were to deny or significantly further restrict our subsidiaries’ ability to pay dividends to us or to pay management fees to our affiliates, the funds available to us as a whole would be limited, which could harm our ability to implement our business strategy. For example, we could be hindered in our ability to make debt service payments on amounts drawn from our credit facility.

      Debt and Credit Facilities. As part of the consideration for the acquisition of the WellCare group of companies, we issued a senior subordinated non-negotiable promissory note in the original principal amount of $53 million to the stockholder representative on behalf of the stockholders of the Florida business, including Rupesh Shah, our Senior Vice President, Market Expansion, and his spouse. In February 2004, we entered into a settlement agreement with the selling stockholders that fixed the remaining amount of the seller note at $119.7 million. In May 2004, we entered into a further agreement with the selling stockholders, pursuant to

41


Table of Contents

which we prepaid $85.0 million of the principal balance of the note, using proceeds from the new senior secured term loan facility described below, and $3.0 million of the principal balance was forgiven in consideration of that prepayment. The remaining balance of the note, $28.2 million, is due on September 15, 2006, and would be due immediately upon a sale of our business. Interest on the principal amount of the note accrues at the rate of 5.25% per year.

      In May 2004, we entered into a credit agreement pursuant to which we obtained two new senior secured credit facilities, consisting of a term loan facility in an amount of $160 million and a revolving credit facility in the amount of $50 million, of which $10 million is available for short-term borrowings on a swingline basis. These facilities are being provided by a group of banks and other financial institutions led by Credit Suisse First Boston and Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc. We used the proceeds from the term loan to prepay $85 million of the principal balance of the seller note discussed above, to prepay in full, for $18.3 million, the outstanding senior discount notes issued by one of our subsidiaries, to pay the $50.3 million purchase price for the Harmony acquisition, and to pay approximately $4.3 million in transaction fees and expenses.

      Each of the new credit facilities has a floating interest rate based on a specified margin over, at our option, the Eurodollar rate or the higher of the prime rate or the federal funds effective rate. The term loan facility requires quarterly payments of 1% of the outstanding principal through the maturity date, with the balance due on the maturity date, and any principal amount outstanding under the revolving credit facility would be payable on its maturity date. The term loan facility will mature in May 2009, and the revolving credit facility will mature in May 2008.

      In March 2003, one of our subsidiaries issued senior discount notes with a principal amount at maturity of $21.6 million. These notes accrued interest at 8% and were scheduled to mature in March 2009. We received approximately $15 million from the issuance, prior to transaction expenses. We prepaid these notes in full in May 2004, using proceeds from our new term loan facility.

      These notes and credit facilities include financial and operational covenants that limit our ability to incur additional indebtedness as well as purchase or dispose of significant assets. Covenants on the credit facilities include maintenance of a fixed charge coverage ratio above a set minimum, maintenance of a leverage ratio below a set maximum, and limitations on capital expenditures and acquisitions.

      As of December 31, 2003, we did not have any off-balance sheet arrangements that are required to be disclosed under Item 303(a)(4)(ii) of SEC Regulation S-K.

      In May 2004, our debt was rated below investment grade by the major credit rating agencies as follows:

                 
Agency Outlook Credit Rating



Moody’s
    Stable       B2  
Standard & Poor’s
    Stable       B  

      Consequently, if we seek to raise funds in capital markets transactions, our ability to do so will be limited to issuing additional non-investment grade debt or issuing equity and/or equity-linked instruments.

      We expect to fund our working capital requirements and capital expenditures during the next several years from our cash flow from operations, or from this offering or other possible future capital markets transactions. We have taken a number of steps to increase our internally generated cash flow, including reducing our health care expenses by, among other things, exiting from unprofitable markets and undertaking cost savings initiatives. If our cash flow is less than we expect due to one or more of the risks described in “Risk Factors,” or our cash flow requirements increase for reasons we do not currently foresee, then we may need to draw upon available funds under our revolving line of credit, which matures in May 2008, or issue additional debt or equity securities. Because we currently intend to make select acquisitions as part of our growth strategy, we likely will draw upon such funds and credit facilities and/or issue additional debt or equity securities. Based on the above, we believe that we will be able to adequately fund our current and long-term capital needs.

42


Table of Contents

      A failure to comply with any covenant in our credit facilities could make funds under our credit facilities unavailable. We also may be required to take additional actions to reduce our cash flow requirements, including the deferral of planned investments aimed at reducing our selling, general and administrative expenses. The deferral or cancellation of any investments could have a material adverse impact on our ability to meet our short-term business objectives. We regularly evaluate cash requirements for current operations and commitments, and for capital acquisitions and other strategic transactions. We may elect to raise additional funds for these purposes either through additional debt or equity, the sale of investment securities or otherwise as appropriate.

Commitments and Contingencies

      The following table sets forth information regarding our contractual obligations:

                                         
Payments due by period

Contractual Obligations at Less than 1-3 3-5 More than
December 31, 2003 Total 1 Year Years Years 5 Years






(in thousands)
Long-term debt
  $ 141,353     $ 48,170     $ 71,568     $     $ 21,615  
Operating leases
    4,858       1,641       1,303       1,033       881  
Other long-term liabilities
    1,782       1,782                    
     
     
     
     
     
 
Total
  $ 147,993     $ 51,593     $ 72,871     $ 1,033     $ 22,496  
     
     
     
     
     
 

      In May 2004, we entered into an agreement pursuant to which we obtained two new senior secured credit facilities, consisting of a term loan facility in an amount of $160 million and a revolving credit facility in the amount of $50 million. We used a portion of the proceeds to prepay portions of our long-term debt. Our long-term debt payments due after refinancing using the new facilities are $32.4 million within one to three years, $3.2 within three to five years and $152.8 million in more than five years.

      We are not an obligor under or guarantor of any indebtedness of any other party; however, we may have to pay referral claims of healthcare providers under contract with us who are not able to pay costs of medical services provided by other providers. We have no off balance sheet financing arrangements except for the operating leases described above.

Equity Plans

      In connection with our reorganization as a corporation immediately prior to the closing of this offering, our board of directors plans to adopt and submit to our stockholders for approval our 2004 Equity Incentive Plan, which will be effective immediately prior to the closing of our reorganization. An aggregate of 4,573,693 shares of our common stock will be reserved for issuance under the Equity Incentive Plan, subject to certain adjustments reflecting changes in our capitalization. The Equity Incentive Plan will be administered by our board of directors and compensation committee.

      Our 2002 Senior Executive Equity Plan and our 2002 Employee Option Plan were both adopted by our board of directors and became effective in September 2002. After giving effect to our reorganization as a corporation, a maximum of 3,438,522 shares of common stock in the aggregate was reserved for issuance to our associates under the plans. Both plans are administered by our board of directors and compensation committee.

      Under the Senior Executive Equity Plan, each participant was given the opportunity to purchase a specified number of what were, prior to our reorganization as a corporation, Class A Common Units. As a result of that purchase, each participant was granted, for no consideration, a specified number of our former Class C Common Units. Under the Employee Option Plan, each participant was granted an option to purchase a specified number of our former Class A Common Units. The securities that were granted under both plans are subject to the terms, including vesting, set forth in each subscription agreement or option agreement, as applicable. We may repurchase vested securities granted pursuant to the plans at fair market

43


Table of Contents

value if the participant ceases to be employed by us. Unvested securities granted pursuant to the plans will be forfeited without compensation if the participant ceases to be employed by us.

      Upon the closing of our reorganization as a corporation, the Class C Common Units granted under the Senior Executive Equity Plan will be converted automatically into shares of our common stock and the options granted under the Employee Option Plan will be converted automatically into equivalent options to purchase our common stock. Each granted share and option will be subject to the same vesting terms as in each holder’s original subscription or option agreement, as applicable. The number of shares subject to each option and their exercise price will be adjusted to reflect any stock split effected in connection with the restructuring. Following our reorganization as a corporation, 19 of our employees will hold a total of 2,042,586 shares under our Senior Executive Equity Plan, of which 560,315 will be vested, and 144 of our employees will hold options under our 2002 Employee Option Plan exercisable for approximately 1,363,519 shares of our common stock, at a weighted average exercise price of $5.31, of which 96,330 will be vested. We do not intend to issue any additional securities under either of these plans.

      We account for these plans under the recognition and measurement principles (the intrinsic-value method) prescribed in Accounting Principles Board or “APB” Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees,” and related interpretations. Compensation cost for stock options is reflected in net income and is measured as the excess of the estimated market price of our common stock at the date of grant over the amount an employee must pay to acquire the stock.

      In addition to complying with APB Opinion No. 25, we also comply with the disclosure requirements of SFAS No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation,” which, among other things, requires supplemental disclosure using a fair-value-based method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation plans. In December 2002, SFAS No. 148, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation—Transition and Disclosure” was issued. SFAS No. 148 amends SFAS No. 123 to, among other things, expand the disclosure provisions of SFAS No. 123 and APB Opinion No. 28, “Interim Financial Reporting,” to require disclosure in the summary of significant accounting policies of the effects of an entity’s accounting policy with respect to stock-based employee compensation on reported net income and earnings per share in annual and interim financial statements. While SFAS No. 148 does not require companies to account for employee stock options using the fair-value method, the disclosure provisions of SFAS No. 148 are applicable to all companies with stock-based employee compensation, regardless of whether they account for that compensation using the fair-value method of SFAS No. 123 or the intrinsic-value method of APB Opinion No. 25. We have adopted the disclosure requirements of SFAS No. 148.

44


Table of Contents

      The following table illustrates the effect on net income and earnings per share if we had applied the fair value recognition provisions to stock-based employee compensation.

                                   
Successor

Five-Month Three Months
Period Ended Year Ended Ended March 31,
December 31, December 31,
2002 2003 2003 2004




(in thousands, except per unit data)
Net income, as reported
  $ 4,657     $ 23,537     $ 3,428     $ 5,822  
Reconciling items (net of tax effects):
                               
Add: stock-based employee compensation expense determined under the intrinsic-value based method for all awards
    4       434       1       154  
Deduct: stock-based employee compensation expense determined under the fair-value based method for all awards
    (4 )     (819 )     (1 )     (487 )
     
     
     
     
 
 
Net adjustment
          (385 )           (333 )
     
     
     
     
 
Net income, as adjusted
    4,657       23,152       3,428       5,489  
Class A common unit yield
    (2,356 )     (5,997 )     (1,448 )     (1,571 )
     
     
     
     
 
Net income attributable to common units
  $ 2,301     $ 17,155     $ 1,980     $ 3,918  
     
     
     
     
 
Net income attributable per common unit:
                               
 
Basic, as reported
  $ 0.09     $ 0.66     $ 0.07     $ 0.15  
 
Basic, as adjusted
  $ 0.09     $ 0.65     $ 0.07     $ 0.14  
 
Diluted, as reported
  $ 0.08     $ 0.60     $ 0.07     $ 0.13  
 
Diluted, as adjusted
  $ 0.08     $ 0.58     $ 0.07     $ 0.12  

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

      In June 2002, the FASB issued SFAS No. 146, “Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities,” which addresses accounting for restructuring and similar costs. SFAS No. 146 requires recognition of the liability for costs associated with an exit or disposal activity when we exit a facility, whereas under EITF Issue No. 94-3, a liability for an exit cost is recognized at the date a company commits to an exit plan. In addition, SFAS No. 146 establishes that the liability should initially be measured and recorded at fair value. Accordingly, SFAS No. 146 may affect the timing of recognizing future restructuring costs, as well as the amounts recognized. Application of SFAS No. 146 was required for restructuring activities initiated after December 31, 2002. Adoption of this standard did not impact our financial statements.

      In November 2002, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 45, “Guarantor’s Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others— an Interpretation of FASB Statements No. 5, 57, and 107 and Rescission of FASB Interpretation No. 34.” The interpretation elaborates on the disclosures to be made by a guarantor in its interim and annual financial statements about its obligations under certain guarantees that it has issued. It also requires a guarantor to recognize, at the inception of a guarantee, a liability for the fair value of the obligation undertaken in issuing the guarantee. In general, the interpretation applies to contracts or indemnification agreements that contingently require the guarantor to make payments to the guaranteed party based on changes in an underlying obligation that is related to an asset, liability or an equity security of the guaranteed party. The initial recognition and measurement provisions of the interpretation apply to guarantees issued or modified after December 31, 2002. The adoption of this interpretation in fiscal 2003 did not impact our financial statements.

      In January 2003, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 46, “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities.” This interpretation of Accounting Research Bulletin No. 51, “Consolidated Financial Statements,” addresses consolidation by business enterprises of variable interest entities that either: (1) do not have sufficient equity

45


Table of Contents

investment at risk to permit the entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support, or (2) have equity investors that lack an essential characteristic of a controlling financial interest. As of December 31, 2003, we did not have any entities that require disclosure or new consolidation as a result of the adoption of FASB Interpretation No. 46.

      In May 2003, the FASB issued SFAS No. 150, “Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of Both Liabilities and Equity.” SFAS No. 150 requires that certain financial instruments, including mandatorily redeemable financial instruments, be classified as liabilities. For existing financial instruments, the standard is applicable for the first quarter beginning after June 15, 2003. The adoption of SFAS No. 150 did not impact our financial statements.

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

      In September 2003, we hired the Ernst & Young LLP audit partner previously serving us to become our chief financial officer. We believe this action impaired Ernst & Young LLP’s independent relationship with us. As a result, we terminated the engagement of Ernst & Young LLP as our independent public accountants. The report of Ernst & Young LLP on our financial statements as of December 31, 2002 and for the period May 8, 2002, our date of inception, to December 31, 2002 contained no adverse opinion or disclaimer of opinion, nor was the report qualified or modified as to uncertainty, audit scope, or accounting principles. In connection with the audit of our 2002 financial statements, and in the subsequent interim period, there were no disagreements with Ernst & Young LLP on any matters of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosure, or auditing scope and procedures which, if not resolved to the satisfaction of Ernst & Young LLP would have caused Ernst & Young LLP to make reference to the matter in their report.

      We have provided a copy of the above disclosures to Ernst & Young LLP and requested that Ernst & Young LLP furnish us with a letter addressed to the Securities and Exchange Commission stating whether it agrees with the above statements. A copy of such letter, dated February 12, 2004 is filed as Exhibit 16.1 to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

      Effective December 2003, we retained Deloitte & Touche LLP as our independent public accountants. Deloitte & Touche LLP was engaged to audit and report on financial information previously audited by Ernst & Young LLP. Our decision to engage Deloitte & Touche LLP was approved by our audit committee. Deloitte & Touche LLP previously had been the auditor for certain WellCare subsidiaries in 2001 and performed consulting services during 2002. Neither we nor anyone acting on our behalf consulted with Deloitte & Touche LLP regarding the application of accounting principles to a specified transaction, either completed or proposed, or the type of the audit opinion that might be rendered on our financial statements, nor did we or anyone acting on our behalf consult with Deloitte & Touche LLP regarding any other matter that was the subject of a disagreement, as defined in paragraph 304(a)(1)(iv) and the related instructions to Item 304 of Regulation S-K, or a reportable event, as described in paragraph 304(a)(1)(v) of Item 304 of Regulation S-K.

Qualitative and Quantitative Disclosures about Market Risk

      As of December 31, 2003, we had short-term investments of $33.8 million and investments classified as long-term of $21.4 million, principally restricted deposits in accordance with regulatory requirements. The short-term investments consist of highly liquid securities with maturities between three and 12 months. Long-term restricted assets consist of cash and cash equivalents deposited or pledged to state agencies in accordance with state rules and regulations. These restricted assets are classified as long-term regardless of the contractual maturity date due to the nature of the states’ requirements. The investments classified as long-term are subject to interest rate risk and will decrease in value if market rates increase. Because of their short-term nature, however, we would not expect the value of these investments to decline significantly as a result of a sudden change in market interest rates. Assuming a hypothetical and immediate 1% increase in market interest rates at December 31, 2003, the fair value of our fixed income investments would decrease by less than $10,000. Similarly, a 1% decrease in market interest rates at December 31, 2003 would result in an increase of the fair value of our investments of less than $10,000.

46


Table of Contents

OUR BUSINESS

Overview

      We provide managed care services targeted exclusively to government-sponsored healthcare programs, focusing on Medicaid and Medicare. We have centralized core functions, such as claims processing and medical management, combined with localized marketing and strong provider relationships. We believe that this approach will allow us to effectively grow our business, both through organic growth and through acquisitions.

      We operate health plans in Florida, New York, Connecticut, Illinois and Indiana. In Florida, as of March 31, 2004, we served more than 495,000 members, and operated the two largest Medicaid managed care plans. In New York and Connecticut, as of March 31, 2004, we served approximately 60,000 and 26,000 members, respectively. As a result of our recent acquisition of Harmony Health Systems, Inc., we currently serve approximately 54,000 members in Illinois and 30,000 members in Indiana.

      Unlike many other government-sponsored healthcare programs, which specialize in individuals eligible for only one type of benefit, we serve individuals eligible for both Medicaid and Medicare benefits, which include recipients of the Temporary Assistance to Needy Families and the Supplemental Security Income Medicaid programs and SCHIP. We believe that our experience in managing healthcare for this broad range of beneficiaries better positions us to capitalize on growth opportunities across all of these programs. In addition, unlike many other managed care organizations that attempt to serve the general population through commercial health plans, we focus exclusively on serving individuals in government programs. We believe that this focus allows us to better serve our members and providers and to more efficiently manage our operations.

Our Markets and Opportunities

 
The Market for Government-Sponsored Healthcare Programs

      The market for government-sponsored healthcare programs is large and growing. Overall healthcare spending in the United States has increased dramatically over the past four decades, from $41 billion in 1965 to $1.6 trillion in 2002, according to CMS. CMS estimates that healthcare expenditures will continue to increase over the next decade at an average annual rate of 7.3%, growing to a projected $3.4 trillion by 2013. According to CMS, approximately 33.6% of total healthcare spending in 2002, or $522 billion, was financed by Medicare and Medicaid. CMS also estimates that in 2002, approximately 40.1 million people received Medicaid benefits, and total Medicaid expenditures were approximately $255 billion, of which approximately $104 billion was the responsibility of state governments and the balance provided by the federal government. In the same year, approximately 40.5 million people were enrolled in Medicare, and the federal government spent approximately $267 billion for Medicare, according to CMS.

      We currently operate managed care health plans in Florida, New York, Connecticut, Illinois and Indiana. Florida and New York have two of the largest Medicaid and Medicare populations in the United States.

  Florida. Florida has the fourth largest population of Medicaid enrollees, 2.1 million, and the second largest population of Medicare enrollees, 2.9 million, according to CMS. In 2001, total Medicaid spending in Florida was approximately $8.6 billion, of which the state government’s portion totaled approximately $3.7 billion, according to CMS. During the same period, according to CMS, total Medicare spending in Florida totaled approximately $21.6 billion. According to data from the Henry J. Kaiser Family Foundation, in 2002 approximately 63% of Medicaid-eligible beneficiaries in Florida participated in managed care plans.
 
  New York. New York has the second largest population of Medicaid enrollees, 3.4 million, and the third largest population of Medicare enrollees, 2.8 million, according to CMS. In 2001, total Medicaid spending in New York was approximately $31.4 billion, of which the state and local governments’ portion totaled approximately $15.7 billion, according to CMS. According to CMS, Medicare spending in New York for 2001 was approximately $20.4 billion. According to data from the Henry J.

47


Table of Contents

  Kaiser Family Foundation, in 2002 approximately 45% of Medicaid-eligible beneficiaries in New York participated in managed care plans.
 
  Connecticut. Connecticut has approximately 385,000 Medicaid enrollees and approximately 518,000 Medicare enrollees, according to CMS. In 2001, total Medicaid spending in Connecticut was $3.2 billion, of which the state government’s portion totaled $1.6 billion, according to CMS. According to CMS, Medicare spending in Connecticut was $3.1 billion in 2001. According to data from the Henry J. Kaiser Family Foundation, in 2002 approximately 76% of Medicaid-eligible beneficiaries participated in managed care plans.
 
  •   Illinois. Illinois has approximately 1.7 million Medicaid enrollees and approximately 1.6 million Medicare enrollees, according to CMS. In 2001, total Medicaid spending in Illinois was approximately $7.8 billion, of which the state government’s portion totaled approximately $3.9 billion, according to CMS. According to CMS, Medicare spending in Illinois was approximately $8.0 billion in 2001. According to data from the Henry J. Kaiser Family Foundation, in 2002 approximately 7% of Medicaid-eligible beneficiaries participated in managed care plans.
 
  •   Indiana. Indiana has approximately 687,000 Medicaid enrollees and approximately 865,000 Medicare enrollees, according to CMS. In 2001, total Medicaid spending in Indiana was approximately $4.0 billion, of which the state government’s portion totaled approximately $1.5 billion, according to CMS. According to CMS, Medicare spending in Indiana was approximately $5.0 billion in 2001. According to data from the Henry J. Kaiser Family Foundation, in 2002 approximately 68% of Medicaid-eligible beneficiaries participated in managed care plans.

 
Emergence of Managed Care

      Health maintenance organizations, or HMOs, and other types of managed care plans were created as a response to dramatic increases in healthcare-related costs. Managed care plans generally reduce the cost of health insurance by providing members with access to a quality, efficient and cost-effective network of providers. The plans also reduce costs by attempting to increase member access to timely and preventative healthcare delivered in the most appropriate healthcare delivery setting. Since the 1970s, enrollment in managed care has increased dramatically, especially over the past decade. In 2002, in the commercial market, 26% of employees who were covered by their employer’s health benefit plan were enrolled in HMOs, according to the Kaiser Commission on Medicaid and the Uninsured. As part of efforts to control rising costs within government-sponsored healthcare programs, the federal government and many states have encouraged the creation of managed care plans for government programs.

      Medicaid Managed Care. Medicaid is a joint federal and state health insurance program for certain low-income individuals. The amount of total federal outlays for Medicaid has no set limit; rather, the federal government must match whatever the particular state provides for its eligible recipients, subject to limits determined annually by CMS. The percentage matched by the federal government varies by state. Medicaid is structured to allow each state to establish, within broad federal guidelines, its own eligibility standards, benefits package, payment rates and program administration. In most states, the threshold requirements for Medicaid eligibility are determined by the state. In some cases, eligibility criteria are determined by reference to other federal financial assistance programs, including Temporary Assistance to Needy Families and Supplemental Security Income. The Temporary Assistance to Needy Families program provides assistance to low-income families with children. Supplemental Security Income provides assistance to low-income aged, blind or disabled individuals. States may also broaden eligibility beyond the requirements for these programs. Families who exceed the income thresholds for Medicaid may be able to qualify for the State Children’s Health Insurance Program, or SCHIP.

      According to data from CMS, from 1967 through 2002, Medicaid spending grew at a 15.0% compound annual rate. According to the Congressional Budget Office, federal Medicaid is expected to be $169 billion in fiscal 2004 with states contributing an additional $127 billion. According to the National Association of State Budget Officers, on average, states spend approximately 20.8% of their annual budget on Medicaid, making it the second largest program in most states.

48


Table of Contents

      Historically, Medicaid operated on a fee-for-service model, under which the Medicaid programs made payments directly to providers after delivery of care. We believe that the fee-for-service model has resulted in beneficiaries often receiving care on an episodic basis and in inappropriate, high-cost settings, such as emergency rooms and hospitals, as opposed to receiving care in a comprehensive organized manner. To address these concerns, 42 states have now implemented mandatory Medicaid managed care programs and six have implemented voluntary managed care programs. In states with mandatory Medicaid managed care programs, a percentage of Medicaid recipients are automatically enrolled by the state into a managed care program. States generally may only mandate managed care in areas where more than one managed care plan operates, and the state allocates members among those plans. The percentage of recipients who are subject to such mandatory assignment varies by state and is set by law or regulation within each state from time to time. If Medicaid managed care is not mandatory, individuals entitled to Medicaid may choose either the traditional Medicaid fee-for-service program or a managed care plan, if available.

      There are two types of managed care programs: capitated managed care plans and primary care case management plans. Under capitated managed care programs, which we operate, the state pays the managed care plan a fixed fee per enrollee and the plan assumes either full or partial risk for the financing and delivery of state-specified healthcare services. Under primary care case management plans, a provider is paid a per patient monthly case management fee for acting as a gatekeeper to approve all medical services and does not assume financial risk for the recipient. The number of Medicaid beneficiaries enrolled in some form of managed care program has grown rapidly, from approximately 40% in 1996 to approximately 58% in 2002, according to CMS. Of the 58% of Medicaid beneficiaries enrolled in managed care in 2002, 24.3% were enrolled in primary care case management programs.

      SCHIP is the single largest expansion of health insurance coverage for children since the enactment of Medicaid, and some states are expanding the program to include adults. SCHIP is a federal and state matching program designed to help states expand health insurance to children whose families earn too much to qualify for traditional Medicaid yet not enough to afford private health insurance. States have the option of administering SCHIP through their existing Medicaid programs, creating separate programs or combining both approaches. According to CMS, approximately 4.6 million children who otherwise would not have access to healthcare were covered under SCHIP in 2001, representing a 38% increase from 2000. In 2003, according to CMS, there were 5.8 million children enrolled in SCHIP programs. Currently, all 50 states, the District of Columbia and all U.S. territories have approved SCHIP plans, and many states continue to submit plan amendments to further expand coverage under SCHIP.

      Medicare Managed Care. Medicare is a federal program that provides eligible persons age 65 and over and some disabled persons a variety of hospital and medical insurance benefits. Medicare beneficiaries have the option to enroll in a Medicare+Choice plan, Medicare’s managed care option, in areas where such a plan is offered. Under this program, managed care plans can contract with CMS to provide benefits comparable to those offered under the traditional Medicare program in exchange for a fixed monthly payment per member that varies based on the county in which the member resides. Individuals who elect to participate in the Medicare+Choice program usually receive greater benefits than traditional Medicare, including less or no deductible or coinsurance amounts, but are generally required to use the services and provider network provided by the HMO exclusively and are required to pay a premium to the federal Medicare program unless the HMO chooses to pay the premium as a part of its benefit package. These individuals also may be required to pay a monthly premium to the health plan.

      The recently enacted Medicare reform legislation, MMA, expands Medicare’s health options by, among other things, adding a prescription drug benefit beginning in 2006, authorizing transitional prescription drug discount cards beginning in June 2004, and modifying the methods by which Medicare will pay Medicare managed care plans. MMA also renames the Medicare+Choice program “Medicare Advantage” starting in 2006. Retroactive to January 1, 2004, Medicare+Choice rates have been increased so that managed care plans will receive the highest rate determined as either 100% of the average costs that CMS anticipates incurring for a Medicare-eligible fee-for-service beneficiary or the three other rate setting methodologies in effect prior to MMA’s enactment. This may have the effect of raising the fixed monthly payments made to managed care organizations by CMS for providing services to Medicare beneficiaries in some counties. Managed care plans

49


Table of Contents

must use the increased payments to improve the healthcare benefits they offer, to reduce premiums or to strengthen their provider networks.

      Enrollment in Medicare managed care programs has declined in recent years, from 6.3 million, or 16% of Medicare beneficiaries, in 2000 to 4.6 million, or 12% of Medicare beneficiaries, in 2002. During this period, many managed care programs that had contracted with CMS to provide Medicare managed care plans reduced benefits or withdrew from markets, as healthcare costs in many areas exceeded payments received from CMS for their participation in Medicare’s managed care program. However, as a result of MMA, which increases reimbursement rates to Medicare managed care plans and generally will allow Medicare managed care plans to offer more attractive benefits, we expect enrollment in Medicare’s managed care programs to increase.

      Dual-Eligible Beneficiaries. Individuals who are eligible to receive both Medicare and Medicaid benefits are sometimes termed “dual-eligible.” Health plans that serve dual-eligibles receive a higher premium on account of those members. According to the Henry J. Kaiser Family Foundation, in 2002 an estimated 7.2 million individuals, or 14% of Medicaid beneficiaries, were dual-eligible. In 2000, dual-eligible beneficiaries accounted for 42% of total Medicaid spending, while representing 16% of all Medicaid beneficiaries, according to Kaiser, and we believe that dual-eligibles are an increasingly important sector of the market.

Our Competitive Advantages

      We operate health plans focused on government-sponsored healthcare programs. We believe the following are our key competitive advantages:

      Leading Market Presence. We are the leading Medicaid provider in Florida, with an approximately 50% market share of Medicaid managed care enrollees and over 452,000 Medicaid members. As a result of our recent acquisition of Harmony, we are also the leading provider of Medicaid managed care services in Illinois. We believe that this strong market position provides us with numerous strategic advantages, including:

  enhanced economies of scale;
 
  extensive, high-quality provider networks in our core markets;
 
  strong relationships with our state and local government agencies; and
 
  the ability to provide a broad range of government-sponsored healthcare programs.

We are leveraging these advantages to aggressively grow our operations.

      Diversified Government Healthcare Programs. We offer managed care services for a diversified range of government programs, including the SCHIP, Supplemental Security Income and Temporary Assistance to Needy Families Medicaid programs and Medicare. This approach helps reduce the impact on us resulting from rate reductions or other adverse changes that impact one type of program. We believe that this approach also results in operational efficiencies and stronger relationships with our providers and regulators and positions us to capitalize on growth opportunities in Medicaid, Medicare and other government programs. Our broad range of programs and our low cost of operations also allow us to effectively compete for specialized programs designed to meet the specific needs of certain jurisdictions. For example, in October 2003 we were assigned an additional 30,000 members under our Florida Healthy Kids program through a competitive bid process. We were able to win this bid, in part due to the economies of scale we achieve from our broad range of product offerings. We believe that our experience in serving a broad range of beneficiaries of Medicaid, Medicare and other government-sponsored programs and our strong provider networks, guided by our medical management programs, position us to optimally serve this population.

      Exclusive Focus on Government Healthcare Programs. We are focused on designing and operating our business to serve our government programs constituents: members, providers and regulators. This allows us to build our provider networks with a focus on our target populations, and allows us, in large part, to contract with our providers using the Medicaid and Medicare fee schedules, which are generally lower than commercial

50


Table of Contents

rates, as a benchmark. Our approach to contracting has allowed us to build strong provider networks that have been designed to provide the necessary care to our members, based on specific benefit designs, in the appropriate healthcare setting. We also target our sales and marketing efforts directly to individuals and communities, rather than employers and other groups targeted by commercial plans. We have developed internal regulatory affairs expertise to allow us to work more effectively with the states and other governments that regulate our programs and services.

      Centralized and Scalable Operations. We have centralized various functions across all of our health plans, including claims processing, member services, information technology, regulatory compliance and medical management and pharmacy benefits management programs. We have successfully developed a data reporting system to help assure that consistent sources of claims and member information are provided across all of our health plans, which enables our management team to better assess and control medical costs. Our processing systems operate on a single technology platform and have been designed to be scalable to accommodate growth. In a study performed by the manufacturer, our core transaction system demonstrated scalability to more than 6.5 million members and 2,800 concurrent users. We seek continuously to improve our administrative and operational infrastructure to be scalable for rapid and cost-effective expansion in existing and new markets.

      Localized, Disciplined Sales and Marketing Efforts. Our sales force is designed to target the diverse ethnic, cultural and linguistic composition of the communities we serve with over six different languages spoken. Through the strong relationships our sales people have with community leaders and healthcare providers, we are able to access Medicaid-eligible populations and encourage them to join our plans, resulting in greater market share than relying solely on mandatory assignments. Our sales efforts are enhanced by targeted marketing designed to strengthen our local brands. We focus on specific media such as community events, direct mail, radio advertisements and other highly targeted programs. We believe these marketing programs enhance our leading brands, such as HealthEase and Staywell in Florida, and will allow us to further penetrate the Medicare market. Our sales and marketing team also provides us with increased flexibility in assessing potential new markets. We believe that we have developed the requisite infrastructure and expertise to succeed in both mandatory and non-mandatory Medicaid managed care states.

      Strong Relationships with Government Agencies. We work closely with the government agencies that regulate us to help develop the products and services that we offer. Through this approach, we are able to offer health plans that deliver cost savings for the states in which we operate. For example, under our Medicaid contract with the State of Florida, the state pays us a discounted percentage of approximately 92% of the fee-for-service rate the state pays under the traditional Medicaid program. As a result, in 2003, we estimate that our Medicaid services saved the State of Florida approximately $54.4 million compared to what the state would have been required to pay under the traditional program. We have demonstrated to government agencies our ability to provide quality healthcare services in a cost-effective manner. As a result, we believe that the government agencies that regulate us remain committed to the growth of managed care as an element of an overall plan to control rising healthcare expenditures.

      Partnerships with Providers. We strive to be a low hassle partner for our providers and to provide them with ongoing health and related data that allows them to care for our members effectively and manage their practices efficiently. We accomplish this by:

  contracting with providers that we consider well-suited, based on proximity, languages spoken in their communities, culture and experience, to provide high-quality and cost-effective services to our members;
 
  consulting with our Medicare providers to design benefit packages that the providers believe will deliver quality, cost-effective services to our Medicare members;
 
  sponsoring marketing events, which helps increase our member base and, in turn, helps our providers build their practices;
 
  supplying our providers with risk management data, allowing them to provide services to our members more efficiently;

51


Table of Contents

  providing high-quality service to our providers, including paying claims on a timely basis, and promptly responding to their operational inquiries;
 
  reducing the number of procedures requiring pre-approval; and
 
  utilizing web-based functions to help reduce the administrative burden on our providers.

By aligning our incentives with those of our providers, providing frequent, data-based feedback on performance, and providing high-quality service, we seek to develop networks that aid our efforts to attract and retain members. Using this approach, we have developed the flexibility to offer both fee-for-service and capitated provider payment methods.

      Integrated Medical Management. We employ a multi-tiered approach to medical management to ensure that our members receive appropriate, high-quality care, while containing our costs and ensuring an efficient healthcare delivery network. Key elements of our medical management strategy include:

  A focus on preventative care. Our approach to contracting allows us to align our interests with those of our providers by providing financial incentives for preventative health services, such as childhood immunizations, well-child check-ups, diabetes monitoring and treatment and mammogram screening. We focus on helping our members and providers to identify medical problems at an early stage, which results in a higher quality of care for members while reducing our medical costs. For example, on a monthly basis, we communicate with our primary care providers regarding preventative services that may be necessary for the individual members they serve.
 
  Network structure. Our providers have been selected based on our specific benefit design and their willingness to help us manage medical costs. We encourage our providers to work closely with their patients and proactively manage their healthcare, which we believe has resulted in our members receiving the appropriate level of healthcare at the appropriate time, rather than on an episodic basis.
 
  Careful management of outpatient, inpatient and other services. Our medical management associates proactively communicate with our providers to ensure that our members are receiving the necessary care in the appropriate healthcare delivery setting. We also have established pharmacy management programs and policies that allow us to manage our pharmaceutical costs more effectively. In addition, we utilize on site nurses to coordinate with hospital-based physicians to promote effective care management.
 
  Case and disease management. We have developed case and disease management programs that address the particular healthcare needs of our members. Our medical directors and medical staff actively manage cases of members with specific high-risk conditions, such as congestive heart failure and diabetes, to help ensure that these members are receiving the appropriate level of healthcare given the particular circumstances of each case.

We believe that this multi-tiered approach has helped us improve medical outcomes for our members, which results in cost savings.

      Experienced Management Team. Our management has extensive experience operating managed care plans. Our executive officers have more than 85 years of combined experience in the healthcare industry with healthcare plans such as Aetna, Cigna, Humana and Oxford. Our management team is focused on process and data analytics, which has enabled us to create a culture that emphasizes effective execution of our business plans and analysis of results. Members of our medical management team are board certified in a variety of healthcare disciplines, allowing us to manage a broad range of healthcare issues more effectively. We believe that our management’s experience brings a professional, disciplined approach to the operation of government-sponsored healthcare plans, resulting in increased operational efficiencies.

52


Table of Contents

Our Growth Strategy

      Our objective is to be the leading provider of government programs-focused managed care services. To achieve this objective, we intend to grow our business by:

      Expanding our Medicaid Business within Existing Markets. We operate in markets that present significant opportunities for expanding our Medicaid membership. We believe that there are significant growth opportunities in Florida. According to data from CMS, while approximately 64% of Medicaid-eligible beneficiaries in Florida are enrolled in some form of managed care program, including primary care management programs, only 32% of Medicaid-eligible beneficiaries participate in a fully-capitated, risk-bearing managed health plan. New York and Illinois are also significant markets for Medicaid managed care services, with approximately 3.4 million and 1.7 million Medicaid enrollees, respectively, according to CMS. According to data from CMS, in New York, only 34% of Medicaid-eligible beneficiaries participate in a fully-capitated, risk-bearing managed health plan, and in Illinois, only 7% of Medicaid-eligible beneficiaries participate in such a plan. Each of the states in which we operate other than Illinois has mandatory assignment of a certain percentage of Medicaid-eligible individuals to Medicaid managed care plans. We intend to continue to grow our business in the markets that we currently serve by:

  maintaining and expanding our provider networks;
 
  deepening relationships with our providers;
 
  providing high-quality, affordable healthcare;
 
  tailoring our localized marketing efforts to reach individuals who are eligible for government healthcare programs;
 
  encouraging our government partners to increase mandatory assignment;
 
  focusing on the healthcare needs of the aged and disabled populations; and
 
  selectively pursuing acquisitions of Medicaid membership within our existing markets.

      Leveraging our Established Medicaid Businesses to Develop Medicare Plans. We intend to leverage the core competencies, systems and infrastructure that we have developed through our established Medicaid businesses to continue to develop Medicare plans. We believe that there are compelling synergies between Medicaid and Medicare health plans that make leveraging our Medicaid businesses attractive, including:

  a similar sales process, focused on individual, community-based efforts;
 
  member demographics similar to the Medicaid population, particularly the SSI population, characterized by lower income, elderly individuals;
 
  a focus on strong provider relationships;
 
  significant provider network overlap that results from the many providers that meet the healthcare needs of both Medicaid and Medicare beneficiaries;
 
  a focus on cost-effective networks and operations;
 
  the importance of disciplined medical management;
 
  an ability to leverage our existing licenses and investments in required statutory capital; and
 
  an emphasis on mutually beneficial relationships with regulatory agencies.

      We believe that there is a significant opportunity to continue leveraging our strong Medicaid businesses, including our marketing and sales processes and our provider and regulatory relationships in Florida, to increase our Medicare membership in the State. We currently have approximately 42,000 Medicare members in Florida out of the approximately 2.9 million Medicare enrollees in the State. We believe that we can also expand our Medicare business organically in the other states where we currently operate, as well as in additional markets, without incurring significant expenses. In our organic expansion efforts, we expect that we

53


Table of Contents

will incur marginal direct expenses, such as personnel and facilities costs, and may need to provide marginal capital reserves where we are unable to leverage our current capital reserves. In New York, we have a successful Medicaid plan and are in the process of re-launching our Medicare plan. We are also entering new markets. For example, we are in the process of establishing a Medicare health plan in Louisiana, where we have identified providers that are well suited to serve the Medicare population and where we believe the demographics and reimbursement rates indicate that we can be successful. We also intend to monitor the effects of MMA and may consider acquisitions of select Medicare managed care businesses.

      Entering New Medicaid Markets Through Internal Growth and Acquisitions. We intend to enter new Medicaid markets, whether or not they have mandatory assignment, through a combination of internal growth and acquisitions. Entering new Medicaid markets will provide us with the opportunity to grow and diversify our revenues, enhance economies of scale from our centralized administrative infrastructure, and strengthen our relationships with providers and government agencies. We expect to grow organically by expanding our service area and provider network, increasing awareness of our local brand names and maintaining positive provider relationships.

      We also intend to enter new markets by acquiring existing Medicaid managed care businesses. We expect to focus our expansion on markets with significant Medicaid populations, large provider populations, a fragmented competitive landscape and favorable regulatory conditions. We believe that the managed care industry, particularly Medicaid-focused plans, is likely to experience continued consolidation in the future and that this will provide us an opportunity to acquire existing plans in attractive markets.

Harmony Acquisition

      In June 2004 we acquired Harmony Health Systems, Inc., a provider of Medicaid managed care plans in Illinois and Indiana. Harmony, through a wholly-owned subsidiary, operates the largest Medicaid managed care plan in Illinois, serving over 54,000 members in that State as well as over 30,000 members in Indiana. The purchase price for the acquisition was approximately $50.3 million in cash, after deducting (i) pre-closing cash distributions made by Harmony and (ii) certain transaction expenses incurred by Harmony or its shareholders. The purchase price will be either increased or reduced, as applicable, by the amount of any excess or shortfall in the amount of Harmony’s reserves for medical claims as of December 31, 2003 compared to medical claims actually incurred as of that date, as measured on or about December 31, 2004. The acquisition was effected by the merger of a new wholly-owned subsidiary of ours into Harmony, resulting in Harmony becoming our wholly-owned subsidiary.

      Under the merger agreement, Harmony made customary representations and warranties regarding such matters as its corporate good standing, authority to enter into the transaction, capital structure, compliance with laws and regulations and material contracts. Harmony has agreed to indemnify us with respect to breaches of any representations, warranties, covenants or other agreements made by Harmony in the merger agreement, subject in some cases to minimum threshold limitations. To secure these indemnification obligations, $8.0 million of the purchase price is being held in escrow by a third party escrow agent for a period of one year following the closing of the acquisition. Following the closing, this escrow fund will be our exclusive source of recovery for any indemnification obligations of Harmony under the acquisition agreement, subject to certain limited exceptions.

Our Health Plans

      We provide managed care services targeted to government-sponsored healthcare programs in Florida, New York, Connecticut, Illinois and Indiana. We offer a diverse array of products, primarily Medicaid and related state programs, such as SCHIP, and Medicare programs. The following tables summarize our

54


Table of Contents

membership by state and our membership by program as of March 31, 2004. The information gives effect to our acquisition of Harmony as if the acquisition had occurred as of March 31, 2004.
         
State Total Members


Florida
    495,000  
New York
    60,000  
Connecticut
    26,000  
Illinois
    54,000  
Indiana
    30,000  
         
Program Total Members


Medicaid
    621,500  
Medicare
    43,000  
Other
    500  

      We are in the process of resuming Medicare marketing activities in New York and re-launching our Medicare plan in the state. We are also establishing a Medicare health plan in Louisiana. We expect to begin operating in Louisiana in late 2004, subject to receiving final regulatory approval.

      Each of our plans receives premiums from the federal or state governments in the markets where we operate. We generally receive a fixed premium per member per month to provide healthcare benefits to our members pursuant to our contracts in each of our markets.

 
Florida

      We are the largest operator of Medicaid managed care plans in Florida. We began providing Medicaid services in Florida in 1994, and now operate the two largest Medicaid managed care plans in the state, Staywell Health Plans, or Staywell, and HealthEase. Our two distinct Medicaid health plans have separate brand identities, sales forces, provider networks and geographic coverage, but both utilize our centralized back office and claims processing systems. This allows us to benefit from economies of scale while increasing our coverage and penetration throughout the state.

      Our Medicaid managed care plans have broad geographic coverage throughout Florida. Staywell operates in 15 counties, with a particularly strong presence in South Florida. HealthEase operates in 32 counties and has a significant presence in Central and South Florida, as well as in counties in Northern Florida, many of which are to be more rural.

      We began providing Medicare services in Florida in 2000 and now operate a rapidly growing Medicare plan under the name WellCare. Our Medicare plan operates in 11 counties in Florida, and has particularly large membership in South Florida, which has a large population of Medicare-eligible individuals and favorable reimbursement rates.

      Our Medicaid contracts with the State of Florida for our Staywell and HealthEase plans expire on June 30, 2004. Our Medicare contract for our WellCare plan expires on December 31, 2004. We also have a SCHIP contract with the Florida Healthy Kids Corporation that expires on September 30, 2005. We have been able to successfully renew our contracts since we began operating in Florida.

 
New York

      Our Medicaid managed care programs in New York, which we provide under the WellCare name, have grown rapidly under our management. In 2003, our membership grew from approximately 45,000 members to approximately 56,000 members. During this period, we substantially increased the size of our provider network, adding eight hospitals, including six in New York City, and almost 700 new physicians, including specialists. We currently operate in four of the boroughs of New York City and in the Hudson Valley region.

55


Table of Contents

      When we acquired the New York operations in 2002, we inherited a number of operational deficiencies, including a suspension of Medicare marketing initiated in August 1999 due to a lack of compliance with the terms of our Medicare contract. We have made significant investments in our New York operations to address these challenges and to compete more effectively in this market, including by:

  •   hiring an experienced, local senior management team, including a Chief Operating Officer with more than 10 years of healthcare experience;
 
  relocating our New York headquarters from Newburgh to Manhattan to access a deeper talent pool of associates;
 
  improving our regulatory compliance program, including through the implementation of a corporate-wide ethics and compliance program, called the Trust Program, and by hiring local compliance personnel; and
 
  reorganizing our operations, including the consolidation of certain functions in our Tampa corporate headquarters.

      We believe that we have successfully addressed most of the regulatory challenges we faced in New York and have implemented comprehensive corrective action plans that were approved by both the New York State Department of Health and CMS in June 2003. As a result, we have commenced the process of re-launching our Medicare plan in New York, which as of December 31, 2003 had approximately 600 members. We expect to re-commence marketing efforts in the second half of 2004. In connection with the re-launch, we are restructuring our Medicare provider network, with a focus on building strong relationships with providers and hospitals, and have made significant investments in quality improvement.

      Our Medicaid contracts in New York expire on September 30, 2004. Our Medicare contract with CMS expires on December 31, 2004. We also have a SCHIP contract with the State of New York that expires on June 30, 2004. Despite the regulatory challenges we have encountered in New York, we have been able to successfully renew our contracts since we began operating in that state.

 
Connecticut

      In Connecticut, we operate a Medicaid managed care plan under the name PreferredOne. In 2003, our PreferredOne membership grew from 17,000 members to over 24,000 members. We also significantly expanded our provider network in the state during that period, adding more than 150 primary care physicians and four hospitals.

      We began operating in Connecticut in 1995 when we purchased Yale New Haven Health Plan. We currently offer services in each of Connecticut’s eight counties. Our Medicaid contracts with the state expire on September 30, 2004. We have been able to successfully renew our contracts since we began operating in Connecticut.

 
Illinois

      Our Illinois subsidiary operates the largest provider of Medicaid managed care services in that state under the name Harmony Health Plan of Illinois, which we acquired in June 2004. Harmony began operations in Illinois in September 1996, initially serving the Cook County market, and has increased its membership throughout its operating history. In 2003, Harmony’s membership in Illinois grew from 42,000 members to over 54,000 members. Our Medicaid contract with the State of Illinois expires on July 31, 2005. Harmony has been able to successfully renew its Medicaid contract since it began operating in Illinois.

 
Indiana

      Harmony also operates a Medicaid managed care plan in Indiana under the name Harmony Health Plan of Indiana. Harmony began operations in Indiana in February 2001, after successfully participating in the State of Indiana’s competitive bidding process. In 2003, Harmony’s membership in Indiana declined from 35,000 members to approximately 30,000 members, primarily as a result of the termination of certain

56


Table of Contents

unprofitable medical groups. Our Medicaid contract with the State of Indiana expires on December 31, 2004. Harmony has been able to successfully renew its Medicaid contract since it began operating in Indiana.

Medical Programs and Services

      The programs and services we offer to our members vary by state and county and are designed to address the unique needs of our members within the various communities we serve. Through our Medicaid plans, we provide our members access to a broad spectrum of medical benefits. These benefits range from all facets of primary care and preventative programs to full hospitalization and tertiary care. Our Medicaid contracts determine to a large extent the type and scope of healthcare services that we arrange for our members; however, we do customize our benefits in the following ways, which we believe makes our products more attractive:

                     
Benefit Florida New York Connecticut Illinois Indiana






Vision
  Adults receive unlimited eye exams and unlimited eyeglasses with no co-payment.   No difference from standard Medicaid benefits.   No difference from standard Medicaid benefits.   No difference from standard Medicaid benefits.   No difference from standard Medicaid benefits.
 
Dental
  Adults receive x-rays, semi-annual cleanings, extractions and fillings, all with no co-payment.   No difference from standard Medicaid benefits.   No difference from standard Medicaid benefits.   No difference from standard Medicaid benefits.   No difference from standard Medicaid benefits.
 
Over-the-counter
  Monthly over-the- counter benefit— $10 worth of products at no charge delivered directly to the member’s home. Includes vitamins, cough and cold remedies, first aid supplies and other products.   No difference from standard Medicaid benefits.   Monthly over-the- counter benefit— $10 worth of products at no charge delivered directly to the member’s home. Includes vitamins, cough and cold remedies, first aid supplies and other products.   Quarterly over-the- counter benefit— $10 worth of products at no charge delivered directly to the member’s home. Includes vitamins, cough and cold remedies, first aid supplies and other products.   No difference from standard Medicaid benefits.
 
Case management
  Professionals work with chronically ill to coordinate care and to help ensure that health issues are managed appropriately.   Professionals work with chronically ill to coordinate care and to help ensure that health issues are managed appropriately.   Professionals work with chronically ill to coordinate care and to help ensure that health issues are managed appropriately.   Professionals work with chronically ill to coordinate care and to help ensure that health issues are managed appropriately.   Professionals work with chronically ill to coordinate care and to help ensure that health issues are managed appropriately.
 
Nurse help line
  24-hour nurse help line.   24-hour nurse help line.   24-hour nurse help line.   24-hour nurse help line.   24-hour nurse help line.
 
Other
  Transportation to and from provider offices (Dade County).
No co-pay on prenatal and postpartum pregnancy and substance abuse programs.
Access to participating PCPs, specialists and other providers that do not accept standard Medicaid.
  Access to participating PCPs, specialists and other providers that do not accept standard Medicaid.   Bus pass for transportation to and from providers for certain programs.
Access to participating PCPs, specialists and other providers that do not accept standard Medicaid.
  Member voicemail.   Member voicemail.

57


Table of Contents

      In addition, our approach to contracting has allowed us to build strong provider networks, which provides our members with access to physicians to whom they may not otherwise have access. Members are required to use our network, except in cases of emergencies, transition of care, or when specialty providers are unavailable or inadequate to meet a member’s medical needs, and generally must receive a referral from their primary care physician in order to receive healthcare from a specialist, such as an orthopedic surgeon or neurologist. Members do not pay any premiums, deductibles or co-payments.

      Through our Medicare plans, we also cover a wide spectrum of medical services. We provide an enhanced level of services relative to standard fee-for-service Medicare coverage, ranging from reduced out-of-pocket expenses to prescription drug coverage. While our Medicare benefits offerings vary by county, the following is an example of the enhanced level of benefits we offer in a metropolitan county of Florida in comparison to those benefits generally available under the Medicare program:

         
Benefit Standard Medicare Fee-For-Service Our Medicare Benefits



General
  Patient must pay out-of-pocket drug costs (or obtain supplemental insurance) and 20% of hospital stay.   Predictable healthcare costs, no co- insurance or deductibles.
 
Vision
  One pair of glasses, only after cataract surgery. Co-insurance costs associated with diseases and conditions of eye. No routine eye exams.   Vision covered, generally a $10 co- payment for glasses and exams. Routine eye exams generally at no charge.
 
Dental
  Not covered. 100% out-of-pocket expense or patient may obtain supplemental insurance.   Covered— small co-payment for oral exams and cleanings. One fluoride treatment per year at no charge. Annual x-rays are covered, with small co-payment.
 
Hearing
  Not covered. 100% out-of-pocket expense for routine exams and hearing aids.   No co-payment for one pair of hearing aids every two years (includes exam with $10 co-payment).
 
Routine physicals
  Not covered.   One annual physical covered with no co-payment.
 
Preventative care
  Generally, patient pays 20% of the cost of the service.   100% covered, with no co-payment or co-insurance. We proactively contact members and physicians and recommend preventative services.
 
Drug benefit
  Under Medicare reform legislation, not fully implemented until 2006. Currently, patients pay 100% or obtain supplemental insurance.   Small co-payment for generic drugs. In some areas, we also offer a brand name drug benefit for a larger co- payment.
 
Over-the-counter
  Not covered.   Monthly over-the-counter benefit— $10 worth of products at no charge delivered directly to the member’s home. Includes vitamins, cough and cold remedies, first aid supplies and many other products.

      Through these enhanced benefits, the out-of-pocket expenses incurred by our members are reduced, which allows them to better predict their healthcare costs.

58


Table of Contents

      Most of our Medicare plans require members to pay a co-payment for services provided, and the amount of the co-payment varies by benefit. None of our plans require a deductible for services. Members are required to use our network of providers, except in limited cases such as emergencies, transition of care, or when specialty providers are unavailable or inadequate to meet a member’s medical needs, and generally must receive a referral from their primary care physician in order to receive healthcare from a specialist. Also, compared to our Medicaid plans, we have more flexibility in designing benefits packages, and we can charge members a premium for benefits that the Medicare fee-for-service plan does not offer.

      As part of our continuing efforts to improve the services we offer members, in January 2004 we implemented a drug discount benefit for members of our Florida Medicare plans. We introduced a new member identification card that includes a drug discount card, entitling members to discounts of approximately 19% on brand-name prescription drugs and 28% on generic drugs. We provided this benefit to our members several months in advance of CMS’s implementation of the prescription drug discount card program authorized by MMA. As a result, our Medicare members are already able to access benefits comparable to those benefits offered under the new law.

Provider Networks

      We have longstanding, established relationships with our network of providers in each of the markets we currently serve. We continuously upgrade and review our networks to ensure adequacy of coverage and compliance of individual providers with our network and operational standards, and we replace and add providers as appropriate. We arrange for the provision of healthcare services to our members through mutually non-exclusive contracts with independent primary care physicians, specialists, ancillary medical agencies and professionals and hospitals.

      Our network of primary care physicians plays an integral role in managing the healthcare of our members. The relationship between the primary care physician, or PCP, and a member is critical for the member to make the most effective use of managed care. Our PCPs are encouraged to discuss care options with new members during their first visit, and answer questions they may have about managed care, as well as to assist them in understanding the role of the PCP. Primary care physicians include family and general practitioners, pediatricians, internal medicine physicians and OB/ GYNs. Specialty care physicians provide medical care to members generally upon referral by the primary care physicians. The following table shows the total approximate number of primary care physicians, specialists and hospitals participating in our network as of December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001:

                                     
Florida New York Connecticut Total




Primary care physicians
  2003     3,385       1,752       840       5,977  
    2002     3,415       1,718       684       5,817  
    2001     3,348       1,886       727       5,961  
 
Specialists
  2003     6,680       3,396       2,383       12,459  
    2002     7,069       3,194       2,347       12,610  
    2001     6,894       3,812       3,189       13,895  
 
Hospitals
  2003     207       79       16       302  
    2002     216       79       12       307  
    2001     213       79       16       308  

      As of December 31, 2003, Harmony had approximately 982 primary care physicians, 1,812 specialists and 56 hospitals participating in its network in Illinois, and 167 primary care physicians, 649 specialists and nine hospitals participating in its network in Indiana.

      We have also contracted with other ancillary medical providers and professionals for physical therapy, mental health and chemical dependency care, home healthcare, vision care, diagnostic laboratory tests, x-ray examinations, ambulance services and durable medical equipment. Additionally, we have contracted with a national pharmacy benefit manager that provides a local pharmacy network in our markets where pharmacy is a covered benefit. We also offer, using in-house resources, comprehensive management of mental health and substance abuse services.

59


Table of Contents

      We value our relationships with our providers. Our provider relations strategy is focused on being a low hassle partner. Examples of the steps we have taken to implement this strategy include:

  paying claims promptly;
 
  providing web-based access to eligibility information;
 
  delivering useful information to our providers, including monthly reports to help providers evaluate their performance and increase their efficiency;
 
  reducing restrictions on network physicians in ordering of medical tests and procedures; and
 
  sponsoring marketing events designed to increase awareness of our plans and the advantages of managed care, sometimes with the participation of our providers.

      We also consult with members of our provider network to obtain their assistance in designing benefit packages, and we enter into relationships using a range of contract types, including capitated and fee-for-service arrangements. See “Provider Payment Methods.” We believe that our focus on strong provider relationships has helped us to make our health plans more attractive and increase our membership.

      In order to help ensure the quality of our providers, we credential and re-credential our providers using standards that are required in the states in which we operate. In order to encourage our PCPs to be proactive in the treatment of our members, we pay a fee-for-service rate in excess of the capitation rate to our PCPs who provide specified preventative health services, such as childhood immunizations, lead screening and well-child check-ups. In New York, PCPs to whom we pay a capitation also receive an additional payment, or bill-above, for supplying us with timely encounter data regarding the nature of members’ visits. We use this data to improve the level of preventative healthcare we provide, such as vaccinations, immunizations and health screenings for new-born children. In Florida and Connecticut, we plan to pay our PCPs bill-aboves for encounter data beginning in early 2004. This data will also help us to monitor the amount and level of medical treatment and improve our compliance with regulatory reporting requirements to ensure high-quality medical care.

      Our contracts with hospitals, independent primary care physicians and specialists are usually for one to two year periods and automatically renew for successive one-year terms. The contracts can generally be cancelled by either party upon a specified prior written notice period, which is typically 60 or 90 days, subject to various conditions. With respect to our hospital contracts, the hospital is paid for all medically necessary inpatient and outpatient services, including emergency services, diagnostic services and therapeutic care provided to members. With the exception of admissions from the emergency room, all inpatient hospital services require precertification from our utilization review staff. All contracted hospitals are required to participate in our utilization review and quality improvement programs.

Provider Payment Methods

      We utilize three primary methods of payment with our network providers: capitation, fee-for-service and risk sharing arrangements, which we utilize in our Medicare business. We periodically review our payment methods as necessary. Factors we generally consider in adjusting payment methods include changes to state Medicaid fee schedules, the competitive environment, current market conditions, anticipated utilization patterns and projected medical benefits expense.

 
Medicaid

      Capitation. We pay most of our PCPs a fixed fee per member, which is referred to as capitation. Under this arrangement, the PCP is at risk for all costs related to the services rendered by such physician, with the exception of those preventative health services that are paid in addition to the capitation and subject, in some cases, to stop-loss arrangements. In some instances, certain specialty physicians are paid on a capitated basis. For the year ended December 31, 2003, 16% of our Medicaid payments to providers were on a capitated basis.

60


Table of Contents

      Fee-for-Service. We pay our other providers, including most specialists, based upon the service performed, which is referred to as fee-for-service. For the year ended December 31, 2003, 84% of our Medicaid payments to providers were on a fee-for-service basis. The primary fee-for-service arrangements are percentage of Medicaid payment and per diem and case rates. These arrangements may also be combined. The following is a description of the principal arrangements we utilize:

  Percentage of Medicaid fee schedule. We pay providers a specified percentage of the amount Medicaid would pay under the fee-for-service program.
 
  Per diem and case rates. Hospital facility costs are generally reimbursed at negotiated per diem or case rates, which vary depending upon the level of care. Lower intensity services are generally paid at a lower rate than high intensity services. For example, services provided on behalf of a newborn baby who in order to gain weight stays in the hospital a few days longer than the mother would typically be paid at a lower rate; whereas a neo-natal intensive care unit stay for a baby born with severe developmental disabilities would be paid at a higher rate.

      A significant percentage of our fee-for-service contracts with providers allow for automatic adjustments in payments based upon changes in government reimbursement rates.

 
Medicare

      Risk-sharing Arrangements. Within our capitation and fee-for-service arrangements, which account for 25% and 75%, respectively, of our Medicare payments to providers, a small number of Medicare providers operate under specialized capitated risk arrangements in order to more efficiently align our interests and reduce our risk. Under these arrangements, we establish a risk fund for each provider based on a percentage of premium paid, which is evaluated on an individual or group basis, subject to monitoring and analysis by our actuaries. Based on this analysis, we estimate the amount, if any, due to the provider and establish a liability and pay the applicable provider on a periodic basis, to the extent that the balance exceeds claim payments.

 
Out-of-Network Providers

      When our members receive services for which we are responsible from a provider with whom we have not contracted, such as in the case of emergency room services from non-contracted hospitals, we generally attempt to negotiate a rate with that provider. In some cases, we are obligated to pay the full rate billed by the provider.

Sales and Marketing Programs

      Our sales force consists of approximately 520 associates who focus their efforts on individuals and communities, as opposed to employer groups. We believe that our targeted sales and marketing efforts are primarily responsible for our rapid membership growth in several of our markets.

      We employ a disciplined approach to sales and marketing by measuring the return on investment of our key sales and marketing activities. This approach allows us to emphasize those activities that we have determined to be effective and eliminate others than have not provided us with an acceptable return on investment.

      As of June 3, 2004, our sales force was deployed in our markets as follows:

         
Number of
Market Associates


Florida
    248  
New York
    166  
Connecticut
    29  
Illinois
    76  

61


Table of Contents

      We do not utilize a sales force in Indiana because members in that state choose their providers, each of which is associated with a particular Medicaid plan, as opposed to choosing an HMO directly.

      In addition, we use third-party brokers and agents to help us promote our plans in some Medicare markets. In some cases, these parties receive payment for referrals that our associates process, while in other cases we pay the brokers and agents for completing the applications themselves. The activities of these brokers and agents are regulated by the states and CMS.

      Our marketing efforts involve designing attractive benefit packages and generating interest in our programs among individuals. Our sales efforts involve promoting the product in the communities we serve at events and in conversations with eligible individuals.

      In general, the lead-generation components of our marketing efforts are more heavily concentrated on our Medicare products, where the return on investment for such activities has proven to be higher. Through our strong relationships with providers and community leaders, our Medicaid and Medicare sales teams employ promotions activities and other techniques to develop interest among eligible populations.

      Our sales and marketing programs have been developed on a localized basis with a focus on the communities in which our members reside. We often conduct our sales programs in churches, community centers and in coordination with government agencies. We regularly participate in local events and festivals and organize community health fairs to promote our products and the benefits of preventative care. We also utilize traditional marketing methods such as direct mail, telemarketing, mass media and cooperative advertising with participating medical groups to generate leads.

      Consistent with our community-focused approach, we employ a culturally diverse sales staff, with more than six languages represented, including Spanish, Russian and Chinese. This allows us to target specific demographic markets, including markets requiring specific language skills and knowledge.

      Our marketing and sales activities are heavily regulated by CMS and the states. For example, our sales and marketing materials must be approved in advance by the applicable regulatory authority. In addition, our sales activities are subject to various restrictions. We are allowed to engage in various selling activities, such as conveying information regarding the benefits of preventative care, describing the operations of managed care plans and providing information about eligibility requirements. In Florida and New York, we can assist in the enrollment process. See “Regulation” for a further description of restrictions on marketing and sales activities.

Quality Improvement

      We continually strive to improve the quality of care provided to our members. We believe that continuous improvement in the delivery of quality care and measurement of the results of quality improvement efforts will be driving factors in the continued growth of managed care.

      Our Quality Improvement Program provides the basis for our quality and utilization management functions and outlines specific, ongoing processes designed to improve the delivery of quality healthcare services to our members, as well as to ensure compliance with regulatory and accreditation standards. Our Quality Improvement Committee is chaired by our President and Chief Executive Officer and includes all senior executive management and other key company associates as members. The Quality Improvement Committee also has a number of subcommittees that are charged with monitoring certain aspects of care and service, such as healthcare utilization, pharmacy services and provider credentialing/recredentialing. Several of our subcommittees include physicians as members.

      Our Quality Improvement Program is evaluated annually and revised as necessary to address recent developments and areas of improvement. Elements of our Quality Improvement Program include the following:

  evaluation of the effects of particular preventative measures;
 
  member satisfaction surveys;
 
  grievance and appeals processes for members and providers;

62


Table of Contents

  orientation visits to, and site audits of, select providers;
 
  provider credentialing and recredentialing;
 
  ongoing member education programs;
 
  ongoing provider education programs;
 
  regulatory compliance;
 
  health plan accreditation; and
 
  medical record audits.

      As part of our Quality Improvement Program, we have implemented changes to our reimbursement methods to reward those providers who encourage preventative care, such as well-child check-ups and prenatal care. In addition, we have specialized systems to support our quality improvement activities. Information is drawn from our systems to identify opportunities to improve care and to track the outcomes of the services provided to achieve those improvements. Some examples of our intervention programs include:

  a prenatal case management program to help women with high-risk pregnancies deliver full-term, healthy infants;
 
  a program to reduce the number of inappropriate emergency room visits;
 
  a disease management program to decrease the need for emergency room visits and hospitalizations for asthma, congestive heart failure and diabetes patients; and
 
  a wound management program to redirect specialized care to the home setting, resulting in improved patient outcomes and reduced cost of care.

      We believe that these efforts have resulted in improvements in the quality of care our members receive, while reducing our medical costs. As a result of our Quality Improvement Program, we have received accreditation from the Accreditation Association for Ambulatory Health Care, or AAAHC, in the State of Florida, and this accreditation was recently renewed for a three-year term.

Corporate Compliance

      Due to the increasingly complex ethical and legal questions facing all participants in the healthcare industry, we have unified our corporate ethics and compliance policies by implementing a comprehensive corporate ethics and compliance program, called the Trust Program. The Trust Program covers all aspects of our company and is designed to assist us with conducting our business in accordance with applicable federal and state laws and high standards of business ethics. The Trust Program contains the following elements:

  written standards of conduct;
 
  designation of a corporate compliance officer and compliance committee;
 
  effective training and education;
 
  effective lines for reporting and communication;
 
  enforcement of standards through disciplinary guidelines and actions;
 
  internal monitoring and auditing; and
 
  prompt response to detected offenses and development of corrective action plans.

      Our board of directors has designated our General Counsel to serve as our Chief Compliance Officer, with the assistance of a Corporate Compliance Committee, to have the authority to implement the Trust Program. The Chief Compliance Officer is responsible for coordinating the efforts of all associates involved in the Trust Program. Additionally, our board of directors has authorized the Chief Compliance Officer to convene a Corporate Compliance Committee consisting of several of our senior executives.

63


Table of Contents

      Our associates who handle corporate compliance work within our Legal Services area and assist the Corporate Compliance Committee in implementing and monitoring the Trust Program. All associates within the Legal Services area, all department directors in each area, and certain others as needed, are designated as “Compliance Coordinators” to assist in implementing and monitoring the Trust Program. In that capacity, the Compliance Coordinators are responsible for ensuring compliance within their areas of operations and for reporting suspected violations of the Trust Program, applicable federal and state laws, and our high standards of business ethics.

      We maintain and update training and monitoring programs to educate our directors, associates and independent contractors on the legal and regulatory requirements of their respective duties and positions and to detect possible violations. These programs include additional written policies, informational handouts and memoranda or, when appropriate, training seminars in selected areas. We will continue to monitor and promote compliance with new federal and state laws and regulations. To help ensure compliance with the Trust Program, we also conduct regular, periodic compliance audits by internal and external auditors and compliance staff who have expertise in federal and state healthcare laws and regulations.

Competition

      In the Medicaid managed care market, our principal competitors for state contracts, members and providers include the following types of organizations:

  Primary Care Case Management Programs. Programs established by the states through contracts with primary care providers to provide to the Medicaid recipient primary care services, on a non-capitated, non-risk basis, as well as to provide limited oversight over other services.
 
  Commercial HMOs. National and regional commercial managed care organizations that have Medicaid members in addition to members in private commercial plans.
 
  Medicaid HMOs. Managed care organizations that focus solely on providing healthcare services to Medicaid recipients, typically on a capitated, full-risk basis. Many of these competitors operate in a single or small number of geographic locations. There are a few multi-state Medicaid-only organizations that tend to be larger in size and therefore able to leverage their infrastructure over a larger membership base.

      In the Medicare managed care market, our primary competitors for contracts, members and providers are national and regional commercial managed care organizations that serve Medicare recipients and provider-sponsored organizations. MMA may cause a number of commercial managed care organizations already in our service areas to decide to enter the Medicare market. MMA also creates a new competitive bidding process beginning in 2006 for setting the payment and the beneficiary premium and benefits, without limiting the number of bidders that may provide the benefits. We are currently evaluating the effects of MMA and the implications for our business.

      We will continue to face varying levels of competition as we expand in our existing service areas or enter new markets. However, the licensing requirements and bidding and contracting procedures in some states present barriers to entry into the Medicaid and Medicare managed care markets.

      Many of our competitors are large companies that have greater financial, technological and marketing resources than we do. The competition we face in each of our markets is as follows:

  Florida: Our Medicaid plans collectively have approximately 50% market share in Florida, based on membership. These plans face competition from approximately 10 competitors statewide, including Amerigroup Corporation, with approximately 23% of the market, and Humana, Inc., with approximately 8% of the market. Our Medicare plan in Florida has an approximately 8% market share, the fourth largest in the state. We compete with 15 other Medicare managed care plans in Florida. These competitors include Humana, Inc., UnitedHealthcare of Florida, Inc. and CarePlus Health Plans, Inc., which collectively have an approximately 58% market share.

64


Table of Contents

  New York: Our Medicaid plans have approximately 2.2% market share in New York. Our plans face competition from over 30 competitors in New York, including HIP Health Plan of New York and Fidelis Care New York, each with approximately 10% of the market, and others such as Healthfirst, Inc., Health Plus PHSP, Inc., MetroPlus Health Plan, Inc., CarePlus Health Plan and Affinity Health Plan, each with less than 10% of the market.
 
  Connecticut: Our Medicaid plans have approximately 8% market share in Connecticut, and face competition from three main competitors: Anthem Blue Cross and Blue Shield, with approximately 43% of the market, HealthNet, Incorporated, with approximately 32% of the market, and Community Health Network of Connecticut, with approximately 18% of the market.
 
  •   Illinois: Our Medicaid plans have approximately 31% market share in Illinois. These plans face competition from three main competitors: Amerigroup, with approximately 25% of the market, UnitedHealth Group Incorporated, with approximately 19% of the market, and Humana, with approximately 12% of the market.
 
  •   Indiana: Our Medicaid plans have approximately 11% market share in Indiana, and face competition from two main competitors: Centene Corporation, with approximately 45% of the market, and MDwise, Inc., with approximately 44% of the market.

      We compete with other managed care organizations for public-sector healthcare program contracts, members and providers. States and the federal government generally use either a competitive bidding process or award individual contracts to any applicant that can demonstrate that it meets the government’s requirements. To select a winning bid or award a contract, state governments and the federal government consider many factors, including the plan’s provider network, quality and utilization management processes, responsiveness to member complaints and grievances, timeliness of claims payment and financial resources.

      People who wish to enroll in a managed care plan or change plans typically choose a plan based on a specific provider being part of the network, the quality of care and service offered, ease of access to services and the availability of supplemental benefits.

      In addition, beginning in 2006, a new regional Medicare Preferred Provider Organization, or Medicare PPO, program will be implemented pursuant to MMA. Medicare PPOs would allow their members more flexibility to select physicians than the current Medicare+Choice plans, which are HMOs that require members to coordinate with a primary care physician. The regional Medicare PPO program will compete with local Medicare+Choice HMO plans, including the plans we offer.

      We also compete with other managed care organizations to enter into contracts with physicians, physician groups and other providers. We believe the factors that independent physicians, physician groups and other providers consider in deciding whether to contract with us include potential member volume, payment methods, timeliness of claims payment, incentive programs and administrative service capabilities.

Regulation

      Our healthcare operations are regulated by both state and federal government agencies. Regulation of managed care products and healthcare services is an evolving area of law that varies from jurisdiction to jurisdiction. Regulatory agencies generally have discretion to issue regulations and interpret and enforce laws and rules. Changes in applicable laws and rules occur frequently.

      In order to operate a health plan, we must apply for and obtain a certificate of authority or license from each state in which we intend to operate. However, starting in 2006, regional Medicare Advantage plans that operate in more than one state will initially only need a license from one state within a region. Our health plans are licensed to operate as health maintenance organizations in Florida, New York, Connecticut, Illinois and Indiana, and we have an application pending in Louisiana. In those jurisdictions, we are regulated by both the state insurance departments and another state agency with responsibility for oversight of health management

65


Table of Contents

organizations. The licensing requirements are the same for us as they are for commercial managed healthcare organizations. We must demonstrate to the state that:

  we have an adequate provider network;
 
  our quality and utilization management processes comply with state requirements;
 
  we have procedures in place for responding to member and provider complaints and grievances;
 
  our systems are capable of processing providers’ claims in a timely fashion and for collecting and analyzing the information needed to manage our business; and
 
  we have the financial resources necessary to pay our anticipated medical care expenses and the infrastructure needed to account for our costs.

      Each of our health plans is required to report quarterly, if not monthly, on its performance to the appropriate regulatory agency in the state in which the health plan is licensed. Each plan also undergoes periodic examinations and reviews by the applicable state. The plans generally must obtain approval from the state before declaring dividends in excess of certain thresholds. Each plan must maintain a net worth in an amount determined by statute or regulation and we may only invest in types of investments approved by the state. Any acquisition of another plan’s members must also be approved by the state in which the plan is located.

      In addition, our Medicaid and SCHIP activities are regulated by each state’s department of health services or equivalent agency, and our Medicare activities are regulated by CMS. These agencies typically require demonstration of the same capabilities mentioned above and perform periodic audits of performance, usually annually.

 
Medicaid

      Medicaid was established under the U.S. Social Security Act of 1965 to provide medical assistance to low income and disabled citizens. It is state-operated and implemented, although it is funded by both the state and federal governments. Our contracts with the state Medicaid programs place additional requirements on us. Within broad guidelines established by the federal government, each state:

  establishes its own eligibility standards;
 
  determines the type, amount, duration and scope of services;
 
  sets the rate of payment for services; and
 
  administers its own program.

      Some states, such as those in which we operate, award contracts to applicants that can demonstrate that they meet the state’s requirements. Other states engage in a competitive bidding process for all or certain programs. We must demonstrate to the satisfaction of the state Medicaid program that we are able to meet the state’s operational and financial requirements. These requirements are in addition to those required for a license and are targeted to the specific needs of the Medicaid population. For example:

  we must measure provider access and availability in terms of the time needed to reach the doctor’s office using public transportation;
 
  our quality improvement programs must emphasize member education and outreach and include measures designed to promote utilization of preventative services;
 
  we must have linkages with schools, city or county health departments, and other community-based providers of healthcare, in order to demonstrate our ability to coordinate all of the sources from which our members may receive care;
 
  we must have the capability to meet the needs of the disabled and others with “special needs”;

66


Table of Contents

  our providers and member service representatives must be able to communicate with members who do not speak English or who are deaf; and
 
  our member handbook, newsletters and other communications must be written at the prescribed reading level and must be available in languages other than English.

      In addition, we must demonstrate that we have the systems required to process enrollment information, to report on care and services provided, and to process claims for payment in a timely fashion. We must also have adequate financial resources needed to protect the state, our providers and our members against the risk of our insolvency.

      Once awarded, our contracts generally have terms of one to two years, with renewal options at the discretion of the states.

      In addition to the operating requirements listed above, the contracts with the states and regulatory provisions applicable to us generally set forth in great detail provisions relating to:

  subcontractors;
 
  marketing;
 
  safeguarding of member information;
 
  fraud and abuse reporting; and
 
  grievance procedures.

      Our health plans are subject to periodic financial and informational reporting and comprehensive quality assurance evaluations. We submit periodic utilization reports and other information to the state or county Medicaid program of our operations.

 
Medicare

      Medicare is a federal program that provides eligible persons age 65 and over and some disabled persons a variety of hospital and medical insurance benefits. Medicare beneficiaries have the option to enroll in a Medicare+Choice plan as an HMO benefit. Under Medicare+Choice, managed care plans contract with CMS to provide comparable Medicare benefits as a traditional fee-for-service Medicare in exchange for a fixed monthly payment per member that varies based on the county in which a member resides.

      On December 8, 2003, President Bush signed MMA, which made numerous changes to the Medicare program, including expanding the Medicare program to include a prescription drug benefit beginning in 2006, a transitional drug discount card that will enable Medicare beneficiaries, beginning in June 2004, to obtain discounts on drugs prior to receiving drug coverage in 2006, and expanding the Medicare+Choice Program and renaming it “Medicare Advantage” beginning in 2006. Medicare+Choice plans are eligible to sponsor the drug discount card and transitional assistance program as well as the new prescription drug plan. CMS, however, may limit the number of prescription drug plan sponsors and endorsed drug card sponsors that are selected in a particular area.

      MMA creates the drug discount card and transitional assistance program as an interim program until the new drug benefit goes into effect January 1, 2006. The voluntary drug discount card program will enable Medicare beneficiaries to pay a fixed fee to access discounts on drugs. Certain low income beneficiaries may enroll in the transitional assistance program and receive a subsidy of up to $600 per year for their drugs that are purchased using the drug discount card. A Medicare+Choice plan may apply to be an endorsed sponsor of the drug card as a stand alone product or may apply to offer the drug discount card exclusively to its enrollees. The drug discount card program went into effect in May 2004 and sponsors may continue to enroll eligible individuals through December 31, 2005. In 2006, endorsed card sponsors must honor the drug card until the end of a transition period which runs until the date of the individual’s enrollment in a new drug benefit or the end of the drug benefit enrollment period.

67


Table of Contents

      Under MMA, commencing in 2006, a new voluntary prescription drug benefit will be available under Medicare. Medicare beneficiaries will pay a monthly premium for the covered outpatient drug benefit. The drug benefit is subject to certain cost sharing. Under the standard drug coverage, for 2006, the cost sharing is a $250 deductible, 25% coinsurance for annual drug costs reimbursed by Medicare, up to $2,250, and no reimbursement for drug costs above $2,250, until the beneficiary has paid $3,600. After that, MMA provides catastrophic stop loss coverage for annual incurred drug costs in excess of $3,600, subject to nominal cost-sharing. Plans are not required to mirror these limits; instead, drug plans are required to provide coverage that is at least actuarially equivalent to plans that incorporate the limits. These numbers will be adjusted on an annual basis. MMA provides subsidies and the reduction or elimination of cost sharing for certain low-income beneficiaries, including dual-eligible individuals, who receive benefits under both Medicare and Medicaid. This new drug benefit will be offered by new regional prescription drug plans. Medicare Advantage organizations must offer a plan with the drug benefit. In addition, Medicare Advantage plans may bid to offer a stand-alone prescription drug plan that beneficiaries who have fee for service Medicare may elect.

      MMA also revises payment methodologies for Medicare+Choice plans beginning in 2004, and in 2006 MMA expands the Medicare Advantage program to include, in addition to the traditional coordinated care plans established by county, new regional plans which will provide out-of-network benefits in addition to in-network benefits. The Secretary of the Department of Health and Human Services, or HHS, will create 10 to 50 regions, each of which may include more than one state or portions of a particular state. MMA creates a new competitive bidding process beginning in 2006 for both the local HMO plan and the new regional plan for setting the payment to the Medicare Advantage plan and the beneficiary premium and benefits. The bidding process does not limit the number of plans that may participate in the Medicare Advantage program.

      MMA shifts coverage responsibility for the drug benefit for dual-eligible individuals. Starting January 1, 2006, dual-eligibles will receive their drug coverage from the Medicare program and not the Medicaid program.

 
SCHIP Programs

      The State Children’s Health Insurance Program, or SCHIP, is a federal and state matching program designed to help states expand health insurance to children whose families earn too much to qualify for traditional Medicaid, yet not enough to afford private health insurance. States have the option of administering SCHIP through their existing Medicaid programs, creating separate programs or combining both strategies. The SCHIP programs in Florida, New York, Connecticut, Illinois and Indiana are administered by the same agency that administers the state’s Medicaid program. Currently, all 50 states, the District of Columbia and all U.S. territories have approved SCHIP plans, and many states continue to submit plan amendments to further expand coverage under SCHIP.

 
HIPAA

      In 1996, Congress enacted the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA. HIPAA is intended to improve the portability and continuity of health insurance coverage and simplify the administration of health insurance claims. All health plans, including ours, are subject to HIPAA. HIPAA generally requires health plans to:

  protect the privacy of patient health information through physical and electronic security measures; and
 
  establish the capability to receive and transmit electronically certain administrative healthcare transactions, such as claims payments, in a standardized format.

      We believe we have achieved substantial compliance with HIPAA by the applicable deadlines. However, given its complexity, the recent adoption of some final regulations, the possibility that the regulations may change and may be subject to changing, and perhaps conflicting, interpretation, our ability to comply with all of the HIPAA requirements is uncertain.

68


Table of Contents

 
Fraud and Abuse Laws

      Federal and state governments have made a priority of investigating and prosecuting healthcare fraud and abuse. Fraud and abuse prohibitions encompass a wide range of operating activities, including kickbacks for referral of members, billing for unnecessary medical services, improper marketing and violation of patient privacy rights. Companies involved in public healthcare programs such as Medicaid are often the subject of fraud and abuse investigations. The regulations and contractual requirements applicable to participants in these public-sector programs are complex and subject to change. Although we believe that our compliance efforts are adequate, ongoing vigorous law enforcement and the highly technical regulatory scheme mean that our compliance efforts in this area will continue to require significant resources.

 
Required Statutory Capital

      By law, regulation and government policy, our HMO subsidiaries, which we refer to as our regulated subsidiaries, are required to maintain minimum levels of statutory net worth. The minimum statutory net worth requirements differ by state and are generally based on a percentage of annualized premium revenue, a percentage of annualized healthcare costs or risk-based capital, or RBC, requirements. The RBC requirements are based on guidelines established by the National Association of Insurance Commissioners, or NAIC, and are administered by the states. Currently, our Connecticut, Illinois and Indiana operations are subject to RBC requirements. If adopted, the RBC requirements may be modified as each state legislature deems appropriate for that state. The RBC formula, based on asset risk, underwriting risk, credit risk, business risk and other factors, generates the authorized control level, or ACL, which represents the amount of net worth believed to be required to support the regulated entity’s business. For states in which the RBC requirements have been adopted, the regulated entity typically must maintain a minimum of the greater of the required ACL or the minimum statutory net worth requirement calculated pursuant to pre-RBC guidelines. In addition to the foregoing requirements, our regulated subsidiaries are subject to restrictions on their ability to make dividend payments, loans and other transfers of cash.

      The statutory framework for our regulated subsidiaries’ statutory net worth requirements may change over time. For instance, RBC requirements may be adopted by the states in which we operate. These subsidiaries are also subject to their state regulators’ overall oversight powers. For example, New York regulators have proposed a 150% increase in reserve requirements over a six-year period, to which our New York business would be subject. Those regulators could require our subsidiaries to maintain minimum levels of statutory net worth in excess of the amount required under the applicable state laws if the regulators determine that maintaining such additional statutory net worth is in the best interest of our members.

 
Marketing

      The marketing activities of Medicare managed care plans are strictly regulated by CMS. CMS must approve all marketing materials before they can be used unless a plan uses standard marketing materials that have already been approved by CMS. The Federal Balanced Budget Act of 1997 precludes states from imposing additional marketing restrictions on Medicare managed care plans. However, states remain free to regulate, and typically do regulate, the marketing activities of plans that enroll Medicaid and commercial beneficiaries. Each of the states in which we operate regulates Medicaid marketing efforts.

Technology

      A foundation of our approach to managed care is the accurate and timely capture, processing and analysis of critical data. Focusing on data is essential to our being able to operate our business in a cost effective manner. Data processing and data-driven decision making are key components of both administrative efficiency and medical cost management. We have successfully developed a system that enables our management team to better assess and control medical costs. Our system gathers information from our centralized computer-based information system, Perot Systems’ Diamond 950 software, an enterprise software solution designed to be scalable to accommodate growth. In a study by the manufacturer, the Diamond system demonstrated scalability to more than 6.5 million members and 2,800 concurrent users. This system supports

69


Table of Contents

our core transaction processing functions and is designed to be scalable to accommodate internal growth and growth from acquisitions. Its integrated database architecture helps to assure that consistent sources of claim and member information are provided across all of our health plans. We use our information system for premium billing, claims processing, utilization management, reporting, medical cost trending, planning and analysis. The system also supports member and provider service functions, including enrollment, member eligibility verification, primary care and specialist physician roster access, claims status inquiries, and referrals and authorizations. We anticipate migrating Harmony, which we acquired in June 2004, from its current claims processing software to the Diamond 950 system in 2005.

      We are in the process of implementing a comprehensive disaster recovery and business continuity plan. We have contracted with SunGard Recovery Services LP to provide these services, and recently implemented the disaster recovery and emergency mode operations systems. We expect that our business continuity plan will be completed by the end of 2004.

Employees

      As of June 3, 2004, we had approximately 1,480 full-time associates. Our associates are not represented by any collective bargaining agreement, and we have never experienced a work stoppage. We believe we have good relations with our associates.

Facilities

      Our principal administrative, sales and marketing facilities are located at our headquarters in Tampa, Florida. We currently occupy approximately 92,000 square feet of office space in the Tampa facility. We have negotiated a termination of our current lease, effective December 2004, and entered into a lease for a new headquarters facility in Tampa, which we expect to occupy during the second half of 2004. The new lease covers approximately 140,000 square feet of office space for a term that is scheduled to expire in 2011. We also lease office space for our health plans in New York, New York, North Haven, Connecticut, Chicago, Illinois and Gary, Indiana, as well as in other locations within those states. We believe these facilities are suitable and provide the appropriate level of capacity for our current operations.

Legal Proceedings

      In early 2001, an action was filed against one of our HMO subsidiaries by a sales agency that had contracted to market our predecessor’s commercial health plan. The action, entitled E.S. Thomas vs. Well Care HMO, Inc. , was brought in Circuit Court in Hillsborough County, Florida, Case No. 01001408. The plaintiff alleges that its contract requires our Well Care HMO subsidiary to allow the plaintiff to serve as a sales agent for Well Care HMO’s Medicare health plans, and seeks monetary damages, including lost profits over the alleged contract term. We intend to defend this matter vigorously.

      In addition, we are involved in legal actions in the normal course of business, some of which seek monetary damages, including claims for punitive damages, which are not covered by insurance. These actions, including the E.S. Thomas litigation, when finally concluded and determined, will not, in our opinion, have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

      We believe that we have obtained adequate insurance or rights to indemnification or, where appropriate, have established adequate reserves in connection with these legal proceedings.

70


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

      Our directors, executive officers and other management associates and their respective ages and positions as of June 1, 2004 are as follows.

             
Name Age Position



Executive Officers and Directors:
           
Todd S. Farha
    36     President and Chief Executive Officer, Director
Paul L. Behrens
    42     Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Thaddeus Bereday
    39     Senior Vice President and General Counsel
Kate Longworth-Gentry
    47     Senior Vice President, Operations & Technology
Heath Schiesser
    36     Senior Vice President, Marketing & Sales
Rupesh Shah
    43     Senior Vice President, Market Expansion
Randall Zomermaand
    54     Senior Vice President, Health Services
Imtiaz (“MT”) Sattaur
    41     President, Florida
Regina Herzlinger
    60     Director
Kevin Hickey
    52     Director
Alif Hourani
    51     Director
Glen R. Johnson, M.D. 
    61     Director
Ruben Jose King-Shaw, Jr. 
    42     Director
Christian P. Michalik
    35     Director
Neal Moszkowski
    38     Chairman of the Board of Directors
Key Associates:
           
Gretchen Demartini
    50     Vice President, Human Resources
Kevin P. Enterlein
    39     Vice President, Network Development
John J. Esslinger, M.D. 
    51     Medical Director
Enrique Diaz-Granados
    44     Vice President, Corporate Sales
Douglas Hayward
    53     Chief Operating Officer, Connecticut
William L. Kale
    54     Vice President, Behavioral Health
Vince P. Kunz, M.D. 
    57     Medical Director
Stephen W. Ogilvie
    55     Vice President, Operations
Daniel Parietti
    41     Chief Operating Officer, New York
Jeffrey Potter
    30     Vice President, Corporate Development
John L. Sirera
    52     Vice President, Pharmacy
Brendan R. Shanahan
    42     Vice President, Financial Planning and Analysis
Robert Slepin
    44     Chief Information Officer
Alan R. Smith, M.D. 
    54     Medical Director
David K. Smith
    50     Vice President, Finance
William S. White
    40     Corporate Controller
Diane Wilkosz
    45     Vice President, Provider Operations

Executive Officers

      Todd S. Farha has served as our President and Chief Executive Officer and as a member of our board of directors since May 2002. From 2000 to 2001, Mr. Farha served as Chief Executive Officer of Best Doctors, Inc., a provider of information and referral services for patients suffering from critical illnesses. Prior to that, from 1998 to 2002, Mr. Farha served as President and Chief Executive Officer of a company he founded, Medical Technology Management LLC, a provider of shared medical equipment and services for physicians and hospitals. From 1996 to 1998, Mr. Farha served as Chief Executive Officer of Oxford Specialty Management, a subsidiary of Oxford Health Plans focusing on the management of acute clinical conditions in six specialty areas. In 1995, Mr. Farha served in the Office of the Chief Executive Officer of Oxford Health

71


Table of Contents

Plans. Prior to that, from 1990 to 1993, he held various positions with Physician Corporation of America, a Florida-based health plan focused on Medicaid recipients. Mr. Farha received his undergraduate degree from Trinity University and a masters of business administration from Harvard Business School. Mr. Farha is a cousin of Mr. Hourani.

      Paul L. Behrens has served as our Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since September 2003. Prior to that, Mr. Behrens was a partner in the healthcare practice of Ernst & Young LLP, which he joined in 1983. Mr. Behrens received his undergraduate degree from Dana College. Mr. Behrens is a certified public accountant.

      Thaddeus Bereday has served as our Senior Vice President and General Counsel since November 2002. From 2001 to 2002, Mr. Bereday was a partner at Brobeck, Phleger & Harrison, LLP, and from 2000 to 2001, he was a partner at Morgan, Lewis & Bockius, LLP. From 1998 to 1999, Mr. Bereday served as Vice President and General Counsel of SmarTalk TeleServices, Inc., a publicly-traded telecommunications company, and as its President and Acting General Counsel from 1999 to 2000, after the company filed for Chapter 11 bankruptcy protection. Mr. Bereday received his undergraduate degree from Brown University and a juris doctor, magna cum laude, from Case Western Reserve University School of Law.

      Kate Longworth-Gentry has served as our Senior Vice President, Operations & Technology since May 2004. From July 1999 to May 2004, Ms. Longworth-Gentry worked with HealthNet, Inc. in several capacities, including Senior Vice President, Health Plan Operations. From November 1998 to July 1999, Ms. Longworth-Gentry served as Senior Vice President, Commercial Call Center Operations of First Union, N.A. Ms. Longworth-Gentry has over 25 years experience in the financial services and insurance industries. Ms. Longworth-Gentry attended Augustana College.

      Heath Schiesser has served as our Senior Vice President, Marketing & Sales since July 2002. Prior to that, from May 2002 to July 2002, Mr. Schiesser was a consultant to us. For part of 2001, Mr. Schiesser served as Vice President of the Emerging Business Group at Enron Corporation. In 2000 and 2001, Mr. Schiesser served as a Managing Director at Idealab, an investment firm that developed and funded seed-stage businesses. During 2000, he lead the turnaround and sale of an Idealab portfolio company, iExchange, as President and Chief Executive Officer. From 1998 to 1999, he co-founded and served as the Vice-President of Business Development for YourPharmacy.com, which was sold in October 1999. From 1993 to 1998, Mr. Schiesser worked at McKinsey & Company, an international management consulting firm. Mr. Schiesser received his undergraduate degree from Trinity University and a masters of business administration from Harvard Business School.

      Rupesh Shah has served as our Senior Vice President, Market Expansion since July 2002. From 1994 to 2002, he served as the Chief Executive Officer of Well Care HMO, Inc., one of our predecessor companies, of which he was also a co-founder. Mr. Shah received his bachelor’s degrees from St. Xavier’s College and Gujarat University in India and received his masters of business administration from the University of South Florida.

      Randall Zomermaand has served as our Senior Vice President, Health Services since May 2003. From October 1997 to May 2003, Mr. Zomermaand served as President of Zomermaand Management Services, Inc., a healthcare consulting company, where he worked with numerous healthcare companies, including us from September 2002 to May 2003. Mr. Zomermaand received his undergraduate degree from Hope College and his masters of business administration from Fordham University.

      Imtiaz (“MT”) Sattaur has served as the President of our Florida business since April 2004 and as Senior Vice President, Medicare from January 2004 to April 2004. From October 2002 to December 2003, Mr. Sattaur served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Amerigroup Florida, Inc. From April 1999 to September 2002, Mr. Sattaur served as Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of Affinity Health Plan in New York. Mr. Sattaur has over 20 years experience in health and managed care. Mr. Sattaur received his undergraduate degree from Florida International University.

72


Table of Contents

 

Non-Employee Directors

      Regina Herzlinger has been a member of our board of directors since August 2003. Dr. Herzlinger is the Nancy R. McPherson Professor of Business Administration at the Harvard Business School and has been teaching at Harvard since 1971. She is a member of the boards of directors of C.R. Bard, Inc., Noven Pharmaceuticals, Inc. and Zimmer Holdings, Inc. Dr. Herzlinger received her undergraduate degree from Massachusetts Institute of Technology and her doctorate from the Harvard Business School.

      Kevin Hickey has been a member of our board of directors since November 2002. Since 1999, Mr. Hickey has served as the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of IntelliClaim, Inc., a privately-held application service provider that provides insurance payors with capabilities for enhancing claim processing efficiency and productivity. From 1997 until 1998, Mr. Hickey was Executive Vice President of Operations and Technology for Oxford Health Plans. Mr. Hickey has also served as a director of the American Association of Preferred Provider Organizations from 1999 until 2002; a director of First Health/ HealtheSolutions, a privately-held company, since 1982; a director of Benefit Management Group, a privately-held company, since 1997; a director of Healthaxis Inc., a technology and business process services firm for the health benefits industry, since 2001; and a director of HealthMarket, Inc., a consumer directed health plan, since 2002. Mr. Hickey received his undergraduate degree from Harvard University, a masters in health services administration from the University of Michigan and a juris doctor from Loyola College of Law.

      Alif Hourani has been a member of our board of directors since August 2003. Since 1997, Mr. Hourani has served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Pulse Systems, Inc. a practice management and clinical records software company. From 1987 to 1997, Mr. Hourani held various positions, including Chief Executive Officer of Physician Corporation of America/ Data Systems, Senior Vice President of Management Information Systems of Physician Corporation of America, and Manager of Computer Engineering at the Wolf Creek Nuclear Operating Corporation. Mr. Hourani received his undergraduate degree from the University of Lyon and his masters of science degree and doctorate degrees from the University of Strasbourg. Mr. Hourani is a cousin of Mr. Farha.

      Glen R. Johnson, M.D. has been a member of our board of directors since February 2004. Since May 1998, Dr. Johnson has served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Community Health Choice, Inc., a managed health care organization that provides healthcare services to Medicaid members in the Houston, Texas area. Since March 2003, Dr. Johnson has also served as an expert consultant to the Texas State Board of Medical Examiners, and since 1999 he has been a clinical associate professor in the Department of Family Medicine at Baylor College of Medicine in Houston. From 1990 to October 1997, Dr. Johnson served as Senior Vice President for Medical Affairs and as Corporate Chief Medical Officer of Physician Corporation of America. Dr. Johnson is a delegate of the American Academy of Family Physicians to the American Medical Association and is the former Vice President of The American Academy of Family Physicians. Dr. Johnson received his undergraduate degree and his doctorate from Howard University, and is a certified physician executive.

      Ruben Jose King-Shaw, Jr. has been a member of our board of directors since August 2003. Mr. King-Shaw served as Senior Advisor to the Secretary of the Department of the Treasury from January 2003 to June 2003. From July 2001 to April 2003, Mr. King-Shaw served as Chief Operating Officer and Deputy Administrator of CMS. Prior to that, from January 1999 to July 2001, he served as Secretary of the Agency for Health Care Administration of the State of Florida. Mr. King-Shaw received his undergraduate degree from Cornell University and a masters of business administration from Florida International University.

      Christian P. Michalik has been a member of our Board of Directors since May 2002. Mr. Michalik is currently a private investor and was a partner in Soros Private Equity Partners LLC, the private equity investment business of Soros Fund Management LLC, from 1999 through 2003. From 1997 to 1999, Mr. Michalik was an investment manager with Capital Resource Partners, a private equity investment firm. From 1995 to 1996, Mr. Michalik was an associate at Colony Capital, a real estate investment firm. Mr. Michalik currently serves as a director of DISA, Inc., a third party administrator of employee screening services; Oculan Corporation, a provider of network, system and security management solutions for small and medium-sized businesses; and RLX Technologies, Inc., a provider of modular computing solutions.

73


Table of Contents

Mr. Michalik received his undergraduate degree from Yale University and his masters of business administration from Harvard Business School.

      Neal Moszkowski has been the Chairman of our board of directors since May 2002. Mr. Moszkowski is a Managing Director and Co-Head of Soros Private Equity, the private equity investment business of Soros Fund Management LLC, where he has served since August 1998. From August 1993 to August 1998, Mr. Moszkowski worked for Goldman, Sachs & Co. and affiliates, where he served as a Vice President and an Executive Director in the Principal Investment Area. Mr. Moszkowski currently serves as a director of Bluefly, Inc., an online discount apparel retailer, Day International Group, Inc., a producer and distributor of precision-engineered products, Integra LifeSciences Holdings Corporation, a developer and marketer of medical products primarily for surgical and neurosurgical applications, and JetBlue Airways Corporation, a passenger airline. Mr. Moszkowski received his undergraduate degree from Amherst College and his masters of business administration from the Graduate School of Business of Stanford University.

Key Associates

      Gretchen Demartini has served as our Vice President, Human Resources since February 2003. From 2001 to 2003, Ms. Demartini was a consultant and did volunteer work, including serving on the boards of directors of local agencies. From 1995 to 2001, Ms. Demartini served as Vice President of Human Resources for First American Real Estate Information Services, a division of First American Corporation. Ms. Demartini received her undergraduate degree from Montclair State College and a masters degree from Stevens Institute of Technology.

      Kevin P. Enterlein has served as our Vice President, Network Development since April 2004, and prior to that served as our Vice President, Provider Contracting beginning in December 2003. From 1998 to 2003, Mr. Enterlein worked with Aetna, Inc. in several capacities, including as Regional Vice President, Network Management. Mr. Enterlein received a degree from Westchester Community College.

      John J. Esslinger, M.D. has served as one of our Medical Directors since January 2004. From 2001 to 2003, Dr. Esslinger served as Medical Director of Aetna Healthcare, Inc. Prior to that, from 1999 to 2001, Dr. Esslinger served as Medical Director of Paidos Health Management Services, Inc., a neonatal disease management company. Dr. Esslinger received his undergraduate degree and an M.D. from the University of Minnesota and a masters degree from Tulane University.

      Enrique Diaz-Granados has served as our Vice President, Corporate Sales since December 2003. From February 2003 through December 2003, Mr. Granados served as President of Diversified Consultant Services, a business that conducted sales efforts on behalf of Medicare plans (including ours) and sold other insurance products. From 1992 to 2003, Mr. Granados worked with Humana Health Care Plans in several capacities, including as Regional Vice President, Sales Public Programs. Mr. Granados received his undergraduate degree from the University of Tennessee.

      Douglas Hayward has served as the Chief Operating Officer of our Connecticut business since April 2004, and prior to that served as the Vice President of that business beginning in July 2003. From 1998 until June 2003, Mr. Hayward served as Chief Executive Officer of InvestCare, an independent consulting firm that provided consulting services to our Connecticut operations. From 1996 to 1998, Mr. Hayward served as President and Chief Executive Officer of WellCare of Connecticut. Mr. Hayward received his undergraduate and masters degrees from the University of Michigan and completed a fellowship in HMO management at Georgetown University.

      William L. Kale has served as our Vice President, Behavioral Health since November 2002 and was our Director of Behavioral Health from 1999 until November 2002. From 1985 to 1996, Dr. Kale was President of Professional Psychological Services, a behavioral health management company, which was sold to Horizon Health Corporation, where he continued as President until 1998. Dr. Kale received his undergraduate degree from Ohio State University and his masters and doctorate degrees from the University of South Florida.

      Vince P. Kunz, M.D. has served as one of our Medical Directors since February 2003. From 2000 to 2003, Dr. Kunz served as Market and Network Medical Director of CIGNA HealthCare of Florida. Prior to that,

74


Table of Contents

from 1998 to 2000, Dr. Kunz served as Medical Director of MVP Health Care, a not-for-profit health plan. Dr. Kunz received his undergraduate degree from College of Holy Cross and his M.D. from New Jersey Medical School.

      Stephen W. Ogilvie has served as our Vice President, Operations since October 2003. In 2003, Mr. Ogilvie served as Senior Account Manager, Healthcare Group of Perot Systems Corporation, a provider of information technology services and business solutions. From 1998 to 2002, Mr. Ogilvie was Director— Government Business Practice and Director— Healthplan Practice of First Consulting Group, a provider of consulting, technology, applied research and outsourcing services to healthcare providers, health plan insurers, government healthcare and life sciences companies.

      Daniel Parietti has served as Chief Operating Officer of our New York business since April 2004, and prior to that served as the Vice President of that business beginning in September 2002. From 2001 to 2002, Mr. Parietti served as Chief Operating Officer of La Cruz Azul de Puerto Rico, a large health plan in Puerto Rico. Prior to that, from 2000 to 2001, Mr. Parietti served as Vice President, Network and Delivery Systems Management with Health Net, Inc. From 1993 to 2000, Mr. Parietti worked with Humana, Inc. in several capacities, including as Associate Executive Director, Humana Puerto Rico. Mr. Parietti received his undergraduate degree from the United States Military Academy at West Point, and a masters of business administration from George Mason University.

      Jeffrey Potter has served as our Vice President, Corporate Development since April 2004, and prior to that served as Director, Business Analysis beginning in May 2002. From 1999 to 2001, Mr. Potter was Manager, Business Development at Best Doctors, Inc., a provider of information and referral services for patients suffering from critical illnesses. Prior to that, from 1998 to 1999, Mr. Potter was a financial consultant with A.G. Edwards & Sons, a brokerage firm. Mr. Potter received his undergraduate degree from Princeton University.

      John L. Sirera has served as our Vice President, Pharmacy since September 2002. From 2000 to 2002, Mr. Sirera served as Regional Account Manager for Managed Markets Organization for Pharmacia Corporation. From 1999 to 2000, Mr. Sirera was a consultant to AMD Specialty Pharmacy, where he acted as Vice President of Managed Care Services and a consultant to Florida Health Choice, where he acted as Pharmacy Director. From 1998 to 1999, Mr. Sirera served as Operations Director, Eastern Region for Integrated Pharmaceutical Services. Mr. Sirera received his undergraduate degree from the University of Pittsburgh.

      Brendan R. Shanahan has served as our Vice President, Financial Planning and Analysis since August 2003. From 2002 to August 2003, Mr. Shanahan was the Chief Financial Officer of Destiny Health, a consumer-focused health insurer. From 1998 to 2002, Mr. Shanahan served as the Chief Financial Officer of IntelliClaim, Inc., a privately-held application service provider that provides insurance payors with capabilities for enhancing claim processing efficiency and productivity. Mr. Shanahan received his undergraduate degree from The Citadel and a masters in business administration from Hofstra University. Mr. Shanahan is a certified public accountant.

      Robert Slepin has served as our Chief Information Officer since May 2003. From January 2001 to May 2003, Mr. Slepin served as Vice President, Computer Operations of Deltnanet, Inc., an information technology company focused on the healthcare industry. From March 1998 to December 2000, he served as Vice President, Information Systems/Chief Information Officer for Sutter Health Central, a not-for-profit network of community-based health care providers. Mr. Slepin received his undergraduate degree from Duke University.

      Alan R. Smith, M.D. has served as one of our Medical Directors since February 2003. From 1996 to 2003, Dr. Smith served as Senior Regional Quality Management Medical Director for Aetna U.S. Healthcare, Southeast Region. Since 1998, Dr. Smith has served as a surveyor and advisor for the Patient Advisory Group of the National Committee for Quality Assurance. Dr. Smith received his undergraduate degree and M.D. from the University of Chicago.

75


Table of Contents

      David K. Smith has served as our Vice President, Finance since August 2002. From 2000 to July 2002, Mr. Smith was President of David Kelsey Smith & Associates, an independent healthcare consultancy. Prior to that, from 1998 to 2000, Mr. Smith served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Pioneer Eye Care, a specialty physician practice management and managed care company. Mr. Smith received his undergraduate degree from Suffolk University and a masters degree from Cambridge College.

      William S. White has served as our Corporate Controller since March 2003. From 1997 to 2002, Mr. White held several positions, including Corporate Controller, at Blue Cross and Blue Shield of North Carolina. Prior to that, Mr. White was a senior manager in the financial services practice of Price Waterhouse, LLP. Mr. White received his undergraduate degree from North Carolina Wesleyan College. Mr. White is a certified public accountant.

      Diane Wilkosz has served as our Vice President, Provider Operations since April 2004, and prior to that served as our Vice President, Provider Relations beginning in February 2003. From 1981 to 2002, Ms. Wilkosz worked with CIGNA HealthCare of Florida in several capacities, including as Vice President, Executive Director, Practice Management. Ms. Wilkosz received her undergraduate degree from the University of Buffalo and a masters of business administration from the University of Tampa.

Terms of Office

      At present, all directors are elected and serve until a successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal. Our executive officers are elected by, and serve until dismissed by, the board of directors.

      Upon the completion of this offering, our board will be divided into three classes, as nearly equal in number as possible, with each director serving a three-year term and one class being elected at each year’s annual meeting of stockholders. Messrs. Farha and Hickey and Dr. Herzlinger will be in the class of directors whose term expires at the 2005 annual meeting of our stockholders. Messrs. King-Shaw and Michalik and Dr. Johnson will be in the class of directors whose term expires at the 2006 annual meeting of our stockholders. Messrs. Hourani and Moszkowski will be in the class of directors whose term expires at the 2007 annual meeting of our stockholders. At each annual meeting of our stockholders, successors to the class of directors whose term expires at such meeting will be elected to serve for three-year terms or until their respective successors are elected and qualified.

Board Committees

      The audit committee of the board of directors makes recommendations concerning the engagement of independent public accountants. The audit committee charter mandates that the audit committee approve all audit, audit-related, tax and other services conducted by our independent accountants. In addition, the committee reviews the plans, results and fees of the audit engagement with our independent public accountants, and any independence issues with our independent public accountants. The audit committee also reviews the adequacy of our internal accounting controls. The current members of the audit committee are Messrs. Hickey and Michalik and Dr. Herzlinger.

      The compensation committee of the board of directors determines compensation for our executive officers and administers our equity plans. The compensation committee currently consists of Messrs. Hickey, Hourani and Moszkowski.

      The nominating and corporate governance committee of the board of directors nominates candidates for election to the board of directors and oversees corporate governance processes. The nominating and corporate governance committee currently consists of Messrs. Hourani, Michalik and Moszkowski.

Employment Contracts, Termination of Employment and Change-in-Control Arrangements

      Todd S. Farha serves as our Chief Executive Officer, President and a member of our board of directors pursuant to an amended and restated employment agreement dated June      , 2004. The agreement has an initial term of three years, commencing on July 31, 2002, and will automatically renew for an additional three-

76


Table of Contents

year period unless either party notifies the other that the term will not be extended. Under the agreement, Mr. Farha is entitled to an annual salary of $300,000, subject to annual review and potential increase by our board of directors. In addition, Mr. Farha is eligible to receive an annual cash bonus, based upon the satisfaction of performance criteria to be established annually by our compensation committee. If Mr. Farha’s employment is terminated by us without cause, or by Mr. Farha for good reason, then Mr. Farha will be entitled to continue to receive his base salary for 12 months, or 24 months if the termination occurs after a change of control. He will also be entitled to receive an amount equal to his target bonus for the year in which the termination occurs, payable one year after the date of termination, as well as continuation of benefits for 12 months following termination. We would also be obligated to make additional payments to Mr. Farha if he were to incur any excise taxes pursuant to Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code on account of the benefits and payments provided under the agreement. The additional payments would be in an amount such that, after taking into account all applicable federal, state and local taxes applicable to such additional payments, Mr. Farha would be able to retain from such additional payments an amount equal to the excise taxes that are imposed without regard to these additional payments. Mr. Farha has agreed not to compete with us during the term of his employment and for one year thereafter, except that if Mr. Farha’s employment terminates because we notify him that the term of his agreement will not be renewed, the non-competition covenant will not apply following the term unless we elect to continue to pay him his base salary during that period.

      Paul Behrens serves as our Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, Thaddeus Bereday serves as our Senior Vice President and General Counsel, and Heath Schiesser serves as our Senior Vice President, Marketing & Sales, pursuant to employment agreements with us. Each agreement has an initial term of three years, and will automatically renew for successive additional one-year periods thereafter unless either party notifies the other that the term will not be extended. Under the agreements, Mr. Behrens is entitled to an annual salary of $275,000, Mr. Bereday is entitled to an annual salary of $250,000, and Mr. Schiesser is entitled to an annual salary of $250,000, in each case subject to annual review and potential increase by our board of directors. In addition, each is eligible to receive an annual bonus, payable in the form of cash or equity, based upon the satisfaction of performance criteria to be established annually by our compensation committee. If the employment of any of these executives is terminated by us without cause, or by the executive for good reason, the executive will be entitled to continue to receive his base salary and benefits for 12 months following the date of termination. In addition, in the case of Mr. Schiesser, if the termination occurs within six months after a change of control has occurred or a definitive agreement providing for a change of control has been signed, or if a definitive agreement providing for a change of control is signed within six months after the date of termination, he would also be entitled to receive an amount equal to his expected potential bonus payable for the 12-month period following the termination. Each of the executives has agreed not to compete with us during the term of his employment and for one year thereafter.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

      No member of the compensation committee serves as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any other entity that has one or more executive officers serving as a member of our board of directors or compensation committee.

Director Compensation

      We reimburse each member of our board of directors for out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with attending board meetings. We pay each member of our board who is not an associate an annual director’s fee of $25,000 for attending meetings of the board of directors and committee meetings. Effective upon the closing of this offering, we intend to grant to each member of our board who is not an associate, other than Mr. Moszkowski, an option to purchase 5,000 shares (or, in the case of Ms. Herzlinger, 10,000 shares) of our common stock, vesting over a four-year period, at an exercise price equal to the offering price of our common stock in this offering. We may, in our discretion, grant additional stock options and other equity awards to our directors from time to time.

77


Table of Contents

      During 2003, certain of our directors were given the opportunity to purchase a specified number of Class A Common Units. As a result of those purchases, those directors were granted, for no additional consideration, a specified number of Class C Common Units, subject to vesting over a four-year period from the date of grant. Upon the completion of our reorganization, all of these units will convert into shares of our common stock, and the vesting restrictions will remain in place. In May 2003, Mr. Hickey purchased 12,929 shares, and was granted 38,786 shares, under this program, and in September 2003, Dr. Herzlinger and Messrs. King-Shaw and Hourani each purchased 12,929 shares, and was granted 38,786 shares, under this program. In addition, in December 2003, Mr. Michalik purchased 7,374 shares of our common stock, and was granted options to purchase an additional 38,786 shares at an exercise price of $6.78 per share, subject to vesting over a four-year period commencing in June 2003. The aggregate price paid by each director for the shares purchased by him or her in 2003 was $50,000.

Executive Compensation

      The table below summarizes information concerning the compensation earned during 2003 for services rendered to us in all capacities by our chief executive officer and each of the executive officers listed below. The compensation table excludes other compensation in the form of perquisites and other personal benefits to a named executive officer where that compensation constituted less than the lesser of $50,000 or 10% of his total annual salary and bonus for such fiscal year. We have prepared this table as if our reorganization as a corporation had already occurred at the time that the restricted stock awards were made.

Summary Compensation Table

                                                           
Long-Term
Annual Compensation Compensation


Other Annual Securities All Other
Compensation Restricted Stock Underlying Compensation
Name and Principal Position Year Salary($) Bonus($) ($) Awards($) Options(#) ($)








Todd S. Farha
    2003     $ 300,000     $ 600,000     $ 65,427 (4)   $ (10)         $ 554 (15)
  President and Chief Executive Officer                                                        
Paul L. Behrens
    2003       68,750 (1)     260,000 (3)     19,286 (5)     1,116,612 (11)            
  Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer                                                        
Thaddeus Bereday
    2003       250,000       210,000       83,141 (6)     4,028 (12)            
  Senior Vice President and General Counsel                                                        
Heath Schiesser
    2003       250,000       210,000       60,808 (7)     5,639 (13)           2,400 (15)
  Senior Vice President, Marketing & Sales                                                        
Rupesh Shah
    2003       275,000       135,000       3,969 (8)           124,115        
  Senior Vice President, Market Expansion                                                        
Randall Zomermaand
    2003       121,846 (2)     100,000       30,749 (9)     1,000 (14)           66,256 (16)
  Senior Vice President, Health Services                                                        

  (1)   Mr. Behrens commenced employment with us on September 15, 2003. His annual salary is $275,000.
  (2)   Mr. Zomermaand commenced employment with us on May 1, 2003. His annual salary is $220,000.
  (3)   Includes a signing bonus of $75,000.
  (4)   Represents a housing allowance of $35,980, an automobile allowance of $9,921 and a gross up payment for income taxes relating to these allowances of $19,526.
  (5)   Represents a reimbursement for relocation expenses of $12,088 and a gross up payment for income taxes relating to this reimbursement of $7,198.
  (6)   Represents a reimbursement for relocation expenses of $59,433 and a gross up payment for income taxes relating to this reimbursement of $23,708.

78


Table of Contents

  (7)   Represents a reimbursement for relocation expenses of $42,138 and a gross up payment for income taxes relating to this reimbursement of $18,670.
  (8)   Represents an automobile allowance.
  (9)   Represents a reimbursement for relocation expenses of $27,978 and a gross up payment for income taxes relating to the reimbursement of $2,771.
(10)   On September 6, 2002, Mr. Farha received an award of 1,559,337 restricted shares of common stock, of which 682,210 were unvested as of December 31, 2003. The value of the aggregate unvested restricted shares held by Mr. Farha as of December 31, 2003 was $3,060,507, based on the fair market value of our common stock on December 31, 2003. The restricted stock award was 25% vested on the date of grant, and the remainder vests over a three-year period, at a rate of 2.0833% upon the end of each full calendar month after the grant date. The grant would immediately vest in full upon a change of control of WellCare. Dividends, if any are declared, will be paid on the restricted shares.
(11)   On September 30, 2003, Mr. Behrens received an award of 437,463 restricted shares of common stock, all of which were unvested as of December 31, 2003. The value of this award as reflected in the Summary Compensation Table is based on the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The value of the aggregate unvested restricted shares held by Mr. Behrens as of December 31, 2003 was $1,962,531, based on the fair market value of our common stock on December 31, 2003. The restricted stock award vests over a four-year period, at a rate of 25% on September 15, 2004 and 2.0833% upon the end of each full calendar month thereafter. The grant would immediately vest in full upon the termination of Mr. Behrens’ employment by WellCare without cause, or by Mr. Behrens for good reason, following a change of control of WellCare. Dividends, if any are declared, will be paid on the restricted shares.
(12)   On May 31, 2003, Mr. Bereday received a grant of 312,474 restricted shares of common stock, 227,845 shares of which were unvested as of December 31, 2003. The value of this award as reflected in the Summary Compensation Table is based on the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The value of the aggregate unvested restricted shares held by Mr. Bereday as of December 31, 2003 was $1,022,151 based on the fair market value of our common stock on December 31, 2003. The restricted stock award vests over a four-year period, at a rate of 2.0833% upon the end of each full calendar month following the date of grant. The grant would immediately vest in full upon the termination of Mr. Bereday’s employment by WellCare without cause, or by Mr. Bereday for good reason, within 12 months following a change of control of WellCare. Dividends, if any are declared, will be paid on the restricted shares.
(13)   On May 30, 2003, Mr. Schiesser received a grant of 437,463 restricted shares of common stock, 291,642 shares of which were unvested as of December 31, 2003. The value of this award as reflected in the Summary Compensation Table is based on the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The value of the aggregate unvested restricted shares held by Mr. Schiesser as of December 31, 2003 was $1,308,353, based on the fair market value of our common stock on December 31, 2003. The restricted stock award vests over a four-year period, at a rate of 2.0833% upon the end of each full calendar month following the date of grant. The grant would immediately vest in full upon the termination of Mr. Schiesser’s employment by WellCare without cause, or by Mr. Schiesser for good reason, within six months of a change of control of WellCare. Dividends, if any are declared, will be paid on the restricted shares.
(14)   On May 30, 2003, Mr. Zomermaand received a grant of 77,572 restricted shares of common stock, all of which were unvested as of December 31, 2003. The value of this award as reflected in the Summary Compensation Table is based on the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The value of the aggregate unvested restricted shares held by Mr. Zomermaand as of December 31, 2003 was $348,000, based on the fair market value of our common stock on December 31, 2003. The restricted stock award vests over a four-year period, at a rate of 25% on May 1, 2004 and 2.0833% upon the end of each full calendar month thereafter. Dividends, if any are declared, will be paid on the restricted shares.
(15)   Represents company matching of 401(k) contributions.
(16)   Represents consulting fees paid prior to becoming an associate.

Option Grant in Last Fiscal Year

      The following table sets forth information concerning the stock option grant made to Mr. Shah, who was the only named executive officer to receive an option grant in the fiscal year ended December 31, 2003. The exercise price per share for the options was equal to the fair market value of the common stock as of the grant date as determined by our board of directors. The options granted to Mr. Shah in 2003 were vested as to 46,667 shares on the date on which they were granted, and vest as to an additional 2.0833% of the shares subject to the option upon the end of each full calendar month after the grant date as long as he continues to serve as one of our employees. Potential realizable value is calculated net of exercise prices and before taxes based on the assumption that our common stock appreciates at the annual rate shown, compounded annually, from the date of grant until the expiration of the option term. The potential realizable value is calculated based on the requirements of the SEC and does not reflect our estimate of future stock price growth. Actual gains, if any, on stock option exercises will depend on the future performance of our common stock and the date on

79


Table of Contents

which the options are exercised. We have prepared this table as if our reorganization as a corporation had already occurred at the time that the option grants were made.
                                                 
Potential Realizable
Value at Assumed
Annual Rate of Stock
Price Appreciation For
Individual Grants Option Term


Percent of
Total Options
Number of Securities Granted to Exercise
Underlying Options Employees in Price per Expiration
Name Granted(#) 2003 Share Date 5%($) 10%($)







Rupesh Shah
    124,115       14.6 %   $ 3.87       9/30/2013     $ 1,180,394     $ 2,016,081  

Aggregated Option Exercises in Last Fiscal Year and Fiscal Year-End Option Values

      The following table sets forth information regarding exercisable and unexercisable stock options held as of December 31, 2003 by Mr. Shah, who was the only named executive officer who held options as of that date. The value of unexercised in-the-money option represents the total gain which would be realized if all in-the-money options held at December 31, 2003 were exercised, determined by multiplying the number of shares underlying the options by the difference between the per share fair market value of our shares as of December 31, 2003, as determined by our board, and the per share option exercise price. An option is in-the-money if the fair market value of the underlying shares exceeds the exercise price of the option. We have prepared this table as if our reorganization as a “C” corporation had already occurred at the time that the option grants were made.

                                 
Number of Securities
Underlying Unexercised Value of Unexercised In-
Options as of The-Money Options as of
Shares Acquired Value December 31, 2003(#) December 31, 2003($)
Name on Exercise(#) Realized($) Exercisable/Unexercisable Exercisable/Unexercisable





Rupesh Shah
                43,957/80,158       $127,915/$233,259  

Employee Benefit Plans

 
2004 Equity Incentive Plan

      In connection with our reorganization as a corporation immediately prior to the closing of this offering, our board of directors plans to adopt and submit to our stockholders for approval our 2004 Equity Incentive Plan, which will be effective immediately prior to the closing of our reorganization. The Equity Incentive Plan is designed to enable us to attract, retain and motivate our directors, officers, associates and consultants, and to further align their interests with those of our stockholders, by providing for or increasing their ownership interests in our company.

      Administration. The Equity Incentive Plan will be administered by the compensation committee of our board of directors. Our board may, however, at any time resolve to administer the Equity Incentive Plan. Subject to the specific provisions of the Equity Incentive Plan, the compensation committee is authorized to select persons to participate in the Equity Incentive Plan, determine the form and substance of grants made under the Equity Incentive Plan to each participant, and otherwise make all determinations for the administration of the Equity Incentive Plan.

      Participation. Individuals who will be eligible to participate in the Equity Incentive Plan will be directors (including non-employee directors), officers (including non-employee officers) and employees of, and other individuals performing services for, or to whom an offer of employment has been extended by, us or our subsidiaries.

80


Table of Contents

      Type of Awards. The Equity Incentive Plan will provide for the issuance of stock options, stock appreciation rights, or SARs, restricted stock, deferred stock, dividend equivalents, other stock-based awards and performance awards. Performance awards may be based on the achievement of certain business or personal criteria or goals, as determined by the compensation committee.

      Available Shares. An aggregate of 4,573,693 shares of our common stock will initially be reserved for issuance under the Equity Incentive Plan, subject to certain adjustments reflecting changes in our capitalization. The number of shares reserved for issuance will be subject to an annual increase to be added on January 1 of each year, commencing on January 1, 2005 and ending on January 1, 2013. The annual increase will be equal to the lesser of 3% of the number of shares outstanding on each such date, 1,200,000 shares, or such lesser amount determined by our board. If any grant under the Equity Incentive Plan expires or terminates unexercised, becomes unexercisable or is forfeited as to any shares, or is tendered or withheld as to any shares in payment of the exercise price of the grant or the taxes payable with respect to the exercise, then such unpurchased, forfeited, tendered or withheld shares will thereafter be available for further grants under the Equity Incentive Plan unless, in the case of options granted under the Equity Incentive Plan, related SARs are exercised. The Equity Incentive Plan will provide that the compensation committee shall not grant, in any one calendar year, to any one participant awards to purchase or acquire a number of shares of common stock in excess of 15% of the total number of shares authorized for issuance under the Equity Incentive Plan.

      Option Grants. Options granted under the Equity Incentive Plan may be either incentive stock options within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code or non-qualified stock options, as the compensation committee may determine. The exercise price per share for each option will be established by the compensation committee, except that in the case of the grant of any incentive stock option, the exercise price may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of a share of common stock as of the date of grant of the option. In the case of the grant of any incentive stock option to an employee who, at the time of the grant, owns more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all of our classes of stock, the exercise price may not be less than 110% of the fair market value of a share of common stock as of the date of grant of the option.

      Terms of Options. The term during which each option may be exercised will be determined by the compensation committee, but if required by the Internal Revenue Code and except as otherwise provided in the Equity Incentive Plan, no option will be exercisable in whole or in part more than ten years from the date it is granted, and no incentive stock option granted to an employee who at the time of the grant owns more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all of our classes of stock will be exercisable more than five years from the date it is granted. All rights to purchase shares pursuant to an option will, unless sooner terminated, expire at the date designated by the compensation committee. The compensation committee will determine the date on which each option will become exercisable and may provide that an option will become exercisable in installments. The shares constituting each installment may be purchased in whole or in part at any time after such installment becomes exercisable, subject to such minimum exercise requirements as may be designated by the compensation committee. Prior to the exercise of an option and delivery of the shares represented thereby, the optionee will have no rights as a stockholder, including any dividend or voting rights, with respect to any shares covered by such outstanding option. If required by the Internal Revenue Code, the aggregate fair market value, determined as of the grant date, of shares for which an incentive stock option is exercisable for the first time during any calendar year under all of our equity incentive plans may not exceed $100,000.

      Stock Appreciation Rights. SARs entitle a participant to receive the amount by which the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the date of exercise exceeds the grant price of the SAR. The grant price and the term of an SAR will be determined by the compensation committee. However, no SAR may have a term exceeding ten years.

      Termination of Options and SARs. Unless otherwise determined by the compensation committee, and subject to certain exemptions and conditions, if a participant ceases to be a director, officer or employee of, or to otherwise perform services for us for any reason other than death, disability, retirement or termination for cause, all of the participant’s options and SARs that were exercisable on the date of such cessation will remain exercisable for, and will otherwise terminate at the end of, a period of 30 days after the date of such cessation.

81


Table of Contents

In the case of death or disability, all of the participant’s options and SARs that were exercisable on the date of such death or disability will remain so for a period of 180 days from the date of such death or disability. In the case of retirement, all of the participant’s options and SARs that were exercisable on the date of retirement will remain exercisable for, and shall otherwise terminate at the end of, a period of 90 days after the date of retirement. In the case of a termination for cause, or if a participant does not become a director, officer or employee of, or does not begin performing other services for us for any reason, all of the participant’s options and SARs will expire and be forfeited immediately upon such cessation or non-commencement, whether or not then exercisable.

      Restricted Stock and Deferred Shares. Restricted stock is a grant of shares of our common stock that may not be sold or disposed of, and that may be forfeited in the event of certain terminations of employment, prior to the end of a restricted period set by the compensation committee. A participant granted restricted stock generally has all of the rights of a stockholder, unless the compensation committee determines otherwise. An award of deferred shares confers upon a participant the right to receive shares of our common stock at the end of a deferral period set by the compensation committee, subject to possible forfeiture of the award in the event of certain terminations of employment prior to the end of deferral period. Prior to settlement, an award of deferred shares carries no voting or dividend rights or other rights associated with share ownership, although dividend equivalents may be granted in connection with restricted stock or deferred shares.

      Dividend Equivalents. Dividend equivalents confer the right to receive, currently or on a deferred basis, cash, shares of our common stock, other awards or other property equal in value to dividends paid on a specific number of shares of our common stock. Dividend equivalents may be granted alone or in connection with another award, and may be paid currently or on a deferred basis. If deferred, dividend equivalents may be deemed to have been reinvested in additional shares of our common stock.

      Other Stock-Based Awards. The compensation committee is authorized to grant other awards that are denominated or payable in, valued by reference to, or otherwise based on or related to shares of our common stock, under the Equity Incentive Plan. These awards may include convertible or exchangeable debt securities, other rights convertible or exchangeable into shares of common stock, purchase rights for shares of common stock, awards with value and payment contingent upon our performance as a company or any other factors designated by the compensation committee. The compensation committee will determine the terms and conditions of these awards.

      Performance Awards. The compensation committee may subject a participant’s right to exercise or receive a grant or settlement of an award, and the timing of the grant or settlement, to performance conditions specified by the compensation committee. Performance awards may be granted under the Equity Incentive Plan in a manner that results in their qualifying as performance-based compensation exempt from the limitation on tax deductibility under Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code for compensation in excess of $1,000,000 paid to our chief executive officer and our four highest compensated officers. The compensation committee will determine performance award terms, including the required levels of performance with respect to particular business criteria, the corresponding amounts payable upon achievement of those levels of performance, termination and forfeiture provisions and the form of settlement. In granting performance awards, the compensation committee may establish unfunded award “pools,” the amounts of which will be based upon the achievement of a performance goal or goals based on one or more business criteria. Business criteria might include, for example, total stockholder return, net income, pretax earnings, EBITDA, earnings per share, or return on investment.

      Amendment of Outstanding Awards and Amendment/ Termination of Plan. The board of directors or the compensation committee generally will have the power and authority to amend or terminate the Equity Incentive Plan at any time without approval from our stockholders. The compensation committee generally will have the authority to amend the terms of any outstanding award under the plan, including, without limitation, the ability to reduce the exercise price of any options or SARs or to accelerate the dates on which they become exercisable or vest, at any time without approval from our stockholders. No amendment will become effective without the prior approval of our stockholders if stockholder approval would be required by

82


Table of Contents

applicable law or regulations, including if required for continued compliance with the performance-based compensation exception of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code, under provisions of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code or by any listing requirement of the principal stock exchange on which our common stock is then listed. Unless previously terminated by the board or the committee, the Equity Incentive Plan will terminate on the tenth anniversary of its adoption. No termination of the Equity Incentive Plan will materially and adversely affect any of the rights or obligations of any person, without his or her written consent, under any grant of options or other incentives theretofore granted under the Equity Incentive Plan.
 
2002 Equity Plans

      Our 2002 Senior Executive Equity Plan and our 2002 Employee Option Plan were both adopted by the board of directors and became effective in September 2002. A maximum of 3,438,522 shares of common stock in the aggregate were reserved for issuances to associates under the plans. Both plans are administered by our board of directors and the compensation committee.

      Under the Senior Executive Equity Plan, each participant was given the opportunity to purchase a specified number of what were, prior to our reorganization as a corporation, Class A Common Units. As a result of that purchase, each participant was granted, for no consideration, a specified number of what were Class C Common Units. Under the Employee Option Plan, each participant was granted an option to purchase a specified number of what were Class A Common Units. The securities that were granted under both plans are subject to the terms, including vesting, set forth in each subscription agreement or option agreement, as applicable. All securities granted pursuant to the plans are subject to repurchase by us at fair market value if the participant ceases to be employed by us.

      Upon the closing of our reorganization as a corporation, the Class C Common Units granted under the Senior Executive Equity Plan will be converted automatically into shares of our common stock, and the options granted under the Employee Option Plan will be converted automatically into equivalent options to purchase our common stock. Each granted share and option will be subject to the same vesting terms as in each holder’s original subscription or option agreement, as applicable. The number of shares subject to each option and their exercise price will be adjusted to reflect any stock split effected in connection with the restructuring. Following our restructuring transactions, 19 of our employees will hold a total of 2,042,586 shares under our Senior Executive Equity Plan, of which 560,315 will be vested. In addition, 144 of our employees will hold options under our Employee Option Plan exercisable for approximately 1,363,519 shares of our common stock, at a weighted average exercise price of $5.31, of which 96,330 will be vested. We do not intend to issue any additional securities under either of these plans.

 
Employee Stock Purchase Plan

      2004 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. Our board of directors plans to adopt and submit to our stockholders for approval our 2004 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, which will become effective immediately prior to the closing of our reorganization. The purpose of the plan is to provide an incentive for our employees (and employees of our subsidiaries designated by our board of directors) to purchase our common stock and acquire a proprietary interest in us.

      Administration. A committee designated by our board will administer the plan. The plan vests the committee with the authority to interpret the plan, to prescribe, amend, and rescind rules and regulations relating to the plan, and to make all other determinations necessary or advisable for the administration of the plan, although our board of directors may exercise any such authority in lieu of the committee. In all cases, the plan will be required to be administered in such a manner as to comply with applicable requirements of Rule 16b-3 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

      Eligibility and Participation. As of the date of this offering, each person who is employed either by us or by one of our designated subsidiaries and is expected on a regularly-scheduled basis to work more than 20 hours per week for more than five months per calendar year, automatically will be enrolled in the plan.

83


Table of Contents

Persons who subsequently become employed by us or one of our designated subsidiaries will be eligible once they have completed three months of service, provided they are expected on a regularly-scheduled basis to work more than 20 hours per week for more than five months per calendar year.

      Options to Purchase/ Purchase of Shares. Each participant will be granted an option to purchase shares of our common stock at the beginning of each “offering period” under the plan which generally will be 24 months, on each “exercise date,” during the offering period. Exercise dates generally will occur on each June 30 and December 31. Participants will purchase the shares of our common stock through after-tax payroll deductions, not to exceed 10% of the participant’s total base salary. No participant may purchase more than 750 shares of common stock on any one exercise date, or more than $10,000 of common stock in any one calendar year. The purchase price for each share will generally be the lower of 85% of the fair market value of a share on the first day of the offering period, or 85% of the fair market value on the exercise date. If the fair market value on any exercise date during an offering period is lower than it was on the first day of the offering period, that offering period will automatically terminate and a new 24-month offering period will commence on the next July 1 or January 1, as applicable. If a participant’s employment with us or one of our designated subsidiaries terminates, any outstanding option of that participant also will terminate.

      Share Reserve. 381,141 shares of our common stock will be reserved for issuance over the term of the plan. That amount will be increased each year by the lowest of 400,000 shares, 1% of all shares outstanding at the end of the previous year, or a lower amount determined by our board. If any option to purchase reserved shares is not exercised by a participant for any reason, or if the option terminates, the shares that were not purchased shall again become available under the plan. The number of shares available under the plan also will be subject to periodic adjustment for changes in the outstanding common stock occasioned by stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations or other similar changes affecting our outstanding common stock.

      Amendment and Termination. Our board or the committee generally will have the power and authority to amend the plan from time to time in any respect without the approval of our stockholders. However, no amendment will become effective without the prior approval of our stockholders if stockholder approval would be required by applicable law or regulation, including Rule 16b-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code, or any listing requirement of the principal stock exchange on which our common stock is then listed. Additionally, except as otherwise specified in the plan, no amendment may make any change to an option already granted that adversely affects the rights of any participant. The plan will terminate at the earliest of the tenth anniversary of its implementation, the time when there are no remaining reserved shares available for purchase under the plan, or an earlier time that our board may determine.

      401(k) Profit Sharing Plan.

      We have adopted a tax-qualified employee savings and retirement plan, the 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan, for eligible associates. Eligible associates may elect to defer a portion of their eligible compensation, subject to the statutorily prescribed annual limit. We may make matching contributions on behalf of all participants who have elected to make deferrals to the 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan in an amount determined annually by us. Any contributions to the plan by us or the participants are paid to a trustee. The contributions made by us, if any, are subject to a vesting schedule; all other contributions are fully vested at all times. The 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan, and the accompanying trust, is intended to qualify under Sections 401(k) and 501 of the Internal Revenue Code, so that contributions by us or by associates and income earned (if any) on plan contributions are not taxable to associates until withdrawn and contributions by us, if any, will be deductible by the company when made. At the direction of each participant, the trustee invests the contributions made to the 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan in any number of investment options.

Limitations on Liability of Directors and Officers and Indemnification

 
Limitation of Liability

      Our certificate of incorporation which will take effect upon completion of this offering will provide that our officers and directors will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages resulting from a breach of fiduciary duty, to the maximum extent permitted by Delaware law. Under Delaware law,

84


Table of Contents

directors of a corporation will not be personally liable for monetary damages for breach of their fiduciary duties as directors, except for:

  any breach of the duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders;
 
  acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;
 
  unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions; or
 
  any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

      This limitation of liability does not apply to non-monetary remedies that may be available, such as injunctive relief or rescission, nor does it relieve our officers and directors from complying with federal or state securities laws.

 
Indemnification

      Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws will provide that we shall indemnify our directors and executive officers, and may indemnify our other corporate agents, to the fullest extent permitted by law. An officer or director shall not be entitled to indemnification if:

  the officer or director did not act in good faith and in a manner reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to our best interests; or
 
  the officer or director is subject to criminal action or proceedings and had reasonable cause to believe the conduct was unlawful.

      We have entered into agreements to indemnify our directors and certain executive officers in addition to the indemnification provided for in our certificate of incorporation and our bylaws. These agreements, among other things, provide for indemnification of our directors and officers for expenses specified in the agreements, including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by any of these persons in any action or proceeding arising out of these persons’ services as a director or officer for us, any of our subsidiaries or any other entity to which the person provides services at our request. We believe that these provisions and agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers.

85


Table of Contents

CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS

      The summaries of the agreements described below are not complete and you should read the agreements in their entirety. These agreements have been filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

      Other than the transactions described below, for the last three full fiscal years there has not been, nor is there currently proposed, any transaction or series of similar transactions to which we are or will be a party in which the amount involved exceeded or will exceed $60,000, and in which any director, executive officer, holder of more than 5% of our common stock on an as-converted basis or any member of their immediate family has or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

      Although we do not have a separate conflicts policy, we comply with Delaware law with respect to transactions involving potential conflicts. Delaware law requires that all transactions between us and any director or executive officer are subject to full disclosure and approval of the majority of the disinterested members of our board of directors, approval of the majority of our stockholders or the determination that the contract or transaction is intrinsically fair to us.

Acquisition Agreements

      We were formed in May 2002 for the purpose of acquiring the WellCare group of companies. That acquisition was completed in July 2002, through two transactions. In the first, we acquired our Florida operations, including our Well Care HMO and HealthEase subsidiaries, in a stock purchase from Rupesh Shah, our Senior Vice President, Market Expansion, his spouse, and certain other stockholders, pursuant to a purchase agreement. The purchase price for this transaction consisted of:

  $50 million in cash;
 
  the issuance of a senior subordinated non-negotiable promissory note in the original principal amount of $53 million, subject to adjustments for earnouts and other purchase price adjustments; and
 
  •   warrants to purchase Class B Common Units, which will be converted into 1,774,096 shares of our common stock in our reorganization.

      The purchase price was subject to adjustment, based upon a number of earn-outs and other calculations. In February 2004, the remaining principal amount of the note was fixed at $119.7 million pursuant to the terms of a settlement agreement with the selling stockholders. See “— Amendment and Settlement Agreement.”

      In the second transaction, we acquired The WellCare Management Group, Inc., a publicly-traded holding company and the parent company of our New York and Connecticut operations, by means of a merger of that company into a wholly-owned subsidiary of ours, pursuant to an agreement and plan of merger. The purchase price for this transaction consisted of approximately $7.72 million in cash. Mr. Shah was also a stockholder of The WellCare Management Group prior to the acquisition.

Other Agreements with Selling Stockholders

      In connection with our acquisition of our Florida business pursuant to the purchase agreement, we entered into the following agreements with Mr. Shah and the other selling stockholders:

      Seller Note. As part of the consideration for the acquisition, we issued a senior subordinated promissory note in the original principal amount of $53 million to the stockholder representative on behalf of the stockholders of the Florida business, including Mr. Shah and his spouse. In February 2004, the remaining principal amount of the note was fixed at $119.7 million pursuant to the terms of a settlement agreement with the selling stockholders. See “— Amendment and Settlement Agreement.” Based on the Shahs’ aggregate percentage ownership interest in the Florida business prior to the acquisition, we estimate their interest in the current principal amount of the note to be approximately $5.4 million.

      Warrants. As further consideration for the acquisition, we entered into an equity and warrant agreement with Mr. Shah and two other selling stockholders. Under the equity and warrant agreement, the stockholders were issued warrants to purchase Class B Common Units which will be converted into an aggregate of

86


Table of Contents

1,774,096 shares of our common stock in our reorganization. The warrants were fully exercised in December 2003.

      Investor Rights Agreement. We entered into an investor rights agreement with Mr. Shah and the two other selling stockholders who received warrants under the equity and warrant agreement. Under the investor rights agreement, after this offering the stockholders will have “piggyback” registration rights to include their shares in any registration statement we file on our own behalf (other than for employee benefit plans and other exceptions) or on behalf of other stockholders, subject to other stockholders’ priority rights of registration. The stockholders also have the right to require us to register their shares on Form S-3, if available for such an offering and if the aggregate price of the shares to be sold would be at least $1.0 million, not more than once during any 12-month period. The stockholders would be responsible for the expenses of any such registration on Form S-3. The stockholders also received information rights and a right to participate in some types of sales by us of our equity securities. Those rights will terminate upon the closing of this offering.

      Pledge and Escrow Agreements. As security for our obligations under the seller note, we entered into a pledge agreement with the stockholder representative on behalf of the stockholders of the Florida business, including Mr. Shah and his spouse, pursuant to which we pledged a portion of the shares of capital stock of WellCare Health Plans, Inc. held by us. Currently, 51% of the shares remain subject to the pledge. Upon the payment in full of the note, all of the shares will be released.

      Amendment and Settlement Agreement. In February 2004, we entered into a settlement agreement with Mr. Shah, his spouse and the other selling stockholders that fixed the remaining amount of the seller note at $119.7 million. Under the terms of the settlement agreement, the aggregate indemnification obligations of the selling stockholders under the purchase agreement were reduced, subject to certain exceptions.

      Prepayment Agreement. In May 2004, we entered into a prepayment and amendment agreement with Mr. Shah, his spouse and the other selling stockholders. Under the terms of the prepayment agreement, upon the closing of our new credit facilities we prepaid $85.0 million of the outstanding principal amount of the seller note, and an additional $3.0 million of the outstanding principal amount was forgiven in consideration for the prepayment. The remaining outstanding principal balance of $28.2 million is due on September 15, 2006. A portion of the $85.0 million prepayment was deposited into an escrow account to secure certain indemnification obligations of the stockholders arising under the purchase agreement.

Agreements with SPEI

      Initial Capitalization and Contribution Agreement. We were formed in May 2002 by our equity sponsor, Soros Private Equity Investors LP. At that time, SPEI contributed $1,000 in cash to us in exchange for one Class A Common Unit. In July 2002, in connection with the consummation of the acquisition of the WellCare businesses, SPEI contributed an additional $70.0 million in cash to us, in exchange for additional Class A Common Units, pursuant to a contribution agreement. Under that agreement, we also granted SPEI certain information rights. Those rights will terminate upon the closing of this offering.

      Registration Rights Agreement. We are party to a registration rights agreement with SPEI, Todd Farha and some of our other stockholders, pursuant to which we granted registration rights to those stockholders. Under the agreement, holders of a majority of shares held by SPEI or any of its affiliates may require us to effect the registration of their shares from time to time. In addition, the stockholders party to the agreement have “piggyback” registration rights to include their shares in any registration statement we file on our own behalf (other than for employee benefit plans and other exceptions) or on behalf of other stockholders. We are required to pay all registration expenses in connection with any demand or piggyback registrations. Notwithstanding the other provisions of the agreement, we are not obligated to effect any demand registration within 180 days after the effective date of either:

  any registration we effect on Form S-1, or any similar “long-form” registration (including this offering); or
 
  any other offering in which stockholders party to the agreement were given “piggyback” rights pursuant to the agreement, if the offering includes at least 80% of the number of shares requested by the stockholders to be included.

87


Table of Contents

Reorganization

      In February 2004, upon our incorporation, we issued 100 shares of common stock to WellCare Holdings, LLC in exchange for $1,000.

      In February 2004, the Board of Directors of WellCare Holdings, LLC authorized a plan to reorganize WellCare Holdings, LLC as a corporation, by means of a merger of WellCare Holdings, LLC with and into WellCare Group, Inc. Upon the consummation of the reorganization, which will take place immediately prior to the closing of this offering:

  •   assuming an initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, we will issue an aggregate of 29,227,981 shares of common stock in exchange for 23,530,225 Class A Common Units, 2,287,037 Class B Common Units and 4,807,508 Class C Common Units of WellCare Holdings, LLC;
 
  all outstanding options issued by WellCare Holdings, LLC will automatically be converted into options to acquire shares of our common stock; and
 
  our name will be changed to WellCare Health Plans, Inc.

Equity Sales and Grants

      The executive officers and directors listed below purchased what were, prior to our reorganization as a corporation, our Class A Common Units. As a result of those purchases, those officers and directors were granted, for no additional consideration, a specified number of what were Class C Common Units, subject to vesting restrictions. Upon the completion of our reorganization, all of these units will convert into shares of our common stock, and the vesting restrictions will remain in place. The information below is presented as if our reorganization as a corporation had already occurred at the time the grants were made.

      On September 6, 2002, Todd Farha purchased 12,929 shares, for an aggregate purchase price of $50,000, and was granted 1,559,337 restricted shares.

      On May 30, 2003, Kevin Hickey purchased 12,929 shares, for an aggregate purchase price of $50,000, and was granted 38,786 restricted shares.

      On May 30, 2003, Heath Schiesser purchased 2,586 shares, for an aggregate purchase price of $10,000, and was granted 437,463 restricted shares, pursuant to our 2002 Senior Executive Equity Plan.

      On May 30, 2003, Randall Zomermaand purchased 1,293 shares, for an aggregate purchase price of $5,000, and was granted 77,572 restricted shares, pursuant to our 2002 Senior Executive Equity Plan.

      On May 31, 2003, Thaddeus Bereday purchased 2,586 shares, for an aggregate purchase price of $10,000, and was granted 312,474 restricted shares, pursuant to our 2002 Senior Executive Equity Plan.

      On September 30, 2003, Paul L. Behrens purchased 12,929 shares, for an aggregate purchase price of $50,000, and was granted 437,463 restricted shares, pursuant to our 2002 Senior Executive Equity Plan.

      On September 30, 2003, Regina Herzlinger purchased 12,929 shares, for an aggregate purchase price of $50,000, and was granted 38,786 restricted shares.

      On September 30, 2003, Ruben King-Shaw purchased 12,929 shares, for an aggregate purchase price of $50,000, and was granted 38,786 restricted shares.

      On September 30, 2003, Alif Hourani purchased 12,929 shares, for an aggregate purchase price of $50,000, and was granted 38,786 restricted shares.

Option Grants

      The executive officers and directors listed below were granted options to purchase what were, prior to our reorganization as a corporation, Class A Common Units, subject to vesting over a four-year period. Upon the completion of our reorganization, these options will become exercisable to purchase shares of our common stock, and the vesting restrictions will remain in place. The information below is presented as if our reorganization as a corporation had already occurred at the time the grants were made.

88


Table of Contents

      On September 30, 2003, Rupesh Shah was granted options to purchase 124,115 shares, at a per share exercise price of $3.87.

      On December 31, 2003, Christian Michalik was granted options to purchase 38,786 shares, at a per share exercise price of $6.78.

      On February 6, 2004, Todd Farha was granted options to purchase 77,572 shares, at a per share exercise price of $8.73, pursuant to our 2002 Employee Option Plan.

      On February 6, 2004, Paul Behrens was granted options to purchase 7,757 shares, at a per share exercise price of $8.73, pursuant to our 2002 Employee Option Plan.

      On February 6, 2004, Thaddeus Bereday was granted options to purchase 15,514 shares, at a per share exercise price of $8.73, pursuant to our 2002 Employee Option Plan.

      On February 6, 2004, Heath Schiesser was granted options to purchase 7,757 shares, at a per share exercise price of $8.73, pursuant to our 2002 Employee Option Plan.

      On February 6, 2004, Randall Zomermaand was granted options to purchase 15,514 shares, at a per share exercise price of $8.73, pursuant to our 2002 Employee Option Plan.

      On February 6, 2004, Glen Johnson was granted options to purchase 38,786 shares, at a per share exercise price of $8.73.

Other Agreements

      IntelliClaim. In March 2003, we entered into an agreement with IntelliClaim, Inc., pursuant to which we license software, and obtain maintenance, support and related services, from IntelliClaim. Kevin Hickey, a member of our board of directors, is the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of IntelliClaim. In 2003, we paid $225,000 in the aggregate to IntelliClaim under this agreement.

      Ruben King-Shaw, Jr. In November 2003, we entered into a consulting agreement with Ruben King-Shaw, Jr., one of our directors, pursuant to which Mr. King-Shaw oversees governmental and regulatory issues for us, including current and proposed federal and state legislation and federal and state government affairs activities. In 2003, we paid $6,000 to Mr. King-Shaw under this agreement.

      Randall Zomermaand. In September 2002, we entered into a consulting agreement with Randall Zomermaand, our Senior Vice President, Health Services. Under the agreement, Mr. Zomermaand provided healthcare consulting services to us relating to our health services area, including quality improvement, utilization management and pharmacy and behavioral health services. In 2003, we paid $66,256 to Mr. Zomermaand under this agreement.

      Employment Agreements. We have entered into employment agreements with some of our executive officers, as described in “Management— Employment Contracts, Termination of Employment and Change-in-Control Arrangements.”

      Indemnification Agreements. We have entered into indemnification agreements with our directors and some of our executive officers, as described in “Management— Limitations on Liability of Directors and Officers and Indemnification.”

89


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

      The following table sets forth information regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of June 1, 2004, after giving effect to our reorganization as a corporation and the resultant conversion of all outstanding limited liability company units for shares of our common stock by:

  each person or entity who is known by us to own beneficially more than 5% of our outstanding common stock;
 
  each of our executive officers named in the Summary Compensation Table;
 
  each of our directors; and
 
  all directors and executive officers as a group.

      In addition, up to 1,100,000 shares of the common stock owned by SPEI may be sold if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option. No other stockholder is selling common stock as part of this offering.

      Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission. In computing the number of shares beneficially owned by a person and the percentage ownership of that person, shares of common stock subject to options held by that person that are currently exercisable or will become exercisable within 60 days after June 1, 2004, are deemed outstanding, while the shares are not deemed outstanding for purposes of computing percentage ownership of any other person. Unless otherwise indicated in the footnotes below, the persons and entities named in the table have sole voting or investment power with respect to all shares beneficially owned, subject to community property laws where applicable.

      The number and percentage of shares beneficially owned are based on the aggregate of (i) 29,227,981 shares of common stock outstanding as of June 1, 2004, after giving effect to our reorganization as a corporation and the resultant conversion of all outstanding limited liability company units for shares of our common stock and (ii) 7,333,333 shares of common stock issued in this offering.

      Unless otherwise indicated, the principal address of each of the stockholders below is c/o WellCare Health Plans, Inc., 6800 North Dale Mabry Highway, Suite 268, Tampa, Florida 33614.

                         
Percentage
Beneficially Owned
Shares Beneficially
Owned Prior to Before After
Name of Beneficial Owner the Offering Offering Offering




Executive Officers and Directors
                       
Todd S. Farha (1)
    1,576,111       5.4 %     4.3 %
Regina Herzlinger (2)
    55,248       *       *  
Kevin Hickey (3)
    55,321       *       *  
Alif Hourani (4)
    55,248       *       *  
Glen R. Johnson, M.D. 
    9,109       *       *  
Ruben Jose King-Shaw, Jr. (5)
    55,248       *       *  
Christian P. Michalik (6)
    21,366       *       *  
Neal Moszkowski (7)
    23,172,285       79.3 %     63.4 %
Paul Behrens (8)
    453,925       1.6 %     1.2 %
Thaddeus Bereday (9)
    315,785       1.1 %     0.9 %
Heath Schiesser (10)
    440,774       1.5 %     1.2 %
Rupesh Shah (11)
    402,684       1.4 %     1.1 %
Randall Zomermaand (12)
    79,228       0.3 %     0.2 %
All directors and officers as a group (15 persons) (13)
    26,692,332       91.3 %     73.0 %
Other 5% Stockholders
                       
Soros Private Equity Investors LP (14)
    23,172,285       79.3 %     63.4 %

90


Table of Contents


 * Denotes less than 1%.

 (1)   Includes 519,779 unvested shares and 198,584 shares held by Pinnacle Health Investors, L.L.C., of which Mr. Farha is a member and the sole member of the board of managers. Except as to 2,554 shares with respect to which Mr. Farha has a pecuniary interest, Mr. Farha disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by Pinnacle.
 (2)   Includes 38,786 unvested shares.
 (3)   Includes 24,241 unvested shares.
 (4)   Includes 38,786 unvested shares.
 (5)   Includes 38,786 unvested shares.
 (6)   Includes 10,505 shares issuable upon exercise of options that are exercisable within 60 days of June 1, 2004.
 (7)   Represents shares held by Soros Private Equity Investors LP, as described in note (13). Mr. Moszkowski disclaims beneficial ownership of these shares. Mr. Moszkowski’s principal business address is c/o Soros Fund Management LLC, 888 7th Avenue, New York, New York 10106.
 (8)   Includes 437,463 unvested shares.
 (9)   Includes 195,296 unvested shares.
(10)   Includes 246,073 unvested shares.
(11)   Includes 62,057 shares issuable upon exercise of options that are exercisable within 60 days of June 1, 2004.
(12)   Includes 58,179 unvested shares.
(13)   Includes 322,114 unvested shares and 72,562 shares issuable upon exercise of options that are exercisable within 60 days of June 1, 2004.
(14)   Soros Private Equity Investors LP (“SPEI”) is a Delaware limited partnership. Its general partner is SPEP General Partner LP, a Delaware limited partnership (“SPEP GP LP”). An investment committee of SPEP GP LP exercises exclusive decision-making authority with regard to the acquisition and disposition of, and voting power with respect to, investments by SPEI. SPEP GP LP’s general partner is SPEP General Partner LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, whose managing member is QIH Management Investor, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, whose sole general partner is QIH Management LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, whose sole managing member is Soros Fund Management LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“SFM”). George Soros is the Chairman of SFM and, in such capacity, may be deemed to have voting and dispositive power over securities held for the account of SPEI. Each has their principal office at 888 Seventh Avenue, 33rd Floor, New York, New York 10106. If the over-allotment option is exercised in full, SPEI’s ownership percentage will decrease to 60.4%.

91


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

      The following description of our common stock and preferred stock and the relevant provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws as will be in effect upon the closing of this offering are summaries and are qualified by reference to these documents. Forms have been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as exhibits to our registration statement, of which this prospectus forms a part.

      Upon the closing of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of 100,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $.01 per share and 20,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $.01 per share.

Common Stock

      Immediately following our reorganization as a corporation, there will be 29,227,981 shares of common stock outstanding held of record by 36 stockholders. Based upon the number of shares outstanding as of that date and giving effect to the sale of shares of common stock in this offering, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option and no exercise of outstanding options after June 1, 2004, there will be approximately 36,561,314 shares of common stock outstanding at the closing of this offering.

      Holders of common stock are entitled to one vote per share on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders. Holders of common stock do not have cumulative voting rights. Holders of common stock are entitled to receive dividends as may be declared from time to time by the board of directors out of funds legally available for the payment of dividends, subject to the preferences that apply to any outstanding preferred stock. See “Dividend Policy.” Upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, the holders of common stock are entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining after payment of liabilities and after giving effect to the liquidation preference of any outstanding preferred stock. The common stock has no preemptive or conversion rights and no additional subscription rights. There are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the common stock. All outstanding shares of common stock are fully paid and nonassessable. The shares issued in this offering will be fully paid and nonassessable.

Preferred Stock

      Our certificate of incorporation authorizes the board of directors, without stockholder action, to designate and issue from time to time shares of preferred stock in one or more series. The board of directors may designate the price, rights, preferences and privileges of the shares of each series of preferred stock, which may be greater than the rights of the common stock. It is not possible to state the actual effect of the issuance of any shares of preferred stock upon the rights of holders of common stock until the board of directors determines the specific rights of the preferred stock. However, possible effects of issuing preferred stock with voting and conversion rights include:

  restricting dividends on common stock;
 
  diluting the voting power of common stock;
 
  impairing the liquidation rights of the common stock;
 
  delaying or preventing a change of control of us without stockholder action; and
 
  harming the market price of common stock.

      Upon the closing of this offering, no shares of our preferred stock will be outstanding. We have no present plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Registration Rights

      The holders of 25,168,618 shares of common stock, including SPEI, are entitled to demand registration rights requiring us to register the sale of their shares under the Securities Act of 1933, under the terms of an agreement between us and the holders of these shares. The holders of a majority of the shares held by SPEI or its affiliates are entitled to demand that we register their shares under the Securities Act, subject to various

92


Table of Contents

limitations. In addition, these holders are entitled to piggyback registration rights with respect to the registration of their shares under the Securities Act, subject to various limitations.

      In addition, the holders of an additional 1,774,096 shares of common stock will be entitled to piggyback registration rights, subject to various limitations. Further, at any time after we become eligible to file a registration statement on Form S-3, these holders may require us to file registration statements on Form S-3 under the Securities Act with respect to their shares of common stock. These registration rights are subject to certain conditions and limitations, among them the right of the underwriters of an offering to limit the number of shares of common stock held by these holders with registration rights to be included in a registration. We are generally required to bear all of the expenses of all of these registrations, except underwriting discounts and selling commissions. Registration of any of the shares of common stock held by these holders with registration rights would result in shares becoming freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon effectiveness of such registration.

Delaware Anti-Takeover Law and Provisions in Our Charter and Bylaws

      Delaware Anti-Takeover Statute. We are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. In general, these provisions prohibit a Delaware corporation from engaging in any business combination with any interested stockholder for a period of three years following the date that the stockholder became an interested stockholder, unless the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder is approved in a manner presented in Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. Generally, a “business combination” is defined to include mergers, asset sales and other transactions resulting in financial benefit to a stockholder. In general, an “interested stockholder” is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns, or within three years, did own, 15% or more of a corporation’s voting stock.

      Certificate of Incorporation. Upon the closing of this offering, our certificate of incorporation will provide that:

  •   our board of directors may issue, without further action by the stockholders, up to 20,000,000 shares of undesignated preferred stock;
 
  any action to be taken by our stockholders must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting and not by a consent in writing;
 
  our board of directors shall be divided into three classes, with each class serving for a term of three years;
 
  vacancies on the board, including newly created directorships, can be filled by a majority of the directors then in office; and
 
  our directors may be removed only for cause.

      Bylaws. Our bylaws will provide that stockholders seeking to bring business before an annual meeting of stockholders or to nominate candidates for election as directors at an annual meeting of stockholders, must provide timely notice to use in writing. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice must be received at our principal executive offices not less than 90 days nor more than 120 days prior to the anniversary date of the immediately preceding annual meeting of stockholders. In the event that the annual meeting is called for a date that is not within 30 days before or 60 days after the anniversary date, in order to be timely notice from the stockholder must be received:

  not earlier than 120 days prior to the annual meeting of stockholders; and
 
  not later than 90 days prior to the annual meeting of stockholders or the tenth day following the date on which notice of the annual meeting was made public.

93


Table of Contents

      In the case of a special meeting of stockholders called for the purpose of electing directors, notice by the stockholder, in order to be timely, must be received:

  not earlier than 120 days prior to the special meeting; and
 
  not later than 90 days prior to the special meeting or the close of business on the tenth day following the day on which public disclosure of the date of the special meeting was made.

      Our bylaws will also specify requirements as to the form and content of a stockholder’s notice. These provisions may preclude stockholders from bringing matters before an annual or special meeting of stockholders or from making nominations for directors at an annual or special meeting of stockholders or from making nominations for directors at an annual or special meeting of stockholders. In addition, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation permits our board of directors to amend or repeal our amended and restated bylaws by majority vote, but requires a two-thirds supermajority vote of stockholders to amend or repeal our amended and restated bylaws.

      The provisions in our certificate of incorporation and our bylaws are intended to enhance the likelihood of continuity and stability in the composition of the board of directors and in the policies formulated by the board of directors and to discourage certain types of transactions that may involve an actual or threatened change of control of WellCare. These provisions also are designed to reduce our vulnerability to an unsolicited proposal for a takeover of WellCare that does not contemplate the acquisition of all of its outstanding shares or an unsolicited proposal for the restructuring or sale of all or part of WellCare. These provisions, however, could discourage potential acquisition proposals and could delay or prevent a change in control of WellCare. They may also have the effect of preventing changes in our management.

Transfer Agent

      The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is EquiServe Trust Company, Inc.

Listing

      We have applied to list our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “WCG.”

94


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

      Prior to this offering, there was no market for our common stock. We cannot predict the effect, if any, that the sale of our common stock or the availability of shares of common stock for sale will have on the market price prevailing from time to time. Nevertheless, sales of substantial amounts of common stock in the public market following the offering could adversely affect the market price of the common stock and adversely affect our ability to raise capital at a time and on terms favorable to us.

Sale of Restricted Shares

      Upon completion of this offering, we will have 36,561,314 shares of common stock outstanding, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option. Of these shares of common stock, the 7,333,333 shares of common stock being sold in this offering, plus any shares sold upon exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option, will be freely tradeable without restriction under the Securities Act, except for any such shares which may be held or acquired by an “affiliate” of ours, as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, which shares will be subject to the volume limitations and other restrictions of Rule 144 described below. The remaining shares of common stock held by our existing stockholders upon completion of the offering will be “restricted securities,” as that phrase is defined in Rule 144, and may not be resold in the absence of registration under the Securities Act or pursuant to an exemption from such registration, including among others, the exemptions provided by Rule 144, 144(k) or 701 under the Securities Act, which rules are summarized below. Taking into account the lock-up agreements described below and the provisions of Rule 144 additional shares will be available for sale in the public market as follows:

  •   353,901 shares will be available for immediate sale on the date of this prospectus in the event stockholders are entitled to tack their respective holding periods of the limited liability company units;
 
  •   27,390,396 shares will be available for sale 180 days after the date of this prospectus, the expiration date for the lock-up agreements, pursuant to Rule 144 in the event stockholders are entitled to tack their respective holding periods of the limited liability company units; or
 
  •   27,848,475 shares will be available for sale on the first anniversary of the date of the prospectus pursuant to Rule 144 in the event stockholders are not entitled to tack their respective holding periods of the limited liability company units.

      In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, a person who has beneficially owned shares for at least one year, including an “affiliate,” as that term is defined in the Securities Act, is entitled to sell, within any three-month period, a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

  •   one percent of the then outstanding shares of our common stock (approximately 365,613 shares immediately following the offering); or
 
  the average weekly trading volume during the four calendar weeks preceding filing of notice of such sale.

      Sales under Rule 144 are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions, notice requirements and the availability of current public information about us. A stockholder who is deemed not to have been an “affiliate” of ours at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned restricted shares for at least two years, would be entitled to sell such shares under Rule 144(k) without regard to the volume, limitations, manner of sale provisions or public information requirements.

      Securities issued in reliance on Rule 701 are also restricted and may be sold by stockholders other than affiliates of ours subject only to the manner of sale provisions of Rule 144 and by affiliates under Rule 144 without compliance with its one-year holding period requirement.

      All of our affiliates have agreed to further restrict their shares by entering into lock-up arrangements discussed below.

      We have granted options to purchase shares of our common stock under our equity plans. As of June 1, 2004, after giving effect to our reorganization, options to purchase an aggregate of 1,552,794 shares of our

95


Table of Contents

common stock were outstanding, of which 96,330 were fully vested and exercisable. An additional 4,573,693 shares were reserved for issuance under our equity incentive plan. We intend to register the shares of common stock issuable or reserved for issuance under our equity plans within 180 days after the date of this prospectus.

Lock-up Arrangements

      Our officers, directors and certain other stockholders have agreed not to sell or otherwise dispose of any shares of common stock for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, on behalf of the underwriters. Upon the expiration of these lock-up agreements, additional shares will be available for sale in the public market.

Registration Rights

      After completion of this offering, the holders of approximately 26,942,714 shares of our common stock will be entitled to certain rights with respect to the registration of such shares under the Securities Act. See “Description of Capital Stock — Registration Rights.” All holders with registration rights have agreed not to exercise their rights until 180 days following the date of this prospectus without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, on behalf of the underwriters.

96


Table of Contents

CERTAIN UNITED STATES TAX CONSEQUENCES

TO NON-UNITED STATES HOLDERS

      The following is a general discussion of the material U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of our common stock by a non-U.S. holder. As used in this discussion, the term “non-U.S. holder” means a beneficial owner of our common stock that is not, for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

  an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;
 
  a corporation created or organized in or under the laws of the United States or any political subdivision of the United States;
 
  an estate whose income is includible in gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes regardless of its source; or
 
  a trust, in general, if (i) a U.S. court is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust, and one or more United States persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust, or (ii) the trust was in existence on August 20, 1996 and properly elected to continue to be treated as a United States person.

      If an entity classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner generally will depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. If you are a partnership holding our common stock, or a partner in such a partnership, you should consult your tax advisers.

      An individual may be treated as a resident of the United States in any calendar year for U.S. federal income tax purposes, instead of a nonresident, by, among other ways, being present in the United States on at least 31 days in that calendar year and for an aggregate of at least 183 days during the current calendar year and the two immediately preceding calendar years. For purposes of this calculation, you would count all of the days present in the current year, one-third of the days present in the immediately preceding year and one-sixth of the days present in the second preceding year. Residents are taxed for U.S. federal income purposes as if they were U.S. citizens.

      This discussion does not consider:

  U.S. state and local or non-U.S. tax consequences;
 
  specific facts and circumstances that may be relevant to a particular non-U.S. holder’s tax position, including, if the non-U.S. holder is a partnership, that the U.S. tax consequences of holding and disposing of our common stock may be affected by certain determinations made at the partner level;
 
  the tax consequences to the stockholders or beneficiaries of a non-U.S. holder;
 
  special tax rules that may apply to particular non-U.S. holders, including financial institutions, insurance companies, tax-exempt organizations, U.S. expatriates, broker-dealers and traders in securities; or
 
  special tax rules that may apply to a non-U.S. holder that holds our common stock as part of a “straddle,” “hedge,” “conversion transaction,” “synthetic security” or other integrated investment.

      The following discussion is based on provisions of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, applicable U.S. Treasury regulations and administrative and judicial interpretations, all as in effect on the date of this prospectus, and all of which are subject to change, retroactively or prospectively. The following discussion also assumes that a non-U.S. holder holds our common stock as a capital asset. EACH NON-U.S. HOLDER SHOULD CONSULT ITS TAX ADVISER REGARDING THE U.S. FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL, AND NON-U.S. INCOME AND OTHER TAX CONSEQUENCES OF ACQUIRING, HOLDING AND DISPOSING OF SHARES OF OUR COMMON STOCK.

97


Table of Contents

Dividends

      The gross amount of dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder of our common stock ordinarily will be subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax at a 30% rate, or at a lower rate if an applicable income tax treaty so provides and we have received proper certification of the application of that treaty.

      Dividends that are effectively connected with a non-U.S. holder’s conduct of trade or business in the United States and, if provided in an applicable income tax treaty, attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base in the United States, are not subject to the U.S. federal withholding tax but instead are taxed in the manner applicable to United States persons. In that case, we will not have to withhold U.S. federal withholding tax provided the non-U.S. holder complies with applicable certification and disclosure requirements. In addition, dividends received by a foreign corporation that are effectively connected with the conduct of trade or business in the United States may be subject to a branch profits tax at a 30% rate, or at a lower rate if provided by an applicable income tax treaty.

      Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisers regarding their entitlement to benefits under an applicable income tax treaty and the manner of claiming the benefits of the treaty. A non-U.S. holder that is eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. federal withholding tax under an income tax treaty may obtain a refund or credit of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for a refund with the IRS.

Gain on Disposition of Common Stock

      A non-U.S. holder generally will not be taxed on gain recognized on a disposition of our common stock unless:

  the non-U.S. holder is an individual who holds our common stock as a capital asset, is present in the United States for 183 days or more during the taxable year of the disposition and meets certain other conditions;
 
  the gain is effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder’s conduct of trade or business in the United States and, in some instances if an income tax treaty applies, is attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base maintained by the non-U.S. holder in the United States; or
 
  we are or have been a “United States real property holding corporation” for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time during the shorter of the five-year period ending on the date of disposition and the period that the non-U.S. holder held our common stock.

We have determined that we are not, and we believe we will not become, a United States real property holding corporation.

      An individual non-U.S. holder described in the first bullet point immediately above is taxed on his gains (including gain from the sale of our common stock, net of applicable U.S. losses incurred on sales or exchanges of other capital assets during the year) at a flat rate of 30%. Other non-U.S. holders who may be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the disposition of our common stock will be taxed on the disposition in the same manner in which citizens or residents of the United States would be taxed.

Federal Estate Tax

      Common stock owned or treated as owned by an individual who is not a U.S. citizen will be included in the individual’s gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes and may be subject to U.S. federal estate tax unless an applicable estate tax treaty provides otherwise. U.S. federal legislation enacted in the spring of 2001 provides for reductions in the U.S. federal estate tax through 2009 and the elimination of the tax entirely in 2010. Under the legislation, the U.S. federal estate tax would be fully reinstated, as in effect prior to the reductions, in 2011.

98


Table of Contents

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

      U.S. information reporting requirements and backup withholding tax will not apply to dividends paid on our common stock to a non-U.S. holder, provided that the non-U.S. holder provides a Form W-8BEN (or satisfies certain documentary evidence requirements for establishing that it is not a United States person) or otherwise establishes an exemption.

      Information reporting and backup withholding also generally will not apply to a payment of the proceeds of a sale of common stock effected outside the United States by a foreign office of a foreign broker. However, information reporting requirements (but not backup withholding) will apply to a payment of the proceeds of a sale of common stock effected outside the United States by a foreign office of a broker if the broker (i) is a United States person, (ii) derives 50% or more of its gross income for certain periods from the conduct of trade or business in the United States, (iii) is a “controlled foreign corporation” as to the United States or (iv) is a foreign partnership that, at any time during its taxable year, is more than 50% (by income or capital interest) owned by United States persons or is engaged in the conduct of a U.S. trade or business, unless in any such case the broker has documentary evidence in its records that the holder is a non-U.S. holder and certain conditions are met, or the holder otherwise establishes an exemption. Payment by a U.S. office of a broker of the proceeds of a sale of common stock will be subject to both backup withholding and information reporting unless the holder certifies under penalties of perjury that it is not a United States person or otherwise establishes an exemption.

      NON-U.S. HOLDERS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISERS REGARDING THE APPLICATION OF THE INFORMATION REPORTING AND BACKUP WITHHOLDING RULES TO THEM.

99


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITERS

      Under the terms and subject to the conditions contained in the underwriting agreement dated the date of this prospectus, the underwriters named below, for whom Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, SG Cowen & Co., LLC, UBS Securities LLC and Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC are acting as representatives, have severally agreed to purchase, and we have agreed to sell to them, severally, the number of shares of common stock indicated below:

           
Name Number of Shares


Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated
       
SG Cowen & Co., LLC
       
UBS Securities LLC
       
Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC
       
     
 
 
Total
       
     
 

      The underwriters and the representatives are collectively referred to as the “underwriters” and the “representatives,” respectively. The underwriters are offering the shares of common stock subject to their acceptance of the shares from us and subject to prior sale. The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the several underwriters to pay for and accept delivery of the shares of our common stock offered by this prospectus are subject to the approval of legal matters by their counsel and to certain other conditions. The underwriters are obligated to take and pay for all of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus if any such shares are taken. However, the underwriters are not required to take or pay for the shares covered by the underwriters’ over-allotment option described below.

      The underwriters initially propose to offer part of the shares of common stock directly to the public at the public offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus and part to certain dealers at a price that represents a concession not in excess of $          a share under the public offering price. Any underwriter may allow, and such dealers may reallow, a concession not in excess of $          a share to other underwriters or to certain dealers. After the initial offering of the shares of common stock, the offering price and other selling terms may from time to time be varied by the representatives.

      We have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to an aggregate of 1,100,000 additional shares of our common stock at the public offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus, less underwriting discounts and commissions. The underwriters may exercise this option solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any, made in connection with the offering of the shares of our common stock offered by this prospectus. To the extent the option is exercised, each underwriter will become obligated, subject to limited conditions, to purchase approximately the same percentage of the additional shares of our common stock as the number listed next to the underwriter’s name in the preceding table bears to the total number of shares of our common stock listed next to the names of all underwriters in the preceding table. If the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full, the total price to the public would be $                    , the total underwriters’ discounts and commissions would be $                    , and the total proceeds to us would be $                    .

      We estimate that the total expenses of this offering, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $1,930,200.

      The underwriters have informed us that they do not intend sales to discretionary accounts to exceed five percent of the total number of shares of our common stock offered by them.

      We have applied for listing of our common stock on the NYSE under the symbol “WCG.” In connection with the listing of the common stock, the underwriters will undertake to sell and distribute the common stock in compliance with the standards of the NYSE.

100


Table of Contents

      Each of us, our directors, executive officers and certain other stockholders has agreed that, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated on behalf of the underwriters, each of us will not, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus:

  offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock; or
 
  enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the common stock,

whether any transaction described above is to be settled by delivery of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise.

      The restrictions described in the preceding paragraph do not apply to:

  the sale of shares to the underwriters;
 
  the issuance by us of shares of common stock upon the exercise of an option or a warrant or the conversion of a security outstanding on the date of this prospectus of which the underwriters have been advised in writing;
 
  the issuance by us of shares of common stock in connection with our reorganization as a corporation;
 
  the grant of options or the issuance of shares of common stock by us to employees, officers, directors, advisors or consultants pursuant to any employee benefit plan described in this prospectus;
 
  the filing of any registration statement on Form S-8 in respect of any employee benefit plan described in this prospectus;
 
  transaction by any person other than us relating to shares of common stock or other securities acquired in open market transactions after the completion of the offering of the shares; or
 
  certain gratuitous transfers by any person other than us to family member, trusts and/or controlled entities of such person in connection with estate planning or charitable contributions, provided that each transferee also agrees to the restrictions described above.

      In order to facilitate the offering of our common stock, the underwriters may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of our common stock. Specifically, the underwriters may sell more shares than they are obligated to purchase under the underwriting agreement, creating a short position in our common stock for their own account. A short sale is covered if the short position is no greater than the number of shares available for purchase by the underwriters under the over-allotment option. The underwriters can close out a covered short sale by exercising the over-allotment option or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out a covered short sale, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the open market price of shares compared to the price available under the over-allotment option. The underwriters may also sell shares in excess of the over-allotment option, creating a naked short position. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of our common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. In addition, in order to cover any over-allotments or to stabilize the price of our common stock, the underwriters may bid for, and purchase, shares of our common stock in the open market. Finally, the underwriting syndicate may also reclaim selling concessions allowed to an underwriter or a dealer for distributing our common stock in the offering, if the syndicate repurchases previously distributed shares of our common stock to cover syndicate short positions or to stabilize the price of the common stock. Any of these activities may stabilize or maintain the market price of our common stock above independent market levels. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities, and may end any of these activities at any time.

101


Table of Contents

      We and the underwriters have each agreed to indemnify each other against specified liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

      Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., an affiliate of Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, is one of the financial institutions that provided our new term loan and revolving credit facilities. Wachovia Bank, National Association, an affiliate of Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC, is one of the financial institutions that provided our revolving credit facility. UBS Loan Finance LLC, an affiliate of UBS Securities LLC, and Société Generale, an affiliate of SG Cowen & Co., LLC, are among the financial institutions that provided our term loan.

Directed Share Program

      At our request, the underwriters have reserved for sale, at the initial public offering price, up to approximately 366,667 shares of common stock to our directors, officers, associates, customers and other business associates. The number of shares of common stock available for sale to the general public will be reduced to the extent these parties purchase the reserved shares. Any reserved shares that are not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same basis as the other shares offered by this prospectus.

Pricing of the Offering

      Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the shares of our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations between us and the representatives of the underwriters. Among the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price will be:

  future prospects of our company and our industry in general;
 
  our record of operations and our current financial position;
 
  the experience of our management;
 
  sales, earnings and certain of our other financial and operating information in recent periods; and
 
  the price-earnings ratios, price-sales ratios, market prices of securities and financial and operating information of companies engaged in activities similar to ours.

VALIDITY

      Greenberg Traurig, LLP, Washington, D.C., will provide WellCare an opinion relating to the validity of the common stock issued in this offering. Attorneys with Greenberg Traurig, LLP hold an aggregate of 1,512 shares and an option for 11,636 shares of our common stock. Cleary, Gottlieb, Steen & Hamilton, New York, New York will provide the underwriters an opinion relating to the validity of the common stock issued in this offering.

EXPERTS

      The financial statements included in this prospectus and the related financial statement schedule included elsewhere in the registration statement have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their reports appearing herein and elsewhere in the registration statement, and are included in reliance upon the reports of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

      We have filed with the Commission a registration statement on Form S-1 with respect to the common stock offered hereby. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement or the exhibits and schedules which are part of the

102


Table of Contents

registration statement. For further information with respect us and the common stock, reference is made to the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules thereto. You may read and copy any document we file at the Commission’s public reference rooms in Washington, D.C., New York, New York and Chicago, Illinois. Please call the Commission at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information about the public reference rooms. Our SEC filings are also available to the public from the Commission’s Web site at http://www.sec.gov. Upon completion of this offering, we will become subject to the information and periodic reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act and, in accordance therewith, will file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the Commission. Such periodic reports, proxy statements and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the Commission’s public reference rooms and the Web site of the Commission referred to above.

103


Table of Contents

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

WELLCARE HOLDINGS, LLC

         
Page

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
    F-2  
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of March 31, 2004 (unaudited), December 31, 2003 and 2002
    F-3  
Consolidated Statements of Income for the three-month periods ended March 31, 2004 and 2003 (unaudited), the year ended December 31, 2003 and five-month period ended December 31, 2002, and Combined Predecessor Statements of Income for the seven-month period ended July 31, 2002 and the year ended December 31, 2001
    F-4  
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Members’ Equity and Comprehensive Income for the three months ended March 31, 2004 (unaudited), the year ended December 31, 2003 and the period from May 8, 2002 (date of inception) to December 31, 2002, and Combined Predecessor Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity and Comprehensive Income for the seven-month period ended July 31, 2002 and the year ended December 31, 2001
    F-5  
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the three-month periods ended March 31, 2004 and 2003 (unaudited), the year ended December 31, 2003 and five-month period ended December 31, 2002, and Combined Predecessor Statements of Cash Flows for the seven-month period ended July 31, 2002 and the year ended December 31, 2001
    F-6  
Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements
    F-7  

WELLCARE GROUP, INC.

         
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
    F-32  
Balance Sheets as of March 31, 2004 (unaudited) and February 9, 2004
    F-33  
Notes to Financial Statements
    F-34  

F-1


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

     The Board of Directors and Members of

     WellCare Holdings, LLC
     Tampa, Florida

      We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of WellCare Holdings, LLC (the Company) as of December 31, 2003 and 2002, and the related consolidated statements of income, of changes in members’ equity, and of cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2003 and the five-month period ended December 31, 2002, and the combined statements of income, of changes in stockholders’ equity, and of cash flows for the seven-month period ended July 31, 2002 and the year ended December 31, 2001 of The WellCare Management Group, Inc and subsidiaries, Well Care HMO, Inc., HealthEase of Florida, Inc., Comprehensive Health Management, Inc. and Comprehensive Health Management of Florida, L.C.; these companies are under common ownership and common management (the Predecessor). Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 16. These financial statements and financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the financial statements and financial statement schedule based on our audits.

      We conducted our audits in accordance with standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

      In our opinion, such consolidated and combined financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of WellCare Holdings, LLC as of December 31, 2003 and 2002, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2003 and the five-month period ended December 31, 2002, and the Predecessor combined results of operations and cash flows for the seven-month period ended July 31, 2002 and the year ended December 31, 2001, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also, in our opinion, such financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated and combined financial statements taken as a whole, present fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.

/S/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

Tampa, Florida

February 12, 2004, except for Note 15, which is as of June 7, 2004

F-2


Table of Contents

WELLCARE HOLDINGS, LLC

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(Dollars in thousands, except unit data)

                                     
Pro Forma
Stockholders’
Equity at
March 31, December 31, December 31, March 31,
2004 2003 2002 2004




(unaudited) (unaudited)
Assets
                               
Current Assets:
                               
 
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 198,799     $ 237,321     $ 146,784          
 
Investments
    38,930       33,778       69,010          
 
Premiums and other receivables
    16,723       12,792       23,088          
 
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
    4,398       3,663       2,595          
 
Deferred income taxes
    11,977       12,036       8,897          
     
     
     
         
   
Total current assets
    270,827       299,590       250,374          
Property and equipment, net
    4,752       4,717       4,207          
Goodwill
    158,725       158,725       117,095          
Other intangibles, net
    11,498       12,403       16,940          
Restricted assets
    26,239       21,392       20,683          
Deposits
    299       280       205          
     
     
     
         
Total Assets
  $ 472,340     $ 497,107     $ 409,504          
     
     
     
         
Liabilities and Members’ Equity
                               
Current Liabilities:
                               
 
Medical benefits payable
  $ 148,403     $ 148,297     $ 113,670          
 
Unearned premiums
    52,033       76,248       23,664          
 
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
    25,155       29,830       29,681          
 
Income taxes payable
    3,875       143       9,255          
 
Deferred income taxes
          1,252                
 
Current portion of notes payable to related party
    44,672       48,170       21,806          
 
Current portion of long-term debt
                49,654          
     
     
     
         
   
Total current liabilities
    274,138       303,940       247,730          
Notes payable to related party
    71,568       71,568       84,794          
Long-term debt
    16,202       16,017       41          
Accrued interest
    268       1,782       1,252          
Deferred income taxes
    4,255       3,971       520          
Other liabilities
    250       252       250          
     
     
     
         
   
Total liabilities
    366,681       397,530       334,587          
     
     
     
         
Commitments and Contingencies (Note 7)
                               
Members’ Equity:
                               
Class A Common Units (23,507,839, 23,507,839 and 23,351,667 units issued and outstanding, no par)
                         
Class B Common Units (No units issued and outstanding, no par)
                         
Class C Common Units (4,807,508, 4,842,508 and 2,093,518 units issued and outstanding, no par)
                         
Common Stock, $0.01 par value (100,000,000 authorized, 29,227,981 and 29,229,645 shares issued and outstanding as at March 31, 2004 and December 31, 2003, respectively), pro forma (unaudited)
                      292  
Preferred Units (No units issued or outstanding)
                         
Paid-in capital
    71,642       71,382       70,227       71,350  
Retained earnings
    34,016       28,194       4,657       34,016  
Accumulated other comprehensive income
    1       1       33       1  
     
     
     
     
 
   
Total members’ equity
    105,659       99,577       74,917       105,659  
     
     
     
     
 
Total Liabilities and Members’ Equity
  $ 472,340     $ 497,107     $ 409,504          
     
     
     
         

See notes to consolidated and combined financial statements.

F-3


Table of Contents

WELLCARE HOLDINGS, LLC

CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

(Dollars in thousands, except per unit data)

                                                     
Successor Predecessor


Three Months Three Months Five-Month Seven-Month
Ended Ended Year Ended Period Ended Period Ended Year Ended
March 31, March 31, December 31, December 31, July 31, December 31,
2004 2003 2003 2002 2002 2001






(unaudited)
Revenues:
                                               
 
Premium
  $ 301,250     $ 250,626     $ 1,042,852     $ 398,653     $ 517,213     $ 739,863  
 
Investment income
    451       775       2,561       3,038       2,460       8,949  
 
Other
    135       156       569       114       359       1,472  
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
   
Total revenues
    301,836       251,557       1,045,982       401,805       520,032       750,284  
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Expenses:
                                               
 
Medical benefits
    251,435       214,017       861,053       341,763       434,924       637,506  
 
Selling, general and administrative
    38,450       30,051       134,265       49,118       55,731       88,513  
 
Interest
    2,265       1,579       10,172       1,462       1,446       2,860  
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
   
Total expenses
    292,150       245,647       1,005,490       392,343       492,101       728,879  
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Income before income taxes
    9,686       5,910       40,492       9,462       27,931       21,405  
Income tax expense
    3,864       2,482       16,955       4,805              
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Net income
    5,822       3,428       23,537       4,657     $ 27,931     $ 21,405  
                                     
     
 
Class A common unit yield
    (1,571 )     (1,448 )     (5,997 )     (2,356 )                
     
     
     
     
                 
Net income attributable to common units
  $ 4,251     $ 1,980     $ 17,540     $ 2,301                  
     
     
     
     
                 
Net income attributable per common unit (Note 1):
                                               
Net income attributable per common unit — basic
  $ 0.15     $ 0.07     $ 0.66     $ 0.09                  
Net income attributable per common unit — diluted
  $ 0.13     $ 0.07     $ 0.60     $ 0.08                  
Pro forma net income attributable per common share — basic (unaudited) (see Note 1)
  $ 0.20             $ 0.84                          
Pro forma net income attributable per common share — diluted (unaudited) (see Note 1)
  $ 0.17             $ 0.77                          
Pro forma weighted average common shares outstanding — basic (unaudited) (see Note 1)
    21,420,625               20,855,914                          
Pro forma weighted average common shares outstanding — diluted (unaudited) (see Note 1)
    24,994,106               22,832,795                          

See notes to consolidated and combined financial statements.

F-4


Table of Contents

WELLCARE HOLDINGS, LLC

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN MEMBERS’ AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

(Dollars in thousands, except unit and share data)

                                           
Accumulated
Other Total
Common Paid-in Retained Comprehensive Stockholders’
Stock Capital Earnings Income Equity





Predecessor:
                                       
Balance at January 1, 2001
  $ 255     $ 71,039     $ (80,688 )   $ 2,215     $ (7,179 )
Issuance of common stock
                                     
Contribution of capital
            10,275                       10,275  
Comprehensive income:
                                       
 
Net income
                    21,405               21,405  
 
Change in unrealized gain/loss on investments, net of deferred taxes of $243
                            (2,456 )     (2,456 )
                                     
 
Comprehensive income
                                    18,949  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Balance at December 31, 2001
  $ 255     $ 81,314     $ (59,283 )   $ (241 )   $ 22,045  
Issuance of common stock
    96                               96  
Shareholder withdrawals
            (9,209 )                     (9,209 )
Comprehensive income:
                                       
 
Net income
                    27,931               27,931  
 
Change in unrealized gain/loss on investments, net of deferred taxes of $243
                            693       693  
                                     
 
Comprehensive income
                                    28,624  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Balance at July 31, 2002
  $ 351     $ 72,105     $ (31,352 )   $ 452     $ 41,556  
     
     
     
     
     
 
                                                           
Common
Units Accumulated
Outstanding Other Total

Paid-in Retained Comprehensive Members’
Class A Class B Class C Capital Earnings Income Equity







Balance at May 8, 2002
(date of inception)
                    $     $     $     $  
Issuance of common units
    23,351,667               2,093,518       70,227                       70,227  
Comprehensive income:
                                                       
 
Net income
                                    4,657               4,657  
 
Change in unrealized gain/loss on investments, net of deferred taxes of $20
                                            33       33  
                                                     
 
Comprehensive income
                                                    4,690  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Balance at December 31, 2002
    23,351,667             2,093,518     $ 70,227     $ 4,657     $ 33     $ 74,917  
Issuance of common units
    174,505       2,287,037       2,910,117       8,152                       8,152  
Receivables from related parties
    (15,000 )     (2,287,037 )             (6,906 )                     (6,906 )
Purchase of treasury units
    (3,333 )             (161,127 )     (91 )                     (91 )
Comprehensive income:
                                                       
 
Net income
                                    23,537               23,537  
 
Change in unrealized gain/loss on investments, net of deferred taxes of $20
                                          (32 )     (32 )
                                                     
 
Comprehensive income
                                                    23,505  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Balance at December 31, 2003
    23,507,839             4,842,508     $ 71,382     $ 28,194     $ 1     $ 99,577  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
(Unaudited)
                                                       
Issuance of common units
    7,386                       50                       50  
Receivable from related party
    (7,386 )                     (50 )                     (50 )
Forfeiture of restricted units
                    (35,000 )                            
Equity-based compensation expense
                            260                       260  
Comprehensive income:
                                                       
 
Net income
                                    5,822               5,822  
                                                     
 
Comprehensive income
                                                    5,822  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Balance at March 31, 2004
    23,507,839             4,807,508     $ 71,642     $ 34,016     $ 1     $ 105,659  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 

See notes to consolidated and combined financial statements.

F-5


Table of Contents

WELLCARE HOLDINGS, LLC

CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(Dollars in thousands)

                                                         
Successor Predecessor


Three-Month Three-Month Five-Month
Period Ended Period Ended Year Ended Period Ended Seven-Month Year Ended
March 31, March 31, December 31, December 31, Period Ended December 31,
2004 2003 2003 2002 July 31, 2002 2001






(unaudited)
Cash from operating activities:
                                               
 
Net income
  $ 5,822     $ 3,428     $ 23,537     $ 4,657     $ 27,931     $ 21,405  
 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
                                               
   
Depreciation and amortization expense
    1,659       2,732       8,159       3,734       1,239       2,234  
   
Write-off of fixed assets
                      790              
   
Realized gains on investments
          (9 )                        
   
Equity-based compensation expense
    260             746       172              
   
Accreted interest
    277             903                    
   
Provision for doubtful receivables
    1,416       4,022       4,247       580              
   
Changes in operating accounts:
                                               
     
Accounts receivable
    (231 )     4,632       4,302       (4,365 )     3,852       (927 )
     
Advances to providers
    (3,788 )     (1,424 )     216       1,089       1,805       (8,268 )
     
Other accounts receivables
    (1,328 )     372       1,530       315       (2,132 )     395  
     
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
    (769 )     (458 )     (1,194 )     (1,286 )     (121 )     575  
     
Deferred income tax asset
    59             (3,139 )     (8,377 )            
     
Claims payable
    106       14,082       34,627       2,958       11,363       11,600  
     
Unearned premiums
    (24,215 )     (22,296 )     52,584       22,060       (22,451 )     9,613  
     
Accounts payables and other accrued expenses
    (4,675 )     191       149       18,680       (6,371 )     (8 )
     
Accrued interest
    (1,514 )     1,451       530       1,252       568       2,003  
     
Taxes payable and deferred liability
    2,764       (6,487 )     (4,409 )     9,255              
     
Other, net
          (419 )     10       755       (1,029 )     (414 )
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
       
Net cash (used in) provided by operations
    (24,157 )     (183 )     122,798       52,269       14,654       38,208  
Cash from investing activities:
                                               
 
Purchase of business
                      9,387              
 
Proceeds from sale and maturities of investments
    48       1,003       10,450       24,474       27,183       22,061  
 
Purchases of investments
    (5,201 )     (14,513 )     (25,012 )     (4,399 )     (20,761 )     (40,205 )
 
Purchases and dispositions of restricted investments
    (4,847 )     (668 )     (709 )     (4,395 )     (4,237 )     (328 )
 
Additions to property and equipment, net
    (774 )     (1,267 )     (3,042 )     (53 )     (1,495 )     (2,252 )
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
       
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities
    (10,774 )     (15,445 )     (18,313 )     25,014       690       (20,724 )
Cash from financing activities:
                                               
Shareholder withdrawals
                            (9,209 )      
 
Contribution of capital
                400       70,055             10,275  
 
Proceeds from debt issuance, net
          15,287       14,568       1,069                
 
Payments on debt
    (3,591 )     (7 )     (28,916 )     (1,623 )     (589 )     (3,043 )
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
       
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities
    (3,591 )     15,280       (13,948 )     69,501       (9,798 )     7,232  
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Cash and cash equivalents:
                                               
 
(Decrease) increase during period
    (38,522 )     (348 )     90,537       146,784       5,546       24,716  
Balance at beginning of period
    237,321       146,784       146,784             75,414       50,698  
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Balance at end of period
  $ 198,799     $ 146,436     $ 237,321     $ 146,784     $ 80,960     $ 75,414  
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION —
                                               
 
Cash paid for taxes
  $ 1,040     $ 157     $ 16,101     $ 1,270     $     $  
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Cash paid for interest
  $ 2,002     $ 13     $ 7,416     $     $     $  
     
     
     
     
     
     
 

See notes to consolidated and combined financial statements.

F-6


Table of Contents

WELLCARE HOLDINGS, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Three months ended March 31, 2004 (unaudited),
year ended December 31, 2003, five-month period ended December 31, 2002,
predecessor seven-month period ended July 31, 2002, and predecessor
year ended December 31, 2001

(Dollars in thousands, except unit and per unit data)

 
1. ORGANIZATION, BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

      Wellcare Holdings, LLC (the “Company”) is a Delaware limited liability corporation formed on May 8, 2002 (date of inception) for the purpose of acquiring various subsidiaries that operate health plans focused on government programs in various states. The Company began operating on August 1, 2002 in conjunction with the acquisition of its indirect operating subsidiaries and did not have any activity from May 8, 2002 (date of inception) through July 31, 2002. The Company’s direct and indirect subsidiaries are WellCare Health Plans, Inc. (“WHP”); Well Care HMO, Inc. (“WC”) and HealthEase of Florida, Inc. (“HE”), both Florida-licensed health maintenance organizations (“HMOs”); WellCare of New York, Inc. (“WCNY”), a New York-licensed HMO; FirstChoice HealthPlans of Connecticut, Inc. (“FC”), a Connecticut-licensed HMO; The WellCare Management Group, Inc. (“WCMG”), a New York-domiciled holding company; Comprehensive Health Management, Inc. (“CHMI”), a Florida-domiciled third-party administrator (“TPA”); Comprehensive Health Management of Florida, L.C. (“LLC”), a Florida-domiciled limited liability company; WellCare of Louisiana, Inc. (“LA”); WellCare Behavioral Health, Inc. (“BH”); and WellCare Group, Inc. (“WCG”) (collectively, “the Subsidiaries”). WC, HE, WCNY, FC, WCMG, CHMI and LLC are referred to collectively as the “Acquired Subsidiaries.”

      Through its operating subsidiaries, the Company provides managed care programs and related benefits to over 581,000 individuals under Medicaid, Medicare and other state sponsored children and family health insurance programs. Through its indirect subsidiaries, the Company operates HMOs in the states of Florida, New York and Connecticut. LA has applied for a HMO license in Louisiana and plans to begin its start-up operations in that state during late 2004.

     Basis of Presentation

      The Acquired Subsidiaries, as they existed under common control prior to their July 31, 2002 acquisition by WHP, are referred to collectively as “Predecessor.” The Company, as it existed on and after July 31, 2002, is referred to as the “Company” or “Successor.”

      The consolidated balance sheets, statements of income, changes in members’ equity and comprehensive income and cash flows include the accounts of the Successor and all of its subsidiaries. Significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.

      The combined balance sheets, statements of income, changes in stockholders’ equity and comprehensive income and cash flows include all of the accounts of the Predecessor prior to the July 31, 2002 acquisition of the Acquired Subsidiaries. Significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.

      The accompanying Predecessor’s historical combined financial statements for the periods ended July 31, 2002 and prior represent the financial position and corporate structure as of the dates indicated. The Predecessor’s historical combined financial statements do not reflect the effects of the Company’s new capital structure (debt and equity), C Corporation tax structure (previously an S Corporation), purchase accounting as a result of the acquisition of the Acquired Subsidiaries, and accounting for the acquired intangible assets and goodwill.

F-7


Table of Contents

WELLCARE HOLDINGS, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

      The following table describes the periods presented in these consolidated and combined financial statements and related notes thereto:

     
Period Referred to as:


Consolidated results for the Successor from January 1, 2004 through March 31, 2004
 
“Three-month period ended March 31, 2004”
Consolidated results for the Successor from January 1, 2003 through December 31, 2003
 
“Year ended December 31, 2003”
Consolidated results for the Successor from January 1, 2003 through March 31, 2003
 
“Three-month period ended March 31, 2003”
Consolidated results for the Successor from August 1, 2002 through December 31, 2002
 
“Five-month period ended December 31, 2002”
Combined results for the Predecessor from January 1, 2002 through July 31, 2002
 
“Predecessor seven-month period ended July 31, 2002”
Combined results for the Predecessor from January 1, 2002 through July 31, 2002 and results for the Successor from August 1, 2002 through December 31, 2002
 
“Combined year ended December 31, 2002”
Combined results for the Predecessor from January 1, 2001 through December 31, 2001
 
“Predecessor year ended December 31, 2001”

     Use of Estimates

      The consolidated and combined financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”). The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated and combined financial statements and accompanying notes. These estimates are based on knowledge of current events and anticipated future events and accordingly, actual results may differ from those estimates.

     Cash and Cash Equivalents

      Cash and cash equivalents include cash and short-term investments with original maturities of three months or less. These amounts are recorded at cost, which approximates fair value.

     Investments

      The Company’s investments are classified as available-for-sale securities and are reported at fair value based on quoted market prices. Unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale securities are excluded from earnings and are reported as a separate component of members’ and stockholders’ equity as accumulated other comprehensive income, net of income tax effects. The Company evaluates securities for other-than-temporary impairment on a periodic basis and principally considers the type of security, the severity of the decline in fair value and the duration of the decline in fair value in determining whether a security’s decline in fair value is other-than-temporary. Realized gains and losses from the sale or write-down for other-than-temporary impairments of available-for-sale debt and equity securities are calculated using the specific identification method.

F-8


Table of Contents

WELLCARE HOLDINGS, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

     Restricted Assets

      Restricted assets consist of cash, cash equivalents, and investments required by various state statutes to be deposited or pledged to state agencies. At March 31, 2004, December 31, 2003 and 2002, all restricted assets consisted of cash and cash equivalents. Restricted assets are classified as long-term, regardless of the contractual maturity date due to the nature of the states’ requirements.

     Premiums and Other Receivables, Net

      Premiums and other receivables consist of premiums due from federal and state agencies. Additionally, premiums and other receivables consist of amounts advanced to hospitals that are under contract with the Company to provide medical services to members. Such advances provided funding to these providers for medical benefits payable. The Company’s allowance for uncollectible premiums and other receivables was approximately $6,243 (unaudited), $4,827 and $580 at March 31, 2004, December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

     Property and Equipment

      Property and equipment is stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation for financial reporting purposes is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets, which is five years for computer equipment and software and five years for furniture and other equipment. Maintenance and repairs are charged to operating expense when incurred. Major improvements that extend the lives of the assets are capitalized. On an on-going basis, the Company reviews events or changes in circumstances that may indicate that the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable. If the carrying value of an asset exceeds the sum of estimated undiscounted future cash flows, then an impairment loss is recognized in the current period for the difference between estimated fair value and carrying value.

     Goodwill and Intangible Assets

      Goodwill represents the excess of the cost over the fair market value of net assets acquired. The Company’s intangible assets were obtained as a result of its acquisitions of the Acquired Subsidiaries and include provider networks, membership contracts, trademark, noncompete agreements, state contracts, licenses and permits. The Company’s intangible assets are amortized over their estimated useful lives ranging from one to 26 years.

      The Company reviews goodwill and intangible assets for impairment at least annually or sooner if events or changes in circumstances occur that may affect the estimated useful life or the recoverability of the remaining balance of goodwill. The Company’s management has selected the third quarter for its annual impairment test, which generally coincides with the finalization of state and federal negotiations and our initial budgeting process. During the third quarter ended September 30, 2003, management assessed the earnings forecast for its two reporting units and concluded that the fair value of the individual reporting units, based upon the expected present value of future cash flows and other qualitative factors, was in excess of net assets of each reporting unit. As of March 31, 2004, management believes that there are no indicators of impairment to the value of goodwill or intangible assets.

      The purchase of the Acquired Subsidiaries was partially financed through a contingent note (“Seller Note”) due to the former stockholders of WC, HE, CHMI and LLC (collectively the “Florida Companies”). As more fully described in Note 6, the principal amount of the Seller Note was subject to adjustment for various contingencies including the capital of various subsidiaries, the actual medical benefits payable of certain subsidiaries and the earnings (or losses) of certain subsidiaries and other potential indemnification claims under the purchase agreement. Adjustments to the Seller Note resulted in changes in the purchase price and the amount of goodwill acquired. The Company entered into a settlement agreement in February

F-9


Table of Contents

WELLCARE HOLDINGS, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

2004, which fixed the amount of the Seller Note and finalized the settlement of all purchase price adjustments.

      The aggregate amount of goodwill acquired in 2002 was $117,064 and was increased in 2003 by $41,630 to account for the aforementioned purchase price adjustment. Goodwill was assigned to its two reporting units, which are also its reporting segments. At December 31, 2003, goodwill of $78,339 was assigned to the Medicare reporting unit and $80,386 was assigned to the Medicaid reporting unit. The purchase price adjustment during 2003 was assigned to each unit based upon the corresponding impact of the Seller Note adjustments. The Company had no impairment losses or any write-offs of goodwill related to dispositions during 2004, 2003 or 2002.

     Medical Benefits

      The Company contracts with various healthcare providers for the provision of certain medical care services to its members and generally compensates those providers on a fee-for-service basis or pursuant to certain risk-sharing arrangements. Medical benefits expense consists of capitation expenses and health benefit claims. Capitation represents fixed payments on a per member per month basis to participating physicians and other medical specialists, as compensation for providing comprehensive health services. Participating physician capitation payments for the year ended December 31, 2003, five-month period ended December 31, 2002, seven-month period ended July 31, 2002, year ended December 31, 2001 were 11%, 10%, 10% and 10%, respectively, of total medical benefits expense.

      Medical benefits payables consist primarily of liabilities established for reported and unreported claims and accrued capitation fees and adjustments, which are unpaid as of the balance sheet date, and contractual liabilities under risk sharing arrangements established through an estimation process utilizing company-specific, industry-wide, and general economic information and data. The estimation process also involves continuous monitoring and evaluation of the submission, adjudication, and payment cycles of claims. The Company’s year-end medical benefits payable is substantially satisfied through claims payment in the subsequent year. The Company estimates ultimate claims based upon historical experience and other available information as well as assumptions about emerging trends, which vary by business segment. Significant assumptions used in the estimation process include trends in benefit costs, seasonality, changes in member demographics, utilization, provider contract terms and reimbursement strategies, frequency and severity of claims incurred, known and adjudicated claims and changes in the timing of the reporting of claims. Additionally, as part of the review, the Company estimates and accrues for the costs necessary to process unpaid claims.

      The Company records reserves for estimated referral claims related to medical groups under contract with the Company who are financially troubled or insolvent and who may not be able to honor their obligations for the costs of medical services provided by other providers. In these instances, the Company may be required to honor these obligations for legal or business reasons. Based on the Company’s current assessment of providers under contract with the Company, such losses are not expected to be significant.

      Due to the numerous factors influencing this liability, the Company develops a series of estimates based upon generally accepted actuarial projection methodologies using various scenarios with respect to claim submission and payment patterns and cost trends. The Company’s policy is to record management’s best estimate of medical and other benefits payable that adequately provides for future payments of claims incurred but not paid under moderately adverse conditions. Deviations, whether positive or negative, between actual experience and estimates used to establish the liability are recorded in the period of claim payment on a consistent basis. The Company continually monitors the reasonableness of the assumptions and judgments used in prior estimates by comparison with actual claim patterns and considers this information in future estimates.

F-10


Table of Contents

WELLCARE HOLDINGS, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

      Medical and other benefits paid can also be significantly impacted by outcomes from court decisions, interpretations by regulatory authorities, and legislative changes involving healthcare matters. As a result, amounts ultimately paid may differ from initial estimates that did not consider such outcomes, interpretations and changes.

     Premium Deficiency Reserves

      Premium deficiency reserves are recognized when it is probable that the future costs associated with a group of existing contracts will exceed the anticipated future premiums, investment income and stop-loss reinsurance recoveries on those contracts. For purposes of determining whether a premium deficiency exists, contracts are grouped in a manner consistent with the Company’s method of acquiring, servicing and measuring profitability of such contracts. At March 31, 2004, December 31, 2003 and 2002, the Company recorded premium deficiency reserves of $500 (unaudited), $500 and $1,875, respectively.

     Income Taxes

      Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the estimated future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. A valuation allowance is recognized when, based on available evidence, it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets may not be realized.

     Revenue Recognition

      The Company generally receives premiums in advance of providing services, and recognizes premium revenue during the period in which the Company is obligated to provide services to its members. Premiums are billed monthly for coverage in the following month and are recognized as revenue in the month for which insurance coverage is provided. Premiums collected in advance are deferred and reported as unearned premiums in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheet. Any amounts that have not been received by the end of the period remain on the balance sheet classified as premium receivables.

     Reinsurance

      Certain premiums and medical benefits are ceded to other insurance companies under various reinsurance agreements. The ceded reinsurance agreements provide the Company with increased capacity to write larger risks and maintain its exposure to loss within its capital resources. The Company is contingently liable in the event that the reinsurers do not meet their contractual obligations.

      Reinsurance premiums and medical benefits are accounted for consistently with the accounting for the original policies issued and other terms of the reinsurance contracts. The Company had payments of $2,724, $1,071, $1,616 and $3,337, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2003, the five-month period ended December 31, 2002, the Predecessor seven-month period ended July 31, 2002 and the Predecessor year ended December 31, 2001. The Company had recoveries of $715, $985, $1,751 and $1,700, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2003, the five-month period ended December 31, 2002, the Predecessor seven-month period ended July 31, 2002 and the Predecessor year ended December 31, 2001.

     Member Acquisition Costs

      Member acquisition costs consist of both internal and external agent commissions, policy issuance and other administrative costs that the Company incurs to acquire new members. The Company does not defer member acquisition costs. Member acquisition costs are expensed in the period in which they are incurred.

F-11


Table of Contents

WELLCARE HOLDINGS, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

     Recapitalization

      In February 2004, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized a plan to reorganize the Company as a corporation by means of a merger of the Company with and into WCG, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, in connection with a planned initial public offering of the reorganized Company’s common stock.

     Unit-Based Compensation

      The Company has two equity-based employee compensation plans, which are described more fully in Note 8. The Company accounts for these plans under the recognition and measurement principles (the intrinsic-value method) prescribed in Accounting Principles Board (“APB”) Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees,” and related interpretations. Compensation cost for unit options is reflected in net income and is measured as the excess of the market price of the Company’s unit at the date of grant over the amount an employee must pay to acquire the unit.

      In December 2002, SFAS No. 148, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation — Transition and Disclosure” was issued. SFAS No. 148 provides alternative methods of transition to the fair value method of accounting for equity-based employee compensation. It also amends and expands the disclosure provisions of SFAS No. 123 and APB Opinion No. 28, “Interim Financial Reporting,” to require disclosure in the summary of significant accounting policies of the effects of an entity’s accounting policy with respect to equity-based employee compensation on reported net income and earnings per stock in annual and interim financial statements. While SFAS No. 148 does not require companies to account for employee equity options using the fair-value method, the disclosure provisions of SFAS No. 148 are applicable to all companies with equity-based employee compensation, regardless of whether they account for that compensation using the fair-value method of SFAS No. 123 or the intrinsic-value method of APB Opinion No. 25. The Company has adopted the disclosure requirements of SFAS No. 148.

F-12


Table of Contents

WELLCARE HOLDINGS, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

      The following table illustrates the effect on net income and net income attributable to common units if the Company had applied the fair value recognition provisions to equity-based employee compensation.

                                   
Three Months Three Months Five-Month
Ended Ended Year Ended Period Ended
March 31, March 31, December 31, December 31,
2004 2003 2003 2002




(unaudited)
Net income, as reported
  $ 5,822     $ 3,428     $ 23,537     $ 4,657  
Reconciling items (net of tax effects):
                               
Add: equity-based employee compensation expense determined under the intrinsic-value based method for all awards
    154       1       434       4  
Deduct: equity-based employee compensation expense determined under the fair-value based method for all awards
    (487 )     (1 )     (819 )     (4 )
     
     
     
     
 
Net adjustment
    (333 )           (385 )      
     
     
     
     
 
Net income, as adjusted
    5,489       3,428       23,152       4,657  
Class A common unit yield
    (1,571 )     (1,448 )     (5,997 )     (2,356 )
     
     
     
     
 
Net income attributable to common units
  $ 3,918     $ 1,980     $ 17,155     $ 2,301  
     
     
     
     
 
Net income attributable per common unit:
                               
 
Basic-as reported
  $ 0.15     $ 0.07     $ 0.66     $ 0.09  
 
Basic-as adjusted
  $ 0.14     $ 0.07     $ 0.65     $ 0.09  
 
Diluted-as reported
  $ 0.13     $ 0.07     $ 0.60     $ 0.08  
 
Diluted-as adjusted
  $ 0.12     $ 0.07     $ 0.58     $ 0.08  

      The Predecessor seven-month period ended July 31, 2002 and the Predecessor year ended December 31, 2001 did not have any equity-based employee compensation and as a result, those periods are not displayed in the table above.

     Net Income Attributable Per Unit and Unaudited Pro Forma Per Share

      Basic net income attributable per unit is computed by dividing the net income less the Class A common unit yield for the period by the weighted average number of units outstanding during the period, less units outstanding that are unvested and subject to provisions that allow the Company to repurchase units at its sole discretion. Diluted net income attributable per unit is computed by dividing the net income for the period less the Class A common unit yield by the weighted average number of units outstanding during the period, including the unvested units that are subject to provisions that allow the Company to repurchase units at its sole discretion.

      Unaudited pro forma net income per share is computed using the weighted average number of common shares outstanding, including the pro forma effects of automatic conversion of all outstanding common units into shares of the Company’s common stock effective upon the assumed closing of the Company’s proposed initial public offering. The Company’s historical capital structure is not indicative of its prospective structure due to the automatic conversion of all units into common stock concurrent with the closing of the Company’s anticipated initial public offering. Accordingly, historical basic and diluted net income attributable per

F-13


Table of Contents

WELLCARE HOLDINGS, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

common unit should not be used as an indicator of the future earnings per common share. The unaudited pro forma information in the balance sheet assumes conversion of all outstanding units of the Company into shares of WellCare Group, Inc. common stock resulting from the completion of the proposed initial public offering as if it had occurred at March 31, 2004.

      The following table presents the calculation of net income attributable per common units— basic and diluted:

                                   
Successor

Three Months Three Months Five-Month
Ended Ended Year ended Period ended
March 31, March 31, December 31, December 31,
2004 2003 2003 2002




(unaudited)
Numerator:
                               
Net income — basic and diluted
  $ 5,822     $ 3,428     $ 23,537     $ 4,657  
Class A Common unit yield
    (1,571 )     (1,448 )     (5,997 )     (2,356 )
     
     
     
     
 
Net income attributable to common unit
  $ 4,251     $ 1,980     $ 17,540     $ 2,301  
     
     
     
     
 
Denominator
                               
Weighted average units outstanding — basic
    27,613,922       26,476,520       26,398,962       25,752,459  
Adjustments for unvested outstanding Class C Common units
    4,606,674       1,255,702       3,039,250       1,486,778  
     
     
     
     
 
Weighted average units outstanding — diluted
    32,220,596       27,732,222       29,438,212       27,239,237  
     
     
     
     
 
Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding — basic (unaudited)
    21,420,625       19,296,836       20,855,914       20,267,078  
     
     
     
     
 
Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding — diluted (unaudited)
    24,994,106       20,176,204       22,832,795       21,129,975  
     
     
     
     
 
Net income attributable per common unit:
                               
 
Net income attributable per unit — basic
  $ 0.15     $ 0.07     $ 0.66     $ 0.09  
 
Net income attributable per unit — diluted
  $ 0.13     $ 0.07     $ 0.60     $ 0.08  
 
Pro forma net income attributable per common share — basic (unaudited)
  $ 0.20     $ 0.10     $ 0.84     $ 0.11  
 
Pro forma net income attributable per common share — diluted (unaudited)
  $ 0.17     $ 0.10     $ 0.77     $ 0.11  

     Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income

      Accumulated other comprehensive income consists of gains and losses that are not recorded in the statements of income but instead are recorded directly to members’ and stockholders’ equity. The Company’s components of accumulated other comprehensive income include net unrealized gain (loss) on available-for-sale securities, net of tax.

F-14


Table of Contents

WELLCARE HOLDINGS, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

     Concentrations

      The operations of the Company’s subsidiaries in Florida represent a significant concentration of the Company’s revenues. The following table illustrates the Company’s Florida subsidiaries’ revenue as a percentage of the revenue for each segment and in total.

                                   
Successor Predecessor


Five-Month Seven-Month
Year Ended Period Ended Period Ended Year Ended
December 31, December 31, July, 31 December 31,
2003 2002 2002 2001




Medicare
    27 %     29 %     31 %     29 %
Medicaid
    59 %     57 %     54 %     51 %
     
     
     
     
 
 
Total
    86 %     86 %     85 %     80 %
     
     
     
     
 

      The Company expects that the Florida Subsidiaries’ Medicare and Medicaid contracts, which expire on various dates between June 2004 and September 2005, will be renewed. The Company’s operating results could be significantly constrained in the event that the compensation provided under its Florida Subsidiaries’ Medicare and Medicaid contracts is inadequate to fund medical benefits expense or in the event that these contracts are not renewed.

     Fair Value Information

      The Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets include the following financial instruments: cash and cash equivalents, receivables, investments, accounts payable, medical benefits payable, and notes payable. The carrying amounts of current assets and liabilities approximate their fair value because of the relatively short period of time between the origination of these instruments and their expected realization. The carrying value of the notes payable to related party is estimated by management to approximate fair value based upon the term, nature of the obligation and the arms-length negotiations conducted during the purchase transaction. The carrying value of other long-term debt obligations approximates their fair value based on borrowing rates currently available to the Company for instruments with similar terms and remaining maturities.

     Recent Accounting Pronouncements

      In June 2002, the FASB issued SFAS No. 146, “Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities,” which addresses accounting for restructuring and similar costs. SFAS No. 146 supersedes previous accounting guidance, principally Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) Issue No. 94-3 “Liability Recognition for Certain Employee Termination Benefits and Other Costs to Exit an Activity (including Certain Costs Incurred in a Restructuring).” SFAS No. 146 requires recognition of the liability for costs associated with an exit or disposal activity when a company exits a facility, whereas under EITF Issue No. 94-3, a liability for an exit cost is recognized at the date a company commits to an exit plan. In addition, SFAS No. 146 establishes that the liability should initially be measured and recorded at fair value. Accordingly, SFAS No. 146 may affect the timing of recognizing future restructuring costs, as well as the amounts recognized. Application of SFAS No. 146 was required for restructuring activities initiated after December 31, 2002. Adoption of this standard did not impact the Company’s financial statements.

      In November 2002, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 45, “Guarantor’s Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others — an Interpretation of FASB Statements No. 5, 57, and 107 and Rescission of FASB Interpretation No. 34.” The interpretation elaborates on the disclosures to be made by a guarantor in its interim and annual financial statements about its obligations under certain guarantees that it has issued. It also requires a guarantor to recognize, at the

F-15


Table of Contents

WELLCARE HOLDINGS, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

inception of a guarantee, a liability for the fair value of the obligation undertaken in issuing the guarantee. In general, the interpretation applies to contracts or indemnification agreements that contingently require the guarantor to make payments to the guaranteed party based on changes in an underlying obligation that is related to an asset, liability or an equity security of the guaranteed party. The initial recognition and measurement provisions of the interpretation apply to guarantees issued or modified after December 31, 2002. The adoption of this interpretation in fiscal 2003 did not have an impact on the Company’s financial statements.

      In January 2003, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 46, “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities.” This interpretation of Accounting Research Bulletin No. 51, “Consolidated Financial Statements,” addresses consolidation by business enterprises of variable interest entities (“VIEs”) when the VIEs either: (1) do not have sufficient equity investment at risk to permit the entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support, or (2) the equity investors lack an essential characteristic of a controlling financial interest. As of March 31, 2004, the Company does not have any entities that require disclosure or new consolidation as a result of adopting the provisions of FASB Interpretation No. 46 (unaudited).

      In May 2003, the FASB issued SFAS No. 150, “Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of Both Liabilities and Equity.” SFAS No. 150 requires that certain financial instruments, including mandatorily redeemable financial instruments, be classified as liabilities. For existing financial instruments, the standard is applicable for the first quarter beginning after June 15, 2003. The adoption of SFAS No. 150 has not impacted the Company’s financial statements.

     Interim Financial Statements

      The financial statements of the Company for the interim periods presented are unaudited, but, in the opinion of the Company’s management, reflect adjustments (consisting only of normal recurring adjustments), which the Company considers necessary for the fair presentation of the financial position and results of operations and cash flows for the interim periods presented. The interim financial statements included herein have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and the instructions to Rule 10-01 of Regulation S-X. Accordingly, certain information and footnote disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles have been condensed or omitted. Results for the interim periods presented are not necessarily indicative of results that may be expected for the entire year or any other interim period.

     Reclassifications

      Certain 2003, 2002, and 2001 amounts have been reclassified to conform to their 2004 financial statement presentation.

2.     BUSINESS ACQUISITION

      On July 31, 2002, the Company acquired (directly or indirectly) 100 percent of the outstanding stock or other ownership interests of the Acquired Subsidiaries. The results of the Acquired Subsidiaries’ operations have been included in the consolidated financial statements since that date.

      The aggregate purchase price was estimated to be $170,060, including cash compensation of $57,719, the Seller Note, which had an initial principal amount of $53,000 and management’s anticipated contingent consideration of $54,343, for an aggregate principal amount of $107,343 (see Note 6), transaction expenses of $4,748, and a warrant to purchase 2,287,037 Class B Common Units at an adjusted purchase price of $3.00 per unit (see Note 8) with an estimated value of $250. The valuation of the warrants was made utilizing Black-Scholes valuation model. Significant assumptions utilized were: dividend yield of 0%; expected term of one year; risk-free interest rate of 1.8%; and an expected volatility of 50.2%.

F-16


Table of Contents

WELLCARE HOLDINGS, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

      The following table summarizes the estimated fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the date of acquisition, July 31, 2002. Because the value of the Seller Note was contingent upon various factors, the amount of goodwill was subject to future adjustment.

         
Cash, cash equivalents and investments
  $ 167,313  
Premiums receivable and advances to providers
    15,548  
Restricted investments
    16,023  
Property and equipment and other assets
    11,921  
Intangible assets
    19,970  
Goodwill
    117,064  
     
 
Total assets acquired
    347,839  
     
 
Claims payable
    (109,054 )
Short-term debt and other liabilities
    (68,725 )
     
 
Total liabilities assumed
    (177,779 )
     
 
Net assets acquired
  $ 170,060  
     
 

      The premium paid for the assets and liabilities of the Acquired Subsidiaries was largely due to management’s expectation that (i) the purchase of the Acquired Subsidiaries would provide the Company with an immediate competitive position in Florida, New York and Connecticut, (ii) the Company would be able to realize savings related to the opportunity costs and lost profits that would have to be incurred to obtain an HMO license in each state and to enter into Medicaid and Medicare contracts, and (iii) the Company would obtain synergies not attributable to a specific asset, such as administrative cost savings realizable as a result of having a fully operational, experienced third party administrator.

      The acquisition was accounted for under the provisions of Internal Revenue Code Section 338(h)10, thus management believes the entire goodwill balance of $117,064 is expected to be deductible for tax purposes.

      The Seller Note contained the following contingencies and adjustments that were to be established at or around September 15, 2003 and 2004, in each case in accordance with the definitions and procedures set forth in the purchase agreement for the acquisition of the Florida Companies (“purchase agreement”):

  Florida HMO Capital Adjustment —the Seller Note was adjusted for the difference between aggregate actual and required capital at HE and WC at July 31, 2002, as determined in accordance with statutory accounting principles.
 
  Medical Benefits Payable —the Seller Note was adjusted for any deficiency between aggregate estimated and actual medical benefits payable at WCNY and FC at June 30, 2002.
 
  CHMI Capital Adjustment —the Seller Note was adjusted for the difference between CHMI’s actual net worth and $1,000 at July 31, 2002.
 
  Medicare Adjustment —the Seller Note was adjusted for 3.25 times Medicare earnings, as defined in the purchase agreement, for the period January 1, 2002 through December 31, 2002.
 
  Commercial Adjustment —the Seller Note was adjusted for commercial earnings or losses, as defined in the purchase agreement, for the period January 1, 2002 through December 31, 2002.

      In addition, the Seller Note is subject to adjustment based on the Company’s claims for indemnification arising under the purchase agreement.

F-17


Table of Contents

WELLCARE HOLDINGS, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

      The following is a summary of the acquired intangible assets resulting from the business acquisition as of December 31, 2003 and 2002:

                                                 
December 31,

March 31, 2004 2003 2002



Gross Gross Gross
Carrying Accumulated Carrying Accumulated Carrying Accumulated
Amount Amortization Amount Amortization Amount Amortization






(unaudited)
Provider network
  $ 3,800     ($ 1,718 )   $ 3,800     ($ 1,274 )   $ 3,800       ($375 )
Membership contracts
    6,000       (5,080 )     6,000       (4,870 )     6,000       (2,237 )
Trademark
    6,500       (778 )     6,500       (661 )     6,500       (194 )
Noncompete agreements
    2,500       (767 )     2,500       (652 )     2,500       (192 )
Licenses and permits
    985       (109 )     985       (93 )     985       (27 )
State contracts
    185       (20 )     185       (17 )     185       (5 )
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
    $ 19,970     ($ 8,472 )   $ 19,970     ($ 7,567 )   $ 19,970     ($ 3,030 )
     
     
     
     
     
     
 

      Amortization expense for the three months ended March 31, 2004, the year ended December 31, 2003, and the five-month period ended December 31, 2002 was $905 (unaudited), $4,537 and $3,030, respectively. The Company did not have any amortization expense for the predecessor seven-month period ended July 31, 2002 or for the predecessor year ended December 31, 2001. Amortization expense expected to be recognized during fiscal years subsequent to March 31, 2004 is as follows:

         
2004 (remaining nine months)
  $ 1,544  
2005
    1,486  
2006
    1,195  
2007
    1,004  
2008
    735  
2009 and thereafter
    5,534  
     
 
    $ 11,498  
     
 

      The weighted-average amortization periods of the acquired intangible assets resulting from the business acquisition are as follows:

         
Weighted-Average
Amortization
Period
(In Years)

Provider network
    8.94  
Membership contracts
    3.42  
Trademark
    15.00  
Noncompete agreements
    5.00  
Licenses and permits
    15.00  
State contracts
    15.00  
Total intangibles
    10.74  

      The following unaudited pro forma financial information is presented for illustrative purposes only, to give effect to the acquisition of the Acquired Subsidiaries as if it had been completed on January 1, 2001, and is not

F-18


Table of Contents

WELLCARE HOLDINGS, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

necessarily indicative of the operating results that would have actually occurred had the acquisition been completed on that date, nor are they indicative of future operating results.

                 
Pro forma Combined
Year ended December 31,

2002 2001
(unaudited) (unaudited)


Revenues
  $ 921,837     $ 750,284  
Income before income taxes
    27,670       13,062  
Net income
    16,325       7,707  
Class A common unit yield
    (6,246 )     (5,770 )
     
     
 
Net income attributable to common units
  $ 10,079     $ 1,937  
     
     
 
Net income attributable per common unit — basic
  $ 0.38     $ 0.07  
Net income attributable per common unit — diluted
  $ 0.34     $ 0.07  
Weighted average units outstanding — basic
    26,398,962       26,398,962  
Weighted average units outstanding — diluted
    29,438,212       29,438,212  

3.     INVESTMENTS

      The amortized cost and estimated fair values of investments are as follows:

                                   
Gross Gross
Amortized Unrealized Unrealized Estimated
March 31, 2004 Cost Gains Losses Fair Value





(unaudited)
Available for sale:
                               
 
Certificates of deposit
  $ 38,929     $ 1           $ 38,930  
     
     
     
     
 
 
December 31, 2003
                               

                               
 
Available for sale:
                               
 
Certificates of deposit
  $ 33,777     $ 1           $ 33,778  
     
     
     
     
 
 
December 31, 2002
                               

                               
 
Available for sale:
                               
 
Fixed maturities:
                               
 
U.S. Treasury securities
  $ 25,384     $ 34           $ 25,418  
 
U.S. Government agency securities
    9,972       19             9,991  
 
Certificates of deposit
    33,601                   33,601  
     
     
     
     
 
    $ 68,957     $ 53           $ 69,010  
     
     
     
     
 

      All of the Company’s investments at March 31, 2004, December 31, 2003 and 2002 are due within one year.

F-19


Table of Contents

WELLCARE HOLDINGS, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

4.     PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

      Property and equipment is summarized as follows:

                         
December 31,
March 31,
2004 2003 2002



(unaudited)
Land
  $ 42     $ 42     $ 42  
Leasehold improvements
    2,991       2,991       2,987  
Computer equipment and software
    4,174       3,570       1,626  
Furniture and other equipment
    3,540       3,389       2,295  
     
     
     
 
      10,747       9,992       6,950  
Less accumulated depreciation
    (5,995 )     (5,275 )     (2,743 )
     
     
     
 
    $ 4,752     $ 4,717     $ 4,207  
     
     
     
 

      The Company recognized depreciation expense on property and equipment of $738 (unaudited), $2,547, $703, $1,239 and $2,192 for the three-month period ended March 31, 2004, the year ended December 31, 2003, the five-month period ended December 31, 2002, the predecessor seven-month period ended July 31, 2002 and the predecessor year ended December 31, 2001, respectively.

      The Company committed to a plan to exit its current corporate office in November 2003. All leasehold improvements, which will remain with the lessor, were assigned a remaining useful of eight months to coincide with the planned exit date. This change in estimate resulted in an increase to depreciation expense of approximately $1,019 for the year ended December 31, 2003.

5.     MEDICAL BENEFITS PAYABLE

      The following table provides a reconciliation of the beginning and ending balance of medical benefits payable for the following periods:

                                   
Successor Predecessor


Five-Month Seven-Month
Year Ended Period Ended Period Ended Year Ended
December 31, December 31, July 31, December 31,
2003 2002 2002 2001




Balances as of beginning of period
  $ 113,670     $ 109,054     $ 98,314     $ 86,714  
     
     
     
     
 
Medical benefits incurred related to:
                               
Current period
    884,703       348,079       436,444       634,726  
Prior periods
    (23,650 )     (6,316 )     (1,520 )     2,780  
     
     
     
     
 
 
Total
    861,053       341,763       434,924       637,506  
     
     
     
     
 
Medical benefits paid related to:
                               
Current period
    (751,826 )     (249,076 )     (335,938 )     (538,505 )
Prior periods
    (74,600 )     (88,071 )     (88,246 )     (87,401 )
     
     
     
     
 
 
Total
    (826,426 )     (337,147 )     (424,184 )     (625,906 )
     
     
     
     
 
Balances as of end of period
  $ 148,297     $ 113,670     $ 109,054     $ 98,314  
     
     
     
     
 

      Medical benefits payable recorded at December 31, 2002 developed favorably by approximately $23,650. This favorable development was primarily due to realized medical benefits expense trends that were less than initially assumed trends. The Company initially assumed a medical benefits expense trend increase of 7.8%

F-20


Table of Contents

WELLCARE HOLDINGS, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

and a decrease of 4.1% for the Medicaid and Medicare segments, respectively, at December 31, 2002. Based upon payments made subsequent to December 31, 2002, for dates of service prior to December 31, 2002, the realized trends were an increase of 4.5% for the Medicaid segment and a decrease of 5.4% for the Medicare segment. The difference between the assumed and the realized trends account for approximately $15,000 and $3,500 of favorable development for the Medicaid and Medicare segments, respectively. Medical benefits payable at July 31, 2002 and December 31, 2001 developed favorably by $6,316 and $1,500, respectively, due primarily to lower utilization of medical services than anticipated. Medical benefits payable at December 31, 2000 developed unfavorably in the subsequent period by $2,800, due primarily to higher than expected utilization of services and unit costs.

6.     DEBT

      The Company’s outstanding debt at March 31, 2004, December 31, 2003 and 2002 consists of the following:

                                                   
Related Party Other


March 31, December 31, March 31, December 31,
2004 2003 2002 2004 2003 2002






(unaudited) (unaudited)
Line of credit
  $     $     $     $     $     $  
Note payable
    116,240       119,738       106,600       16,179       15,903        
Short-term margin payable
                                  49,579  
Other
                      23       114       116  
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Total
    116,240       119,738       106,600       16,202       16,017       49,695  
Less: current portion of long-term debt
    (44,672 )     (48,170 )     (21,806 )                 (49,654 )
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
    $ 71,568     $ 71,568     $ 84,794     $ 16,202     $ 16,017     $ 41  
     
     
     
     
     
     
 

   Line of Credit

      The Company obtained a $15,000 senior credit facility with an unaffiliated bank in March 2003. The facility has a floating interest rate based on the one month Eurodollar rate and requires payment of any borrowings on the facility at its maturity date in March 2005. During the three months ended March 31, 2004 and the year ended December 31, 2003, no draws on the line of credit occurred. Additionally, the line of credit has certain financial and non-financial covenants which the Company was in compliance with at March 31, 2004 (unaudited) and December 31, 2003.

   Note Payable

      In March 2003, a Subsidiary of the Company also issued senior discount notes with a principal amount at maturity of $21,615. These notes bear interest at 8% and mature in March 2009. The Company received approximately $15,000 from the issuance (prior to the transaction expenses). The notes require semi-annual payments of interest. Principal payments are due in two equal installments in March 2008 and 2009. The discount on the note was approximately $6,600 and is being amortized over the term of the notes. During the three-month period ended March 31, 2004 and the year ended December 31, 2003, respectively, approximately $276 (unaudited) and $903 was amortized and is included as a component of interest expense in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Income.

F-21


Table of Contents

WELLCARE HOLDINGS, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

   Note Payable to Related Party

      In conjunction with the business combination described in Note 2, the Company issued the Seller Note payable to the former stockholders of the Florida Companies. The Seller Note is secured by a portion of WHP’s common stock, had an initial principal amount of $53,000, bears interest at the rate of 5.25% per annum and is payable from September 15, 2003 through September 15, 2006. The principal amount of the Seller Note was subject to adjustment in both 2003 and 2004 based upon a number of earnouts and other contingencies set forth in the purchase agreement, including the capital adequacy of certain of the Florida Companies as of the closing date and the earnings of the Florida Medicare business during fiscal 2002, as described in Note 2. The Company entered into a settlement agreement in February 2004 that fixed the amount of the purchase price and the Seller Note. This settlement and the principal payments made during 2003 resulted in a balance due under the Seller Note of $119,738 at December 31, 2003. The seller continues to be obligated to provide the Company with indemnification for potential pre-acquisition claims.

   Short-Term Margin Payable

      The short-term margin payable consisted of agreements with unaffiliated financial institutions whereby the Company borrowed $50,000 under two separate margin agreements. One of the $25,000 agreements bore interest at the financial institutions base rate plus an applicable margin and the other agreement had fixed rates within the range of 1.5% to 2.82%. Both of these margin payable agreements were closed in 2003.

      Scheduled maturities of the Company’s debt, including the accreted amount of the senior discount notes, during fiscal years subsequent to December 31, 2003 are as follows:

         
2004
  $ 48,170  
2005
    30,784  
2006
    40,784  
2007
     
2008 and thereafter
    21,615  
     
 
    $ 141,353  
     
 

7.     COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

     Litigation

      In early 2001, an action was filed against one of the Company’s HMO subsidiaries by a sales agency that had contracted to market the Predecessor’s commercial health plan. The plaintiff alleges that its contract requires WC to allow the plaintiff to serve as a sales agent for its Medicare health plans and seeks monetary damages, including lost profits over the alleged contract term. The Company intends to defend this matter vigorously.

      The Company is involved in legal actions in the normal course of business, some of which seek monetary damages, including claims for punitive damages, which are not covered by insurance or indemnifications from the sellers. These actions, including the action described in the preceding paragraph, when finally concluded and determined, will not, in the opinion of management, have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

     Operating Leases

      The Company has operating leases for office space, electronic data processing equipment, automobiles, software and terminal lines. Rental expense for the three months ended March 31, 2004 and 2003 was $508 and $729, respectively (unaudited). Rental expense totaled $2,273, $773, $993 and $1,701 for the year ended

F-22


Table of Contents

WELLCARE HOLDINGS, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

December 31, 2003, the five-month period ended December 31, 2002, the predecessor seven-month period ended July 31, 2002 and the predecessor year ended December 31, 2001, respectively. Future minimum lease payments under noncancelable operating leases with initial or remaining lease terms in excess of one year at December 31, 2003 were:

         
2004
  $ 1,641  
2005
    768  
2006
    535  
2007
    506  
2008
    527  
Thereafter
    881  
     
 
    $ 4,858  
     
 

8.     MEMBERS’ EQUITY

      Under the Company’s Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement (the “LLC Agreement”), membership interests in the Company are represented by issued and outstanding Units. Units may be divided into one or more types, classes or series, with each type, class or series having the rights and privileges as may be set forth in the LLC Agreement. The Company is currently authorized to issue Preferred Units, Class A Common Units, Class B Common Units, Class C Common Units and other Common Units under the LLC Agreement.

      Upon the execution of the LLC Agreement as of September 5, 2002, the Company effected a unit split, pursuant to which each common unit then issued and outstanding was automatically converted into 333 1/3 of the same class of common unit.

      Each Class A Common Unit issued accrues, on a quarterly basis, an amount, referred to as the “Class A Common Yield,” equal to 8% per annum on the sum of (i) the Class A Common Capital Value of $3.00 per Class A Common Unit, less any portion of such amount previously distributed to the holder thereof pursuant to the terms of the LLC Agreement, and (ii) the accrued but unpaid portion of the Class A Common Yield for all prior quarterly periods.

      Class A Common Units and Class C Common Units are voting units, and entitle the holders thereof to one vote for each such Common Unit on all matters voted upon by members of the Company. Class B Common Units and any Preferred Units are non-voting units.

      Pursuant to the terms of the LLC Agreement, any distribution of cash or assets of the Company is to be made in the following order and priority:

      First, to the holders of Class A Common Units, in proportion to and to the extent of the accrued but unpaid Class A Common Yield on all outstanding Class A Common Units at the time of the distribution, until the entire amount of the accrued but unpaid Class A Common Yield on all outstanding Class A Common Units has been paid in full;

      Second, to the holders of Class A Common Units, in proportion to and to the extent of the Class A Common Capital Value of $3.00 per Class A Common Unit not distributed to the holders prior to the time of the distribution, until the entire amount of the Class A Common Capital Value on all outstanding Class A Common Units has been paid in full;

      Third, to the holders of Class B Common Units, in proportion to and to the extent of the Class B Common Capital Value per Class B Common Unit not distributed to the holders prior to the time of the

F-23


Table of Contents

WELLCARE HOLDINGS, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

distribution, until the entire amount of the Class B Common Capital Value on all outstanding Class B Common Units has been paid in full; and

      Fourth, pro rata, based on the total number of common units of all classes outstanding, to the holders of all common units of all classes.

      The Company did not make any distributions during the periods ended December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively. The aggregate amount of cumulative distribution preference, Class A Common Yield, in arrears at March 31, 2004, December 31, 2003 and 2002 is $9,924 (unaudited), $8,353 and $2,356, respectively.

      The Company has entered into agreements with certain members of management and others providing for the sale and issuance of Class A Common Units and Class C Common Units. The Class C Common Units issued or to be issued to management are subject to certain vesting restrictions, as set forth in the applicable agreements. A receivable has been recorded as a reduction of units outstanding and paid in capital for the amount of units issued to one of the Company’s board members.

      In September 2002, the Company adopted two equity plans, the 2002 Senior Executive Equity Plan (the “Executive Plan”) and the 2002 Employee Option Plan (the “Employee Plan”). Both plans permit senior executives and other key employees selected to participate to acquire ownership interests in the Company. The Board of Directors reserved an aggregate of 4,432,693 Common Units (which may consist of any combination of Class A Common Units and Class C Common Units) for issuance under the Executive Plan and the Employee Plan.

      Under the Executive Plan, participants are given the opportunity to purchase a specified number of Class A Common Units. As a result of such purchase, participants are granted a specified number of Class C Common Units, which may be subject to vesting over time or based upon the fulfillment of specified conditions. During the three months ended March 31, 2004, the year ended December 31, 2003 and the five-month period ending December 31, 2002, the Company sold 7,386 (unaudited), 98,333 and 0 Class A Common Units, respectively, pursuant to the plan, for net proceeds of $50 (unaudited), $295 and $0, respectively.

      Under the Employee Plan, participants are granted options to purchase Class A Common Units, at an exercise price to be specified in each individual option grant agreement. No options were exercised during 2003 or 2002.

      In general, Class A Common Units sold and Class C Common Units granted under the Executive Plan, and all Class A Common Units issued upon exercise of options granted under the Employee Plan, are subject to the Company’s right of repurchase upon the termination of the participant’s employment with the Company or any of its subsidiaries. During the year ended December 31, 2003, 3,333 Class A Common Units and 36,925 Class C Common Units were repurchased at the then fair market value at date of repurchase.

      The Board of Directors or any committee designated by the Board has the authority to select executives and other employees to participate in the Executive Plan and the Employee Plan, to determine the number of Class A Common Units to be sold and the number of Class C Common Units to be granted to participants in the Executive Plan, to determine the number of Class A Common Units subject to options granted under the Employee Plan, to determine the vesting schedule, if any, applicable to Class C Common Units issued under the Executive Plan and options granted under the Employee Plan, to determine the exercise price of option grants under the Employee Plan, and to otherwise administer the plans.

     Warrants

      On July 31, 2002, in conjunction with the purchase transaction, the Company issued to WHP warrants to purchase 2,287,037 Class B Common Units at an exercise price of $3.00 per Class B Common Unit. On the same date, in connection with WHP’s acquisition of the Florida Companies, WHP transferred the warrants to

F-24


Table of Contents

WELLCARE HOLDINGS, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

certain of the former stockholders of the Florida Companies as part of the purchase price paid by WHP for the Florida Companies. The warrants have a 10-year term and are nontransferable during a restricted period from the date of issuance until the closing of a public offering registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933. Management believes the warrants were issued at the then fair market value. The warrants were exercised in December 2003 by the former stockholders. The former stockholders issued a non-recourse note for the aggregate purchase price of $6,861 for the units; accordingly, the note has been shown as an offset to the number of units issued and outstanding and paid in capital.

     Restricted Unit Activity

      The following table summarizes information with respect to restricted unit activity:

         
Restricted units granted in 2002
    2,093,519  
Restricted units granted in 2003
    2,910,117  
Restricted units granted in the three months ended March 31, 2004 (unaudited)
     
Unit-based compensation for five months ended December 31, 2002
  $ 1  
Unit-based compensation for year ended December 31, 2003
  $ 168  
Unit-based compensation for the three months ended March 31, 2004 (unaudited)
  $ 125  
Restricted units subject to repurchase at December 31, 2003
    1,532,368  
Restricted units subject to repurchase at March 31, 2004 (unaudited)
    1,963,723  
Restricted units forfeited in 2003
    124,202  
Restricted units forfeited in the three months ended March 31, 2004 (unaudited)
    35,000  

     Unit Option Activity

      The following table summarizes equity option activity:

                                   
Three Months Ended Year Ended
March 31, 2004 December 31, 2003


Weighted Weighted
Average Average
Exercise Exercise
Units Price Units Price




(unaudited)
Outstanding at beginning of year
    1,099,500     $ 3.69              
 
Granted
    514,500       6.77       1,099,500     $ 3.69  
 
Exercised
                       
 
Forfeited
    (13,000 )     3.00              
     
             
         
Outstanding at end of period
    1,601,000     $ 4.67       1,099,500     $ 3.69  
     
             
         
Exercisable at end of period
    106,042     $ 3.18       75,417     $ 3.00  
     
             
         

      No unit options were issued or outstanding during the three months ended March 31, 2003.

F-25


Table of Contents

WELLCARE HOLDINGS, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

      Most outstanding options under the various unit agreements vest over a four year period. Remaining non-exercisable options as of December 31, 2003 become exercisable as follows:

     
2004
  325,646
2005
  271,125
2006
  254,458
2007
  172,854
   
Total
  1,024,083
   

      The following table summarizes information regarding options outstanding and exercisable:

                                           
Options Outstanding Options Exercisable


Weighted
Average
Remaining Weighted Weighted
Range of Contractual Average Average
Exercise Number Life Exercise Number Exercise
Prices Outstanding (Years) Price Exercisable Price






March 31, 2004 (unaudited)
                                       
 
$3.00 – $6.77
    1,601,000       9.49     $ 4.67       106,042     $ 3.18  
December 31, 2003
                                       
 
$3.00 – $5.26
    1,099,500       9.54     $ 3.69       75,417     $ 3.00  

      The minimum fair value of each option grant is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions used for the grants during the period:

                 
Three Months Ended Year Ended
March 31, 2004 December 31, 2003


(unaudited)
Weighted average risk-free interest rate
    4.12%       3.98%  
Range of risk-free interest rates
    4.05% – 4.38%       3.37% – 4.52%  
Term
    6.75       6.75  
Expected dividend yield
    0%       0%  
Volatility
    50.2%       50.2%  
Weighted average fair value for options granted
    $6.77       $3.69  

9.  STATUTORY CAPITAL AND DIVIDEND RESTRICTIONS

      State insurance laws and regulations prescribe accounting practices for determining statutory net income and surplus for HMOs and require, among other matters, the filing of financial statements prepared in accordance with statutory accounting practices prescribed or permitted for HMOs. State insurance regulations also require the maintenance of a minimum compulsory surplus based on various factors. At March 31, 2004 (unaudited) and December 31, 2003, the Company’s HMO subsidiaries were in compliance with these minimum compulsory surplus requirements. The combined statutory capital and surplus of the Company’s HMO subsidiaries was $59,679 (unaudited), $59,534 and $37,629 at March 31, 2004, December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively, compared to the required surplus of $32,661 (unaudited), $34,544 and $23,881 at March 31, 2004, December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

F-26


Table of Contents

WELLCARE HOLDINGS, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

      Dividends paid by the Company’s HMO subsidiaries are limited by state insurance regulations. The insurance regulator in each state of domicile may disapprove any dividend that, together with other dividends paid by a subsidiary in the prior twelve months, exceeds the regulatory maximum as computed for the HMO based on its statutory surplus and net income.

10.  INCOME TAXES

      The Company is considered a partnership for federal income tax purposes and is not part of the consolidated filing with its subsidiaries. The Companies’ subsidiaries file a consolidated federal income tax return. The Company and the subsidiaries file separate state franchise, income and premium tax returns as applicable.

      The following table provides components of income tax expense for the following periods:

                                   
Successor

Three Months Three Months Five-Month
Ended Ended Year Ended Period Ended
March 31, March 31, December 31, December 31,
2004 2003 2003 2002




(unaudited)
Current:
                               
 
Federal
  $ 4,052     $ 1,971     $ 13,465     $ 8,705  
 
State
    721       279       1,906       1,820  
     
     
     
     
 
      4,773       2,250       15,371       10,525  
     
     
     
     
 
Deferred:
                               
 
Federal
    (804 )     205       1,398       (4,980 )
 
State
    (105 )     27       186       (740 )
     
     
     
     
 
      (909 )     232       1,584       (5,720 )
     
     
     
     
 
Total
  $ 3,864     $ 2,482     $ 16,955     $ 4,805  
     
     
     
     
 

      A reconciliation of income tax at the effective rate to income tax at the statutory federal rate is as follows:

                                 
Three Months Three Months Five-Month
Ended Ended Year Ended Period Ended
March 31, March 31, December 31, December 31,
2004 2003 2003 2002




(unaudited)
Income tax expense at statutory rate
  $ 3,393     $ 2,069     $ 14,256     $ 3,312  
Increase (reduction) resulting from:
                               
State income tax net of federal benefit
    401       234       1,611       708  
Provision to return differences
                403        
Effect of non-deductible expenses and other, net
    70       179       685       785  
     
     
     
     
 
Total income tax expense
  $ 3,864     $ 2,482     $ 16,955     $ 4,805  
     
     
     
     
 

F-27


Table of Contents

WELLCARE HOLDINGS, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

      The significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows:

                           
December 31,
March 31,
2004 2003 2002



(unaudited)
Deferred tax assets:
                       
 
Medical and other benefits discounting
  $ 5,288     $ 2,178     $ 1,890  
 
Unearned premium discounting
    4,053       5,968       1,809  
 
Accrued expenses and other
    2,636       3,890       5,198  
     
     
     
 
      11,977       12,036       8,897  
     
     
     
 
Deferred tax liabilities:
                       
 
Goodwill, other intangibles and other
    4,255       4,155       99  
 
Prepaid liabilities
          1,068       421  
     
     
     
 
      4,255       5,223       520  
     
     
     
 
Net deferred tax asset
  $ 7,722     $ 6,813     $ 8,377  
     
     
     
 

11.  RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS

     Transaction Expenses

      The Company reimbursed expenses and paid transaction fees of $83 and $3,668, for the year ended December 31, 2003 and the five-month period ended December 31, 2002, respectively, to the majority stockholder of the Company. The transaction fees reimbursed of $3,668 included outside parties’ direct fees for consulting and legal services, and were capitalized as part of the aggregate purchase price of the acquisition of the Acquired Subsidiaries. Other reimbursed expenses have been included within selling, general and administrative expenses.

     Seller Note

      The Seller Note described in Notes 2 and 6 related to the acquisition of the Subsidiaries is due to a former stockholder of the Florida Companies, who also serves as a director for WC and HE.

     Note Payable to Related Party

      In conjunction with the business combination described in Note 2, the Company issued the Seller Note payable to the former stockholders of the Florida Companies. The Seller Note is secured by a portion of WHP’s common stock, had an initial principal amount of $53,000 plus earnouts and other purchase price adjustments that are subject to certain balance sheet amounts and operating results during 2002, as determined in accordance with the purchase agreement, bears interest at the rate of 5.25% per annum, and is payable from September 15, 2003 through September 15, 2005. The Company entered into a settlement agreement on February 12, 2004 that fixed the amount of the purchase price and Seller Note. This settlement and the principal payments made during 2003 resulted in a balance due under the Seller Note of $119,738 at December 31 2003. The seller continues to be obligated to provide the Company with indemnification for potential pre-acquisition claims.

F-28


Table of Contents

WELLCARE HOLDINGS, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

     Consulting Fees

      For the year ended December 31, 2003 and the five-month period ended December 31, 2002, the Company incurred consulting fees of $35 and $190, respectively, to former stockholders of the Acquired Subsidiaries.

     Empire Solutions

      Until June 2003, the Company retained Empire Solutions to provide services such as claims data entry and information technology-related services, pursuant to an agreement between Empire Solutions and CHMI. The Company’s former majority stockholder, who also serves as a director of WC and HE, is the Chief Executive Officer and sole owner of Empire Solutions. From the date of the Company’s acquisition of the Acquired Subsidiaries through the date of the Company’s termination of the agreement, the Company purchased $584 in the aggregate from Empire Solutions.

     IntelliClaim

      In March 2003, the Company entered into an agreement with IntelliClaim, Inc. pursuant to which the Company licenses software and purchases maintenance, support and related services, from IntelliClaim. A member of the Company’s board of directors is the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of IntelliClaim. In 2003, the Company purchased $263 of services in the aggregate from IntelliClaim.

     Bay Area Primary Care and Bay Area Multi Specialty Group

      The Company conducts business with Bay Area Primary Care and Bay Multi Specialty Group, which provide medical and professional services to a portion of the Company’s membership base. These entities are owned and controlled by a former stockholder of the Florida Companies, who also serves as a director for WC and HE. In 2003 and 2002, the Company purchased $1,131 and $2,280, respectively, in the aggregate from Bay Area Primary Care and Bay Multi Specialty Group.

12.  EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN

      The Company, through its subsidiary, CHMI, began offering a defined contribution 401(k) in December 2002. The amount of matching contribution expense incurred in the year ended December 31, 2003 and the five-month period ended December 31, 2002 was $241 and $14, respectively. The Predecessor had a separate defined contribution 401(k) plan and made matching contributions of $127 and $200 for the Predecessor seven-month period ended July 31, 2002 and the Predecessor year ended December 31, 2001.

13.  SEGMENT REPORTING:

      The Company has two reportable segments: Medicaid and Medicare. The segments were determined based upon the type of governmental administration and funding of the health plans. Segment performance is evaluated based upon earnings from operations without corporate allocations. Accounting policies of the segments are the same as those described in Note 1.

      The Medicaid segment includes operations to provide healthcare services to recipients that are eligible for state supported programs including Medicaid and children’s health programs. The Medicare segment includes operations to provide healthcare services to recipients who are eligible for the federally supported Medicare program. The corporate and other segment includes revenue and claims associated with commercial members, investment and other income and selling, general and administrative expenses not allocated.

      Assets and equity details by segment have not been disclosed, as they are not reported internally by the Company.

F-29


Table of Contents

WELLCARE HOLDINGS, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

                                                   
Successor Predecessor


Three Months Three Months Five-Month Seven-Month
Ended Ended Year Ended Period Ended Period Ended Year Ended
March 31, March 31, December 31, December 31, July 31, December 31,
2004 2003 2003 2002 2002 2001






(unaudited)
Revenue:
                                               
Medicaid
  $ 216,434     $ 175,167     $ 741,328     $ 269,197     $ 330,490     $ 455,764  
Medicare
    84,695       70,506       288,940       121,367       171,047       236,295  
Corporate and other
    707       5,884       15,714       11,241       18,495       58,225  
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Total
    301,836       251,557       1,045,982       401,805       520,032       750,284  
Medical benefits expense:
                                               
Medicaid
    183,062       151,778       609,233       222,007       274,672       364,293  
Medicare
    67,969       57,606       238,933       107,384       145,768       219,505  
Corporate and other
    404       4,633       12,887       12,372       14,484       53,708  
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Total
    251,435       214,017       861,053       341,763       434,924       637,506  
Selling, general and administrative expense:
                                               
Medicaid
    23,988       18,969       87,586       30,862       35,987       56,448  
Medicare
    8,915       7,050       33,307       13,119       16,354       25,057  
Corporate and other
    3,888       1,300       5,213       1,403       2,151       4,774  
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Total
    36,791       27,319       126,106       45,384       54,492       86,279  
EBITDA
                                               
Medicaid
    9,384       4,420       44,509       16,328       19,831       35,023  
Medicare
    7,811       5,850       16,700       864       8,925       (8,267 )
Corporate and other
    (3,585 )     (49 )     (2,386 )     (2,534 )     1,860       (257 )

14.  QUARTERLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION (unaudited)

      Selected unaudited quarterly financial data in 2003 and 2002 are as follows:

                                 
Successor

For the Three-Month Period Ended

March 31, June 30, September 30, December 31,
2003 2003 2003 2003




Total revenues
  $ 251,557     $ 254,157     $ 260,548     $ 279,720  
Income before income taxes
    5,910       11,221       15,713       7,648  
Net income
    3,428       6,508       7,687       5,914  
Class A common unit yield
    (1,448 )     (1,478 )     (1,511 )     (1,560 )
Net income attributable to common units
  $ 1,980     $ 5,030     $ 6,176     $ 4,354  
     
     
     
     
 
Income per unit — basic
    0.07       0.19       0.23       0.16  
Income per unit — diluted
    0.07       0.17       0.20       0.14  
Period end membership
    482,000       489,000       497,000       555,000  

F-30


Table of Contents

WELLCARE HOLDINGS, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

                                 
Pro Forma
Predecessor Combined Successor



For the Three-Month Period Ended

March 31, June 30, September 30, December 31,
2002 2002 2002 2002




Total revenues
  $ 213,766     $ 226,566     $ 240,681     $ 240,824  
Income before income taxes
    11,887       11,299       6,454       7,753  
Net income
    11,887       11,299       5,923       3,479  
Class A common unit yield
                    (936 )     (1,420 )
Net income attributable to common units
                  $ 4,987     $ 2,059  
                     
     
 
Income per unit — basic
                  $ 0.19     $ 0.08  
Income per unit — diluted
                  $ 0.19     $ 0.07  
Period end membership
    412,000       436,000       447,000       470,000  

      The sum of the quarterly earnings per unit amounts do not equal the amount reported since per unit amounts are computed independently for each quarter and for the full year based on respective weighted-average units outstanding and other dilutive potential units.

15.  SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

      In March 2004, WHP entered into a new lease to relocate its corporate headquarters, which it expects to occupy during the second half of 2004. The new lease is for approximately 140,000 square feet of office space and is scheduled to expire in 2011.

      In June 2004, WHP acquired Harmony Health Systems, Inc., (“Harmony”), a provider of Medicaid managed care plans in Illinois and Indiana. Harmony provides services to over 84,000 members. For the three months ended March 31, 2004 (unaudited) and the year ended December 31, 2003, Harmony’s revenues were $31,685 and $112,601, respectively, and medical expenses were $24,027 and $82,488, respectively.

      In May 2004, the Company, WHP and certain subsidiaries entered into a credit agreement and obtained two new credit facilities, consisting of a senior secured term loan facility in the amount of $160 million and a revolving credit facility in the amount of $50 million, of which $10 million is available for short-term borrowings on a swingline basis. The term loan facility will mature in May 2009, and the revolving credit facility will mature in May 2008. The Company is a party to this facility for the purpose of guaranteeing the indebtedness of WHP and certain of its subsidiaries.

      Concurrently, the Company entered into an agreement with the former stockholders to prepay $85.0 million of the principal balance of the Seller Note using the proceeds of the new senior secured term loan facility. In addition, $3.0 million of the principal balance of the note was forgiven in consideration of that prepayment. The remaining balance of the note, $28.2 million, is due on September 15, 2006, and would be due immediately upon the sale of the Company. The Company also used the proceeds of the new senior secured term loan facility to prepay (for $18.3 million) the $16.2 million senior discount note and terminated the line of credit.

F-31


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of WellCare Group, Inc.

Tampa, Florida

      We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of WellCare Group, Inc. (the Company) as of February 9, 2004. This financial statement is the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on this financial statement based on our audit.

      We conducted our audit in accordance with standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the balance sheet is free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the balance sheet. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall balance sheet presentation. We believe that our audit of the balance sheet provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

      In our opinion, such balance sheet presents fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of February 9, 2004 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

Tampa, Florida
February 12, 2004

F-32


Table of Contents

WELLCARE GROUP, INC.

BALANCE SHEET
                   
March 31, February 9,
2004 2004


(unaudited)
Assets
               
Cash
  $ 1,000     $ 1,000  
     
     
 
Total Assets
  $ 1,000     $ 1,000  
     
     
 
Shareholder’s Equity
               
Shareholder’s Equity:
               
 
Common Stock (100 shares authorized, issued and outstanding, $0.01 par value)
    1       1  
 
Paid-In Capital
    999       999  
     
     
 
Total Shareholders’ Equity
  $ 1,000     $ 1,000  
     
     
 

See notes to financial statements.

F-33


Table of Contents

WELLCARE GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

March 31, 2004 (unaudited) and February 9, 2004

 
1. ORGANIZATION, BASIS OF PRESENTATION, AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

      WellCare Group, Inc. (the “Company”) is a Delaware corporation incorporated on February 5, 2004 (date of inception) for the purpose of merging with WellCare Holdings, LLC (“Holdings”) and its subsidiaries. Holdings, through its subsidiaries, provides managed care programs and related benefits to individuals under Medicaid, Medicare, and other state-sponsored children and family health insurance programs. Holdings operates in the states of Florida, New York and Connecticut.

      The Company did not have any operating activity during the period February 5, 2004 (date of inception) to February 9, 2004.

     Basis of Presentation

      The financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States.

     Cash

      The Company holds cash in a demand deposit account.

 
2. INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING AND RELATED SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

      In February 2004, the Board of Directors of Holdings authorized a plan to reorganize Holdings as a corporation, by means of a merger of Holdings with and into the Company, in anticipation of a planned initial public offering of the reorganized company’s common stock.

F-34


Table of Contents

(INSIDE BACK COVER PAGE)

 


Table of Contents

(WELLCARE LOGO)

 


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13.      Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

      The expenses (other than underwriting discounts and commissions and the underwriters’ non-accountable expense allowance) payable in connection with the sale of the common stock offered in this Registration Statement are as follows:

           
Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee
  $ 126,700  
NASD filing fee
    10,500  
NYSE filing fee
    *  
Printing and engraving expenses
    *  
Legal fees and expenses
    *  
Accounting fees and expenses
    *  
Blue Sky fees and expenses (including legal fees)
    *  
Transfer agent and rights agent and registrar fees and expenses
    *  
Miscellaneous
    *  
     
 
 
Total
  $ *  
     
 

To be filed by amendment.

      All expenses are estimated except for the SEC fee and the NASD fee.

Item 14.      Indemnification of Directors and Officers

      Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”) provides, in effect, that any person made a party to any action by reason of the fact that he is or was a director, officer, associate or agent of WellCare may and, in certain cases, must be indemnified by WellCare against, in the case of a non-derivative action, judgments, fines, amounts paid in settlement and reasonable expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by him as a result of such action, and in the case of a derivative action, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), if in either type of action he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of WellCare. This indemnification does not apply, in a derivative action, to matters as to which it is adjudged that the director, officer, associate or agent is liable to WellCare, unless upon court order it is determined that, despite such adjudication of liability, but in view of all the circumstances of the case, he is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for expenses, and, in a non-derivative action, to any criminal proceeding in which such person had reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful.

      Article 6 of WellCare’s certificate of incorporation provides that no director of WellCare shall be liable to WellCare or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL.

      Article 7 of WellCare’s certificate of incorporation also provides that WellCare shall indemnify to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law any and all of its directors and officers, or former directors and officers, or any person who may have served at WellCare’s request as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise.

      Reference is made to Section 9 of the underwriting agreement to be filed as Exhibit 1.1 hereto, pursuant to which the underwriters have agreed to indemnify officers and directors of WellCare against certain liabilities under the Securities Act.

      WellCare has entered into indemnification agreements with each director and certain officers of WellCare, a form of which is to be filed as Exhibit 10.24 to this registration statement. Pursuant to such agreements, WellCare will be obligated, to the extent permitted by applicable law, to indemnify such directors

II-1


Table of Contents

and officers against all expenses, judgments, fines and penalties incurred in connection with the defense or settlement of any actions brought against them by reason of the fact that they were directors or officers of WellCare or assumed certain responsibilities at the direction of WellCare. WellCare also intends to purchase directors and officers liability insurance in order to limit its exposure to liability for indemnification of directors and officers.
 
Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities
 
Certain Sales of Securities.

      Except as set forth below, in the three years preceding the filing of this registration statement, the registrant has not issued any securities that were not registered under the Securities Act.

      In February 2004, upon the incorporation of the registrant, the registrant issued 100 shares of common stock to WellCare Holdings, LLC (“Holdings”) in exchange for $1,000.

      In February 2004, the Board of Directors of Holdings authorized a plan to reorganize Holdings as a corporation, by means of a merger of Holdings with and into the registrant. Upon the consummation of the reorganization, which will take place immediately prior to the closing of the offering contemplated by this registration statement:

  •   assuming an initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, the registrant will issue an aggregate of 29,227,981 shares of common stock in exchange for 23,550,110 Class A Common Units, 2,287,037 Class B Common Units and 4,807,508 Class C Common Units of Holdings;
 
  all outstanding options issued by Holdings will automatically be converted into options to acquire shares of common stock of the registrant.

      The foregoing sales of securities were made, or will be made, in reliance upon the exemption from the registration provisions of the Securities Act provided for by Section 4(2) thereof for transactions not involving a public offering. All of the foregoing securities are deemed restricted securities for the purposes of the Securities Act.

Item 16.      Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

      (a)  Exhibits

         
  1.1*     Form of Underwriting Agreement.
  2.1     Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of February 12, 2004, between WellCare Holdings, LLC and WellCare Group, Inc.
  3.1**     Certificate of Incorporation.
  3.2*     Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (to be filed with the Delaware Secretary of State immediately prior to the closing of the offering covered by this Registration Statement).
  3.3**     Bylaws.
  3.4*     Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws (to be adopted immediately prior to the closing of the offering covered by this Registration Statement).
  4.1*     Specimen common stock certificate.
  5.1*     Opinion of Greenberg Traurig, LLP.
  10.1**     Form of AHCA 2002-2004 Medicaid Health Maintenance Organization Contract, dated July 2002.
  10.2**     Amendment Nos. 1 through 7 to AHCA 2002-2004 Medicaid Health Maintenance Organization Contract, dated July 2002, for Well Care HMO, Inc.
  10.3**     Amendment Nos. 1 through 9 to AHCA 2002-2004 Medicaid Health Maintenance Organization Contract, dated July 2002, for HealthEase of Florida, Inc.

II-2


Table of Contents

         
  10.4**     Contract, dated September 26, 2003, between the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services and Well Care HMO, Inc.
  10.5**     Purchase Agreement, dated as of May 17, 2002, by and among WellCare Holdings, LLC, WellCare Acquisition Company, the stockholders listed on the signature page thereto, Well Care HMO, Inc., HealthEase of Florida, Inc., Comprehensive Health Management of Florida, Inc. and Comprehensive Health Management, L.C.
  10.6*     Amended and Restated Senior Subordinated Non-Negotiable Promissory Note, dated February 12, 2004.
  10.7*     Amendment and Settlement Agreement, dated February 12, 2004, among WellCare Holdings, LLC, WellCare Health Plans, Inc., Kiran C. Patel, Pallavi Patel, Pradip C. Patel, Swati Patel, Rupesh Shah and Nita Shah.
  10.8**     Equity and Warrant Agreement, dated as of July 31, 2002, among WellCare Holdings, LLC, Kiran C. Patel, M.D., Pradip C. Patel and Rupesh Shah.
  10.9**     Investor Rights Agreement, dated as of July 31, 2002, by and among WellCare Holdings, LLC, Kiran C. Patel, M.D., Pradip C. Patel and Rupesh Shah.
  10.10**     Pledge Agreement, dated as of July 31, 2002, by and between WellCare Holdings, LLC and Kiran C. Patel, as Stockholder Representative.
  10.11**     Merger Agreement, dated as of May 17, 2002, by and among WellCare Acquisition Company, WellCare Merger Sub, Inc. and The WellCare Management Group, Inc.
  10.12**     Contribution Agreement, dated as of July 31, 2002, by and between WellCare Holdings, LLC and Soros Private Equity Investors LP.
  10.13**     Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of September 6, 2002, by and among WellCare Holdings, LLC and certain equityholders.
  10.14**     WellCare Holdings, LLC 2002 Senior Executive Equity Plan.
  10.15**     Form of Subscription Agreement under 2002 Senior Executive Equity Plan.
  10.16**     WellCare Holdings, LLC 2002 Employee Option Plan.
  10.17**     Form of Time Vesting Option Agreement under 2002 Employee Option Plan.
  10.18*     2004 Equity Incentive Plan.
  10.19*     Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
  10.20*     Employment Agreement, dated as of July 31, 2002, among WellCare Acquisition Company, Comprehensive Health Management, Inc. and Todd S. Farha.
  10.21*     Employment Agreement, dated as of October 10, 2002, among WellCare Acquisition Company, Comprehensive Health Management, Inc. and Heath Schiesser.
  10.22*     Employment Agreement, dated as of November 18, 2002, among WellCare Health Plans, Inc., Comprehensive Health Management, Inc. and Thaddeus Bereday.
  10.23*     Employment Agreement, dated as of September 15, 2003, among WellCare Health Plans, Inc., Comprehensive Health Management, Inc. and Paul Behrens.
  10.24     Form of Indemnification Agreement.
  10.25**     Management Subscription Agreement, dated as of September 6, 2002, between WellCare Holdings, LLC and Todd S. Farha.
  10.26**     Agreement, dated March 25, 2003, between Comprehensive Health Management, Inc. and IntelliClaim, Inc.
  10.27**     Consulting Agreement, dated November 2003, between Comprehensive Health Management, Inc. and Ruben King-Shaw, Jr.
  10.28**     Merger Agreement, dated as of March 3, 2004, by and among WellCare Health Plans, Inc., Zephyr Acquisition Sub, Inc., Harmony Health Systems, Inc. and the stockholders and option holders listed on the signature page thereto.
  10.29     Credit Agreement, dated as of May 13, 2004, by and among WellCare Holdings, LLC, WellCare Health Plans, Inc., The WellCare Management Group, Inc., Comprehensive Health Management, Inc. and Credit Suisse First Boston, as Administrative Agent.

II-3


Table of Contents

         
  10.30*     Prepayment and Amendment Agreement, dated as of May 11, 2004, among WellCare Holdings LLC, WellCare Health Plans, Inc., Kiran C. Patel, Pallavi Patel, Pradip C. Patel, Swati Patel, Rupesh Shah and Nita Shah.
  16.1**     Letter regarding change in certifying accountant.
  21.1*     List of subsidiaries.
  23.1     Consents of Deloitte & Touche, LLP.
  23.2*     Consent of Greenberg Traurig, LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).
  24.1**     Power of Attorney (previously included in the signature page to this Registration Statement).

To be filed by amendment.

**  Previously filed.

      (b)  Financial Statement Schedules

      The following financial statement schedule is filed as part of this Registration Statement:

     
Schedule II — Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and Reserves
  S-1

Item 17.      Undertakings

      The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes

        (1) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

        (i) To include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;
 
        (ii) To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than 20 percent change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement; and
 
        (iii) To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement.

        (2) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
 
        (3) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.

      Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to provisions described in Item 14 above, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being

II-4


Table of Contents

registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

      The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes (1) to provide to the underwriter at the closing specified in the standby underwriting agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser; (2) that for purposes of determining any liability under the Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective; and (3) that for the purpose of determining any liability under the Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

      The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to supplement the prospectus, after the expiration of the subscription period, to set forth the results of the subscription offer, the transactions by the underwriters during the subscription period, the amount of unsubscribed securities to be purchased by the underwriters, and the terms of any subsequent reoffering thereof. If any public offering by the underwriters is to be made on terms differing from those set forth on the cover page of the prospectus, a post-effective amendment will be filed to set forth the terms of such offering.

II-5


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Tampa, Florida, on June 8, 2004.

  WELLCARE GROUP, INC.

  By:  /s/ TODD S. FARHA
 
  Todd S. Farha
  Chief Executive Officer

      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the date indicated.

             
Signature Title Date



/s/ TODD S. FARHA

Todd S. Farha
  President, Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)   June 8, 2004
 
/s/ PAUL BEHRENS

Paul Behrens
  Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)   June 8, 2004
 
*

Regina Herzlinger
  Director   June 8, 2004
 
*

Kevin Hickey
  Director   June 8, 2004
 
*

Alif Hourani
  Director   June 8, 2004
 
*

Glen R. Johnson
  Director   June 8, 2004
 
*

Ruben Jose King-Shaw, Jr.
  Director   June 8, 2004
 
*

Christian Michalik
  Director   June 8, 2004
 
*

Neal Moszkowski
  Director   June 8, 2004
 
*B   y: /s/ THADDEUS BEREDAY

Thaddeus Bereday
Attorney-in-fact
      June 8, 2004

II-6


Table of Contents

Schedule II — Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and Reserves

                                     
Balance at
Beginning of Charged to Balance at
Period Costs and Expenses Deductions End of Period




(in thousands)
Year Ended December 31, 2003
                               
 
Deducted from assets:
                               
   
Allowance for uncollectible accounts; Medicare Advances
  $ 580     $ 4,479     $ 232     $ 4,827  
Year Ended December 31, 2002
                               
 
Deducted from assets:
                               
   
Allowance for uncollectible accounts; Medical Advances
          580             580  

S-1


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

         
Exhibit
Number Description


  1.1*     Form of Underwriting Agreement.
  2.1     Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of February 12, 2004, between WellCare Holdings, LLC and WellCare Group, Inc.
  3.1**     Certificate of Incorporation.
  3.2*     Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (to be filed with the Delaware Secretary of State immediately prior to the closing of the offering covered by this Registration Statement).
  3.3**     Bylaws.
  3.4*     Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws (to be adopted immediately prior to the closing of the offering covered by this Registration Statement).
  4.1*     Specimen common stock certificate.
  5.1*     Opinion of Greenberg Traurig, LLP.
  10.1**     Form of AHCA 2002-2004 Medicaid Health Maintenance Organization Contract, dated July 2002.
  10.2**     Amendment Nos. 1 through 7 to AHCA 2002-2004 Medicaid Health Maintenance Organization Contract, dated July 2002, for Well Care HMO, Inc.
  10.3**     Amendment Nos. 1 through 9 to AHCA 2002-2004 Medicaid Health Maintenance Organization Contract, dated July 2002, for HealthEase of Florida, Inc.
  10.4**     Contract, dated September 26, 2003, between the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services and Well Care HMO, Inc.
  10.5**     Purchase Agreement, dated as of May 17, 2002, by and among WellCare Holdings, LLC, WellCare Acquisition Company, the stockholders listed on the signature page thereto, Well Care HMO, Inc., HealthEase of Florida, Inc., Comprehensive Health Management of Florida, Inc. and Comprehensive Health Management, L.C.
  10.6*     Amended and Restated Senior Subordinated Non-Negotiable Promissory Note, dated February 12, 2004.
  10.7*     Amendment and Settlement Agreement, dated February 12, 2004, among WellCare Holdings, LLC, WellCare Health Plans, Inc., Kiran C. Patel, Pallavi Patel, Pradip C. Patel, Swati Patel, Rupesh Shah and Nita Shah.
  10.8**     Equity and Warrant Agreement, dated as of July 31, 2002, among WellCare Holdings, LLC, Kiran C. Patel, M.D., Pradip C. Patel and Rupesh Shah.
  10.9**     Investor Rights Agreement, dated as of July 31, 2002, by and among WellCare Holdings, LLC, Kiran C. Patel, M.D., Pradip C. Patel and Rupesh Shah.
  10.10* *   Pledge Agreement, dated as of July 31, 2002, by and between WellCare Holdings, LLC and Kiran C. Patel, as Stockholder Representative.
  10.11* *   Merger Agreement, dated as of May 17, 2002, by and among WellCare Acquisition Company, WellCare Merger Sub, Inc. and The WellCare Management Group, Inc.
  10.12* *   Contribution Agreement, dated as of July 31, 2002, by and between WellCare Holdings, LLC and Soros Private Equity Investors LP.
  10.13* *   Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of September 6, 2002, by and among WellCare Holdings, LLC and certain equityholders.
  10.14* *   WellCare Holdings, LLC 2002 Senior Executive Equity Plan.
  10.15* *   Form of Subscription Agreement under 2002 Senior Executive Equity Plan.
  10.16* *   WellCare Holdings, LLC 2002 Employee Option Plan.
  10.17* *   Form of Time Vesting Option Agreement under 2002 Employee Option Plan.
  10.18*     2004 Equity Incentive Plan.
  10.19*     Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
  10.20*     Employment Agreement, dated as of July 31, 2002, among WellCare Acquisition Company, Comprehensive Health Management, Inc. and Todd S. Farha.
  10.21*     Employment Agreement, dated as of October 10, 2002, among WellCare Acquisition Company, Comprehensive Health Management, Inc. and Heath Schiesser.


Table of Contents

         
Exhibit
Number Description


  10.22*     Employment Agreement, dated as of November 18, 2002, among WellCare Health Plans, Inc., Comprehensive Health Management, Inc. and Thaddeus Bereday.
  10.23*     Employment Agreement, dated as of September 15, 2003, among WellCare Health Plans, Inc., Comprehensive Health Management, Inc. and Paul Behrens.
  10.24     Form of Indemnification Agreement.
  10.25* *   Management Subscription Agreement, dated as of September 6, 2002, between WellCare Holdings, LLC and Todd S. Farha.
  10.26* *   Agreement, dated March 25, 2003, between Comprehensive Health Management, Inc. and IntelliClaim, Inc.
  10.27* *   Consulting Agreement, dated November 2003, between Comprehensive Health Management, Inc. and Ruben King-Shaw, Jr.
  10.28* *   Merger Agreement, dated as of March 3, 2004, by and among WellCare Health Plans, Inc., Zephyr Acquisition Sub, Inc., Harmony Health Systems, Inc. and the stockholders and option holders listed on the signature page thereto.
  10.29     Credit Agreement, dated as of May 13, 2004, by and among WellCare Holdings, LLC, WellCare Health Plans, Inc., The WellCare Management Group, Inc., Comprehensive Health Management, Inc. and Credit Suisse First Boston, as Administrative Agent.
  10.30*     Prepayment and Amendment Agreement, dated as at May 11, 2004, among WellCare Holdings LLC, WellCare Health Plans, Inc., Kiran C. Patel, Pallavi Patel, Pradip C. Patel, Swati Patel, Rupesh Shah and Nita Shah.
  16.1**     Letter regarding change in certifying accountant.
  21.1*     List of subsidiaries.
  23.1     Consents of Deloitte & Touche, LLP.
  23.2*     Consent of Greenberg Traurig, LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).
  24.1**     Power of Attorney (previously included in the signature page to this Registration Statement).

  To be filed by amendment.
**  Previously filed.

Exhibit 2.1

AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER

This AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER (this "Agreement") is made and entered into as of February 12, 2004, by and between WellCare Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the "LLC"), and WellCare Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation and a wholly-owned subsidiary of the LLC ("Merger Sub"). Reference is hereby made to the Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of the LLC, dated as of September 5, 2002, as amended by that certain First Amendment dated as of November 24, 2003 and that certain Second Amendment dated as of February 10, 2004 (the "LLC Agreement").

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, as of the execution of this Agreement, the LLC's issued and outstanding Units (as such term is defined in the LLC Agreement) ("Units") consist solely of (i) Class A Common Units ("Class A Common Units"), (ii) Class B Common Units ("Class B Common Units") and (iii) Class C Common Units ("Class C Common Units"), in each case, as such terms are defined in the LLC Agreement;

WHEREAS, as of the execution of this Agreement, the LLC owns 100 shares of Merger Sub's common stock, par value $0.01 per share ("Merger Sub Common Stock"), which represents all of Merger Sub's issued and outstanding capital stock;

WHEREAS, Section 264 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, 8 Del. C. Section 101, et seq. ("DGCL"), and Section 18-209 of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act, 6 Del. C. Section 18-101, et seq., ("DLLCA"), authorize the merger of one or more Delaware limited liability companies with and into a Delaware corporation;

WHEREAS, in connection with an initial public offering of Surviving Corporation Common Stock (as defined herein) (the "IPO"), which initial public offering shall constitute an Initial Public Offering (as such term is defined in
Section 12.16 of the LLC Agreement), the LLC and Merger Sub desire to merge (the "Merger") with Merger Sub being the surviving entity (the "Surviving Corporation");

WHEREAS, this Agreement and the consummation of the Merger and the other transactions contemplated hereby have been approved, consented to and adopted by (i) the Board of Directors of the LLC and (ii) the requisite holders of the LLC's issued and outstanding Units, in each case, as required by applicable law and by the LLC Agreement; and

WHEREAS, this Agreement and the consummation of the Merger and the other transactions contemplated hereby have been approved, consented to and adopted by (i) the Board of Directors of Merger Sub and (ii) the LLC, in its capacity as the sole shareholder of Merger Sub, in each case, as required by applicable law and by Merger Sub's certificate of incorporation and bylaws;


NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and of the agreements, covenants and provisions hereinafter contained, the LLC and Merger Sub hereby agree as follows:

1. DEFINITIONS. For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms have the following meanings:

"Adjusted Pre-IPO Valuation" means (i) the Pre-IPO Valuation plus
(ii) the Aggregate Exercise Price.

"Aggregate Exercise Price" means the aggregate exercise price with respect to all of the vested and unvested Outstanding Options.

"Aggregate Unpaid Yield" means the aggregate Class A Common Unpaid Yield (as such term is defined in the LLC Agreement) that as of immediately prior to Effective Time is attributable to all of the Class A Common Units issued and outstanding as of immediately prior to the Effective Time.

"Aggregate Unreturned Capital Value" means the aggregate Class A Common Unreturned Capital Value (as such term is defined in the LLC Agreement) that as of immediately prior to Effective Time is attributable to all of the Class A Common Units issued and outstanding as of immediately prior to the Effective Time.

"Class A Common Member" means each owner of record of Class A Common Units as of immediately prior to the Effective Time, but solely in such owner's capacity as an owner of Class A Common Units.

"Class B Common Member" means each owner of record of Class B Common Units as of immediately prior to the Effective Time, but solely in such owner's capacity as an owner of Class B Common Units.

"Class C Common Member" means each owner of record of Class C Common Units as of immediately prior to the Effective Time, but solely in such owner's capacity as an owner of Class C Common Units.

"IPO Offering Price" means the offering price per share of Surviving Corporation Common Stock in connection with the IPO.

"Number of Class A Common Units" means the number of Class A Common Units issued and outstanding as of immediately prior to the Effective Time.

"Number of Class B Common Units" means the number of Class B Common Units issued and outstanding as of immediately prior to the Effective Time.

"Number of Class C Common Units" means the number of Class C Common Units issued and outstanding as of immediately prior to the Effective Time.

2

"Number of Fully Diluted Common Units" means (i) the Number of Class A Common Units plus (ii) the Number of Class B Common Units plus (iii) the Number of Class C Common Units plus (iv) the Number of Option Units.

"Number of Option Units" means the number of Class A Common Units issuable upon the exercise in full of all of the vested and unvested Outstanding Options.

"Outstanding Options" means all of the options to purchase Class A Common Units that have been granted and/or issued by the LLC and that are unexercised and outstanding as of immediately prior to the Effective Time (including all such options that have been issued by the LLC (i) to any employee of the LLC or any of its subsidiaries pursuant to the WellCare Holdings, LLC 2002 Employee Option Plan, (ii) to any director of the LLC, or (iii) to any consultant of the LLC or any of its subsidiaries).

"Pre-IPO Valuation" means the equity value of the Surviving Corporation immediately prior to the consummation of the IPO (and after giving effect to the consummation of the Merger), as determined by the Pricing Committee of the Board of Directors of Merger Sub in consultation with the managing underwriters of the IPO. For the avoidance of doubt, the Pre-IPO Valuation shall be determined based upon the valuation of the Surviving Corporation used in connection with the determination of the IPO Offering Price.

"Pro Rata Percentage" means (i) with respect to any Class A Common Member, the number of issued and outstanding Class A Common Units owned of record by such Class A Common Member as of immediately prior to the Effective Time divided by the Number of Fully Diluted Common Units, (ii) with respect to any Class B Common Member, the number of issued and outstanding Class B Common Units owned of record by such Class B Common Member as of immediately prior to the Effective Time divided by the Number of Fully Diluted Common Units and (iii) with respect to any Class C Common Member, the number of issued and outstanding Class C Common Units owned of record by such Class C Common Member as of immediately prior to the Effective Time divided by the Number of Fully Diluted Common Units.

"Residual Value" means (i) the Adjusted Pre-IPO Valuation minus (ii) the Aggregate Unpaid Yield minus (iii) the Aggregate Unreturned Capital Value.

"Surviving Corporation Common Stock" means the Surviving Corporation's common stock, par value $0.01 per share.

"Warrant Notes" has the meaning given to such term in the LLC Agreement.

"Warrant Units" has the meaning given to such term is the LLC Agreement.

2. MERGER. Subject to the terms of this Agreement, at the Effective Time (as defined herein), the LLC shall be merged with and into Merger Sub in accordance with Sections 259 and 264 of the DGCL, Section 18-209 of the DLLCA, and any other applicable provision of law. The separate corporate existence of the LLC shall thereupon cease, and Merger Sub shall

3

be the Surviving Corporation. As of the Effective Time, the name of the Surviving Corporation shall be "WellCare Health Plans, Inc."

3. EFFECT OF MERGER. Upon the Effective Time, the Merger shall have the effects provided for in Section 259 of the DGCL and Section 18-209 of the DLLCA. For Federal (and, where applicable, state and local) income tax purposes, the Merger represents the contribution of all of the assets of the LLC to Merger Sub in exchange for shares of common stock of the Surviving Corporation in a transaction governed by Section 351 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, followed by the liquidation of the LLC.

4. CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION AND BYLAWS. From and after the
Effective Time, (i) the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Merger Sub attached hereto as Exhibit A (the "Certificate of Incorporation") shall be the certificate of incorporation of the Surviving Corporation, until thereafter changed or amended in accordance with its terms and applicable law and (ii) the Amended and Restated Bylaws of Merger Sub attached hereto as Exhibit B (the "Bylaws") shall be the bylaws of the Surviving Corporation, until thereafter changed or amended in accordance with its terms and applicable law.

5. OFFICERS. The officers of Merger Sub as of immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be the initial officers of the Surviving Corporation, and shall hold the same offices, with the same rights and duties attendant thereto, as existed immediately prior to the Effective Time at Merger Sub. Such officers shall hold office from and after the Effective Time until the earlier of their resignation or removal or until their respective successors are duly elected or appointed and qualify in the manner provided in the Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws, or as otherwise provided by applicable law.

6. DIRECTORS. The directors of Merger Sub as of immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be the initial directors of the Surviving Corporation, with the same rights and duties attendant thereto, as existed immediately prior to the Effective Time at Merger Sub. Such directors shall hold their positions from and after the Effective Time until the earlier of their resignation or removal or until their respective successors are duly elected or appointed and qualify in the manner provided in the Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws, or as otherwise provided by applicable law.

7. LLC AGREEMENT. As of the Effective Time and at all times thereafter, the LLC Agreement shall be terminated and shall be of no further force or effect; provided, however, that the provisions of Section 12.16 of the LLC Agreement shall survive such termination and shall remain in effect in connection with the IPO.

8. EFFECT ON CAPITAL STOCK AND UNITS. As of the Effective Time, by virtue of the Merger and without any action on the part of the holder of any Units or any shares of Merger Sub Common Stock:

(a) Conversion of Class A Common Units. With respect to each Class A Common Member, the Class A Common Units owned, in the aggregate, by such Class A Common Member as of immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be converted into and become that number of shares of Surviving Corporation Common Stock (rounded to

4

the nearest whole number) equal to (A) (i) that portion of the Aggregate Unpaid Yield attributable to the Class A Common Units then owned by such Class A Common Member plus (ii) that portion of the Aggregate Unreturned Capital Value attributable to the Class A Common Units then owned by such Class A Common Member plus (iii) (x) such Class A Common Member's Pro Rata Percentage multiplied by (y) the Residual Value divided by (B) the IPO Offering Price. As of the Effective Time, all Class A Common Units shall no longer be outstanding and shall automatically be canceled and retired and shall cease to exist, and each Class A Common Member shall cease to have any rights with respect thereto, except the right to receive the shares of Surviving Corporation Common Stock into which his or its Class A Common Units have been converted by the Merger as provided in this Section 8(a).

(b) Conversion of Class B Common Units. With respect to each Class B Common Member, the Class B Common Units owned, in the aggregate, by such Class B Common Member as of immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be converted into and become that number of shares of Surviving Corporation Common Stock (rounded to the nearest whole number) equal to
(A) (x) such Class B Common Member's Pro Rata Percentage multiplied by (y) the Residual Value divided by (B) the IPO Offering Price. As of the Effective Time, all Class B Common Units shall no longer be outstanding and shall automatically be canceled and retired and shall cease to exist, and each Class B Common Member shall cease to have any rights with respect thereto, except the right to receive the shares of Surviving Corporation Common Stock into which his or its Class B Common Units have been converted by the Merger as provided in this Section 8(b).

(c) Conversion of Class C Common Units. With respect to each Class C Common Member, the Class C Common Units owned, in the aggregate, by such Class C Common Member as of immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be converted into and become that number of shares of Surviving Corporation Common Stock (rounded to the nearest whole number) equal to
(A) (x) such Class C Common Member's Pro Rata Percentage multiplied by (y) the Residual Value divided by (B) the IPO Offering Price. As of the Effective Time, all Class C Common Units shall no longer be outstanding and shall automatically be canceled and retired and shall cease to exist, and each Class C Common Member shall cease to have any rights with respect thereto, except the right to receive the shares of Surviving Corporation Common Stock into which his or its Class C Common Units have been converted by the Merger as provided in this Section 8(c).

(d) Conversion of Merger Sub Common Stock. Each share of Merger Sub Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be converted into the right to receive from the Surviving Corporation in cash $10.00 per share of Merger Sub Common Stock. As of the Effective Time, all shares of Merger Sub Common Stock shall no longer be outstanding and shall automatically be canceled and retired and shall cease to exist, and each holder of a certificate representing shares of any Merger Sub Common Stock shall cease to have any rights with respect thereto, except the right to receive the cash into which his or its shares of Merger Sub Common Stock have been converted by the Merger as provided in this Section 8(d).

5

9. EXCHANGE PROCEDURE. As soon as reasonably practicable after the Effective Time, (i) the Surviving Corporation shall mail or otherwise deliver to each Class A Common Member, each Class B Common Member and each Class C Common Member a notice (which notice shall include a copy of this Agreement) that the Merger has been consummated and (ii) each such Class A Common Member, Class B Common Member or Class C Common Member, as the case may be, shall, upon compliance with such reasonable conditions as the Surviving Corporation may impose to effect an orderly payment of the Merger Consideration (as herein defined), be entitled to receive a certificate representing the applicable number of shares of Surviving Corporation Common Stock as provided in Section 8 hereof (the "Merger Consideration") attributable to the Units owned by such Class A Common Member, Class B Common Member or Class C Common Member, as the case may be, as of immediately prior to the Effective Time. After the Effective Time, there shall be no further transfer on the records of the LLC or the Surviving Corporation with respect to any Units. The Merger Consideration paid pursuant hereto shall be deemed to have been paid in full satisfaction of all then remaining rights pertaining to the Units theretofore outstanding.

10. DISTRIBUTION OF THE WARRANT NOTES. Prior to the Effective Time, the LLC shall distribute the Warrant Notes to the holders of the Warrant Units pursuant to, and in the manner set forth in, the last paragraph of Section 7.2 of the LLC Agreement (such distribution, the "Distribution of the Warrant Notes").

11. CONDITIONS TO THE MERGER. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the consummation of the Merger is conditioned on (i) the LLC's completion of the Distribution of the Warrant Notes, (ii) the expiration or termination of any applicable waiting period under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended (the "HSR Act") relating to the Merger, (iii) no statute, rule, regulation, executive order, decree, temporary restraining order, preliminary or permanent injunction or other order issued by any court of competent jurisdiction or other governmental entity or other legal restraint or prohibition preventing the consummation of the Merger being in effect and (iv) the pricing of the IPO.

12. FURTHER ASSIGNMENT OR ASSURANCE. If at any time Merger Sub, as the Surviving Corporation, shall consider or be advised that any further assignment, conveyance or assurance is necessary or advisable to carry out any of the provisions of this Agreement, the proper representatives of Surviving Corporation shall do all things necessary or proper to do so.

13. EFFECTIVE TIME. Promptly following the satisfaction of all of the conditions to the consummation of the Merger set forth in Section 11 hereof, Merger Sub and the LLC shall file a certificate of merger in respect of the Merger (the "Delaware Certificate of Merger"), substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C, with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware and make all other filings or recordings required by law in connection with the Merger. The Merger shall become effective (the "Effective Time") upon the filing of the Delaware Certificate of Merger with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.

14. HSR ACT. In the event any Class A Common Member, Class B Common Member or Class C Common Member has to make a filing under the HSR Act in connection

6

with the Merger, the filing or similar type fee for such filing shall be paid by the LLC or one of its subsidiaries.

15. TERMINATION. Anything in this Agreement or elsewhere to the contrary notwithstanding, this Agreement may be terminated and the Merger contemplated hereby may be abandoned by the LLC at any time prior to the Effective Time.

16. DESCRIPTIVE HEADINGS. The descriptive headings of the several sections of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not control or affect the meaning or construction of any of the provisions hereof.

17. GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law.

18. COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be signed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effects as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument. This Agreement shall become effective when each party hereto shall have received the counterpart hereof signed by the other party hereto.

19. ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This Agreement (including the Exhibits attached hereto, which are hereby incorporated herein and made a part hereof for all purposes as if fully set forth herein) constitutes the entire agreement among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior agreements and undertakings, both written and oral, among the parties hereto, or any of them, with respect to the subject matter hereof.

7

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement and Plan of Merger to be duly executed by their respective authorized representatives as of the day and year first above written.

WELLCARE HOLDINGS, LLC

By:  /s/ Todd S. Farha
     -----------------------------------
     Name:  Todd S. Farha
     Title: Chief Executive Officer

WELLCARE GROUP, INC.

By:  /s/ Todd S. Farha
     -----------------------------------
     Name:  Todd S. Farha
     Title: Chief Executive Officer


Exhibit 10.24

WELLCARE HEALTH PLANS, INC.

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

This INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT (this "Agreement") is entered into as of ____________, 200_, by and between WellCare Health Plans, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and ____________________________________ ("Indemnitee"). Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined in this Agreement have the meanings set forth in Section 10 hereof.

RECITALS

A. The Company and Indemnitee recognize the continued difficulty in obtaining liability insurance for the directors, officers, employees, agents and fiduciaries of the Company and its Subsidiaries, the significant increases in the cost of such insurance and the general reductions in the coverage of such insurance.

B. The Company and Indemnitee further recognize the substantial increase in corporate litigation in general, subjecting directors, officers, employees, agents and fiduciaries to expensive litigation risks at the same time as the availability and coverage of liability insurance has been severely limited.

C. Indemnitee does not regard the current protection available as adequate under the present circumstances, and Indemnitee and other directors, officers, employees, agents and fiduciaries of the Company may not be willing to continue to serve in such capacities without additional protection.

D. The Company desires to attract and retain the services of highly qualified individuals, such as Indemnitee, to serve the Company and/or one or more of its Subsidiaries and, in order to induce Indemnitee to provide or to continue to provide services to the Company and/or one or more of its Subsidiaries, wishes to provide for the indemnification and advancing of expenses to Indemnitee to the maximum extent permitted by law.

E. In view of the considerations set forth above, the Company desires that Indemnitee be indemnified by the Company as set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, the Company and Indemnitee hereby agree as follows:

1. Indemnification.

(a) Indemnification of Expenses. The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by law if Indemnitee was or is or becomes a party to or witness or other participant in, or is threatened to be made a party to or witness or other participant in, any Proceeding, against any and all Expenses, including all interest, assessments and other charges


paid or payable in connection with or in respect of such Expenses. Subject to
Section 1(b) hereof, such payment of Expenses shall be made by the Company as soon as practicable but in any event no later than thirty (30) days after written demand by Indemnitee therefor is presented to the Company.

(b) Reviewing Party. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Sections 1(a) or 2(a) hereof:

(i) the indemnification obligations of the Company under
Section 1(a) hereof shall be subject to the condition that the Reviewing Party shall not have determined that Indemnitee would not be permitted to be indemnified under applicable law; and

(ii) the obligation of the Company to make an advance payment of Expenses to Indemnitee pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof (an "Expense Advance") shall be subject to the condition that, if, when and to the extent that the Reviewing Party determines that Indemnitee would not be permitted to be indemnified under applicable law, the Company shall be entitled to be reimbursed by Indemnitee (who hereby agrees to reimburse the Company) for all such amounts theretofore paid by Company to Indemnitee; provided, however, that if Indemnitee has commenced or thereafter commences legal proceedings in a court of competent jurisdiction to secure a determination that Indemnitee should be indemnified under applicable law, any determination made by the Reviewing Party that Indemnitee would not be permitted to be indemnified under applicable law shall not be binding and Indemnitee shall not be required to reimburse the Company for any Expense Advance until a final judicial determination is made with respect thereto (as to which all rights of appeal therefrom have been exhausted or lapsed).

Indemnitee's obligation to reimburse the Company for any Expense Advance shall be unsecured and no interest shall be charged thereon. If there has not been a Change in Control, or it there has been a Change in Control which has been approved by a majority of the directors of the Company who were directors immediately prior to the Change in Control (the "Incumbent Directors"), the Reviewing Party shall be selected by the Board of Directors of the Company, and if there has been a Change in Control which has not been approved by a majority of the Incumbent Directors, the Reviewing Party shall be the Independent Legal Counsel. If there has been no determination by the Reviewing Party or if the Reviewing Party determines that Indemnitee would not be permitted to be indemnified in whole or in part under applicable law, Indemnitee shall have the right to commence litigation seeking an initial determination by the court or challenging any such determination by the Reviewing Party or any aspect thereof, including the legal or factual bases therefor, and the Company hereby consents to service of process and to appear in any such proceeding. Any determination by the Reviewing Party otherwise shall be conclusive and binding on the Company and Indemnitee.

(c) Contribution. If the indemnification obligations of the Company under Section 1(a) hereof shall be held by a court of competent jurisdiction for any reason other than that set forth in Section 8(a) hereof to be unavailable to Indemnitee in respect of any Expense, then the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee thereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by Indemnitee as a result of such Expense (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee, or (ii) if the allocation

2

provided by clause (i) above is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of the Company and Indemnitee in connection with the action or inaction which resulted in such Expense, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The Company and Indemnitee agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this
Section 1(c) were determined by pro rata or per capita allocation or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in the immediately preceding sentence.

(d) Mandatory Payment of Expenses. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise, including, without limitation, the dismissal of an action without prejudice, in defense of any Proceeding or in the defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection therewith.

2. Expenses; Indemnification Procedure.

(a) Advancement of Expenses. Subject to the terms and conditions of Section 1(b) hereof and to the extent not prohibited by applicable law, the Company shall advance all Expenses incurred by Indemnitee. The advances to be made hereunder shall be paid by the Company to Indemnitee as soon as practicable but in any event no later than thirty (30) days after written demand by Indemnitee therefor to the Company.

(b) Notice; Cooperation by Indemnitee. Indemnitee shall, as a condition precedent to Indemnitee's right to be indemnified under this Agreement, give the Company notice in writing as soon as practicable of any Proceeding for which indemnification will or could be sought under this Agreement. In addition, Indemnitee shall give the Company such information and cooperation as it may reasonably require and as shall be within Indemnitee's power.

(c) No Presumptions; Burden of Proof

(i) For purposes of this Agreement, the termination of any Proceeding by judgment, order, settlement (whether with or without court approval) or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendre or its equivalent, shall not create a presumption that Indemnitee did not meet any particular standard of conduct or have any particular belief or that a court has determined that indemnification is not permitted by applicable law. In addition, neither the failure of the Reviewing Party to have made a determination as to whether Indemnitee has met any particular standard of conduct or had any particular belief, nor an actual determination by the Reviewing Party that Indemnitee has not met such standard of conduct or did not have such belief, prior to the commencement of legal proceedings by Indemnitee to secure a judicial determination that Indemnitee should be indemnified under applicable law, shall be a defense to Indemnitee's claim or create a presumption that Indemnitee has not met any particular standard of conduct or did not have any particular belief.

3

(ii) In connection with any determination by the Reviewing Party or otherwise as to whether Indemnitee is entitled to be indemnified hereunder, the burden of proof shall be on the Company to establish that Indemnitee is not so entitled.

(d) Notice to Insurers. If, at the time of the receipt by the Company of a notice of a Proceeding pursuant to Section 2(b) hereof, the Company has liability insurance in effect which may cover such Proceeding, the Company shall give prompt notice of the commencement of such Proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies. The Company shall thereafter take all necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such action, suit, proceeding, inquiry or investigation in accordance with the terms of such policies.

(e) Selection of Counsel. In the event the Company shall be obligated hereunder to pay the Expenses of a Proceeding, the Company shall be entitled to assume the defense of such Proceeding with counsel approved by Indemnitee, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, upon the delivery to Indemnitee of written notice of its election so to do. After delivery of such notice, approval of such counsel by Indemnitee and the retention of such counsel by the Company, the Company will not be liable to Indemnitee under this Agreement for any fees of counsel subsequently incurred by Indemnitee with respect to the same Proceeding; provided that (i) Indemnitee shall have the right to employ Indemnitee's counsel in any such Proceeding at Indemnitee's expense and (ii) if (A) the employment of counsel by Indemnitee has been previously authorized by the Company, (B) Indemnitee shall have reasonably concluded that there is a conflict of interest between the Company and Indemnitee in the conduct of any such defense, or (C) the Company shall not continue to retain such counsel to defend such Proceeding, then the fees and expenses of Indemnitee's counsel shall be at the expense of the Company. The Company shall have the right to conduct such defense as it sees fit in its sole discretion, provided that the Company has the right to settle any claim against Indemnitee only with the consent of Indemnitee, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

3. Scope; Nonexclusivity.

(a) Scope. It is understood that the parties to this Agreement intend for this Agreement to be interpreted and enforced so as to provide indemnification and advancement of Expenses to Indemnitee to the fullest extent now or hereafter permitted by law, subject only to the express exceptions and limitations otherwise set forth in this Agreement. In the event of any change after the date of this Agreement in any applicable law, statute or rule which expands the right of the Company to indemnify a member of the Board of Directors or an officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company or any Subsidiary, as applicable, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits afforded by such change. In the event of any change in any applicable law, statute or rule which narrows the right of the Company to indemnify a member of the Board of Directors or an officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company or any Subsidiary, as applicable, such change, to the extent not otherwise required by such law, statute or rule to be applied to this Agreement, shall have no effect on this Agreement or the parties' rights and obligations hereunder.

4

(b) Nonexclusivity. The indemnification and advancement of Expenses provided by this Agreement shall be in addition to any rights to which Indemnitee may be entitled under the charter documents of the Company or any Subsidiary, any agreement, any vote of stockholders or disinterested directors, the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, or otherwise.

4. No Duplication of Payments. The Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment in connection with any Proceeding against Indemnitee to the extent Indemnitee has otherwise actually received payment (under any insurance policy, charter documents of the Company or any Subsidiary or otherwise) of the amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder.

5. Partial Indemnification. If Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this Agreement to indemnification by the Company for some or a portion of Expenses incurred in connection with any Proceeding, but not for all of the total amount thereof, the Company shall nevertheless indemnify Indemnitee for the portion of such Expenses to which Indemnitee is entitled.

6. Mutual Acknowledgement. Both the Company and Indemnitee acknowledge that in certain instances, Federal law or applicable public policy may prohibit the Company from indemnifying its directors, officers, employees, agents or fiduciaries under this Agreement or otherwise. Indemnitee understands and acknowledges that the Company may be required in the future to undertake with the Securities and Exchange Commission to submit the question of indemnification to a court in certain circumstances for a determination of the Company's right under public policy to indemnify Indemnitee.

7. Maintenance of Liability Insurance. The Company shall, from time to time, make the good faith determination whether or not it is practicable for the Company to obtain and maintain a policy or policies of insurance with reputable insurance companies providing the officers and directors of the Company with coverage for losses from wrongful acts, or to ensure the Company's performance of its indemnification obligations under this Agreement. Among other considerations, the Company will weigh the costs of obtaining such insurance coverage against the protection afforded by such coverage. In all policies of director and officer liability insurance, Indemnitee shall be named as an insured in such a manner as to provide Indemnitee the same rights and benefits as are accorded to the most favorably insured of the Company's directors, if Indemnitee is a director, or of the Company's officers, if Indemnitee is not a director of the Company but is an officer. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall have no obligation to obtain or maintain such insurance if the Company determines in good faith that such insurance is not reasonably available, if the premium costs for such insurance are disproportionate to the amount of coverage proved, if the coverage provided by such insurance is limited by exclusions so as to provide an insufficient benefit, or if Indemnitee is covered by similar insurance maintained by a parent or Subsidiary of the Company

8. Exceptions. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein other than Section 1(d) hereof, the Company shall not be obligated pursuant to the terms of this Agreement:

5

(a) Unlawful Claims. To indemnify Indemnitee with respect to any Proceeding if a final decision by a court having jurisdiction shall have determined that such indemnification is not lawful;

(b) Proceedings Initiated by Indemnitee. To indemnify or advance Expenses to Indemnitee with respect to Proceedings initiated or brought voluntarily by Indemnitee and not by way of defense, except (i) with respect to any Proceeding (x) brought to establish or enforce a right to indemnification or advancement of Expenses under this Agreement, or any other agreement, or insurance policy, or the charter documents of the Company or any Subsidiary, now or hereafter in effect relating to any Proceeding, or (y) specifically authorized by the Board of Directors, or (ii) as otherwise required under
Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, regardless of whether Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to such indemnification, advance expense payment or insurance recovery, as the case may be; provided, however, that such indemnification or advancement of Expenses may be provided by the Company in specific cases if the Board of Directors determines it to be appropriate;

(c) Claims Under Section 16(b). To indemnify Indemnitee for Expenses, judgments, fines or penalties sustained in any Proceeding for an accounting of profits arising from the purchase and sale by Indemnitee of securities of the Company in violation of Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, or any similar provisions of any federal, state or local statute; or

(d) Lack of Good Faith. To indemnify Indemnitee for any Expenses incurred by Indemnitee with respect to any Proceeding instituted by Indemnitee to enforce or interpret this Agreement, if a court of competent jurisdiction determines that each of the material assertions made by Indemnitee in such Proceeding was not made in good faith or was frivolous.

9. Period of Limitations. No legal action shall be brought and no cause of action shall be asserted by or in the right of the Company against Indemnitee, Indemnitee's estate, spouse, heirs, executors or personal or legal representatives after the expiration of three (3) years from the date of accrual of such cause of action, and any claim or cause of action of the Company shall be extinguished and deemed released unless asserted by the timely filing of a legal action within such three-year period; provided, however, that if any shorter period of limitations is otherwise applicable to any such cause of action, such shorter period shall govern.

10. Construction of Certain Terms and Phrases. As used in this Agreement, the following terms and phrases shall have the meanings set forth below:

(a) A "Change in Control" shall be deemed to have occurred if
(i) any "person" (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act), other than a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or a corporation owned directly or indirectly by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company, (A) who is or becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 10% or more of the combined voting power of the Company's then outstanding Voting Securities, increases

6

his beneficial ownership of such securities by 5% or more over the percentage so owned by such person, or (B) becomes the "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under said Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than 20% of the total voting power represented by the Company's then outstanding Voting Securities, (ii) during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board of Directors of the Company and any new director whose election by the Board of Directors or nomination for election by the Company's stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute a majority thereof, or (iii) the stockholders of the Company approve a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other corporation other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the Voting Securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into Voting Securities of the surviving entity) at least 80% of the total voting power represented by the Voting Securities of the Company or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation, or the stockholders of the Company approve a plan of complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of (in one transaction or a series of transactions) all or substantially all of the Company's assets.

(b) References to the "Company" shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, employees, agents or fiduciaries, so that if Indemnitee is or was a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, employee benefit plan, trust or other enterprise, Indemnitee shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Agreement with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as Indemnitee would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

(c) "Expense" shall include any and all expenses (including attorneys' fees and all other costs, expenses and obligations incurred in connection with investigating, defending, being a witness in or participating in (including on appeal), or preparing to defend, be a witness in or participate in, a Proceeding), judgments, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement (if such settlement is approved in advance by the Company, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) of a Proceeding, and any federal, state, local or foreign taxes imposed on Indemnitee as a result of the actual or deemed receipt of any payments under this Agreement.

(d) "Independent Legal Counsel" shall mean an attorney or firm of attorneys who shall not have otherwise performed services for the Company or Indemnitee within the last three years (other than with respect to matters concerning the rights of Indemnitee under this Agreement, or of other indemnitees under similar indemnity agreements). Independent Legal Counsel shall be selected as follows: (i) by a majority of the Disinterested Directors if there has

7

not been a Change in Control or if there has been a Change in Control which has been approved by a majority of the Incumbent Directors; or (ii) by Indemnitee, subject to the approval by a majority of the Disinterested Directors (which shall not be unreasonably withheld), if there has been a Change in Control which has not been approved by a majority of the Incumbent Directors. The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees of the Independent Legal Counsel, regardless of which party selects the Independent Legal Counsel.

(e) References to "other enterprises" shall include employee benefit plans; references to "fines" shall include any excise taxes assessed on Indemnitee with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to "serving at the request of the Company" shall include any service as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or its beneficiaries.

(f) "Proceeding" shall mean any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, proceeding or alternative dispute resolution mechanism, or any hearing, inquiry or investigation that Indemnitee in good faith believes might lead to the institution of any such action, suit, proceeding or alternative dispute resolution mechanism, whether brought by or in the right of the Company or any Subsidiary or otherwise, and whether civil, criminal, administrative, investigative or other, in which Indemnitee was or is or becomes a party to or witness or other participant in, or is threatened to be made a party to or witness or other participant by reason of (or arising in part out of) any event or occurrence related to the fact that Indemnitee is or was a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company or any Subsidiary, or is or was serving at the request of the Company or any Subsidiary as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, or by reason of any action or inaction on the part of Indemnitee while serving in such capacity.

(g) "Reviewing Party" shall mean (i) the Board of Directors acting by a majority vote of the directors who are not and were not parties to the Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is being sought (the "Disinterested Directors"), (ii) a committee of some or all of the Disinterested Directors designated by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, or (iii) Independent Legal Counsel.

(h) "Subsidiary" shall mean any corporation or other entity of which more than 50% of the outstanding Voting Securities is owned directly or indirectly by the Company, by the Company and one or more other Subsidiaries, or by one or more other Subsidiaries.

(i) "Voting Securities" shall mean any securities of the Company that vote generally in the election of directors.

11. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original.

12. Binding Effect; Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors (including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or

8

otherwise to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company), assigns, spouses, heirs, and personal and legal representatives. The Company shall require and cause any successor (whether direct or indirect by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all, substantially all, or a substantial part, of the business and/or assets of the Company, by written agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Indemnitee, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place. This Agreement shall continue in effect with respect to any Proceeding regardless of whether Indemnitee continues to serve as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company, any Subsidiary or any other enterprise at the Company's request.

13. Attorneys' Fees. In the event that any action is instituted by Indemnitee under this Agreement or under any liability insurance policies maintained by the Company to enforce or interpret any of the terms hereof or thereof, Indemnitee shall be entitled to be paid all expenses incurred by Indemnitee with respect to such action, regardless of whether Indemnitee is ultimately successful in such action, and shall be entitled to the advancement of such expenses with respect to such action, unless, as a part of such action, a court of competent jurisdiction over such action determines that each of the material assertions made by Indemnitee as a basis for such action was not made in good faith or was frivolous. In the event of an action instituted by or in the name of the Company under this Agreement to enforce or interpret any of the terms of this Agreement, Indemnitee shall be entitled to be paid all expenses incurred by Indemnitee in defense of such action (including costs and expenses incurred with respect to Indemnitee counterclaims and cross-claims made in such action), and shall be entitled to the advancement of such expenses with respect to such action, unless, as a part of such action, a court having jurisdiction over such action determines that each of Indemnitee's material defenses to such action was not made in good faith or was frivolous.

14. Notice. All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing, shall be effective when received, and shall in any event be deemed to be received (a) five (5) days after deposit with the U.S. Postal Service or other applicable postal service, if delivered by certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, (b) upon delivery, if delivered by hand, (c) one business day after the business day of deposit with Federal Express or similar overnight courier, freight prepaid, or (d) one day after the business day of delivery by facsimile transmission, if delivered by facsimile transmission, with copy by first class mail, postage prepaid, and shall be addressed if to Indemnitee, at Indemnitee's address as set forth beneath Indemnitee's signature to this Agreement and if to the Company at the address of its principal corporate offices (attention: Secretary) or at such other address as a party may designate by ten days' advance written notice to the other party hereto.

15. Headings. The headings used in this Agreement have been inserted for convenience of reference only and do not define or limit the provisions hereof.

16. Severability. The provisions of this Agreement shall be severable in the event that any of the provisions hereof (including any provision within a single section, paragraph or sentence) are held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void or otherwise

9

unenforceable, and the remaining provisions shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law. Furthermore, to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitations, each portion of this Agreement containing any provision held to be invalid, void or otherwise unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, void or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested by the provision held invalid, illegal or unenforceable.

17. Choice of Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and its provisions construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, as applied to contracts between Delaware residents, entered into and to be performed entirely within the State of Delaware, without regard to the conflict of laws principles thereof.

18. Subrogation. In the event of payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee who shall execute all documents required and shall do all acts that may be necessary to secure such rights and to enable the Company effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights.

19. Amendment and Termination. No amendment, modification, termination or cancellation of this Agreement shall be effective unless it is in writing signed by both the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions hereof (whether or not similar) nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

20. Integration and Entire Agreement. This Agreement sets forth the entire understanding between the parties hereto and supersedes and merges all previous written and oral negotiations, commitments, understandings and agreements relating to the subject matter hereof between the parties hereto.

21. No Construction as Employment Agreement. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed as giving Indemnitee any right to be retained in the employ of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

10

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

WELLCARE HEALTH PLANS, INC.

By:

Name:
Title:

AGREED TO AND ACCEPTED BY:

Signature:
Name:
Address:


11

EXHIBIT 10.29

EXECUTION COPY


CREDIT AGREEMENT

dated as of May 13, 2004

among

WELLCARE HOLDINGS, LLC

WELLCARE HEALTH PLANS, INC.

THE WELLCARE MANAGEMENT GROUP, INC.

COMPREHENSIVE HEALTH MANAGEMENT, INC.

THE LENDERS PARTY HERETO

and

CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON,
as Administrative Agent


CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON

and

MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC.,
as Joint Bookrunners and Joint Lead Arrangers


[CS & M Ref. No. 2162-126]


TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                                                    Page
                                                                                                    ----
                                               ARTICLE I

                                              Definitions

SECTION 1.01.  Defined Terms...................................................................       1

SECTION 1.02.  Terms Generally.................................................................      28

SECTION 1.03.  Pro Forma Calculations..........................................................      29

SECTION 1.04.  Classification of Loans and Borrowings..........................................      29

                                              ARTICLE II

                                              The Credits

SECTION 2.01.  Commitments.....................................................................      29

SECTION 2.02.  Loans...........................................................................      30

SECTION 2.03.  Borrowing Procedure.............................................................      32

SECTION 2.04.  Evidence of Debt; Repayment of Loans............................................      32

SECTION 2.05.  Fees............................................................................      33

SECTION 2.06.  Interest on Loans...............................................................      34

SECTION 2.07.  Default Interest................................................................      34

SECTION 2.08.  Alternate Rate of Interest......................................................      35

SECTION 2.09.  Termination and Reduction of Commitments........................................      35

SECTION 2.10.  Conversion and Continuation of Borrowings.......................................      35

SECTION 2.11.  Repayment of Term Borrowings....................................................      37

SECTION 2.12.  Optional Prepayments............................................................      38

SECTION 2.13.  Mandatory Prepayments...........................................................      38

SECTION 2.14.  Reserve Requirements; Change in Circumstances...................................      40

SECTION 2.15.  Change in Legality..............................................................      41


ii

SECTION 2.16.  Indemnity.......................................................................      42

SECTION 2.17.  Pro Rata Treatment..............................................................      42

SECTION 2.18.  Sharing of Setoffs..............................................................      43

SECTION 2.19.  Payments........................................................................      43

SECTION 2.20.  Taxes...........................................................................      44

SECTION 2.21.  Assignment of Commitments Under Certain Circumstances; Duty to Mitigate.........      45

SECTION 2.22.  Swingline Loans.................................................................      46

SECTION 2.23.  Letters of Credit...............................................................      47

SECTION 2.24.  Increase in Term Loan Commitments...............................................      51

                                              ARTICLE III

                                    Representations and Warranties

SECTION 3.01.  Organization; Powers............................................................      53

SECTION 3.02.  Authorization...................................................................      54

SECTION 3.03.  Enforceability..................................................................      54

SECTION 3.04.  Governmental Approvals..........................................................      54

SECTION 3.05.  Financial Statements............................................................      55

SECTION 3.06.  No Material Adverse Change......................................................      55

SECTION 3.07.  Title to Properties; Possession Under Leases....................................      55

SECTION 3.08.  Subsidiaries....................................................................      56

SECTION 3.09.  Litigation; Compliance with Laws................................................      56

SECTION 3.10.  Agreements......................................................................      57

SECTION 3.11.  Federal Reserve Regulations.....................................................      57

SECTION 3.12.  Investment Company Act; Public Utility Holding Company Act......................      57

SECTION 3.13.  Tax Returns.....................................................................      58


iii

SECTION 3.14.  No Material Misstatements.......................................................      58

SECTION 3.15.  Employee Benefit Plans..........................................................      58

SECTION 3.16.  Environmental Matters...........................................................      58

SECTION 3.17.  Insurance.......................................................................      59

SECTION 3.18.  Security Documents..............................................................      59

SECTION 3.19.  Location of Real Property and Leased Premises...................................      60

SECTION 3.20.  Labor Matters...................................................................      60

SECTION 3.21.  Solvency........................................................................      60

SECTION 3.22.  Senior Debt Status..............................................................      60

SECTION 3.23.  Licensing and Accreditation.....................................................      60

SECTION 3.24.  Medicare and Medicaid Notices and Filings Related to Business...................      61

                                              ARTICLE IV

                                         Conditions of Lending

SECTION 4.01.  All Credit Events...............................................................      62

SECTION 4.02.  First Credit Event..............................................................      62

                                               ARTICLE V

                                         Affirmative Covenants

SECTION 5.01.  Existence; Businesses and Properties............................................      65

SECTION 5.02.  Insurance.......................................................................      66

SECTION 5.03.  Obligations and Taxes...........................................................      66

SECTION 5.04.  Financial Statements, Reports, etc..............................................      66

SECTION 5.05.  Litigation and Other Notices....................................................      68

SECTION 5.06.  Information Regarding Collateral................................................      69

SECTION 5.07.  Maintaining Records; Access to Properties and Inspections; Maintenance of
               Ratings.........................................................................      69


iv

SECTION 5.08.  Use of Proceeds.................................................................      70

SECTION 5.09.  Compliance with Laws............................................................      70

SECTION 5.10.  Further Assurances..............................................................      71

SECTION 5.11.  Designation of Obligations; Matters Relating to the Seller Note.................      71

                                              ARTICLE VI

                                          Negative Covenants

SECTION 6.01.  Indebtedness....................................................................      72

SECTION 6.02.  Liens...........................................................................      75

SECTION 6.03.  Sale and Lease-Back Transactions................................................      76

SECTION 6.04.  Investments, Loans, Advances and Guarantees.....................................      77

SECTION 6.05.  Mergers, Consolidations, Sales of Assets and Acquisitions.......................      79

SECTION 6.06.  Restricted Payments; Restrictive Agreements.....................................      79

SECTION 6.07.  Transactions with Affiliates....................................................      80

SECTION 6.08.  Business of Parent and Subsidiaries; Ownership of Subsidiaries; Preferred Equity
               Interests.......................................................................      80

SECTION 6.09.  Other Indebtedness and Agreements...............................................      81

SECTION 6.10.  Capital Expenditures............................................................      81

SECTION 6.11.  Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.....................................................      82

SECTION 6.12.  Leverage Ratio..................................................................      82

SECTION 6.13.  Fiscal Year.....................................................................      82


v

                                              ARTICLE VII

                                           Events of Default

                                             ARTICLE VIII

                           The Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent

                                              ARTICLE IX

                                             Miscellaneous

SECTION 9.01.  Notices.........................................................................      88

SECTION 9.02.  Survival of Agreement...........................................................      88

SECTION 9.03.  Binding Effect..................................................................      89

SECTION 9.04.  Successors and Assigns..........................................................      89

SECTION 9.05.  Expenses; Indemnity.............................................................      93

SECTION 9.06.  Right of Setoff.................................................................      94

SECTION 9.07.  Applicable Law..................................................................      95

SECTION 9.08.  Waivers; Amendment..............................................................      95

SECTION 9.09.  Interest Rate Limitation........................................................      96

SECTION 9.10.  Entire Agreement................................................................      96

SECTION 9.11.  WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL............................................................      97

SECTION 9.12.  Severability....................................................................      97

SECTION 9.13.  Counterparts....................................................................      97

SECTION 9.14.  Headings........................................................................      97

SECTION 9.15.  Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process.....................................      97

SECTION 9.16.  Confidentiality.................................................................      98

SECTION 9.17.  Release of Subsidiary Loan Parties and Collateral...............................      99

SECTION 9.18.  USA Patriot Act Notice..........................................................      99


vi

Exhibits

Exhibit A     --   Form of Administrative Questionnaire
Exhibit B     --   Form of Assignment and Acceptance
Exhibit C     --   Form of Borrowing Request
Exhibit D     --   Form of Guarantee and Collateral Agreement
Exhibit E     --   Form of Notice of Conversion/Continuation
Exhibit F     --   Form of Notice of Prepayment
Exhibit G     --   Form of Closing Date Opinion of Kirkland & Ellis LLP
Exhibit H-1   --   Form of Intercompany Subordination Provisions
Exhibit H-2   --   Form of Third-Party Subordination Provisions

Schedules

Schedule 2.01     --    Lenders and Commitments
Schedule 3.08     --    Subsidiaries
Schedule 3.09     --    Disclosed Matters
Schedule 3.16     --    Environmental Matters
Schedule 3.17     --    Insurance
Schedule 3.18(a)  --    UCC Filing Offices
Schedule 3.19(a)  --    Owned Real Property
Schedule 3.19(b)  --    Leased Real Property
Schedule 6.01     --    Existing Indebtedness
Schedule 6.02     --    Existing Liens

                              CREDIT AGREEMENT dated as of May 13, 2004, among
                        WELLCARE HOLDINGS, LLC, a Delaware limited liability
                        company ("HOLDINGS"), WELLCARE HEALTH PLANS, INC., a
                        Delaware corporation ("WHP"), THE WELLCARE MANAGEMENT
                        GROUP, INC., a New York corporation ("WMG"),
                        COMPREHENSIVE HEALTH MANAGEMENT, INC., a Florida
                        corporation ("CHM" and, together with WHP and WMG, the
                        "BORROWERS"), the Lenders (as defined in Article I) and
                        CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON, as administrative agent (in
                        such capacity, the "ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT") and as
                        collateral agent (in such capacity, the "COLLATERAL
                        AGENT") for the Lenders.

The Borrowers have requested the Lenders to extend credit in the form of
(a) Term Loans (such term and each other capitalized term used but not defined in this introductory statement having the meaning assigned to it in Article I) on the Closing Date, in an aggregate principal amount not in excess of $160,000,000, and (b) Revolving Loans at any time and from time to time prior to the Revolving Credit Maturity Date, in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding not in excess of $50,000,000. The Borrowers have also requested the Swingline Lender to extend credit, at any time and from time to time prior to the Revolving Credit Maturity Date, in the form of Swingline Loans, in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding not in excess of $10,000,000, and the Issuing Bank to issue Letters of Credit, in an aggregate face amount at any time outstanding not in excess of $10,000,000.

The Lenders are willing to extend such credit to the Borrowers and the Issuing Bank is willing to issue Letters of Credit for the account of the Borrowers on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein. Accordingly, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

SECTION 1.01. DEFINED TERMS. As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings specified below:

"ABR", when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the Alternate Base Rate.

"ADJUSTED LIBO RATE" shall mean, with respect to any Eurodollar Borrowing for any Interest Period, an interest rate per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/16 of 1%) equal to the product of (a) the LIBO Rate in effect for such Interest Period and (b) Statutory Reserves.

"ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT FEES" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.05(b).


2

"ADMINISTRATIVE QUESTIONNAIRE" shall mean an Administrative Questionnaire in the form of Exhibit A, or such other form as may be supplied from time to time by the Administrative Agent.

"AFFILIATE" shall mean, when used with respect to a specified person, another person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by or is under common Control with the person specified; provided, however, that, solely for purposes of Section 6.07, the term "Affiliate" shall also include any person that directly or indirectly owns 5% or more of any class of Equity Interests of the person specified or that is an officer or director of the person specified (it being agreed that for purposes of this proviso the Class A Common Units, the Class B Common Units and the Class C Common Units of Holdings shall be deemed to be a single class of Equity Interests).

"AGGREGATE REVOLVING CREDIT EXPOSURE" shall mean the aggregate amount of the Lenders' Revolving Credit Exposures.

"ALTERNATE BASE RATE" shall mean, for any day, a rate per annum equal to the greater of (a) the Prime Rate in effect on such day and (b) the Federal Funds Effective Rate in effect on such day plus 1/2 of 1%. If the Administrative Agent shall have determined (which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error) that it is unable to ascertain the Federal Funds Effective Rate for any reason, including the inability or failure of the Administrative Agent to obtain sufficient quotations in accordance with the terms of the definition thereof, the Alternate Base Rate shall be determined without regard to clause
(b) of the preceding sentence until the circumstances giving rise to such inability no longer exist. Any change in the Alternate Base Rate due to a change in the Prime Rate or the Federal Funds Effective Rate shall be effective on the effective date of such change in the Prime Rate or the Federal Funds Effective Rate, as the case may be.

"APPLICABLE PERCENTAGE" shall mean (except as otherwise provided in the Incremental Term Loan Assumption Agreements with respect to any Incremental Term Loan), for any day, (a) with respect to any Eurodollar Term Loan, 4.00%, (b) with respect to any ABR Term Loan, 3.00%, (c) with respect to any Swingline Loan, the applicable percentage set forth below under the caption "ABR Spread" based upon the Leverage Ratio as of the relevant date of determination and (d) with respect to any Eurodollar Loan or ABR Loan that is a Revolving Loan, the applicable percentage set forth below under the caption "Eurodollar Spread" or "ABR Spread", as the case may be, based upon the Leverage Ratio as of the relevant date of determination:


3

LEVERAGE RATIO                                                  EURODOLLAR SPREAD           ABR SPREAD
Category 1                                                            3.75%                    2.75%
Greater than 2.0 to 1.0

Category 2                                                            3.50%                    2.50%
Greater than 1.5 to 1.0 but less than or equal to
2.0 to 1.0

Category 3                                                            3.25%                    2.25%
Equal to or less than 1.5 to 1.0

Each change in the Applicable Percentage resulting from a change in the Leverage Ratio shall be effective with respect to all Revolving Loans, Swingline Loans and Letters of Credit outstanding on and after the date of delivery to the Administrative Agent of the financial statements required by clause (a) or (b) of Section 5.04 and certificates required by clause (d) of such Section indicating such change until the date immediately preceding the next date of delivery of such financial statements and certificates indicating another such change. Notwithstanding the foregoing, until Parent shall have delivered the financial statements required by clause (a) of Section 5.04 and the certificates required by clause (d) of such Section for the period ended December 31, 2004, the Leverage Ratio shall be deemed to be in Category 1 for purposes of determining the Applicable Percentage with respect to the Revolving Loans, Swingline Loans and Letters of Credit. In addition, at any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Leverage Ratio shall be deemed to be in Category 1 for purposes of determining the Applicable Percentage with respect to the Revolving Loans, Swingline Loans and Letters of Credit. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Applicable Percentage with respect to any Eurodollar Term Loan or ABR Term Loan shall automatically be increased by the Yield Differential, if any, upon the making of any Other Term Loans, as provided in Section 2.24(b).

"ARRANGERS" shall mean CSFB and Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc.

"ASSET SALE" shall mean the sale, transfer or other disposition (by way of merger, casualty, condemnation or otherwise) by Parent or any of the Subsidiaries to any person other than Parent, any Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor of (a) any Equity Interests of any of the Subsidiaries (other than directors' qualifying shares) or (b) any other assets (other than cash) of Parent or any of the Subsidiaries (other than (i) inventory, damaged, obsolete or worn out assets, scrap and Permitted Investments, in each case disposed of in the ordinary course of business, (ii) dispositions between or among Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties or (iii) Excluded Asset Sales), provided that any asset sale or series of related asset sales described in clause (b) above having a value not in excess of $250,000 shall be deemed not to be an "Asset Sale" for purposes of this Agreement.


4

"ASSIGNMENT AND ACCEPTANCE" shall mean an assignment and acceptance entered into by a Lender and an assignee, and accepted by the Administrative Agent, in the form of Exhibit B or such other form as shall be approved by the Administrative Agent.

"ASSIGNMENT OF CLAIMS ACT" shall mean the Assignment of Claims Act of 1940, as amended from time to time.

"BOARD" shall mean the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States of America.

"BORROWING" shall mean (a) Loans of the same Class and Type made, converted or continued on the same date and, in the case of Eurodollar Loans, as to which a single Interest Period is in effect, or (b) a Swingline Loan.

"BORROWING REQUEST" shall mean a request by any Borrower in accordance with the terms of Section 2.03 and substantially in the form of Exhibit C, or such other form as shall be approved by the Administrative Agent.

"BUSINESS DAY" shall mean any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or day on which banks in New York City are authorized or required by law to close; provided, however, that when used in connection with a Eurodollar Loan, the term "BUSINESS DAY" shall also exclude any day on which banks are not open for dealings in dollar deposits in the London interbank market.

"CAPITAL EXPENDITURES" shall mean, for any period, without duplication,
(a) the additions to property, plant and equipment and other capital expenditures of Parent and its consolidated Subsidiaries that are (or should be) set forth in a consolidated statement of cash flows of Parent for such period prepared in accordance with GAAP and (b) Capital Lease Obligations or Synthetic Lease Obligations incurred by Parent and its consolidated Subsidiaries during such period, but excluding in each case any such expenditure made to restore, replace or rebuild property to the condition of such property immediately prior to any damage, loss, destruction or condemnation of such property, to the extent such expenditure is made with insurance proceeds, condemnation awards or damage recovery proceeds relating to any such damage, loss, destruction or condemnation.

"CAPITAL LEASE OBLIGATIONS" of any person shall mean the obligations of such person to pay rent or other amounts under any lease of (or other arrangement conveying the right to use) real or personal property, or a combination thereof, which obligations are required to be classified and accounted for as capital leases on a balance sheet of such person under GAAP, and the amount of such obligations shall be the capitalized amount thereof determined in accordance with GAAP.

"CHAMPUS" shall mean the United States Department of Defense Civilian Health and Medical Program of the Uniformed Services, or any successor thereto, including TRICARE.


5

A "CHANGE IN CONTROL" shall be deemed to have occurred if (a) prior to the IPO, Soros, or one or more Affiliates of Soros, shall fail to own, directly or indirectly, beneficially and of record, Equity Interests in Parent representing more than 50% of each of the aggregate ordinary voting power and aggregate equity value represented by the issued and outstanding Equity Interests in Parent; (b) after the IPO, any "person" or "group" (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as in effect on the date hereof), other than Soros or any Affiliate of Soros, shall own, directly or indirectly, beneficially or of record, Equity Interests in Parent representing more than 25% of either the aggregate ordinary voting power or the aggregate equity value represented by the issued and outstanding Equity Interests in Parent; (c) after the IPO, during any period of 12 consecutive months (including any such period commencing prior to the IPO), a majority of the members of the board of directors of Parent ceases to be composed of individuals (i) who were members of that board of directors on the first day of such period, (ii) whose election or nomination to that board of directors was approved by individuals referred to in clause (i) above constituting at the time of such election or nomination at least a majority of that board of directors or (iii) whose election or nomination to that board of directors was approved by individuals referred to in clauses (i) or (ii) above constituting at the time of such election or nomination at least a majority of that board of directors (excluding, in the case of both clause (ii) and (iii), any individual whose initial nomination for, or assumption of office as, a member of that board of directors occurs as a result of an actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents for the election or removal of one or more directors by any person or group other than a solicitation for the election of one or more directors by or on behalf of the board of directors); (d) any change in control (or similar event, however denominated, including the "Sale of the Maker" as such term is defined in the Seller Note) with respect to Parent or any Subsidiary shall occur under and as defined in any indenture or agreement in respect of Material Indebtedness to which Parent or any Subsidiary is a party, or (e) Parent shall cease to directly or indirectly own, beneficially and of record, 100% of the issued and outstanding Equity Interests of each Borrower.

"CHANGE IN LAW" shall mean (a) the adoption of any law, rule or regulation after the date of this Agreement, (b) any change in any law, rule or regulation or in the interpretation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority after the date of this Agreement or (c) compliance by any Lender or the Issuing Bank (or, for purposes of Section 2.14, by any lending office of such Lender or by such Lender's or Issuing Bank's holding company, if any, but if not having the force of law, being of a type with which such person would ordinarily comply) with any request, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) of any Governmental Authority made or issued after the date of this Agreement.

"CHM MANAGEMENT AGREEMENTS" shall mean the Management Agreements between CHM and certain HMO Subsidiaries, as approved by the applicable Governmental Authorities, as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

"CLASS", when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are Revolving Loans, Term Loans,


6

Incremental Term Loans (with the Incremental Term Loans made on each date to constitute a separate Class) or Swingline Loans and, when used in reference to any Commitment, refers to whether such Commitment is a Revolving Credit Commitment, a Term Loan Commitment, an Incremental Term Loan Commitment or a Swingline Commitment.

"CLOSING DATE" shall mean the date of the first Credit Event.

"CODE" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

"COLLATERAL" shall mean all the "Collateral" as defined in any Security Document and shall also include the Mortgaged Properties.

"COMMITMENT" shall mean, with respect to any Lender, such Lender's Revolving Credit Commitment, Term Loan Commitment, Incremental Term Loan Commitment and, in the case of the Swingline Lender, such Lender's Swingline Commitment.

"COMMITMENT FEE" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.05(a).

"CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION MEMORANDUM" shall mean the Confidential Information Memorandum of the Borrowers dated April 2004.

"CONSOLIDATED EBITDA" shall mean, for any period, Consolidated Net Income for such period plus (a) without duplication and to the extent deducted in determining such Consolidated Net Income, the sum of (i) Consolidated Interest Expense for such period, (ii) consolidated income tax expense for such period,
(iii) all amounts attributable to depreciation, amortization or write-downs of goodwill for such period and (iv) any non-cash charges (other than the write-down of current assets) for such period (provided, that any cash payment made with respect to any non-cash charge in a prior period shall be subtracted in computing Consolidated EBITDA during the period in which such cash payment is made), (v) any extraordinary non-cash losses for such period (provided, that any cash payment made in respect of items that are the subject of any extraordinary non-cash loss in a prior period shall be subtracted in computing Consolidated EBITDA during the period in which such cash payment is made), and minus (b) to the extent included in determining such Consolidated Net Income, any extraordinary gains and all non-cash items of income for such period, all determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

"CONSOLIDATED FIXED CHARGES" shall mean, for any period, the sum of (a) Consolidated Interest Expense for such period, (b) the aggregate amount of scheduled principal payments made during such period in respect of long-term Indebtedness of Parent and the Subsidiaries (other than payments made by Parent or any Subsidiary to Parent or a Subsidiary), (c) the aggregate amount of principal payments (other than scheduled principal payments) made during such period in respect of long-term Indebtedness of Parent and the Subsidiaries, to the extent that such payments reduced any scheduled principal payments that would have become due within one year after the date


7

of the applicable payment and (d) the aggregate amount of income Taxes paid in cash by Parent and the Subsidiaries during such period.

"CONSOLIDATED INTEREST EXPENSE" shall mean, for any period, the sum of (a) the interest expense (including imputed interest expense in respect of Capital Lease Obligations and Synthetic Lease Obligations) of Parent and the Subsidiaries for such period, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, plus (b) any interest accrued during such period in respect of Indebtedness of Parent or any Subsidiary that is required to be capitalized rather than included in consolidated interest expense for such period in accordance with GAAP. For purposes of the foregoing, interest expense shall be determined after giving effect to any net payments made or received by Parent or any Subsidiary with respect to interest rate Hedging Agreements.

"CONSOLIDATED NET INCOME" shall mean, for any period, the net income or loss of Parent and the Subsidiaries for such period determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP; provided that there shall be excluded (a) the income of any Subsidiary to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by the Subsidiary of that income is not at the time permitted by operation of the terms of its organizational documents or any agreement (other than an agreement with a Governmental Authority) to which such Subsidiary is a party, (b) subject to Section 1.03, the income or loss of any person accrued prior to the date it becomes a Subsidiary or is merged into or consolidated with Parent or any Subsidiary or the date that such person's assets are acquired by Parent or any Subsidiary, (c) the income of any person (other than Parent) in which any other person (other than Parent or a wholly owned Subsidiary or any director holding qualifying shares in accordance with applicable law) has a joint interest, except to the extent of the amount of dividends or other distributions actually paid to Parent or a wholly owned Subsidiary by such person during such period, (d) any gains attributable to sales of assets out of the ordinary course of business and (e) any non-cash losses attributable to sales of assets out of the ordinary course of business.

"CONTROL" shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise, and the terms "CONTROLLING" and "CONTROLLED" shall have meanings correlative thereto.

"CREDIT EVENT" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4.01.

"CREDIT FACILITIES" shall mean the revolving credit and term loan facilities provided for by this Agreement.

"CREDIT TRANSACTIONS" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in
Section 3.02.

"CSFB" shall mean Credit Suisse First Boston, acting through its Cayman Islands branch.


8

"DEFAULT" shall mean any event or condition which upon notice, lapse of time or both would constitute an Event of Default.

"DISCOUNT NOTES" shall mean 8% Senior Discount Notes due March 5, 2009 of
WMG.

"DOLLARS" or "$" shall mean lawful money of the United States of America.

"DOMESTIC SUBSIDIARIES" shall mean all Subsidiaries incorporated or organized under the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia.

"ENVIRONMENTAL LAWS" shall mean all applicable and legally binding laws, regulations, rules, ordinances, codes, decrees, judgments, directives, orders, and binding agreements promulgated or entered into by any Governmental Authority, relating in any way to the environment, preservation or reclamation of natural resources, human health and safety or the presence, management, Release of, or exposure to Hazardous Materials.

"ENVIRONMENTAL LIABILITY" shall mean all liabilities, obligations, damages, losses, claims, actions, suits, judgments, orders, fines, penalties, fees, expenses and costs (including administrative oversight costs, natural resource damages and remediation costs), whether contingent or otherwise, arising out of or relating to (a) violation of any Environmental Law, (b) the generation, use, handling, transportation, storage, treatment or disposal of any Hazardous Materials, (c) exposure to any Hazardous Materials, (d) the Release of any Hazardous Materials or (e) any contract, agreement or other consensual arrangement pursuant to which liability is assumed or imposed with respect to any of the foregoing.

"EQUITY INTERESTs" shall mean shares of capital stock, partnership interests, membership interests in a limited liability company, beneficial interests in a trust or other equity interests in any person.

"EQUITY ISSUANCE" shall mean any issuance or sale by Parent or any Subsidiary of any Equity Interests of Parent or any such Subsidiary, as applicable, except in each case for (a) any issuance or sale to Parent or any Subsidiary, (b) any issuance of directors' qualifying shares, (c) sales or issuances of common stock or common units of Parent to management, employees or former employees of Parent or of any Subsidiary under any employee stock or unit option or stock or unit purchase plan or employee benefit plan in existence from time to time and (d) sales or issuances of common stock or common units of Parent to directors or consultants of Parent or any Subsidiary whether or not pursuant to any plan.

"ERISA" shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as the same may be amended from time to time.

"ERISA AFFILIATE" shall mean any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) that, together with Parent, is treated as a single employer under
Section 414(b) or (c) of


9

the Code, or solely for purposes of Section 302 of ERISA and Section 412 of the Code, is treated as a single employer under Section 414 of the Code.

"ERISA EVENT" shall mean (a) any "reportable event", as defined in Section 4043 of ERISA or the regulations issued thereunder, with respect to a Plan (other than an event for which the 30-day notice period is waived); (b) the existence with respect to any Plan of an "accumulated funding deficiency" (as defined in Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA), whether or not waived; (c) the filing pursuant to Section 412(d) of the Code or Section 303(d) of ERISA of an application for a waiver of the minimum funding standard with respect to any Plan; (d) the incurrence by Parent or any of its ERISA Affiliates of any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to the termination of any Plan or the withdrawal or partial withdrawal of Parent or any of its ERISA Affiliates from any Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (e) the receipt by Parent or any of its ERISA Affiliates from the PBGC or a plan administrator of any notice relating to the intention to terminate any Plan or Plans or to appoint a trustee to administer any Plan; (f) the adoption of any amendment to a Plan that would require the provision of security pursuant to Section 401(a)(29) of the Code or
Section 307 of ERISA; (g) the receipt by Parent or any of its ERISA Affiliates of any notice, or the receipt by any Multiemployer Plan from Parent or any of its ERISA Affiliates of any notice, concerning the imposition of Withdrawal Liability or a determination that a Multiemployer Plan is, or is expected to be, insolvent or in reorganization, within the meaning of Title IV of ERISA; (h) the occurrence of a "prohibited transaction" with respect to which Parent or any of the Subsidiaries is a "disqualified person" (within the meaning of Section 4975 of the Code) or with respect to which Parent or any such Subsidiary could otherwise be liable; or (i) any other event or condition with respect to a Plan or Multiemployer Plan that could result in liability of Parent or any Subsidiary.

"EURODOLLAR", when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the Adjusted LIBO Rate.

"EVENT OF DEFAULT" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Article
VII.

"EXCLUDED ASSET SALES" shall mean (a) any sale or other disposition of office furniture, fixtures and equipment in connection with the headquarters relocation, (b) any sale or other disposition of assets to be acquired as part of the Harmony Acquisition and (c) exchange of existing computer equipment for new computer equipment, in an aggregate amount for all of the foregoing not in excess of $5,000,000.

"EXCLUDED TAXES" shall mean, with respect to the Administrative Agent, any Lender, the Issuing Bank or any other recipient of any payment to be made by or on account of any obligation of any Borrower hereunder, (a) income or franchise taxes imposed on (or measured by) its net income by the United States of America, or by the jurisdiction under the laws of which such recipient is organized or in which its principal office is located or, in the case of any Lender, in which its applicable lending office is located, (b) any branch profits taxes imposed by the United States of America or any similar tax imposed by any other jurisdiction described in clause (a) above, (c) in the case


10

of a Foreign Lender (other than an assignee pursuant to a request by Parent under Section 2.21(a)), any withholding tax that is imposed on amounts payable to such Foreign Lender at the time such Foreign Lender becomes a party to this Agreement (or designates a new lending office) or is attributable to such Foreign Lender's failure to comply with Section 2.20(e), except to the extent that such Foreign Lender (or its assignor, if any) was entitled, at the time of designation of a new (but not the initial) lending office (or assignment), to receive additional amounts from any Borrower with respect to such withholding tax pursuant to Section 2.20(a) and (d) any withholding tax imposed by a jurisdiction (i) in which the applicable Borrower is not organized or resident for tax purposes, (ii) through which no payment is made by or on behalf of the applicable Borrower under this Agreement, and (iii) with respect to which there is no other connection to a payment by or on behalf of the applicable Borrower under this Agreement that would directly result in the imposition of Taxes by such jurisdiction on that payment.

"EXCLUSION EVENT" shall mean any exclusion of Parent or any Subsidiary from participation in any Medical Reimbursement Program.

"EXISTING CREDIT AGREEMENT" shall mean the Credit Agreement dated as of March 13, 2003, as amended, among WHP, WMG, CHI, certain other subsidiaries of WHP and Bank of America, N.A., as lender.

"FEDERAL FUNDS EFFECTIVE RATE" shall mean, for any day, the weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers, as published on the next succeeding Business Day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such rate is not so published for any day that is a Business Day, the average (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/100 of 1%) of the quotations for the day for such transactions received by the Administrative Agent from three Federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by it.

"FEE LETTER" shall mean the Fee Letter dated March 15, 2004, among Parent, WHP, the Administrative Agent and the Arrangers, which was accepted by Parent and WHP on March 16, 2004.

"FEES" shall mean the Commitment Fees, the Administrative Agent Fees, the L/C Participation Fees and the Issuing Bank Fees.

"FINANCIAL OFFICER" of any person shall mean the chief financial officer, principal accounting officer, treasurer or controller of such person.

"FIXED CHARGE COVERAGE RATIO" shall mean, for any period, the ratio of (a)
(i) Consolidated EBITDA for such period less (ii) Capital Expenditures for such period to (b) Consolidated Fixed Charges for such period.

"FOREIGN LENDER" shall mean, with respect to any Borrower, any Lender that is organized under the laws of a jurisdiction other than the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia.


11

"FOREIGN SUBSIDIARY" shall mean any Subsidiary that is not a Domestic Subsidiary.

"GAAP" shall mean United States generally accepted accounting principles applied on a consistent basis, as construed in accordance with Section 1.02.

"GOVERNMENTAL AUTHORITY" shall mean any Federal, state, local or foreign court or governmental agency, authority, instrumentality or regulatory body.

"GRANTING LENDER" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.04(i).

"GUARANTEE" of or by any person shall mean any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of such person guaranteeing or having the economic effect of guaranteeing any Indebtedness or other obligation of any other person (the "PRIMARY OBLIGOR") in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, and including any obligation of such person, direct or indirect, (a) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness or other obligation or to purchase (or to advance or supply funds for the purchase of) any security for the payment of such Indebtedness or other obligation, (b) to purchase or lease property, securities or services for the purpose of assuring the owner of such Indebtedness or other obligation of the payment of such Indebtedness or other obligation or (c) to maintain working capital, equity capital or any other financial statement condition or liquidity of the primary obligor so as to enable the primary obligor to pay such Indebtedness or other obligation; provided, however, that the term "Guarantee" shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business.

"GUARANTEE AND COLLATERAL AGREEMENT" shall mean the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, substantially in the form of Exhibit D, among Parent, the Borrowers, the other Subsidiaries party thereto and the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties.

"GUARANTEE AND COLLATERAL REQUIREMENT" shall mean the requirement that:

(a) the Administrative Agent shall have received from each Loan Party either (i) a counterpart of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement duly executed and delivered on behalf of such Loan Party or (ii) in the case of any person that becomes a Loan Party after the Closing Date, a supplement to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, in the form specified therein, duly executed and delivered on behalf of such Loan Party;

(b) all outstanding Equity Interests of each Subsidiary (other than, prior to release thereof from the pledge securing the Seller Note, the Seller Note Pledged Stock) or other person owned directly by any Loan Party shall have been pledged pursuant to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement (except that the Loan Parties shall not be required to pledge any Equity Interests of any Immaterial Subsidiary or more than 65% of the outstanding voting Equity Interests of any Foreign Subsidiary) and the Collateral Agent shall have received certificates or other


12

instruments representing all such Equity Interests, together with undated stock powers or other instruments of transfer with respect thereto endorsed in blank;

(c) all Indebtedness of Parent or any Subsidiary that is owing to any Loan Party shall be evidenced by a promissory note and shall have been pledged pursuant to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and the Collateral Agent shall have received all such promissory notes, together with undated instruments of transfer with respect thereto endorsed in blank;

(d) all documents and instruments, including Uniform Commercial Code financing statements and documents necessary for compliance with the Assignment of Claims Act, required by law or reasonably requested by the Collateral Agent to be filed, registered or recorded to create the Liens intended to be created by the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and perfect such Liens to the extent required by, and with the priority required by, the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, shall have been filed, registered or recorded or delivered to the Collateral Agent for filing, registration or recording;

(e) the Collateral Agent shall have received (i) counterparts of a Mortgage with respect to each Mortgaged Property duly executed and delivered by the record owner or lessee, as the case may be, of such Mortgaged Property, (ii) a policy or policies of title insurance issued by a nationally recognized title insurance company insuring the Lien of each such Mortgage as a valid first Lien on the Mortgaged Property described therein, free of any other Liens except as expressly permitted by Section 6.02, together with such endorsements, coinsurance and reinsurance as the Collateral Agent may reasonably request, and (iii) such surveys, abstracts, appraisals, legal opinions and other documents as the Collateral Agent may reasonably request with respect to any such Mortgage or Mortgaged Property; and

(f) each Loan Party shall have obtained all consents and approvals required to be obtained by it in connection with the execution and delivery of all Security Documents to which it is a party, the performance of its obligations thereunder and the granting by it of the Liens thereunder.

The foregoing definition shall not require the creation or perfection of pledges of or security interests in, or the obtaining of title insurance or surveys with respect to, particular assets if and for so long as, in the judgment of the Collateral Agent, the cost of creating or perfecting such pledges or security interests in such assets or obtaining title insurance or surveys in respect of such assets shall be excessive in view of the benefits to be obtained by the Lenders therefrom. The Collateral Agent may grant extensions of time for the perfection of security interests in or the obtaining of title insurance with respect to particular assets (including extensions beyond the Closing Date for the perfection of security interests in the assets of the Loan Parties on such date) where it determines that perfection cannot be accomplished without undue effort or expense by the time or times at which it would otherwise be required by this Agreement or the Security Documents.


13

"GUARANTORS" shall mean Parent and the Subsidiary Guarantors.

"HARMONY ACQUISITION" shall mean the acquisition by WHP, directly or indirectly, pursuant to the Harmony Acquisition Documents, of all the capital stock of Harmony Health Systems, Inc., a New Jersey corporation.

"HARMONY ACQUISITION CONSIDERATION" shall mean the aggregate cash payment, not in excess of $60,000,000, to be made by WMG to the selling stockholders and the escrow agent pursuant to the Harmony Merger Agreement on the date of the consummation of the transactions contemplated by such agreement.

"HARMONY ACQUISITION DOCUMENTS" shall mean the Harmony Merger Agreement and the other agreements entered into in connection with the Harmony Acquisition, and all schedules, exhibits and annexes to each of the foregoing and all side letters and agreements affecting the terms of the foregoing or entered into in connection therewith.

"HARMONY MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT" shall mean the Management Agreement between Harmony Health Plan of Illinois, Inc. and Harmony Health Management, Inc., as approved by the applicable Governmental Authorities, as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

"HARMONY MERGER AGREEMENT" shall mean the merger agreement dated as of March 3, 2004, by and among WHP, Zephyr Acquisition Sub, Inc., Harmony Health Systems, Inc. and the other parties named therein.

"HARMONY TRANSACTIONS" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in
Section 3.02.

"HAZARDOUS MATERIALS" shall mean (a) any petroleum products or byproducts, coal ash, radon gas, asbestos, urea formaldehyde foam insulation, polychlorinated biphenyls, chlorofluorocarbons and all other ozone-depleting substances and (b) any chemical, material, substance or waste that is prohibited, limited or regulated by or pursuant to any Environmental Law.

"HCFA" shall mean the United States Health Care Financing Administration and any successor thereof, including the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services.

"HEDGING AGREEMENT" shall mean any interest rate protection agreement, foreign currency exchange agreement, commodity price protection agreement or other interest or currency exchange rate or commodity price hedging arrangement.

"HHS" shall mean the United States Department of Health and Human Services and any successor thereof.

"HMO" shall mean any health maintenance organization or managed care organization, any person doing business as a health maintenance organization or managed care organization, or any person required to qualify or be licensed as a health


14

maintenance organization or managed care organization under applicable law (including HMO Regulations).

"HMO BUSINESS" shall mean the business of operating an HMO or other similar regulated entity or business.

"HMO EVENT" shall mean any material non-compliance by Parent or any Subsidiary with any of the terms and provisions of the HMO Regulations pertaining to its fiscal soundness, solvency or financial conditions; or the assertion in writing, after the date hereof, by any HMO Regulator that it intends to take administrative action against Parent or any Subsidiary to revoke or modify in a manner adverse to Parent or any Subsidiary any license, charter or permit or to enforce the fiscal soundness, solvency or financial provisions or requirements of the HMO Regulations against Parent or any Subsidiary.

"HMO REGULATIONS" shall mean all laws, rules, regulations, directives and administrative orders applicable under Federal or state law to any HMO Subsidiary, including Part 422 of Chapter IV of Title 42 of the Code of Federal Regulations and Subchapter XI of Title 42 of the United States Code Annotated (and any regulations, orders and directives promulgated or issued pursuant thereto, including Part 417 of Chapter IV of Title 42 of the Code of Federal Regulations).

"HMO REGULATOR" shall mean any person charged with the administration, oversight or enforcement of any HMO Regulation, whether primarily, secondarily or jointly.

"HMO SUBSIDIARY" shall mean any Subsidiary that is designated as an HMO Subsidiary on Schedule 3.08 and any other existing or future Domestic Subsidiary that shall become capitalized or licensed as an HMO, shall conduct HMO Business or shall provide managed care services.

"IMMATERIAL SUBSIDIARY" shall mean any Subsidiary (other than any Borrower) that (a) does not conduct any business operations, (b) has assets with a book value not in excess of $1,000 and (c) does not have any Indebtedness outstanding.

"INCREMENTAL TERM LENDER" shall mean a Lender with an Incremental Term Loan Commitment or an outstanding Incremental Term Loan.

"INCREMENTAL TERM LOAN AMOUNT" shall mean, at any time, the excess, if any, of (a) $100,000,000 over (b) the aggregate amount of all Incremental Term Loan Commitments established prior to such time pursuant to Section 2.24.

"INCREMENTAL TERM LOAN ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT" shall mean an Incremental Term Loan Assumption Agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, among Parent, one or more Borrowers, the Administrative Agent and one or more Incremental Term Lenders.


15

"INCREMENTAL TERM LOAN COMMITMENT" shall mean the commitment of any Lender, established pursuant to Section 2.24, to make Incremental Term Loans to any Borrower.

"INCREMENTAL TERM LOAN MATURITY DATE" shall mean the final maturity date of any Incremental Term Loan, as set forth in the applicable Incremental Term Loan Assumption Agreement.

"INCREMENTAL TERM LOAN REPAYMENT DATES" shall mean the dates scheduled for the repayment of principal of any Incremental Term Loan, as set forth in the applicable Incremental Term Loan Assumption Agreement.

"INCREMENTAL TERM LOANS" shall mean term loans made by one or more Lenders to the Borrowers pursuant to clause (c) of Section 2.01. Incremental Term Loans may be made in the form of loans with terms identical to the Initial Term Loans or, to the extent permitted by Section 2.24 and provided for in the relevant Incremental Term Loan Assumption Agreement, in the form of Other Term Loans.

"INDEBTEDNESS" of any person shall mean, without duplication, (a) all obligations of such person for borrowed money or with respect to deposits or advances of any kind, (b) all obligations of such person evidenced by bonds
(other than performance bonds), debentures, notes or similar instruments, (c)
all obligations of such person upon which interest charges are customarily paid,
(d) all obligations of such person under conditional sale or other title retention agreements relating to property or assets purchased by such person,
(e) all obligations of such person issued or assumed as the deferred purchase price of property or services (excluding trade accounts payable and accrued obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business), (f) all Indebtedness of others secured by (or for which the holder of such Indebtedness has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien on property owned or acquired by such person, whether or not the obligations secured thereby have been assumed; provided, that the amount of Indebtedness of such person existing at any time under this clause shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the maximum amount secured by (or with a right to be secured by) such Liens pursuant to the terms of the instruments embodying such Indebtedness of others,
(g) all Guarantees by such person of Indebtedness of others; provided, that the amount of such Guarantees at any time shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the maximum amount for which such person may be liable pursuant to the terms of the instruments embodying such Guarantees, (h) all Capital Lease Obligations and Synthetic Lease Obligations of such person, (i) all obligations of such person as an account party in respect of letters of credit and (j) all obligations of such person in respect of bankers' acceptances. The Indebtedness of any person shall include the Indebtedness of any partnership in which such person is a general partner.

"INDEMNIFIED TAXES" shall mean Taxes other than Excluded Taxes.

"INTEREST PAYMENT DATE" shall mean (a) with respect to any ABR Loan (including any Swingline Loan), the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December, and (b) with respect to any Eurodollar Loan, the last day of the Interest Period


16

applicable to the Borrowing of which such Loan is a part and, in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing with an Interest Period of more than three months' duration, each day that would have been an Interest Payment Date had successive Interest Periods of three months' duration been applicable to such Borrowing.

"INTEREST PERIOD" shall mean, with respect to any Eurodollar Borrowing, the period commencing on the date of such Borrowing and ending on the numerically corresponding day (or, if there is no numerically corresponding day, on the last day) in the calendar month that is 1, 2, 3 or 6 months thereafter, as a Borrower may elect; provided, however, that if any Interest Period would end on a day other than a Business Day, such Interest Period shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless such next succeeding Business Day would fall in the next calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day. Interest shall accrue from and including the first day of an Interest Period to but excluding the last day of such Interest Period. For purposes hereof, the date of a Borrowing initially shall be the date on which such Borrowing is made and thereafter shall be the effective date of the most recent conversion or continuation of such Borrowing.

"IPO" shall mean the initial underwritten primary public offering of Equity Interests of Parent pursuant to an effective registration statement
(other than a public offering pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-8)
filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission in accordance with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

"ISSUING BANK" shall mean, as the context may require, (a) CSFB in its capacity as the issuer of Letters of Credit hereunder, and (b) any other Lender that may become the Issuing Bank pursuant to Section 2.23(i). The Issuing Bank may, in its discretion, arrange for one or more Letters of Credit to be issued by Affiliates of the Issuing Bank, in which case the term "Issuing Bank" shall include any such Affiliate with respect to Letters of Credit issued by such Affiliate.

"ISSUING BANK FEES" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in
Section 2.05(c).

"L/C COMMITMENT" shall mean the commitment of the Issuing Bank to issue Letters of Credit pursuant to Section 2.23.

"L/C DISBURSEMENT" shall mean a payment or disbursement made by the Issuing Bank pursuant to a Letter of Credit.

"L/C EXPOSURE" shall mean, at any time, the sum of (a) the aggregate undrawn amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit at such time and (b) the aggregate principal amount of all L/C Disbursements that have not yet been reimbursed at such time. The L/C Exposure of any Revolving Credit Lender at any time shall equal its Pro Rata Percentage of the aggregate L/C Exposure at such time.

"L/C PARTICIPATION FEE" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in
Section 2.05(c).


17

"LENDERS" shall mean (a) the persons listed on Schedule 2.01 (other than any such person that has ceased to be a party hereto pursuant to an Assignment and Acceptance) and (b) any person that has become a party hereto pursuant to an Assignment and Acceptance or an Incremental Term Loan Assumption Agreement. Unless the context clearly indicates otherwise, the term "Lenders" shall include the Swingline Lender.

"LETTER OF CREDIT" shall mean any letter of credit issued pursuant to
Section 2.23.

"LEVERAGE RATIO" shall mean, on any date, the ratio of Total Debt on such date to Consolidated EBITDA for the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters most recently ended on or prior to such date.

"LIBO RATE" shall mean, with respect to any Eurodollar Borrowing for any Interest Period, the rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, on the date that is two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period by reference to the British Bankers' Association Interest Settlement Rates for deposits in dollars (as set forth by any service selected by the Administrative Agent that has been nominated by the British Bankers' Association as an authorized information vendor for the purpose of displaying such rates) for a period equal to such Interest Period; provided that, to the extent that an interest rate is not ascertainable pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this definition, the "LIBO Rate" shall be the interest rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent to be the average of the rates per annum at which deposits in dollars are offered for such relevant Interest Period to major banks in the London interbank market in London, England by the Administrative Agent at approximately 11:00
a.m., London time, on the date that is two Business Days prior to the beginning of such Interest Period.

"LIEN" shall mean, with respect to any asset, (a) any mortgage, deed of trust, lien, pledge, encumbrance, charge or security interest in or on such asset, (b) the interest of a vendor or a lessor under any conditional sale agreement, capital lease or title retention agreement (or any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing) relating to such asset and (c) in the case of securities, any purchase option, call or similar right of a third party with respect to such securities.

"LOAN DOCUMENTS" shall mean this Agreement, the Letters of Credit, the Security Documents, each Incremental Term Loan Assumption Agreement, the Post-Closing Matters Side Letter and the promissory notes, if any, executed and delivered pursuant to Section 2.04(e).

"LOAN PARTIES" shall mean the Borrowers and the Guarantors.

"LOANS" shall mean the Revolving Loans, the Term Loans and the Swingline Loans.

"MARGIN STOCK" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Regulation U.

"MATERIAL ADVERSE EFFECT" shall mean (a) a materially adverse effect, or an event or circumstance that could reasonably be expected to result in a material adverse effect,


18

on the business, assets, operations or financial condition of Parent and the Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (b) a material impairment of the ability of any Loan Party to perform any of its obligations under any Loan Document to which it is or will be a party or (c) a material adverse effect on the rights of or benefits available to the Lenders under any Loan Document.

"MATERIAL INDEBTEDNESS" shall mean Indebtedness (other than the Loans and Letters of Credit), or obligations in respect of one or more Hedging Agreements, of any one or more of Parent and the Subsidiaries in an aggregate principal amount exceeding $5,000,000. For purposes of determining Material Indebtedness, the "principal amount" of the obligations of Parent or any Subsidiary in respect of any Hedging Agreement at any time shall be the maximum aggregate amount (giving effect to any netting agreements) that Parent or such Subsidiary would be required to pay if such Hedging Agreement were terminated at such time.

"MEDICAID" shall mean that means-tested entitlement program under Title XIX, P.L. 89-87, of the Social Security Act, which provides Federal grants to States for medical assistance based on specific eligibility criteria, as set forth at Section 1396, et seq. of Title 42 of the United States Code, as amended, and any statute succeeding thereto.

"MEDICAID REGULATIONS" shall mean (a) all Federal statutes (whether set forth in Title XIX of the Social Security Act or elsewhere) affecting the medical assistance program established by Title XIX of the Social Security Act and any statues succeeding thereto, (b) all applicable provisions of all Federal rules, regulations, manuals and orders of all Governmental Authorities promulgated pursuant to or in connection with the statues described in clause
(a) above and all Federal administrative, reimbursement and other guidelines of all Governmental Authorities having the force of law promulgated pursuant to or in connection with the statues described in clause (a) above, (c) all state statutes and plans for medical assistance enacted in connection with the statutes and provisions described in clauses (a) and (b) above, and (d) all applicable provisions of all rules, regulations, manuals and orders of all Governmental Authorities promulgated pursuant to or in connection with the statutes described in clause (c) above and all state administrative, reimbursement and other guidelines of all Governmental Authorities having the force of law promulgated pursuant to or in connection with the statutes described in clause (b) above, in each case as may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

"MEDICAL REIMBURSEMENT PROGRAMS" shall mean, collectively, the Medicare, Medicaid, CHAMPUS and TRICARE programs and any other health care program operated by or financed in whole or in part by any foreign or domestic Federal, state or local government and any other non-government funded third-party payor programs to which Parent or any Subsidiary is subject.

"MEDICARE" shall mean that government-sponsored entitlement program under Title XVIII, P.L. 89-87, of the Social Security Act, which provides for a health insurance


19

system for eligible elderly and disabled individuals, as set forth at Section 1395, et seq. of Title 42 of the United States Code, as amended, and any statute succeeding thereto.

"MEDICARE+CHOICE ORGANIZATION" shall mean a public or private entity organized and licensed by a State as a risk-bearing entity (with the exception of provider-sponsored organizations receiving waivers) that is certified by HCFA as meeting the Medicare+Choice contract requirements.

"MEDICARE REGULATIONS" shall mean, collectively, (a) all Federal statues
(whether set forth in Title XVIII of the Social Security Act or elsewhere)
affecting the health insurance program for the aged and disabled established by Title XVIII of the Social Security Act and any statues succeeding thereto and
(b) all applicable provisions of all rules, regulations, manuals and orders and administrative, reimbursement and other guidelines having the force of law of all Governmental Authorities (including HCFA, the OIG, HHS or any person succeeding to the functions of any of the foregoing) promulgated pursuant to or in connection with any of the foregoing having the force of law, as each may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

"MOODY'S" shall mean Moody's Investors Service, Inc., or any successor thereto.

"MORTGAGED PROPERTIES" shall mean (a) each real property owned by any Loan Party the book or fair market value of which is greater than $250,000 and (b) each leasehold or other interest in real property held by any Loan Party with respect to which a Mortgage is required to be granted pursuant to Section 5.10.

"MORTGAGES" shall mean the mortgages, deeds of trust, leasehold mortgages, assignments of leases and rents, modifications and other security documents delivered pursuant to Section 5.10, each in form and substance satisfactory to the Collateral Agent.

"MULTIEMPLOYER PLAN" shall mean a multiemployer plan as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA.

"NET CASH PROCEEDS" shall mean (a) with respect to any Asset Sale, the cash proceeds (including cash proceeds subsequently received (as and when received) in respect of noncash consideration initially received), net of (i) selling expenses (including reasonable broker's fees or commissions, legal fees, transfer and similar taxes and Parent's good faith estimate of income taxes paid or payable in connection with such sale), (ii) amounts provided as a reserve, in accordance with GAAP and SAP, as applicable, against any liabilities under any indemnification obligations or purchase price adjustment associated with such Asset Sale (provided that, to the extent and at the time any such amounts are released from such reserve, such amounts shall constitute Net Cash Proceeds) and
(iii) the principal amount, premium or penalty, if any, interest and other amounts on any Indebtedness for borrowed money (other than Indebtedness hereunder) which is secured by the asset sold in such Asset Sale and which is required to be repaid with such proceeds (other than any such Indebtedness assumed by the purchaser of such asset); provided, however, that, if (x) Parent shall deliver a certificate of a Financial Officer of Parent to the Administrative Agent at the time of receipt of any such Net Cash


20

Proceeds setting forth Parent's intent to cause the Subsidiaries to reinvest such proceeds in productive assets of a kind then used or usable in the business of Parent and the Subsidiaries within 180 days of receipt of such proceeds and
(y) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time such certificate is delivered or at the time of the application of such proceeds, such proceeds shall not constitute Net Cash Proceeds except to the extent not so used at the end of such 180-day period, at which time such proceeds shall be deemed to be Net Cash Proceeds; and (b) with respect to any issuance or disposition of Indebtedness or any Equity Issuance, the cash proceeds thereof, net of all taxes and customary fees, commissions, costs and other expenses incurred in connection therewith.

"OBLIGATIONS" shall mean (a) the due and punctual payment by the Borrowers of (i) the principal of and interest (including interest accruing during the pendency of any bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or other similar proceeding, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in such proceeding) on the Loans, when and as due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, upon one or more dates set for prepayment or otherwise, (ii) each payment required to be made by any Borrower in respect of any Letter of Credit, when and as due, including payments in respect of reimbursement of L/C Disbursements, interest thereon (including interest accruing during the pendency of any bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or other similar proceeding, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in such proceeding) and obligations to provide cash collateral, and (iii) all other monetary obligations of any Borrower to any of the Secured Parties under this Agreement and each of the other Loan Documents, including obligations to pay Fees, expense reimbursement obligations and indemnification obligations, whether primary, secondary, direct, contingent, fixed or otherwise, arising under the Loan Documents (including monetary obligations incurred during the pendency of any bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or other similar proceeding, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in such proceeding), (b) the due and punctual payment of all the monetary obligations of each other Loan Party under or pursuant to this Agreement and each of the other Loan Documents, (c) the due and punctual payment of all monetary obligations of each Loan Party under each Hedging Agreement that
(i) is in effect on the Closing Date with a counterparty that is a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender as of the Closing Date or (ii) is entered into after the Closing Date with any counterparty that is a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender at the time such Hedging Agreement is entered into and (d) the due and punctual payment and performance of all obligations of any Loan Party to a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender in respect of cash management services (other than cash management services provided after (i) the principal of and interest on each Loan and all Fees payable hereunder have been paid in full, (ii) the Lenders have no further commitment to lend hereunder, (iii) the L/C Exposure has been reduced to zero and (iv) the Issuing Bank has no further obligations to issue Letters of Credit), including obligations in respect of overdrafts, temporary advances, interest and fees.

      "OID" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.24(b).

      "OIG" shall mean the Office of Inspector General of HHS and any successor
thereof.


21

"OTHER TAXES" shall mean any and all present or future stamp or documentary taxes or any other excise or property taxes, charges or similar levies arising from any payment made under any Loan Document or from the execution, delivery or enforcement of, or otherwise with respect to, any Loan Document.

"OTHER TERM BORROWING" shall mean a Borrowing comprised of Other Term Loans.

"OTHER TERM LOANS" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.24(a).

"PARENT" shall mean Holdings and any successor thereto, it being understood that it is proposed that, in connection with the IPO, (a) Holdings shall merge with and into WellCare Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and WellCare Group, Inc. shall be the successor of Holdings as a result thereof, and
(b) WHP shall change its legal name and WellCare Group, Inc. shall change its legal name to WellCare Health Plans, Inc.

"PBGC" shall mean the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation referred to and defined in ERISA.

"PERFECTION CERTIFICATE" shall mean the Perfection Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit II to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.

"PERMITTED ACQUISITION" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in clause (i) of Section 6.04.

"PERMITTED INVESTMENTS" shall mean:

(a) direct obligations of, or obligations the principal of and interest on which are unconditionally guaranteed by, the United States of America (or by any agency thereof to the extent such obligations are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States of America);

(b) investments in (i) commercial paper maturing within 270 days from the date of acquisition thereof and rated, at such date of acquisition, at least "A1" by S&P or at least "P1" by Moody's and (ii) other debt securities rated, at the date of acquisition, at least "A" by S&P or at least "A2" by Moody's and for which an active trading market exists and price quotations are available;

(c) investments in certificates of deposit, banker's acceptances and time deposits maturing not more than one year from the date of acquisition thereof issued or guaranteed by or placed with, and money market deposit accounts issued or offered by, the Administrative Agent or any domestic office of any commercial bank organized under the laws of the United States of America or any State thereof;

(d) fully collateralized repurchase agreements with a term of not more than 30 days for securities described in clause (a) above and entered into with a financial institution satisfying the criteria of clause (c) above;


22

(e) investments in "money market funds" within the meaning of Rule 2a-7 of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, substantially all of whose assets are invested in investments of the type described in clauses (a) through
(d) above; and

(f) other short-term investments utilized by Foreign Subsidiaries in accordance with normal investment practices for cash management in investments of a type analogous to the foregoing.

"PERSON" shall mean any natural person, corporation, business trust, joint venture, association, company, limited liability company, partnership, Governmental Authority or other entity.

"PLAN" shall mean any employee pension benefit plan (other than a Multiemployer Plan) subject to the provisions of Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code or Section 307 of ERISA, and in respect of which Parent or any ERISA Affiliate is (or, if such plan were terminated, would under Section 4069 of ERISA be deemed to be) an "employer" as defined in Section 3(5) of ERISA.

"POST-CLOSING MATTERS SIDE LETTER" shall mean the letter agreement dated as of the date hereof among Parent, the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent.

"PRIME RATE" shall mean the rate of interest per annum determined from time to time by Credit Suisse First Boston as its prime rate in effect at its principal office in New York City; each change in the Prime Rate shall be effective from and including the date such change is announced as being effective.

"PRO FORMA BASIS" shall mean, with respect to compliance with any test or covenant hereunder, compliance with such covenant or test after giving effect to
(a) any proposed Permitted Acquisition or (b) any Asset Sale of a Subsidiary or operating entity for which historical financial statements for the relevant period are available (including pro forma adjustments arising out of events which are directly attributable to the proposed Permitted Acquisition or Asset Sale, are factually supportable and are expected to have a continuing impact, in each case as determined on a basis consistent with Article 11 of Regulation S-X of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, as interpreted by the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission, and as certified by a Financial Officer of Parent) using, for purposes of determining such compliance, the historical financial statements of all entities or assets so acquired or sold and the consolidated financial statements of Parent and the Subsidiaries which shall be reformulated as if such Permitted Acquisitions or Asset Sale, and all other Permitted Acquisitions or Asset Sales that have been consummated during the period, and any Indebtedness or other liabilities incurred in connection with any such Permitted Acquisitions had been consummated and incurred at the beginning of such period.

"PRO FORMA COMPLIANCE" shall mean, at any date of determination, that Parent shall be in pro forma compliance with the covenants set forth in Sections 6.11 and 6.12 as of the date of such determination or the last day of the most recently completed fiscal quarter, as the case may be (computed on the basis of
(a) balance sheet amounts as of


23

such date and (b) income statement amounts for the most recently completed period of four consecutive fiscal quarters for which financial statements shall have been delivered to the Administrative Agent and calculated on a Pro Forma Basis in respect of the event giving rise to such determination).

"PRO RATA PERCENTAGE" of any Revolving Credit Lender at any time shall mean the percentage of the Total Revolving Credit Commitment represented by such Lender's Revolving Credit Commitment. In the event the Revolving Credit Commitments shall have expired or been terminated, the Pro Rata Percentages shall be determined on the basis of the Revolving Credit Commitments most recently in effect, giving effect to any subsequent assignments.

"REGISTER" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.04(d).

"REGULATION T" shall mean Regulation T of the Board as from time to time in effect and all official rulings and interpretations thereunder or thereof.

"REGULATION U" shall mean Regulation U of the Board as from time to time in effect and all official rulings and interpretations thereunder or thereof.

"REGULATION X" shall mean Regulation X of the Board as from time to time in effect and all official rulings and interpretations thereunder or thereof.

"RELATED PARTIES" shall mean, with respect to any specified person, such person's Affiliates and the respective directors, officers, employees, agents and advisors of such person and such person's Affiliates.

"RELEASE" shall mean any release, spill, emission, leaking, dumping, injection, pouring, deposit, disposal, discharge, dispersal, leaching or migration into or through the environment or within or upon any building, structure, facility or fixture.

"REPAYMENT DATE" shall have the meaning given such term in Section 2.11. Unless the context shall otherwise require, the term "Repayment Date" shall include the Incremental Term Loan Repayment Dates.

"REQUIRED LENDERS" shall mean, at any time, Lenders having Loans (excluding Swingline Loans), L/C Exposure, Swingline Exposure and unused Revolving Credit Commitments, Term Loan Commitments and Incremental Term Loan Commitments representing more than 50% of the sum of all Loans outstanding (excluding Swingline Loans), L/C Exposure, Swingline Exposure and unused Revolving Credit Commitments, Term Loan Commitments and Incremental Term Loan Commitments at such time.

"RESPONSIBLE OFFICER" of any person shall mean any executive officer or Financial Officer of such person and any other officer or similar official thereof responsible for the administration of the obligations of such person in respect of this Agreement.


24

"RESTRICTED INDEBTEDNESS" shall mean Indebtedness of Parent or any Subsidiary the payment, prepayment, repurchase or defeasance of which is restricted under Section 6.09(b).

"RESTRICTED PAYMENT" shall mean any dividend or other distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property) with respect to any Equity Interests in Parent or any Subsidiary, or any payment (whether in cash, securities or other property), including any sinking fund or similar deposit, on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement, acquisition, cancellation or termination of or otherwise with respect to any Equity Interests in Parent or any Subsidiary or any option, warrant or other right to acquire any such Equity Interests in Parent or any Subsidiary; provided, however, that any distribution by Parent of the Warrant Notes (or of any cash received by Parent in satisfaction of the Warrant Notes) to the holders of such Warrant Notes shall not be deemed to be a Restricted Payment.

"REVOLVING CREDIT BORROWING" shall mean a Borrowing comprised of Revolving Loans.

"REVOLVING CREDIT COMMITMENT" shall mean, with respect to each Lender, the commitment of such Lender to make Revolving Loans hereunder as set forth on Schedule 2.01, or in the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which such Lender assumed its Revolving Credit Commitment, as applicable, as the same may be (a) reduced from time to time pursuant to Section 2.09 and (b) reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to assignments by or to such Lender pursuant to
Section 9.04.

"REVOLVING CREDIT EXPOSURE" shall mean, with respect to any Revolving Credit Lender at any time, the aggregate principal amount at such time of all outstanding Revolving Loans of such Lender, plus the aggregate amount at such time of such Lender's L/C Exposure, plus the aggregate amount at such time of such Lender's Swingline Exposure.

"REVOLVING CREDIT LENDER" shall mean a Lender with a Revolving Credit Commitment or an outstanding Revolving Loan.

"REVOLVING CREDIT MATURITY DATE" shall mean May 13, 2008.

"REVOLVING LOANS" shall mean the revolving loans made by the Lenders to the Borrowers pursuant to clause (b) of Section 2.01.

"ROLLOVER AGREEMENT" shall mean the Agreement to Amend and Restate Note Purchase Agreement dated as of May 11, 2004, by and among the Rollover Lenders and WMG.

"ROLLOVER AMOUNT" shall mean $18,354,320.22.

"ROLLOVER LENDERS" shall mean, collectively, GSC Partners CDO Fund, Limited, GSC Partners CDO Fund II, Limited, and GSC Partners CDO Fund III, Limited.


25

"SAP" shall mean, with respect to each HMO Subsidiary, the statutory accounting principles and procedures prescribed or permitted by applicable HMO Regulations for such HMO Subsidiary, applied on a consistent basis.

"SECURED PARTIES" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.

"SECURITY DOCUMENTS" shall mean the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, the Mortgages and each of the security agreements and other instruments and documents executed and delivered pursuant to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement or pursuant to Section 5.10.

"SELLER NOTE" shall mean the Amended and Restated Senior Subordinated Non-Negotiable Promissory Note dated February 12, 2004, made by WHP in favor of Kiran C. Patel, as stockholder representative, as amended pursuant to the Prepayment and Amendment Agreement dated as of May 11, 2004, among Parent, WHP and the other parties thereto.

"SELLER NOTE PLEDGED STOCK" shall mean all the issued and outstanding capital stock of WHP that is pledged to secure the Seller Note pursuant to the Pledge Agreement, dated as of July 31, 2002, as amended, between Parent and Kiran C. Patel, as stockholder representative (provided, that Seller Note Pledged Stock shall not, at any time after the repayment or prepayment of a portion of the Seller Note on the Closing Date as set forth in Section 5.08, represent more than 51% of the issued and outstanding capital stock of WHP and shall not include any such capital stock that is released from such pledge in accordance with the terms of such Pledge Agreement).

"SOCIAL SECURITY ACT" shall mean the Social Security Act of 1965 as set forth in Title 42 of the United States Code, as amended, and any successor statute thereto, as interpreted by the rules and regulations issued thereunder, in each case as in effect from time to time. References to sections of the Social Security Act shall be construed to refer to any successor sections.

"SOROS" shall mean Soros Private Equity Investors LP.

      "SPC" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.04(i).

      "S&P" shall mean Standard & Poor's Ratings Service, or any successor
thereto.

"STATUTORY RESERVES" shall mean a fraction (expressed as a decimal), the numerator of which is the number one and the denominator of which is the number one minus the aggregate of the maximum reserve percentages (including any marginal, special, emergency or supplemental reserves) expressed as a decimal established by the Board and any other banking authority, domestic or foreign, to which the Administrative Agent or any Lender (including any branch, Affiliate or other fronting office making or holding a Loan) is subject for Eurocurrency Liabilities (as defined in Regulation D of the Board). Eurodollar Loans shall be deemed to constitute Eurocurrency Liabilities as defined in Regulation D of the Board) and to be subject to such reserve requirements


26

without benefit of or credit for proration, exemptions or offsets that may be available from time to time to any Lender under such Regulation D. Statutory Reserves shall be adjusted automatically on and as of the effective date of any change in any reserve percentage.

"SUBSIDIARY" shall mean, with respect to any person (herein referred to as the "PARENT"), any corporation, partnership, association or other business entity (a) of which securities or other ownership interests representing more than 50% of the equity or more than 50% of the ordinary voting power or more than 50% of the general partnership interests are, at the time any determination is being made, owned, Controlled or held, or (b) that is, at the time any determination is made, otherwise Controlled, by the parent or one or more subsidiaries of the parent or by the parent and one or more subsidiaries of the parent. For purposes of Section 4.01(b), references to "subsidiaries" herein shall be deemed, on the date of any subsequent borrowing to finance the acquisition of any person, to include any person to be acquired on such date.

"SUBSIDIARY" shall mean any direct or indirect subsidiary of Parent.

"SUBSIDIARY GUARANTOR" shall mean each Subsidiary, other than any Subsidiary that is a Foreign Subsidiary, an Immaterial Subsidiary or an HMO Subsidiary (provided, that any HMO Subsidiary that has provided a Guarantee of any Indebtedness of Parent or any other Subsidiary shall, so long as such Guarantee remains in effect, be a Subsidiary Guarantor).

"SWINGLINE COMMITMENT" shall mean the commitment of the Swingline Lender to make loans pursuant to Section 2.22, as the same may be reduced from time to time pursuant to Section 2.09.

"SWINGLINE EXPOSURE" shall mean at any time the aggregate principal amount at such time of all outstanding Swingline Loans. The Swingline Exposure of any Revolving Credit Lender at any time shall equal its Pro Rata Percentage of the aggregate Swingline Exposure at such time.

"SWINGLINE LENDER" shall mean CSFB, in its capacity as lender of Swingline Loans hereunder.

"SWINGLINE LOAN" shall mean any loan made by the Swingline Lender pursuant to Section 2.22.

"SYNTHETIC LEASE" shall mean, as to any person, any lease (including leases that may be terminated by the lessee at any time) of any property (whether real, personal or mixed) (a) that is accounted for as an operating lease under GAAP and (b) in respect of which the lessee retains or obtains ownership of the property so leased for U.S. federal income tax purposes, other than any such lease under which such person is the lessor.

"SYNTHETIC LEASE OBLIGATIONS" shall mean, as to any person, an amount equal to the capitalized amount of the remaining lease payments under any Synthetic Lease that


27

would appear on a balance sheet of such person in accordance with GAAP if such obligations were accounted for as Capital Lease Obligations.

"SYNTHETIC PURCHASE AGREEMENT" shall mean any swap, derivative or other agreement or combination of agreements pursuant to which Parent or any Subsidiary is or may become obligated to make (a) any payment in connection with a purchase by any third party from a person other than Parent or any Subsidiary of any Equity Interest or Restricted Indebtedness or (b) any payment (other than on account of a permitted purchase by it of any Equity Interest or Restricted Indebtedness) the amount of which is determined by reference to the price or value at any time of any Equity Interest or Restricted Indebtedness; provided that no phantom stock or similar plan providing for payments only to current or former directors, officers or employees of Parent or the Subsidiaries (or to their heirs or estates) shall be deemed to be a Synthetic Purchase Agreement.

"TAXES" shall mean any and all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, charges, liabilities or withholdings imposed by any Governmental Authority.

"TERM BORROWING" shall mean a Borrowing comprised of Term Loans.

"TERM LOAN COMMITMENT" shall mean, with respect to each Lender, the commitment of such Lender to make Term Loans hereunder as set forth on Schedule 2.01, or in the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which such Lender shall have assumed its Term Loan Commitment, as applicable, as the same may be (a) reduced from time to time pursuant to Section 2.09 and (b) reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to assignments by or to such Lender pursuant to
Section 9.04.

"TERM LOAN MATURITY DATE" shall mean May 13, 2009.

"TERM LOANS" shall mean the term loans made by the Lenders to the Borrowers pursuant to clause (a) of Section 2.01. Unless the context shall otherwise require, the term "Term Loans" shall include the Incremental Term Loans.

"TOTAL DEBT" shall mean, at any time, the total Indebtedness of Parent and the Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis at such time, excluding intercompany Indebtedness.

"TOTAL REVOLVING CREDIT COMMITMENT" shall mean, at any time, the aggregate amount of the Revolving Credit Commitments, as in effect at such time. The initial Total Revolving Credit Commitment is $50,000,000.

"TRANSACTIONS" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.02.

"TRICARE" shall mean the United States Department of Defense health care program for service families, including TRICARE Prime, TRICARE Extra and TRICARE Standard, and any successor to or predecessor thereof (including CHAMPUS).

"TYPE", when used in respect of any Loan or Borrowing, shall refer to the Rate by reference to which interest on such Loan or on the Loans comprising such Borrowing is


28

determined. For purposes hereof, the term "RATE" shall include the Adjusted LIBO Rate and the Alternate Base Rate.

"USA PATRIOT ACT" shall mean The Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (Title III of Pub. L. No. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)).

"WARRANT NOTES" shall mean the promissory notes, each dated December 1, 2003, issued to Parent by certain holders of Equity Interests in Parent, in an aggregate principal amount of $6,861,111.

"WHOLLY OWNED SUBSIDIARY" of any person shall mean a subsidiary of such person of which securities (except for directors' qualifying shares) or other ownership interests representing 100% of the Equity Interests are, at the time any determination is being made, owned, Controlled or held by such person or one or more wholly owned subsidiaries of such person or by such person and one or more wholly owned subsidiaries of such person.

"WITHDRAWAL LIABILITY" shall mean liability to a Multiemployer Plan as a result of a complete or partial withdrawal from such Multiemployer Plan, as such terms are defined in Part I of Subtitle E of Title IV of ERISA.

"WMG GUARANTEE ARRANGEMENT" shall mean the guarantee arrangement by which WMG maintains, in accordance with applicable HMO Regulations, at least $50,000,000 in assets.

"YIELD DIFFERENTIAL" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in
Section 2.24(b).

SECTION 1.02. TERMS GENERALLY. The definitions in Section 1.01 shall apply equally to both the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms. The words "include", "includes" and "including" shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase "without limitation". The word "will" shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word "shall"; and the words "asset" and "property" shall be construed as having the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, securities, accounts and contract rights. All references herein to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules shall be deemed references to Articles and Sections of, and Exhibits and Schedules to, this Agreement unless the context shall otherwise require. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, (a) any reference in this Agreement to any Loan Document shall mean such document as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time and (b) all terms of an accounting or financial nature shall be construed in accordance with GAAP or SAP, as applicable, as in effect from time to time; provided, however, that if Parent notifies the Administrative Agent that it wishes to amend any covenant in Article VI or any related definition to eliminate the effect of any change in GAAP or SAP occurring after the date of this Agreement on the operation of such covenant (or if the


29

Administrative Agent notifies Parent that the Required Lenders wish to amend Article VI or any related definition for such purpose), then Holding's compliance with such covenant shall be determined on the basis of GAAP in effect immediately before the relevant change in GAAP or SAP became effective, until either such notice is withdrawn or such covenant is amended in a manner satisfactory to Parent and the Required Lenders.

SECTION 1.03. PRO FORMA CALCULATIONS. With respect to any period during which any Permitted Acquisition or Asset Sale of the type described in clause
(b) of the definition of the term "Pro Forma Basis" occurs as permitted pursuant to the terms hereof, the Leverage Ratio and the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated with respect to such period (and, to the extent applicable, subsequent periods) and such Permitted Acquisition or Asset Sale on a Pro Forma Basis.

SECTION 1.04. CLASSIFICATION OF LOANS AND BORROWINGS. For purposes of this Agreement, Loans may be classified and referred to by Class (e.g., a "Revolving Loan") or by Type (e.g., a "Eurocurrency Loan") or by Class and Type (e.g., a "Eurocurrency Revolving Loan"). Borrowings also may be classified and referred to by Class (e.g., a "Revolving Borrowing") or by Type (e.g., a "Eurocurrency Borrowing") or by Class and Type (e.g., a "Eurocurrency Revolving Borrowing").

ARTICLE II

THE CREDITS

SECTION 2.01. COMMITMENTS. Subject to the terms and conditions and relying upon the representations and warranties herein set forth, each Lender agrees, severally and not jointly, (a) to make Term Loans to the Borrowers (allocated among the Borrowers as specified in the Borrowing Requests with respect thereto) on the Closing Date in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed its Term Loan Commitment, (b) to make Revolving Loans to the Borrowers, at any time and from time to time after the Closing Date, and until the earlier of the Revolving Credit Maturity Date and the termination of the Revolving Credit Commitment of such Lender in accordance with the terms hereof, in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding that will not result in such Lender's Revolving Credit Exposure exceeding such Lender's Revolving Credit Commitment and (c) if such Lender has an Incremental Term Loan Commitment, to make Incremental Term Loans to the applicable Borrower, in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed its Incremental Term Loan Commitment on the date or dates determined in accordance with Section 2.24. Within the limits set forth in clause (b) of the preceding sentence and subject to the terms, conditions and limitations set forth herein, the Borrowers may borrow, pay or prepay and reborrow Revolving Loans. Amounts paid or prepaid in respect of Term Loans may not be reborrowed. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein (and without affecting any other provision hereof), the funded portion of each Term Loan to be made on the Closing Date (i.e., the amount advanced in cash to the Borrowers on the Closing Date) shall be equal to 99.5% of the principal amount of such Loan (it being agreed that the Borrowers


30

shall be obligated to pay the entire principal amount of each such Loan as provided in Section 2.11).

SECTION 2.02. LOANS. (a) Each Loan (other than Swingline Loans) shall be made as part of a Borrowing consisting of Loans made by the Lenders ratably in accordance with their applicable Commitments; provided, however, that the failure of any Lender to make any Loan shall not in itself relieve any other Lender of its obligation to lend hereunder (it being understood, however, that no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to make any Loan required to be made by such other Lender). Except for Loans deemed made pursuant to Section 2.02(f), the Loans comprising any Borrowing shall be in an aggregate principal amount that is (i) an integral multiple of $1,000,000 and not less than $5,000,000 or (ii) equal to the remaining available balance of the applicable Commitments.

(b) Subject to Sections 2.08 and 2.15, each Borrowing shall be comprised entirely of ABR Loans or Eurodollar Loans as the applicable Borrower may request pursuant to Section 2.03. Each Lender may at its option make any Eurodollar Loan by causing any domestic or foreign branch or Affiliate of such Lender to make such Loan; provided that any exercise of such option shall not affect the obligation of any Borrower to repay such Loan in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. Borrowings of more than one Type may be outstanding at the same time; provided, however, that the Borrowers shall not be entitled to request any Borrowing that, if made, would result in more than five Eurodollar Borrowings outstanding hereunder at any time. For purposes of the foregoing, Borrowings having different Interest Periods, regardless of whether they commence on the same date, shall be considered separate Borrowings.

(c) Except with respect to Loans made pursuant to Section 2.02(f), each Lender shall make each Loan to be made by it hereunder on the proposed date thereof by wire transfer of immediately available funds to such account in New York City as the Administrative Agent may designate not later than 1:00 p.m., New York City time, and the Administrative Agent shall promptly credit the amounts so received to an account designated by the applicable Borrower in the applicable Borrowing Request or, if a Borrowing shall not occur on such date because any condition precedent herein specified shall not have been met, return the amounts so received to the respective Lenders. The Rollover Lenders shall be deemed to have funded a portion of the Term Loans to be made by them hereunder equal to the Rollover Amount through the conversion of the Discount Notes as provided in the Rollover Agreement and Section 4.02(i), and shall not be required to fund such portion of their Term Loans pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence (it being agreed that such deemed funding shall not affect the applicable Borrowers' obligation to pay the entire principal amount of the Term Loans of the Rollover Lenders as provided in Section 2.11).

(d) Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from a Lender prior to the date of any Borrowing that such Lender will not make available to the Administrative Agent such Lender's portion of such Borrowing, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such portion available to the Administrative Agent on the date of such Borrowing in accordance with paragraph (c) of


31

this Section and the Administrative Agent may, in its sole discretion and in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the applicable Borrower on such date a corresponding amount. If the Administrative Agent shall have so made funds available, then, to the extent that such Lender shall not have made such portion available to the Administrative Agent, such Lender and the applicable Borrower severally agree to repay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand such corresponding amount together with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is made available to such Borrower to but excluding the date such amount is repaid to the Administrative Agent at (i) in the case of such Borrower, a rate per annum equal to the interest rate applicable at the time to the Loans comprising such Borrowing and (ii) in the case of such Lender, (A) for the first three days following the date such amount is made available to such Borrower, a rate determined by the Administrative Agent to represent its cost of overnight or short-term funds (which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error) and (B) thereafter, at the Alternate Base Rate. If such Lender shall repay to the Administrative Agent such corresponding amount, such amount shall constitute such Lender's Loan as part of such Borrowing for purposes of this Agreement.

(e) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Borrowers shall not be entitled to request any Revolving Credit Borrowing if the Interest Period requested with respect thereto would end after the Revolving Credit Maturity Date.

(f) If the Issuing Bank shall not have received from any Borrower the payment required to be made by Section 2.23(e) within the time specified in such Section, the Issuing Bank will promptly notify the Administrative Agent of the L/C Disbursement and the Administrative Agent will promptly notify each Revolving Credit Lender of such L/C Disbursement and its Pro Rata Percentage thereof. Each Revolving Credit Lender shall pay by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the Administrative Agent not later than 2:00 p.m., New York City time, on such date (or, if such Revolving Credit Lender shall have received such notice later than 12:00 noon, New York City time, on any day, not later than 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the immediately following Business Day), an amount equal to such Lender's Pro Rata Percentage of such L/C Disbursement (it being understood that such amount shall be deemed to constitute an ABR Revolving Loan of such Lender and such payment shall be deemed to have reduced the L/C Exposure), and the Administrative Agent will promptly pay to the Issuing Bank amounts so received by it from the Revolving Credit Lenders. The Administrative Agent will promptly pay to the Issuing Bank any amounts received by it from the applicable Borrower pursuant to Section 2.23(e) prior to the time that any Revolving Credit Lender makes any payment pursuant to this paragraph; any such amounts received by the Administrative Agent thereafter will be promptly remitted by the Administrative Agent to the Revolving Credit Lenders that shall have made such payments and to the Issuing Bank, as their interests may appear. If any Revolving Credit Lender shall not have made its Pro Rata Percentage of such L/C Disbursement available to the Administrative Agent as provided above, such Lender and the applicable Borrower severally agree to pay interest on such amount, for each day from and including the date such amount is required to be paid in accordance with this paragraph to but excluding the date such amount is paid, to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Issuing Bank at (i) in the case of such Borrower, a rate per annum equal to the interest rate applicable at the


32

time to Revolving Loans pursuant to Section 2.06(a), and (ii) in the case of such Lender, a rate per annum equal to, for the first such day, the Federal Funds Effective Rate and, for each day thereafter, the Alternate Base Rate.

SECTION 2.03. BORROWING PROCEDURE. In order to request a Borrowing (other than a Swingline Loan or a deemed Borrowing pursuant to Section 2.02(f), as to which this Section shall not apply), a Borrower shall hand deliver or fax to the Administrative Agent a duly completed Borrowing Request (a) in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing, not later than 12:00 noon, New York City time, three Business Days before a proposed Borrowing, and (b) in the case of an ABR Borrowing, not later than 12:00 noon, New York City time, one Business Day before a proposed Borrowing. Each Borrowing Request shall be irrevocable, shall be signed by or on behalf of the applicable Borrower and shall specify the following information: (i) whether the Borrowing then being requested is to be a Term Borrowing, an Other Term Borrowing or a Revolving Credit Borrowing, and whether such Borrowing is to be a Eurodollar Borrowing or an ABR Borrowing; (ii) the date of such Borrowing (which shall be a Business Day); (iii) the number and location of the account to which funds are to be disbursed; (iv) the amount of such Borrowing; and (v) if such Borrowing is to be a Eurodollar Borrowing, the Interest Period with respect thereto; provided, however, that, notwithstanding any contrary specification in any Borrowing Request, each requested Borrowing shall comply with the requirements set forth in Section 2.02. If no election as to the Type of Borrowing is specified in any such notice, then the requested Borrowing shall be an ABR Borrowing. If no Interest Period with respect to any Eurodollar Borrowing is specified in any such notice, then the applicable Borrower shall be deemed to have selected an Interest Period of one month's duration. The Administrative Agent shall promptly advise the applicable Lenders of any notice given pursuant to this Section, and of each Lender's portion of the requested Borrowing.

SECTION 2.04. EVIDENCE OF DEBT; REPAYMENT OF LOANS. (a) Each Borrower hereby unconditionally promises to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender (i) the principal amount of each Term Loan of such Lender as provided in Section 2.11 and (ii) the then unpaid principal amount of each Revolving Loan of such Lender on the Revolving Credit Maturity Date. Each Borrower hereby promises to pay to the Swingline Lender the then unpaid principal amount of each Swingline Loan on the Revolving Credit Maturity Date.

(b) Each Lender shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice an account or accounts evidencing the indebtedness of each Borrower to such Lender resulting from each Loan made by such Lender from time to time, including the amounts of principal and interest payable and paid to such Lender from time to time under this Agreement.

(c) The Administrative Agent shall maintain accounts in which it will record (i) the amount of each Loan made hereunder, the Type thereof and, if applicable, the Interest Period applicable thereto, (ii) the amount of any principal or interest due and payable or to become due and payable from each Borrower to each Lender hereunder and (iii) the amount of any sum received by the Administrative Agent hereunder from any Borrower or any Guarantor and each Lender's share thereof.


33

(d) The entries made in the accounts maintained pursuant to paragraphs (b) and (c) of this Section shall be prima facie evidence of the existence and amounts of the obligations therein recorded; provided, however, that the failure of any Lender or the Administrative Agent to maintain such accounts or any error therein shall not in any manner affect the obligations of the Borrowers to repay the Loans in accordance with their terms.

(e) Any Lender may request that Loans made by it hereunder be evidenced by a promissory note. In such event, the applicable Borrower shall execute and deliver to such Lender a promissory note payable to such Lender and its registered assigns and in a form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, in the event any Lender shall request and receive such a promissory note, the interests represented by such note shall at all times (including after any assignment of all or part of such interests pursuant to
Section 9.04) be represented by one or more promissory notes payable to the payee named therein or its registered assigns.

SECTION 2.05. FEES. (a) The Borrowers agree to pay to each Lender, through the Administrative Agent, on the last Business Day of March, June, September and December in each year and on the date on which the Revolving Credit Commitment of such Lender shall expire or be terminated as provided herein, a commitment fee (a "COMMITMENT FEE") equal to 0.50% per annum on the daily unused amount of the Revolving Credit Commitment of such Lender during the preceding quarter (or shorter period commencing with the date hereof or ending with the Revolving Credit Maturity Date or the date on which the Revolving Credit Commitment of such Lender shall be terminated). All Commitment Fees shall be computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed in a year of 360 days. For purposes of calculating Commitment Fees only, outstanding Swingline Loans shall not be deemed to constitute utilization of the Revolving Credit Commitments.

(b) The Borrowers agree to pay to the Administrative Agent, for its own account, the administrative fees set forth in the Fee Letter at the times and in the amounts specified therein (the "ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT FEES").

(c) The Borrowers agree to pay (i) to each Revolving Credit Lender, through the Administrative Agent, on the last Business Day of March, June, September and December of each year and on the date on which the Revolving Credit Commitment of such Lender shall be terminated as provided herein, a fee (an "L/C PARTICIPATION FEE") calculated on such Lender's Pro Rata Percentage of the daily aggregate L/C Exposure (excluding the portion thereof attributable to unreimbursed L/C Disbursements) during the preceding quarter (or shorter period commencing with the date hereof or ending with the Revolving Credit Maturity Date or the date on which all Letters of Credit have been canceled or have expired and the Revolving Credit Commitments of all Lenders shall have been terminated) at a rate per annum equal to the Applicable Percentage from time to time used to determine the interest rate on Revolving Credit Borrowings comprised of Eurodollar Loans pursuant to Section 2.06, and (ii) to the Issuing Bank, (x) on the last Business Day of March, June, September and December of each year and on the date on


34

which all the Letters of Credit issued by it shall have been canceled or have expired, a fronting fee equal to 0.25% per annum on the aggregate face amount of such Letters of Credit outstanding during the preceding quarter (or shorter period commencing on the date hereof or ending on the date on which all Letters of Credit have been canceled or have expired) and (y) the standard issuance and drawing fees specified from time to time by the Issuing Bank (the "ISSUING BANK FEES"). All L/C Participation Fees and Issuing Bank Fees shall be computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed in a year of 360 days.

(c) All Fees shall be paid on the dates due, in immediately available funds, to the Administrative Agent for distribution, if and as appropriate, among the Lenders, except that the Issuing Bank Fees shall be paid directly to the Issuing Bank. Once paid, none of the Fees shall be refundable under any circumstances.

SECTION 2.06. INTEREST ON LOANS. (a) Subject to the provisions of Section 2.07, the Loans comprising each ABR Borrowing, including each Swingline Loan, shall bear interest (computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed over a year of 365 or 366 days, as the case may be, when the Alternate Base Rate is determined by reference to the Prime Rate and over a year of 360 days at all other times and calculated from and including the date of such Borrowing to but excluding the date of repayment thereof) at a rate per annum equal to the Alternate Base Rate plus the Applicable Percentage in effect from time to time.

(b) Subject to the provisions of Section 2.07, the Loans comprising each Eurodollar Borrowing shall bear interest (computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed over a year of 360 days) at a rate per annum equal to the Adjusted LIBO Rate for the Interest Period in effect for such Borrowing plus the Applicable Percentage in effect from time to time.

(c) Interest on each Loan shall be payable on the Interest Payment Dates applicable to such Loan except as otherwise provided in this Agreement. The applicable Alternate Base Rate or Adjusted LIBO Rate for each Interest Period or day within an Interest Period, as the case may be, shall be determined by the Administrative Agent, and such determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

SECTION 2.07. DEFAULT INTEREST. If any Borrower shall default in the payment of any principal of or interest on any Loan or any other amount due hereunder, by acceleration or otherwise, or under any other Loan Document, then, until such defaulted amount shall have been paid in full, to the extent permitted by law, all amounts outstanding under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall bear interest (after as well as before judgment), payable on demand, (a) in the case of principal, at the rate otherwise applicable to such Loan pursuant to Section 2.06 plus 2% per annum and (b) in all other cases, at a rate per annum (computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed over a year of 365 or 366 days, as the case may be, when determined by reference to the Prime Rate and over a year of 360 days at all other times) equal to the rate that would be applicable to an ABR Loan plus 2% per annum.


35

SECTION 2.08. ALTERNATE RATE OF INTEREST. In the event, and on each occasion, that on the day two Business Days prior to the commencement of any Interest Period for a Eurodollar Borrowing the Administrative Agent shall have determined that dollar deposits in the principal amounts of the Loans comprising such Borrowing are not generally available in the London interbank market, or that the rates at which such dollar deposits are being offered will not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to any Lender of making or maintaining its Eurodollar Loan during such Interest Period, or that reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the Adjusted LIBO Rate, the Administrative Agent shall, as soon as practicable thereafter, give written or fax notice of such determination to the Borrowers and the Lenders. In the event of any such determination, until the Administrative Agent shall have advised the Borrowers and the Lenders that the circumstances giving rise to such notice no longer exist, any request by any Borrower for a Eurodollar Borrowing pursuant to
Section 2.03 or 2.10 shall be deemed to be a request for an ABR Borrowing. Each determination by the Administrative Agent under this Section shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

SECTION 2.09. TERMINATION AND REDUCTION OF COMMITMENTS. (a) The Term Loan Commitments shall automatically terminate upon the making of the Term Loans on the Closing Date. Unless earlier terminated pursuant to the terms hereof, the Revolving Credit Commitments and the Swingline Commitment shall automatically terminate on the Revolving Credit Maturity Date. The L/C Commitment shall, with respect to issuance of Letters of Credit, automatically terminate on the earlier to occur of (i) the date 30 days prior to the Revolving Credit Maturity Date and
(ii) the termination of the Revolving Credit Commitments. Notwithstanding the foregoing, all Commitments shall automatically terminate at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the date hereof, if the initial Credit Event shall not have occurred by such time (other than as a result of a breach of this Credit Agreement by any Lender).

(b) Upon at least three Business Days' prior irrevocable written or fax notice to the Administrative Agent, Parent may at any time in whole permanently terminate, or from time to time in part permanently reduce, the Incremental Term Loan Commitments or the Revolving Credit Commitments; provided, however, that
(i) each partial reduction of the Incremental Term Loan Commitments or the Revolving Credit Commitments shall be in an integral multiple of $1,000,000 and in a minimum amount of $5,000,000 and (ii) the Total Revolving Credit Commitment shall not be reduced to an amount that is less than the Aggregate Revolving Credit Exposure at the time.

(c) Each reduction in the Incremental Term Loan Commitments or the Revolving Credit Commitments hereunder shall be made ratably among the Lenders in accordance with their respective applicable Commitments. The Borrowers shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of the applicable Lenders, on the date of each termination or reduction, the accrued but unpaid Commitment Fees on the amount of the Revolving Credit Commitments so terminated or reduced accrued to but excluding the date of such termination or reduction.

SECTION 2.10. CONVERSION AND CONTINUATION OF BORROWINGS. The applicable Borrower shall have the right at any time upon prior irrevocable notice to the


36

Administrative Agent (a) not later than 12:00 noon, New York City time, one Business Day prior to conversion, to convert any Eurodollar Borrowing into an ABR Borrowing, (b) not later than 12:00 noon, New York City time, three Business Days prior to conversion or continuation, to convert any ABR Borrowing into a Eurodollar Borrowing or to continue any Eurodollar Borrowing as a Eurodollar Borrowing for an additional Interest Period, and (c) not later than 12:00 noon, New York City time, three Business Days prior to conversion, to convert the Interest Period with respect to any Eurodollar Borrowing to another permissible Interest Period, subject in each case to the following:

(i) each conversion or continuation shall be made pro rata among the Lenders in accordance with the respective principal amounts of the Loans comprising the converted or continued Borrowing;

(ii) if less than all the outstanding principal amount of any Borrowing shall be converted or continued, then each resulting Borrowing shall satisfy the limitations specified in Sections 2.02(a) and (b) regarding the principal amount and maximum number of Borrowings of the relevant Type;

(iii) each conversion shall be effected by each Lender and the Administrative Agent by recording for the account of such Lender the new Loan of such Lender resulting from such conversion and reducing the Loan (or portion thereof) of such Lender being converted by an equivalent principal amount; accrued interest on any Eurodollar Loan (or portion thereof) being converted shall be paid by the applicable Borrower at the time of conversion;

(iv) if any Eurodollar Borrowing is converted at a time other than the end of the Interest Period applicable thereto, the applicable Borrower shall pay, upon demand, any amounts due to the Lenders pursuant to Section 2.16;

(v) any portion of a Borrowing maturing or required to be repaid in less than one month may not be converted into or continued as a Eurodollar Borrowing;

(vi) any portion of a Eurodollar Borrowing that cannot be converted into or continued as a Eurodollar Borrowing by reason of the immediately preceding clause shall be automatically converted at the end of the Interest Period in effect for such Borrowing into an ABR Borrowing;

(vii) no Interest Period may be selected for any Eurodollar Term Borrowing that would end later than a Repayment Date occurring on or after the first day of such Interest Period if, after giving effect to such selection, the aggregate outstanding amount of (A) the Eurodollar Term Borrowings with Interest Periods ending on or prior to such Repayment Date and (B) the ABR Term Borrowings would not be at least equal to the principal amount of Term Borrowings to be paid on such Repayment Date; and

(viii) upon notice to the Borrowers from the Administrative Agent given at the request of the Required Lenders, after the occurrence and during the


37

continuance of an Event of Default, no outstanding Loan may be converted into, or continued as, a Eurodollar Loan.

Each notice pursuant to this Section shall be irrevocable, shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit E or such other form as shall be acceptable to the Administrative Agent and shall refer to this Agreement and specify (i) the identity and amount of the Borrowing that the applicable Borrower requests be converted or continued, (ii) whether such Borrowing is to be converted to or continued as a Eurodollar Borrowing or an ABR Borrowing, (iii) if such notice requests a conversion, the date of such conversion (which shall be a Business Day) and (iv) if such Borrowing is to be converted to or continued as a Eurodollar Borrowing, the Interest Period with respect thereto. If no Interest Period is specified in any such notice with respect to any conversion to or continuation as a Eurodollar Borrowing, the applicable Borrower shall be deemed to have selected an Interest Period of one month's duration. The Administrative Agent shall advise the Lenders of any notice given pursuant to this Section and of each Lender's portion of any converted or continued Borrowing. If any Borrower shall not have given notice in accordance with this Section to continue any Borrowing into a subsequent Interest Period (and shall not otherwise have given notice in accordance with this Section to convert such Borrowing), such Borrowing shall, at the end of the Interest Period applicable thereto (unless repaid pursuant to the terms hereof), automatically be continued into an ABR Borrowing.

SECTION 2.11. REPAYMENT OF TERM BORROWINGS. (a) The Borrowers shall pay to the Administrative Agent, for the accounts of the applicable Lenders, the aggregate principal amount of the Term Borrowings (other than Term Borrowings comprised of Other Term Loans) in consecutive installments payable on the last Business Day of March, June, September and December of each year, commencing, in the case of Term Borrowings made on the Closing Date, on the last Business Day in September 2004 and ending on the Term Loan Maturity Date (each such date being called a "REPAYMENT DATE"). Each installment payable in respect of (i) Term Loans made on the Closing Date shall be in an amount equal to 0.25% of the initial aggregate principal amount of such Term Loans and (ii) Incremental Term Loans of any Class (other than Other Term Loans) shall be in an amount equal to 0.25% of the initial aggregate principal amount of the Incremental Term Loans of such Class (in each case as adjusted from time to time pursuant to Sections 2.12, 2.13(e) and 2.24(d)), with the balance of all Term Loans (other than Other Term Loans) being due and payable on the Term Loan Maturity Date.

(b) The Borrowers shall pay to the Administrative Agent, for the accounts of the applicable Lenders, on each Incremental Term Loan Repayment Date applicable thereto, a principal amount of the Other Term Loans of each Class (as adjusted from time to time pursuant to Sections 2.12, 2.13(e) and 2.24(d)) equal to the amount set forth for such date in the applicable Incremental Term Loan Assumption Agreement. To the extent not previously paid, all Other Term Loans shall be due and payable on the Incremental Term Loan Maturity Date therefor.


38

(c) All repayments pursuant to this Section shall be subject to Section 2.16, but otherwise shall be without premium or penalty, and shall be accompanied by accrued and unpaid interest on the principal amount to be repaid to but excluding the date of payment.

SECTION 2.12. OPTIONAL PREPAYMENTS. (a) The Borrowers shall have the right at any time and from time to time to prepay any Borrowing, in whole or in part, upon at least three Business Days' prior written or fax notice (or telephone notice promptly confirmed by written or fax notice) in the case of Eurodollar Loans, or written or fax notice (or telephone notice promptly confirmed by written or fax notice) at least one Business Day prior to the date of prepayment in the case of ABR Loans, to the Administrative Agent before 12:00 noon, New York City time; provided, however, that each partial prepayment shall be in an amount that is an integral multiple of $1,000,000 and not less than $5,000,000.

(b) Optional prepayments of Term Loans shall be allocated pro rata among the then outstanding Term Loans of each Class and shall be applied, as to each such Class, first, in direct order to the scheduled installments of principal due in respect of the Term Loans of such Class under Section 2.11(a) or (b), as applicable, on the two Repayment Dates for Term Loans of such Class next following the date of such prepayment unless and until such installments have been eliminated as a result of prepayments under this Section and Section 2.13, and second, ratably to the remaining scheduled installments of principal due in respect of the Term Loans of such Class under Section 2.11(a) or (b), as applicable.

(c) Each notice of prepayment shall specify the prepayment date and the principal amount of each Borrowing (or portion thereof) to be prepaid, shall be irrevocable (provided that the occurrence of such prepayment may be conditioned upon the completion of replacement financing), shall commit the applicable Borrower to prepay such Borrowing by the amount stated therein on the date stated therein and shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit F or such other form as shall be acceptable to the Administrative Agent. All prepayments under this Section shall be subject to Section 2.16, but otherwise shall be without premium or penalty, and shall be accompanied by accrued and unpaid interest on the principal amount to be prepaid to but excluding the date of payment; provided, however, that any prepayment of Term Loans under this Section made prior to the first anniversary of the Closing Date shall be accompanied by a prepayment fee equal to 1.00% of the principal amount of the Term Loans prepaid.

SECTION 2.13. MANDATORY PREPAYMENTS. (a) In the event of the termination of all the Revolving Credit Commitments, the Borrowers shall, on the date of such termination, repay or prepay all outstanding Revolving Credit Borrowings and all outstanding Swingline Loans and replace or cause to be terminated (or make other arrangements satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Bank with respect to) all outstanding Letters of Credit. If, after giving effect to any partial reduction of the Revolving Credit Commitments, the Aggregate Revolving Credit Exposure would exceed the Total Revolving Credit Commitment, then the Borrowers shall, on the date of such reduction, repay or prepay Revolving Credit Borrowings or Swingline Loans (or a


39

combination thereof), and, after the Revolving Credit Borrowings and Swingline Loans shall have been repaid or prepaid in full, replace or cause to be terminated (or make other arrangements satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Bank with respect to) Letters of Credit, in an amount sufficient to eliminate such excess.

(b) Not later than the third Business Day following any receipt of Net Cash Proceeds in respect of any Asset Sale, the Borrowers shall apply 100% of such Net Cash Proceeds to prepay outstanding Term Loans in accordance with paragraph (e) of this Section.

(c) In the event and on each occasion that an Equity Issuance occurs, the Borrowers shall, substantially simultaneously with (and in any event not later than the third Business Day next following) the occurrence of such Equity Issuance, apply 50% of the Net Cash Proceeds therefrom to prepay outstanding Term Loans in accordance with paragraph (e) of this Section; provided, however, that no prepayment pursuant to this paragraph shall be required to be made with respect to (i) the IPO, (ii) the underwritten primary public offering of the Equity Interests of Parent pursuant to an effective registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission in accordance with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, next following the IPO or (iii) any other Equity Issuance if, after giving pro forma effect to such issuance and the application of the proceeds thereof (disregarding any such application pursuant to this paragraph), the Leverage Ratio on the date of such issuance shall be not more than 3.25 to 1.00.

(d) In the event that Parent or any Subsidiary shall receive Net Cash Proceeds from the issuance or other disposition of Indebtedness for money borrowed of Parent or any Subsidiary (other than any cash proceeds from the issuance of Indebtedness for money borrowed permitted pursuant to Section 6.01), the Borrowers shall, substantially simultaneously with (and in any event not later than the third Business Day next following) the receipt of such Net Cash Proceeds by such Loan Party or such subsidiary, apply an amount equal to 100% of such Net Cash Proceeds to prepay outstanding Term Loans in accordance with paragraph (e) of this Section.

(e) Mandatory prepayments of Term Loans shall be allocated pro rata among the then outstanding Term Loans of each Class and shall be applied, as to each such Class, first, in direct order to the scheduled installments of principal due in respect of the Term Loans of such Class under Section 2.11(a) or (b), as applicable, on the two Repayment Dates for Term Loans of such Class next following the date of such prepayment unless and until such installments have been eliminated as a result of prepayments under this Section and Section 2.12, and second, ratably to the remaining scheduled installments of principal due in respect of the Term Loans of such Class under Section 2.11(a) or (b), as applicable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Lender may elect, by notice to the Administrative Agent in writing or by fax no later than 3:00 p.m., New York City time, at least two Business Days prior to any prepayment of Term Loans required to be made by the Borrowers for the account of such Lender pursuant to this Section, to decline all (but not a portion) of such prepayment, in which case the amounts so declined will be retained by the Borrowers.


40

(f) The Borrowers shall deliver to the Administrative Agent, at the time of each prepayment required under this Section, (i) a certificate signed by a Financial Officer of Parent setting forth in reasonable detail the calculation of the amount of such prepayment and (ii) to the extent practicable, at least three days prior written notice of such prepayment. Each notice of prepayment shall specify the prepayment date and the principal amount of each Loan (or portion thereof) to be prepaid and shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit F or such other form as shall be acceptable to the Administrative Agent. All prepayments of Borrowings under this Section shall be subject to Section 2.16, but otherwise shall be without premium or penalty, and shall be accompanied by accrued and unpaid interest on the principal amount to be prepaid to but excluding the date of payment.

SECTION 2.14. RESERVE REQUIREMENTS; CHANGE IN CIRCUMSTANCES. (a) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if any Change in Law shall impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of or credit extended by any Lender or the Issuing Bank (except any such reserve requirement which is reflected in the Adjusted LIBO Rate) or shall impose on such Lender or the Issuing Bank or the London interbank market any other condition affecting this Agreement or Eurodollar Loans made by such Lender or any Letter of Credit or participation therein, and the result of any of the foregoing shall be to increase the cost to such Lender or the Issuing Bank of making or maintaining any Eurodollar Loan or increase the cost to any Lender of issuing or maintaining any Letter of Credit or purchasing or maintaining a participation therein or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by such Lender or the Issuing Bank hereunder (whether of principal, interest or otherwise) by an amount deemed by such Lender or the Issuing Bank to be material, then the Borrowers will pay to such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, upon demand such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, for such additional costs incurred or reduction suffered.

(b) If any Lender or the Issuing Bank shall have determined that any Change in Law regarding capital adequacy has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender's or the Issuing Bank's capital or on the capital of such Lender's or the Issuing Bank's holding company, if any, as a consequence of this Agreement or the Loans made or participations in Letters of Credit purchased by such Lender pursuant hereto or the Letters of Credit issued by the Issuing Bank pursuant hereto to a level below that which such Lender or the Issuing Bank or such Lender's or the Issuing Bank's holding company could have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration such Lender's or the Issuing Bank's policies and the policies of such Lender's or the Issuing Bank's holding company with respect to capital adequacy) by an amount deemed by such Lender or the Issuing Bank to be material, then from time to time the Borrowers shall pay to such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or the Issuing Bank or such Lender's or the Issuing Bank's holding company for any such reduction suffered.

(c) A certificate of a Lender or the Issuing Bank setting forth the amount or amounts necessary to compensate such Lender or the Issuing Bank or its holding


41

company, as applicable, as specified in paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section shall be delivered to the Borrowers and shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The Borrowers shall pay such Lender or the Issuing Bank the amount shown as due on any such certificate delivered by it within 10 days after its receipt of the same.

(d) Failure or delay on the part of any Lender or the Issuing Bank to demand compensation for any increased costs or reduction in amounts received or receivable or reduction in return on capital shall not constitute a waiver of such Lender's or the Issuing Bank's right to demand such compensation; provided that the Borrowers shall not be under any obligation to compensate any Lender or the Issuing Bank under paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section with respect to increased costs or reductions with respect to any period prior to the date that is 120 days prior to such request if such Lender or the Issuing Bank knew or could reasonably have been expected to know of the circumstances giving rise to such increased costs or reductions and of the fact that such circumstances would result in a claim for increased compensation by reason of such increased costs or reductions; provided further that the foregoing limitation shall not apply to any increased costs or reductions arising out of the retroactive application of any Change in Law within such 120-day period. The protection of this Section shall be available to each Lender and the Issuing Bank regardless of any possible contention of the invalidity or inapplicability of the Change in Law that shall have occurred or been imposed.

SECTION 2.15. CHANGE IN LEGALITY. (a) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if any Change in Law shall make it unlawful for any Lender to make or maintain any Eurodollar Loan or to give effect to its obligations as contemplated hereby with respect to any Eurodollar Loan, then, by written notice to the Borrowers and to the Administrative Agent:

(i) such Lender may declare that Eurodollar Loans will not thereafter (for the duration of such unlawfulness) be made by such Lender hereunder (or be continued for additional Interest Periods and ABR Loans will not thereafter (for such duration) be converted into Eurodollar Loans), whereupon any request for a Eurodollar Borrowing (or to convert an ABR Borrowing to a Eurodollar Borrowing or to continue a Eurodollar Borrowing for an additional Interest Period) shall, as to such Lender only, be deemed a request for an ABR Loan (or a request to continue an ABR Loan as such for an additional Interest Period or to convert a Eurodollar Loan into an ABR Loan, as the case may be), unless such declaration shall be subsequently withdrawn; and

(ii) such Lender may require that all outstanding Eurodollar Loans made by it be converted to ABR Loans, in which event all such Eurodollar Loans shall be automatically converted to ABR Loans as of the effective date of such notice as provided in paragraph (b) of this Section.

In the event any Lender shall exercise its rights under clause (i) or (ii) above, all payments and prepayments of principal that would otherwise have been applied to repay the Eurodollar Loans that would have been made by such Lender or the converted


42

Eurodollar Loans of such Lender shall instead be applied to repay the ABR Loans made by such Lender in lieu of, or resulting from the conversion of, such Eurodollar Loans.

(b) For purposes of this Section, a notice to the Borrowers by any Lender shall be effective as to each Eurodollar Loan made by such Lender, if lawful, on the last day of the Interest Period then applicable to such Eurodollar Loan; in all other cases such notice shall be effective on the date of receipt by the Borrowers.

SECTION 2.16. INDEMNITY. The Borrowers shall indemnify each Lender against any loss or expense that such Lender may sustain or incur as a consequence of
(a) any event, other than a default by such Lender in the performance of its obligations hereunder, which results in (i) such Lender receiving or being deemed to receive any amount on account of the principal of any Eurodollar Loan prior to the end of the Interest Period in effect therefor, (ii) the conversion of any Eurodollar Loan to an ABR Loan, or the conversion of the Interest Period with respect to any Eurodollar Loan, in each case other than on the last day of the Interest Period in effect therefor, or (iii) any Eurodollar Loan to be made by such Lender (including any Eurodollar Loan to be made pursuant to a conversion or continuation under Section 2.10) not being made after notice of such Loan shall have been given by any Borrower hereunder (any of the events referred to in this clause (a) being called a "BREAKAGE EVENT") or (b) any default in the making of any payment or prepayment required to be made hereunder. In the case of any Breakage Event, such loss shall include an amount equal to the excess, as reasonably determined by such Lender, of (i) its cost of obtaining funds for the Eurodollar Loan that is the subject of such Breakage Event for the period from the date of such Breakage Event to the last day of the Interest Period in effect (or that would have been in effect) for such Loan over
(ii) the amount of interest likely to be realized by such Lender in redeploying the funds released or not utilized by reason of such Breakage Event for such period. A certificate of any Lender setting forth any amount or amounts which such Lender is entitled to receive pursuant to this Section shall be delivered to the Borrowers and shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

SECTION 2.17. PRO RATA TREATMENT. Except as provided in Section 2.13(e) with respect to mandatory prepayments and in this Section with respect to Swingline Loans, and as required under Section 2.15, each Borrowing, each payment or prepayment of principal of any Borrowing, each payment of interest on the Loans, each payment of the Commitment Fees, each reduction of the Term Loan Commitments or the Revolving Credit Commitments and each conversion of any Borrowing to or continuation of any Borrowing as a Borrowing of any Type shall be allocated pro rata among the Lenders in accordance with their respective applicable Commitments (or, if such Commitments shall have expired or been terminated, in accordance with the respective principal amounts of their outstanding Loans). For purposes of determining the available Revolving Credit Commitments of the Lenders at any time, each outstanding Swingline Loan shall be deemed to have utilized the Revolving Credit Commitments of the Lenders (including those Lenders which shall not have made Swingline Loans) pro rata in accordance with such respective Revolving Credit Commitments. Each Lender agrees that in computing such Lender's portion of any Borrowing to be made hereunder, the Administrative Agent


43

may, in its discretion, round each Lender's percentage of such Borrowing to the next higher or lower whole dollar amount.

SECTION 2.18. SHARING OF SETOFFS. Each Lender agrees that if it shall, through the exercise of a right of banker's lien, setoff or counterclaim against any Borrower or any other Loan Party, or pursuant to a secured claim under
Section 506 of Title 11 of the United States Code or other security or interest arising from, or in lieu of, such secured claim, received by such Lender under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law or otherwise, or by any other means, obtain payment (voluntary or involuntary) in respect of any Loan or Loans or L/C Disbursement as a result of which the unpaid principal portion of its Loans and participations in L/C Disbursements shall be proportionately less than the unpaid principal portion of the Loans and participations in L/C Disbursements of any other Lender, it shall be deemed simultaneously to have purchased from such other Lender at face value, and shall promptly pay to such other Lender the purchase price for, a participation in the Loans and L/C Exposure of such other Lender, so that the aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Loans and L/C Exposure and participations in Loans and L/C Exposure held by each Lender shall be in the same proportion to the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all Loans and L/C Exposure then outstanding as the principal amount of its Loans and L/C Exposure prior to such exercise of banker's lien, setoff or counterclaim or other event was to the principal amount of all Loans and L/C Exposure outstanding prior to such exercise of banker's lien, setoff or counterclaim or other event; provided, however, that if any such purchase or purchases or adjustments shall be made pursuant to this Section and the payment giving rise thereto shall thereafter be recovered, such purchase or purchases or adjustments shall be rescinded to the extent of such recovery and the purchase price or prices or adjustment restored without interest. The Borrowers and Parent expressly consent to the foregoing arrangements and agree that any Lender holding a participation in a Loan or L/C Disbursement deemed to have been so purchased may exercise any and all rights of banker's lien, setoff or counterclaim with respect to any and all moneys owing by any Borrower or any other Loan Party to such Lender by reason thereof as fully as if such Lender had made a Loan directly to a Borrower in the amount of such participation.

SECTION 2.19. PAYMENTS. (a) The Borrowers shall make each payment (including principal of or interest on any Borrowing or any L/C Disbursement or any Fees or other amounts) hereunder and under any other Loan Document not later than 12:00 noon, New York City time, on the date when due in immediately available dollars, without setoff, defense or counterclaim. Each such payment (other than (i) Issuing Bank Fees, which shall be paid directly to the Issuing Bank, and (ii) principal of and interest on Swingline Loans, which shall be paid directly to the Swingline Lender except as otherwise provided in Section 2.21(e)) shall be made to the Administrative Agent at its offices at Eleven Madison Avenue, New York, NY 10010.

(b) Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, whenever any payment (including principal of or interest on any Borrowing or any Fees or other amounts) hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall become due, or otherwise would occur, on a day that is not a Business Day, such payment may be made on the next


44

succeeding Business Day, and such extension of time shall in such case be included in the computation of interest or Fees, if applicable.

SECTION 2.20. TAXES. (a) Any and all payments by or on account of any obligation of any Borrower or any other Loan Party hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall be made free and clear of and without deduction for any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes; provided that if any Borrower or any other Loan Party shall be required to deduct any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes from such payments, then (i) the sum payable shall be increased as necessary so that after making all required deductions (including deductions applicable to additional sums payable under this Section) the Administrative Agent, Lender or Issuing Bank (as the case may be) receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions been made, (ii) such Borrower or such Loan Party shall make such deductions and (iii) such Borrower or such Loan Party shall pay the full amount deducted to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law.

(b) In addition, the Borrowers shall pay any Other Taxes to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law.

(c) The Borrowers shall indemnify the Administrative Agent, each Lender and the Issuing Bank, within 10 days after written demand therefor, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes paid by the Administrative Agent, such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, on or with respect to any payment by or on account of any obligation of any Borrower or any other Loan Party hereunder or under any other Loan Document (including Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section) and any penalties, interest and reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to the Borrowers by a Lender or the Issuing Bank, or by the Administrative Agent on behalf of itself or a Lender, shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

(d) As soon as practicable after any payment of Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes by any Borrower or any other Loan Party to a Governmental Authority, such Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of the return reporting such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

(e) Any Foreign Lender that is entitled to an exemption from or reduction of withholding tax under the law of the jurisdiction in which the Borrowers are located, or any treaty to which such jurisdiction is a party, with respect to payments under this Agreement shall deliver to the Borrowers (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), at the time or times prescribed by applicable law, such properly completed and executed documentation prescribed by applicable law or reasonably requested by the Borrowers as will permit such payments to be made without withholding or at a reduced rate.


45

SECTION 2.21. ASSIGNMENT OF COMMITMENTS UNDER CERTAIN CIRCUMSTANCES; DUTY TO MITIGATE. (a) In the event (i) any Lender or the Issuing Bank delivers a certificate requesting compensation pursuant to Section 2.14, (ii) any Lender or the Issuing Bank delivers a notice described in Section 2.15, (iii) any Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or the Issuing Bank or any Governmental Authority on account of any Lender or the Issuing Bank pursuant to Section 2.20 or (iv) any Lender refuses to consent to any amendment, waiver or other modification of any Loan Document requested by Parent or the Borrowers that requires the consent of a greater percentage of the Lenders than the Required Lenders and such amendment, waiver or other modification is consented to by the Required Lenders, Parent may, at its sole expense and effort (including with respect to the processing and recordation fee referred to in
Section 9.04(b)), upon notice to such Lender or the Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent, require such Lender or the Issuing Bank to transfer and assign, without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in Section 9.04), all of its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement (or, in the case of clause (iv) above, all of its interests, rights and obligation with respect to the Class of Loans or Commitments that is the subject of the related consent, amendment, waiver or other modification) to an assignee that shall assume such assigned obligations (which assignee may be another Lender, if a Lender accepts such assignment); provided that (x) such assignment shall not conflict with any law, rule or regulation or order of any court or other Governmental Authority having jurisdiction, (y) Parent shall have received the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent (and, if a Revolving Credit Commitment is being assigned, of the Issuing Bank and the Swingline Lender), which consent shall not unreasonably be withheld, and (z) the Borrowers or such assignee shall have paid to the affected Lender or the Issuing Bank in immediately available funds an amount equal to the sum of the principal of and interest accrued to the date of such payment on the outstanding Loans or L/C Disbursements of such Lender or the Issuing Bank, respectively, plus all Fees and other amounts accrued for the account of such Lender or the Issuing Bank hereunder (including any amounts under Sections 2.14 and 2.16); provided further that, if prior to any such transfer and assignment the circumstances or event that resulted in such Lender's or the Issuing Bank's claim for compensation under Section 2.14 or notice under Section 2.15 or the amounts paid pursuant to Section 2.20, as the case may be, cease to cause such Lender or the Issuing Bank to suffer increased costs or reductions in amounts received or receivable or reduction in return on capital, or cease to have the consequences specified in Section 2.15, or cease to result in amounts being payable under
Section 2.20, as the case may be (including as a result of any action taken by such Lender or the Issuing Bank pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section), or if such Lender or the Issuing Bank shall waive its right to claim further compensation under Section 2.14 in respect of such circumstances or event or shall withdraw its notice under Section 2.15 or shall waive its right to further payments under Section 2.20 in respect of such circumstances or event or shall consent to the proposed amendment, waiver, consent or other modification, as the case may be, then such Lender or the Issuing Bank shall not thereafter be required to make any such transfer and assignment hereunder. Each Lender hereby grants to the Administrative Agent an irrevocable power of attorney (which power is coupled with an interest) to execute and deliver, on behalf of such Lender as assignor, any Assignment


46

and Acceptance necessary to effectuate any assignment of such Lender's interests hereunder in the circumstances contemplated by this paragraph.

(b) If (i) any Lender or the Issuing Bank shall request compensation under
Section 2.14, (ii) any Lender or the Issuing Bank delivers a notice described in
Section 2.15 or (iii) any Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or the Issuing Bank or any Governmental Authority on account of any Lender or the Issuing Bank, pursuant to Section 2.20, then such Lender or the Issuing Bank shall use reasonable efforts (which shall not require such Lender or the Issuing Bank to incur an unreimbursed loss or unreimbursed cost or expense or otherwise take any action inconsistent with its internal policies or legal or regulatory restrictions or suffer any disadvantage or burden deemed by it to be significant) (x) to file any certificate or document reasonably requested in writing by any applicable Borrower or (y) to assign its rights and delegate and transfer its obligations hereunder to another of its offices, branches or affiliates, if such filing or assignment would reduce its claims for compensation under Section 2.14 or enable it to withdraw its notice pursuant to
Section 2.15 or would reduce amounts payable pursuant to Section 2.20, as the case may be, in the future. The Borrowers hereby agree to pay all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by any Lender or the Issuing Bank in connection with any such filing or assignment, delegation and transfer.

SECTION 2.22. SWINGLINE LOANS. (a) SWINGLINE COMMITMENT. Subject to the terms and conditions and relying upon the representations and warranties herein set forth, the Swingline Lender agrees to make loans to the Borrowers at any time and from time to time after the Closing Date and until the earlier of the Revolving Credit Maturity Date and the termination of the Revolving Credit Commitments, in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding that will not result in (i) the aggregate principal amount of all Swingline Loans exceeding $10,000,000 or (ii) the Aggregate Revolving Credit Exposure, after giving effect to any Swingline Loan, exceeding the Total Revolving Credit Commitment. Each Swingline Loan shall be in a principal amount that is an integral multiple of $500,000 and not less than $1,000,000. The Swingline Commitment may be terminated or reduced from time to time as provided herein. Within the foregoing limits, the Borrowers may borrow, pay or prepay and reborrow Swingline Loans hereunder, subject to the terms, conditions and limitations set forth herein.

(b) SWINGLINE LOANS. The applicable Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent by fax, or by telephone (promptly confirmed by fax), not later than 12:00 noon, New York City time, on the day of a proposed Swingline Loan. Such notice shall be delivered on a Business Day, shall be irrevocable and shall refer to this Agreement and shall specify the requested date (which shall be a Business Day) and amount of such Swingline Loan and the wire transfer instructions for the account of such Borrower to which the proceeds of the Swingline Loan should be transferred. The Administrative Agent will promptly advise the Swingline Lender of any notice received from a Borrower pursuant to this paragraph. The Swingline Lender shall make each Swingline Loan by wire transfer to the account specified in such request.


47

(c) PREPAYMENT. The Borrowers shall have the right at any time and from time to time to prepay any Swingline Loan, in whole or in part, upon giving written or fax notice (or telephone notice promptly confirmed by written or fax notice) to the Swingline Lender and to the Administrative Agent before 12:00 noon, New York City time, on the date of prepayment at the Swingline Lender's address for notices specified on Schedule 2.01.

(d) INTEREST. Each Swingline Loan shall be an ABR Loan and, subject to the provisions of Section 2.07, shall bear interest as provided in Section 2.06(a).

(e) PARTICIPATIONS. The Swingline Lender may by written notice given to the Administrative Agent not later than 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on any Business Day require the Revolving Credit Lenders to acquire participations on such Business Day in all or a portion of the Swingline Loans outstanding. Such notice shall specify the aggregate amount of Swingline Loans in which Revolving Credit Lenders will participate. The Administrative Agent will, promptly upon receipt of such notice, give notice to each Revolving Credit Lender, specifying in such notice such Lender's Pro Rata Percentage of such Swingline Loan or Loans. In furtherance of the foregoing, each Revolving Credit Lender hereby absolutely and unconditionally agrees, upon receipt of notice as provided above, to pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the Swingline Lender, such Revolving Credit Lender's Pro Rata Percentage of such Swingline Loan or Loans. Each Revolving Credit Lender acknowledges and agrees that its obligation to acquire participations in Swingline Loans pursuant to this paragraph is absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance whatsoever, including the occurrence and continuance of a Default or an Event of Default, and that each such payment shall be made without any offset, abatement, withholding or reduction whatsoever. Each Revolving Credit Lender shall comply with its obligation under this paragraph by wire transfer of immediately available funds, in the same manner as provided in Section 2.02(c) with respect to Loans made by such Lender (and Section 2.02(c) shall apply, mutatis mutandis, to the payment obligations of the Lenders) and the Administrative Agent shall promptly pay to the Swingline Lender the amounts so received by it from the Lenders. The Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrowers of any participations in any Swingline Loan acquired pursuant to this paragraph and thereafter payments in respect of such Swingline Loan shall be made to the Administrative Agent and not to the Swingline Lender. Any amounts received by the Swingline Lender from any Borrower (or other party on behalf of any Borrower) in respect of a Swingline Loan after receipt by the Swingline Lender of the proceeds of a sale of participations therein shall be promptly remitted to the Administrative Agent; any such amounts received by the Administrative Agent shall be promptly remitted by the Administrative Agent to the Lenders that shall have made their payments pursuant to this paragraph and to the Swingline Lender, as their interests may appear. The purchase of participations in a Swingline Loan pursuant to this paragraph shall not relieve any Borrower (or other party liable for obligations of any Borrower) of any default in the payment thereof.

SECTION 2.23. LETTERS OF CREDIT. (a) GENERAL. The Borrowers may request the issuance of Letters of Credit, in form reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent


48

and the Issuing Bank, at any time and from time to time while the L/C Commitment remains in effect. This Section shall not be construed to impose an obligation upon the Issuing Bank to issue any Letter of Credit that is inconsistent with the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

(b) NOTICE OF ISSUANCE, AMENDMENT, RENEWAL, EXTENSION; CERTAIN CONDITIONS. In order to request the issuance of a Letter of Credit (or to amend, renew or extend an existing Letter of Credit), the applicable Borrower shall hand deliver or fax to the Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent (reasonably in advance of the requested date of issuance, amendment, renewal or extension) a notice requesting the issuance of a Letter of Credit, or identifying the Letter of Credit to be amended, renewed or extended, the date of issuance, amendment, renewal or extension, the date on which such Letter of Credit is to expire (which shall comply with paragraph (c) of this Section), the amount of such Letter of Credit, the name and address of the beneficiary thereof and such other information as shall be necessary to prepare such Letter of Credit. A Letter of Credit shall be issued, amended, renewed or extended only if, and upon issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of each Letter of Credit each Borrower shall be deemed to represent and warrant that, after giving effect to such issuance, amendment, renewal or extension (i) the L/C Exposure shall not exceed $10,000,000 and (ii) the Aggregate Revolving Credit Exposure shall not exceed the Total Revolving Credit Commitment.

(c) EXPIRATION DATE. Each Letter of Credit shall expire at the close of business on the earlier of the date one year after the date of the issuance of such Letter of Credit and the date that is five Business Days prior to the Revolving Credit Maturity Date, unless such Letter of Credit expires by its terms on an earlier date; provided, however, that a Letter of Credit may, upon the request of the applicable Borrower, include a provision whereby such Letter of Credit shall be renewed automatically for additional consecutive periods of 12 months or less (but not beyond the date that is five Business Days prior to the Revolving Credit Maturity Date) unless the Issuing Bank notifies the beneficiary thereof at least 30 days prior to the then-applicable expiration date that such Letter of Credit will not be renewed.

(d) PARTICIPATIONS. By the issuance of a Letter of Credit and without any further action on the part of the Issuing Bank or the Lenders, the Issuing Bank hereby grants to each Revolving Credit Lender, and each such Lender hereby acquires from the Issuing Bank, a participation in such Letter of Credit equal to such Lender's Pro Rata Percentage of the aggregate amount available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit, effective upon the issuance of such Letter of Credit. In consideration and in furtherance of the foregoing, each Revolving Credit Lender hereby absolutely and unconditionally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the Issuing Bank, such Lender's Pro Rata Percentage of each L/C Disbursement made by the Issuing Bank and not reimbursed by any Borrower (or, if applicable, another party pursuant to its obligations under any other Loan Document) forthwith on the date due as provided in Section 2.02(f). Each Revolving Credit Lender acknowledges and agrees that its obligation to acquire participations pursuant to this paragraph in respect of Letters of Credit is absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance whatsoever, including the occurrence and continuance of a Default or an Event of Default, and that each such


49

payment shall be made without any offset, abatement, withholding or reduction whatsoever.

(e) REIMBURSEMENT. If the Issuing Bank shall make any L/C Disbursement in respect of a Letter of Credit, the applicable Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent an amount equal to such L/C Disbursement on the Business Day on which such Borrower shall have received notice from the Issuing Bank that payment of such draft will be made, or, if such Borrower shall have received such notice later than 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on any Business Day, not later than 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the immediately following Business Day.

(f) OBLIGATIONS ABSOLUTE. Each Borrower's obligations to reimburse L/C Disbursements as provided in paragraph (e) of this Section shall be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable, and shall be performed strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, under any and all circumstances whatsoever, and irrespective of:

(i) any lack of validity or enforceability of any Letter of Credit or any Loan Document, or any term or provision therein;

(ii) any amendment or waiver of or any consent to departure from all or any of the provisions of any Letter of Credit or any Loan Document;

(iii) the existence of any claim, setoff, defense or other right that such Borrower, any other party guaranteeing, or otherwise obligated with, such Borrower, any Subsidiary or other Affiliate thereof or any other person may at any time have against the beneficiary under any Letter of Credit, the Issuing Bank, the Administrative Agent or any Lender or any other person, whether in connection with this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other related or unrelated agreement or transaction;

(iv) any draft or other document presented under a Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent, invalid or insufficient in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect;

(v) payment by the Issuing Bank under a Letter of Credit against presentation of a draft or other document that does not comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit; and

(vi) any other act or omission to act or delay of any kind of the Issuing Bank, any Lender, the Administrative Agent or any other person or any other event or circumstance whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing, that might, but for the provisions of this Section, constitute a legal or equitable discharge of such Borrower's obligations hereunder.

Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, it is expressly understood and agreed that the absolute and unconditional obligation of each Borrower hereunder to reimburse L/C Disbursements will not be excused by the gross negligence or willful


50

misconduct of the Issuing Bank. The foregoing shall not, however, be construed to excuse the Issuing Bank from liability to a Borrower to the extent of any direct damages (as opposed to consequential damages, claims in respect of which are hereby waived by each Borrower to the extent permitted by applicable law) suffered by such Borrower that are caused by the Issuing Bank's gross negligence or willful misconduct in determining whether drafts and other documents presented under a Letter of Credit comply with the terms thereof. It is understood that the Issuing Bank may accept documents that appear on their face to be in order, without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary and, in making any payment under any Letter of Credit (i) the Issuing Bank's exclusive reliance on the documents presented to it under such Letter of Credit as to any and all matters set forth therein, including reliance on the amount of any draft presented under such Letter of Credit, whether or not the amount due to the beneficiary thereunder equals the amount of such draft and whether or not any document presented pursuant to such Letter of Credit proves to be insufficient in any respect, if such document on its face appears to be in order, and whether or not any other statement or any other document presented pursuant to such Letter of Credit proves to be forged or invalid or any statement therein proves to be inaccurate or untrue in any respect whatsoever and (ii) any noncompliance in any immaterial respect of the documents presented under such Letter of Credit with the terms thereof shall, in each case, be deemed not to constitute gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Issuing Bank.

(g) DISBURSEMENT PROCEDURES. The Issuing Bank shall, promptly following its receipt thereof, examine all documents purporting to represent a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit. The Issuing Bank shall as promptly as possible give telephonic notification, confirmed by fax, to the Administrative Agent and the applicable Borrower of such demand for payment and whether the Issuing Bank has made or will make an L/C Disbursement thereunder; provided that any failure to give or delay in giving such notice shall not relieve such Borrower of its obligation to reimburse the Issuing Bank and the Revolving Credit Lenders with respect to any such L/C Disbursement.

(h) INTERIM INTEREST. If the Issuing Bank shall make any L/C Disbursement in respect of a Letter of Credit, then, unless the applicable Borrower shall reimburse such L/C Disbursement in full on such date, the unpaid amount thereof shall bear interest for the account of the Issuing Bank, for each day from and including the date of such L/C Disbursement to but excluding the earlier of the date of payment by such Borrower or the date on which interest shall commence to accrue thereon as provided in Section 2.02(f), at the rate per annum that would apply to such amount if such amount were an ABR Revolving Loan.

(i) RESIGNATION OR REMOVAL OF THE ISSUING BANK. The Issuing Bank may resign at any time by giving 30 days' prior written notice to the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Borrowers, and may be removed at any time by Parent by notice to the Issuing Bank, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders. Upon the acceptance of any appointment as the Issuing Bank hereunder by a Lender that shall agree to serve as successor Issuing Bank, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all the interests, rights and obligations of the retiring Issuing Bank and the retiring Issuing Bank shall be discharged from its obligations to issue additional Letters of Credit hereunder.


51

At the time such removal or resignation shall become effective, the Borrowers shall pay all unpaid fees accrued pursuant to clause (ii) of Section 2.05(c). The acceptance of any appointment as the Issuing Bank hereunder by a successor Lender shall be evidenced by an agreement entered into by such successor, in a form satisfactory to Parent and the Administrative Agent, and, from and after the effective date of such agreement, (i) such successor Lender shall have all the rights and obligations of the previous Issuing Bank under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and (ii) references herein and in the other Loan Documents to the term "Issuing Bank" shall be deemed to refer to such successor or to any previous Issuing Bank, or to such successor and all previous Issuing Banks, as the context shall require. After the resignation or removal of the Issuing Bank hereunder, the retiring Issuing Bank shall remain a party hereto and shall continue to have all the rights and obligations of the Issuing Bank under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents with respect to Letters of Credit issued by it prior to such resignation or removal, but shall not be required to issue additional Letters of Credit.

(j) CASH COLLATERALIZATION. If any Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, the Borrowers shall, on the Business Day they receive notice from the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders (or, if the maturity of the Loans has been accelerated, Revolving Credit Lenders holding participations in outstanding Letters of Credit representing greater than 50% of the aggregate undrawn amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit) thereof and of the amount to be deposited, deposit in an account with the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Revolving Credit Lenders, an amount in cash equal to the L/C Exposure as of such date. Such deposit shall be held by the Collateral Agent as collateral for the payment and performance of the Obligations. The Collateral Agent shall have exclusive dominion and control, including the exclusive right of withdrawal, over such account. Other than any interest earned on the investment of such deposits in Permitted Investments, which investments shall be made at the option and sole discretion of the Collateral Agent, such deposits shall not bear interest. Interest or profits, if any, on such investments shall accumulate in such account. Moneys in such account shall (i) automatically be applied by the Administrative Agent to reimburse the Issuing Bank for L/C Disbursements for which it has not been reimbursed, (ii) be held for the satisfaction of the reimbursement obligations of the Borrowers for the L/C Exposure at such time and (iii) if the maturity of the Loans has been accelerated (but subject to the consent of Revolving Credit Lenders holding participations in outstanding Letters of Credit representing greater than 50% of the aggregate undrawn amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit), be applied to satisfy the Obligations. If the Borrowers are required to provide an amount of cash collateral hereunder as a result of the occurrence of an Event of Default, such amount (to the extent not applied as aforesaid) shall be returned to the Borrowers within three Business Days after all Events of Default have been cured or waived.

SECTION 2.24. INCREASE IN TERM LOAN COMMITMENTS. (a) Any Borrower may, by written notice to the Administrative Agent from time to time, request Incremental Term Loan Commitments in an amount not to exceed the Incremental Term Loan Amount from one or more financial institutions, which may include any existing Lender; provided that each Incremental Term Lender, if not already a Lender hereunder, shall be subject to the approval of the Administrative Agent (which approval shall not be


52

unreasonably withheld). Such notice shall set forth (i) the amount of the Incremental Term Loan Commitments being requested (which shall be in minimum increments of $1,000,000 and a minimum amount of $5,000,000 or equal to the remaining Incremental Term Loan Amount), (ii) the date on which Loans are to be made pursuant to such Incremental Term Loan Commitments are requested (which shall not be less than 10 Business Days or more than 60 days after the date of such notice) and (iii) whether such Incremental Term Loan Commitments are to be commitments to make loans with terms identical to the Initial Term Loans or commitments to make term loans with terms different from the Initial Term Loans ("OTHER TERM LOANS").

(b) The applicable Borrower and each Incremental Term Lender shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Incremental Term Loan Assumption Agreement and such other documentation as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably specify to evidence the Incremental Term Loan Commitment of such Incremental Term Lender. Each Incremental Term Loan Assumption Agreement shall specify the terms of the Incremental Term Loans to be made thereunder; provided, however, that, without the prior written consent of Lenders holding a majority in interest of the outstanding Loans and Commitments of each adversely affected Class of Term Loans, (i) the final maturity date of any Other Term Loans shall be no earlier than (x) the final maturity date of any other Class of Term Loans and (y) if the initial yield (determined as provided below) on such Other Term Loans exceeds the Applicable Percentage for Eurodollar Term Loans of any Class, the date falling six months after the final maturity date of each such adversely affected Class; (ii) the average life to maturity of any Other Term Loans shall be no shorter than (x) the average life to maturity of any other Class of Term Loans and (y) if the initial yield (determined as provided below) on such Other Term Loans exceeds the Applicable Percentage at the time in effect for Eurodollar Term Loans of any Class, six months longer than the average life to maturity of each such adversely affected Class; and (iii) if the initial yield on any Other Term Loans (as determined by the Administrative Agent to be equal to the sum of (x) the Eurodollar spread on the Other Term Loans and (y) if the Other Term Loans are initially made at a discount or the lenders making the same receive a fee from Parent or any Subsidiary for doing so (the amount of such discount or fee, expressed as a percentage of the Other Term Loans, being referred to herein as "OID"), the amount of such OID divided by the lesser of (A) the average life to maturity of such Other Term Loans and (B) four) exceeds by more than 50 basis points (the amount of such excess above 50 basis points being referred to herein as the "YIELD DIFFERENTIAL") the Applicable Percentages from time to time in effect for such other Class of Term Loans, then the Applicable Percentage for each adversely affected Class of Term Loans shall automatically be increased by the Yield Differential, effective upon the making of the Other Term Loans. The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender as to the effectiveness of each Incremental Term Loan Assumption Agreement. Each of the parties hereto hereby agrees that, upon the effectiveness of any Incremental Term Loan Assumption Agreement, this Agreement shall be deemed amended to the extent (but only to the extent) necessary to reflect the existence and terms of the Incremental Term Loan Commitment evidenced thereby and any increase to the Applicable Percentages required by the foregoing provisions of this paragraph. If the Administrative Agent shall so elect, any such deemed amendment shall be memorialized


53

in a writing satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and Parent and furnished to the other parties hereto.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Incremental Term Loan Commitment shall become effective under this Section unless (i) on the date of such effectiveness, the conditions set forth in paragraphs (b) and (c) of Section 4.01 shall be satisfied and the Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate to that effect dated such date and executed by a Financial Officer of Parent, (ii) the Administrative Agent shall have received (with sufficient copies for each of the Incremental Term Lenders) legal opinions, board resolutions and other closing certificates and documentation consistent with those delivered on the Closing Date under Article IV and (iii) Parent and the Borrowers would be in Pro Forma Compliance after giving effect to such Incremental Term Loan Commitment and the Loans to be made thereunder and the application of the proceeds therefrom as if made and applied on such date.

(d) Each of the parties hereto hereby agrees that the Administrative Agent may take any and all action as may be reasonably necessary to ensure that all Incremental Term Loans (other than Other Term Loans), when originally made, are included in each Borrowing of outstanding Loans on a pro rata basis. This may be accomplished at the discretion of the Administrative Agent by requiring each outstanding Eurodollar Borrowing to be converted into an ABR Borrowing on the date of each Incremental Term Loan, or by allocating a portion of each Incremental Term Loan to each outstanding Eurodollar Borrowing on a pro rata basis, even though as a result thereof such Incremental Term Loan may effectively have a shorter Interest Period than the Loans included in the Borrowing of which they are a part (and notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement that would prohibit such an initial Interest Period). Any conversion of Eurodollar Loans to ABR Loans made pursuant to the preceding sentence shall be subject to Section 2.16. If any Incremental Term Loan is to be allocated to an existing Interest Period for a Eurodollar Borrowing then, subject to Section 2.07, the interest rate applicable to such Incremental Term Loan for the remainder of such Interest Period shall equal the Adjusted LIBO Rate for a period approximately equal to the remainder of such Interest Period (as determined by the Administrative Agent two Business Days before the date such Incremental Term Loan is made) plus the Applicable Percentage.

ARTICLE III

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

Each of Parent and the Borrowers represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Issuing Bank and each Lender that:

SECTION 3.01. ORGANIZATION; POWERS. Parent and each Subsidiary (a) is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, (b) has all requisite power and authority to own its property and assets and to carry on its business as now conducted and as proposed to be conducted, (c) is


54

qualified to do business in, and is in good standing in, every jurisdiction where such qualification is required, except where the failure so to qualify could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, and (d) has the power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under each of the Loan Documents and each other agreement or instrument contemplated thereby to which it is or will be a party and, in the case of any Borrower, to borrow hereunder.

SECTION 3.02. AUTHORIZATION. The execution, delivery and performance by WHP of the Harmony Merger Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby (the "HARMONY TRANSACTIONS") and by each Loan Party of each of the Loan Documents and the Rollover Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby (including the borrowings hereunder) (the "CREDIT TRANSACTIONS" and collectively with the Harmony Transactions, the "TRANSACTIONS") (a) have been duly authorized by all requisite corporate (or other organizational) and, if required, equityholder action and (b) will not (i) violate (A) any provision of law, statute, rule or regulation, or of the certificate or articles of incorporation, any membership or operating agreement, or other constitutive documents or by-laws of Parent or any Subsidiary, (B) any order of any Governmental Authority or (C) any provision of any indenture, agreement or other instrument to which Parent or any Subsidiary is a party or by which any of them or any of their property is or may be bound (other than any indenture, agreement or other instrument that will be terminated on or prior to the Closing Date), (ii) be in conflict with, result in a breach of or constitute (alone or with notice or lapse of time or both) a default under, or give rise to any right to accelerate or to require the prepayment, repurchase or redemption of any obligation under any such indenture, agreement or other instrument (other than any indenture, agreement or other instrument that will be terminated on or prior to the Closing Date), (iii) result in the creation or imposition of any Lien upon or with respect to any property or assets now owned or hereafter acquired by Parent or any Subsidiary (other than any Lien created hereunder or under the Security Documents) or (iv) result in a suspension or revocation of, or limitation on, any material certificate of authority, license, permit, authorization or other approval applicable to the business, operations or properties of Parent or any Subsidiary or adversely affect the ability of Parent or any Subsidiary to participate in, or contract with, any Medical Reimbursement Program.

SECTION 3.03. ENFORCEABILITY. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by Parent and each Borrower and constitutes, and each other Loan Document when executed and delivered by the each Loan Party party thereto will constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Loan Party enforceable against such Loan Party in accordance with its terms.

SECTION 3.04. GOVERNMENTAL APPROVALS. No action, consent or approval of, registration or filing with or any other action by any Governmental Authority is or will be required in connection with the Credit Transactions, except for (a) the filing of Uniform Commercial Code financing statements and filings with the United States Patent and Trademark Office and the United States Copyright Office, (b) recordation of the Mortgages and (c) such as have been made or obtained and are in full force and effect.


55

SECTION 3.05. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS. (a) Parent has heretofore furnished to the Lenders (i) its consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2003 and 2002, and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in members' equity and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2003 and the five-month period ended December 31, 2002, and the combined statements of income, changes in stockholders' equity and cash flows for the seven-month period ended July 31, 2002 and the year ended December 31, 2001 of WMG and its subsidiaries, Well Care HMO, Inc., HealthEase of Florida, Inc., CHM and Comprehensive Health Management of Florida, L.C., in each case prepared in accordance with GAAP and audited by and accompanied by the opinion of Deloitte & Touche, LLP, independent public accountants, and (ii) consolidating balance sheets and related statements of income, changes in members' or stockholders' equity, as applicable, and cash flows of each consolidated Subsidiary for the three years ended December 31, 2003, prepared in accordance with GAAP (and, in the case of financial statements for CHM, audited by and accompanied by the opinion of said independent public accountants) and, with respect to each HMO Subsidiary, SAP. Such financial statements present fairly the financial condition and results of operations and cash flows of Parent and its consolidated Subsidiaries and of such consolidated Subsidiaries, as the case may be, as of such dates and for such periods. Such balance sheets and the notes thereto disclose all material liabilities, direct or contingent, of Parent and its consolidated Subsidiaries and of such consolidated Subsidiaries, as the case may be, as of the dates thereof.

(b) Parent has heretofore delivered to the Lenders its unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2003, and the related statements of income, changes in member's equity and cash flows prepared giving effect to the Transactions as if they had occurred, with respect to such balance sheet, on such date and, with respect to such other financial statements, on the first day of the twelve-month period ending on such date. Such pro forma financial statements have been prepared in good faith by Parent, based on the assumptions used to prepare the pro forma financial information contained in the Confidential Information Memorandum (which assumptions are believed by Parent and the Borrowers on the date hereof and on the Closing Date to be reasonable), are based on the best information available to Parent and the Borrowers as of the date of delivery thereof, accurately reflect all adjustments required to be made to give effect to the Transactions and present fairly on a pro forma basis the estimated consolidated financial position of Parent and its consolidated Subsidiaries as of such date and for such period, assuming that the Transactions had actually occurred at such date or at the beginning of such period, as the case may be.

SECTION 3.06. NO MATERIAL ADVERSE CHANGE. No event, change or condition has occurred that has had, or would be materially likely to have, a material adverse effect on the business, assets, operations, financial condition or prospects of Parent and the Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, since December 31, 2003.

SECTION 3.07. TITLE TO PROPERTIES; POSSESSION UNDER LEASES. (a) Each of Parent and the Subsidiaries has good and marketable title to, or valid leasehold interests in, all its material properties and assets (including all Mortgaged Property), except for minor defects in title that do not interfere with its ability to conduct its business as


56

currently conducted or to utilize such properties and assets for their intended purposes. All such material properties and assets are free and clear of Liens, other than Liens expressly permitted by Section 6.02.

(b) Each of Parent and the Subsidiaries has complied in all material respects with all obligations under all material leases to which it is a party and all such leases are in full force and effect. Each of Parent and the Subsidiaries enjoys peaceful and undisturbed possession under all such material leases.

(c) None of Parent or any Borrower has received any notice of, nor has any knowledge of, any pending or contemplated condemnation proceeding affecting the Mortgaged Properties or any sale or disposition thereof in lieu of condemnation.

(d) None of Parent or any Subsidiary is obligated under any right of first refusal, option or other contractual right to sell, assign or otherwise dispose of any Mortgaged Property or any interest therein.

SECTION 3.08. SUBSIDIARIES. Schedule 3.08 sets forth as of the Closing Date a list of all Subsidiaries and the percentage ownership interest of Parent and each Subsidiary therein. The Subsidiary Guarantors and the HMO Subsidiaries listed on Schedule 3.08 are designated as such. The shares of capital stock or other ownership interests in the Subsidiaries set forth on Schedule 3.08 are fully paid and non-assessable and are owned by Parent or a Borrower, directly or indirectly, free and clear of all Liens (other than Liens created under the Security Documents and, with respect to the Seller Note Pledged Stock, if any, Liens under the Seller Note and any documents related thereto).

SECTION 3.09. LITIGATION; COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS. (a) Except as set forth on Schedule 3.09, there are no actions, suits or proceedings at law or in equity or by or before any Governmental Authority now pending or, to the knowledge of Parent or any Borrower, threatened against or affecting Parent or any Subsidiary or any business, property or rights of any such person (i) that involve any Loan Document or the Credit Transactions or (ii) that, if adversely determined, could reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) Since the date of this Agreement, there has been no change in the status of the matters disclosed on Schedule 3.09 that, individually or in the aggregate, has resulted in, or materially increased the likelihood of, a Material Adverse Effect.

(c) None of Parent or any Subsidiary or any of their respective material properties or assets is in violation of, nor will the continued operation of their material properties and assets as currently conducted violate, any law, rule or regulation (including any zoning, building, ordinance, code or approval or any building permits) or any restrictions of record or agreements affecting the Mortgaged Property, or is in default with respect to any judgment, writ, injunction, decree or order of any Governmental Authority, where such violation or default could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. Without limiting the foregoing, (i) none of Parent or any Subsidiary, nor, to the


57

knowledge of Parent or any Borrower, any individual employed by any of the foregoing, could reasonably be expected to have criminal culpability or to be excluded from participation in any Medical Reimbursement Program for corporate or individual act or omission to act, (ii) no officer continues to be employed by Parent or any Subsidiary who could reasonably be expected to have individual culpability for matters under investigation by the OIG or any other Governmental Authority unless such officer has been, within a reasonable period of time after discovery of such actual or potential culpability, either suspended or removed from positions of responsibility related to those activities under challenge by the OIG or such other Governmental Authority, and (iii) current billing policies, arrangements, protocols and instructions of each of Parent and the Subsidiaries comply in all material respects with requirements of Medical Reimbursement Programs and are administered by properly trained personnel. To the knowledge of Parent or any Borrower, none of Parent or any Subsidiary, nor any of their respective officers, directors or employees, have engaged in any activities that constitute prohibited acts of fraud under Medicare Regulations or under Medicaid Regulations.

(d) All material certificates of occupancy and material permits are in effect for each Mortgaged Property as currently constructed to the extent required by applicable law, and true and complete copies of such certificates of occupancy have been delivered to the Collateral Agent as mortgagee with respect to each Mortgaged Property.

SECTION 3.10. AGREEMENTS. (a) None of Parent or any Subsidiary is a party to any agreement or instrument or subject to any corporate restriction that has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) None of Parent or any Subsidiary is in default in any manner under any provision of any indenture or other agreement or instrument evidencing Indebtedness, or any other material agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which it or any of its properties or assets are or may be bound, where such default could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 3.11. FEDERAL RESERVE REGULATIONS. (a) None of Parent or any Subsidiary is engaged principally, or as one of its important activities, in the business of extending credit for the purpose of buying or carrying Margin Stock.

(b) No part of the proceeds of any Loan or any Letter of Credit will be used, whether directly or indirectly, and whether immediately, incidentally or ultimately, for any purpose that entails a violation of, or that is inconsistent with, the provisions of the Regulations of the Board, including Regulation T, U or X.

SECTION 3.12. INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT; PUBLIC UTILITY HOLDING COMPANY ACT. None of Parent or any Subsidiary is (a) an "investment company" as defined in, or subject to regulation under, the Investment Company Act of 1940 or (b) a "holding company" as defined in, or subject to regulation under, the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 1935.


58

SECTION 3.13. TAX RETURNS. Each of Parent and the Subsidiaries has filed or caused to be filed all Federal, state, local and foreign tax returns or materials required to have been filed by it and has paid or caused to be paid all taxes due and payable by it and all assessments received by it, except taxes that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which Parent or such Subsidiary, as applicable, shall have set aside on its books adequate reserves.

SECTION 3.14. NO MATERIAL MISSTATEMENTS. None of (a) the Confidential Information Memorandum or (b) any other information, report, financial statement, exhibit or schedule furnished by or on behalf of Parent or any Borrower to the Administrative Agent or any Lender in connection with the negotiation of any Loan Document or included therein or delivered pursuant thereto contained, contains or will contain any material misstatement of fact or omitted, omits or will omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were, are or will be made, not misleading; provided that to the extent any such information, report, financial statement, exhibit or schedule was based upon or constitutes a forecast or projection, each of Parent and the Borrowers represents only that it acted in good faith and utilized reasonable assumptions and due care in the preparation of such information, report, financial statement, exhibit or schedule.

SECTION 3.15. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS. Each of Parent and its ERISA Affiliates is in compliance with the applicable provisions of ERISA and the Code and the regulations and published interpretations thereunder, except to the extent the failure to comply could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. No ERISA Event has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur that, when taken together with all other such ERISA Events, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. The present value of all benefit liabilities under each Plan (based on the assumptions used for purposes of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 87) did not, as of the last annual valuation date applicable thereto, exceed by more than $3,000,000 the fair market value of the assets of such Plan, and the present value of all benefit liabilities of all underfunded Plans (based on the assumptions used for purposes of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 87) did not, as of the last annual valuation dates applicable thereto, exceed by more than $8,000,000 the fair market value of the assets of all such underfunded Plans.

SECTION 3.16. ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS. (a) Except as set forth in Schedule 3.16 and except with respect to any other matters that, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, none of Parent or any Subsidiary (i) has failed to comply with any Environmental Law or to obtain, maintain or comply with any permit, license or other approval required under any Environmental Law, (ii) has become subject to any Environmental Liability, (iii) has received notice of any claim with respect to any Environmental Liability or (iv) knows of any basis for any Environmental Liability.

(b) Since the date of this Agreement, there has been no change in the status of the matters disclosed on Schedule 3.16 that, individually or in the aggregate, has resulted in, or materially increased the likelihood of, a Material Adverse Effect.


59

SECTION 3.17. INSURANCE. Schedule 3.17 sets forth a true, complete and correct description of all insurance maintained by or on behalf of Parent and the Subsidiaries as of the Closing Date. As of the Closing Date, such insurance is in full force and effect and all premiums have been duly paid. Except for self-insurance on terms consistent with industry practice, the properties of Parent and the Subsidiaries are insured in all material respects with financially sound and reputable insurance companies not Affiliates of Parent, in such amounts, and with such deductibles and covering such risks, as are customarily carried by companies engaged in similar businesses and owning similar properties in localities where Parent or the applicable Subsidiary operates.

SECTION 3.18. SECURITY DOCUMENTS. (a) The Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, upon execution and delivery thereof by the parties thereto, will create in favor of the Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, a legal, valid and enforceable security interest in the Collateral (as defined in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement) and the proceeds thereof and
(i) when the Pledged Collateral (as defined in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement) is delivered to the Collateral Agent, the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement shall constitute a fully perfected first priority Lien on, and security interest in, all right, title and interest of the Loan Parties in such Pledged Collateral, in each case prior and superior in right to any other person, and (ii) when financing statements in appropriate form are filed in the offices specified on Schedule 3.18(a), the Lien created under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement will constitute a fully perfected Lien on, and security interest in, all right, title and interest of the Loan Parties in such Collateral (other than Intellectual Property, as defined in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement), in each case prior and superior in right to any other person, other than with respect to Liens expressly permitted by Section 6.02.

(b) Upon the recordation of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement with the United States Patent and Trademark Office and the United States Copyright Office, together with the financing statements in appropriate form filed in the offices specified on Schedule 3.18(a), the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement shall constitute a fully perfected Lien on, and security interest in, all right, title and interest of the Loan Parties in the Intellectual Property (as defined in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement) in which a security interest may be perfected by filing in the United States of America and its territories and possessions, in each case prior and superior in right to any other person (it being understood that subsequent recordings in the United States Patent and Trademark Office and the United States Copyright Office may be necessary to perfect a Lien on registered trademarks and patents, trademark and patent applications and registered copyrights acquired by the Loan Parties after the date hereof).

(c) The Mortgages, if any, are effective to create in favor of the Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, a legal, valid and enforceable Lien on all of the Loan Parties' right, title and interest in and to the Mortgaged Property thereunder and the proceeds thereof, and when such Mortgages are filed in the proper real estate filing offices, such Mortgages shall constitute a fully perfected Lien on, and security interest in, all right, title and interest of the Loan Parties in such Mortgaged Property and the proceeds thereof, in each case prior and superior in right to any other person, other than


60

with respect to the rights of persons pursuant to Liens expressly permitted by
Section 6.02.

SECTION 3.19. LOCATION OF REAL PROPERTY AND LEASED PREMISES. (a) Schedule 3.19(a) lists completely and correctly as of the Closing Date all real property owned by Parent and the Subsidiaries and the addresses thereof. Parent and the Subsidiaries own in fee all the real property set forth on Schedule 3.19(a).

(b) Schedule 3.19(b) lists completely and correctly as of the Closing Date all real property leased by Parent and the Subsidiaries and the addresses thereof. Parent and the Subsidiaries have valid leases in all the real property set forth on Schedule 3.19(b).

SECTION 3.20. LABOR MATTERS. As of the date hereof and the Closing Date, there are no strikes, lockouts or slowdowns against Parent or any Subsidiary pending or, to the knowledge of Parent or any Borrower, threatened. The hours worked by and payments made to employees of Parent and the Subsidiaries have not been in violation of the Fair Labor Standards Act or any other applicable Federal, state, local or foreign law dealing with such matters, where such violation could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. All payments due from Parent or any Subsidiary, or for which any claim may be made against Parent or any Subsidiary, on account of wages and employee health and welfare insurance and other benefits, have been paid or accrued as a liability on the books of Parent or such Subsidiary, except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. The consummation of the Transactions will not give rise to any right of termination or right of renegotiation on the part of any union under any collective bargaining agreement to which Parent or any Subsidiary is bound.

SECTION 3.21. SOLVENCY. Immediately after the consummation of the Credit Transactions to occur on the Closing Date and immediately following the making of each Loan and after giving effect to the application of the proceeds of each Loan, (a) the fair value of the assets of each Loan Party, at a fair valuation, will exceed its debts and liabilities, subordinated, contingent or otherwise;
(b) the present fair saleable value of the property of each Loan Party will be greater than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability of its debts and other liabilities, subordinated, contingent or otherwise, as such debts and other liabilities become absolute and matured; (c) each Loan Party will be able to pay its debts and liabilities, subordinated, contingent or otherwise, as such debts and liabilities become absolute and matured; and (d) each Loan Party will not have unreasonably small capital with which to conduct the business in which it is engaged as such business is now conducted and is proposed to be conducted following the Closing Date.

SECTION 3.22. SENIOR DEBT STATUS. No Indebtedness or other obligations, other than the Obligations and obligations under the Existing Credit Agreement, are, or will be, designated as "Senior Indebtedness" under the Seller Note.

SECTION 3.23. LICENSING AND ACCREDITATION. Except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, each of Parent and


61

the Subsidiaries (i) has obtained and maintains accreditation from one or more generally recognized accreditation agencies where such accreditation is customary in the industry in which it is engaged; (ii) in the case of each HMO Subsidiary, has entered into and maintains in good standing its contract with Medicare to be a Medicare+Choice Organization and each other agreement with Medicare or Medicaid to provide services to the beneficiaries of such programs; and (iii) has taken all action to obtain, preserve and maintain each certificate of authority, license, permit, authorization and other approval of any Governmental Authority required for the conduct of its business, and all of such certificates, licenses, permits, authorizations or approvals are in full force and effect and have not been revoked or suspended or otherwise limited. In furtherance of the foregoing, each of Parent and the Subsidiaries has taken all action to obtain, preserve and maintain with respect to each HMO Subsidiary all certificates of authority, licenses, permits, authorizations and other approvals required under the HMO Regulations, including approvals required to ensure that such HMO Subsidiary is eligible for all reimbursements available under the HMO Regulations, and all of such certificates, licenses, permits, authorizations or approvals are in full force and effect and have not been revoked or suspended or otherwise limited.

SECTION 3.24. MEDICARE AND MEDICAID NOTICES AND FILINGS RELATED TO BUSINESS. Except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, each of Parent and the Subsidiaries has timely filed (a) all reports and other filings required to be filed in connection with the Medicare and Medicaid programs, and all such reports and filings are true and complete in all material respects, and (b) all material reports, data and other information required by any other Governmental Authority with authority to regulate it or its business or operations in any manner. Except to the extent any such action could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, (i) there are no claims, actions, proceedings or appeals pending (and none of Parent or any Subsidiary has made any filing that would result in any claims, actions, proceedings or appeals) before any Governmental Authority with respect to any Medicare or Medicaid reports or claims filed by Parent or any Subsidiary on or before the date hereof, or with respect to any adjustments, denials, recoupments or disallowances by any intermediary, carrier, other insurer, commission, board or agency in connection with any cost reports or claims, and (ii) no validation review, survey, inspection, audit, investigation or program integrity review related to Parent or any Subsidiary has been conducted by any Governmental Authority or government contractor in connection with the Medicare or Medicaid programs, and no such reviews are scheduled, pending or, to the knowledge of Parent or any Borrower, threatened against or affecting Parent or any Subsidiary.

ARTICLE IV

CONDITIONS OF LENDING

The obligations of the Lenders to make Loans and of the Issuing Bank to issue Letters of Credit hereunder are subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions:


62

SECTION 4.01. ALL CREDIT EVENTS. On the date of each Borrowing, including each Borrowing of a Swingline Loan, and on the date of each issuance, amendment, extension or renewal of a Letter of Credit (each such event being called a "CREDIT EVENT"):

(a) The Administrative Agent shall have received a notice of such Borrowing as required by Section 2.03 (or such notice shall have been deemed given in accordance with Section 2.03) or, in the case of the issuance, amendment, extension or renewal of a Letter of Credit, the Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent shall have received a notice requesting the issuance, amendment, extension or renewal of such Letter of Credit as required by Section 2.23(b) or, in the case of the Borrowing of a Swingline Loan, the Swingline Lender and the Administrative Agent shall have received a notice requesting such Swingline Loan as required by
Section 2.22(b).

(b) The representations and warranties set forth in Article III and in each other Loan Document shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date of such Credit Event with the same effect as though made on and as of such date, except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date.

(c) The Borrowers and each other Loan Party shall be in compliance with all the terms and provisions set forth herein and in each other Loan Document on its part to be observed or performed, and at the time of and immediately after such Credit Event, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

Each Credit Event shall be deemed to constitute a representation and warranty by the Borrowers and Parent on the date of such Credit Event as to the matters specified in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this Section.

SECTION 4.02. FIRST CREDIT EVENT. On the Closing Date:

(a) The Administrative Agent shall have received, on behalf of itself, the Lenders and the Issuing Bank, a favorable written opinion of Kirkland & Ellis LLP, counsel for Parent and the Borrowers, substantially to the effect set forth in Exhibit G, such opinion to be (i) dated the Closing Date, (ii) addressed to the Lenders, the Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent and (iii) covering such other matters relating to the Loan Documents and the Credit Transactions to occur on the Closing Date as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably request. Parent and the Borrowers hereby request such counsel to deliver such opinions.

(b) All legal matters related to this Agreement, the Borrowings and extensions of credit hereunder and the other Loan Documents shall be satisfactory to the Lenders, the Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent.

(c) The Administrative Agent shall have received (i) a copy of the certificate or articles of incorporation, or certificate of formation, including all


63

amendments thereto, of each Loan Party, certified as of a recent date by the Secretary of State of the State of its organization, and a certificate as to the good standing of each Loan Party as of a recent date, from such Secretary of State; (ii) a certificate of the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of each Loan Party dated the Closing Date and certifying (A) if such Loan Party is a corporation, that attached thereto is a true and complete copy of the by-laws of such Loan Party as in effect on the Closing Date and at all times since a date prior to the date of the resolutions described in clause (B) below, or if such Loan Party is a limited liability company, that attached thereto is a true and complete copy of the operating or limited liability company agreement of such Loan Party as in effect on the Closing Date and at all times since the date prior to the date of the resolutions described in clause (B) below, (B) that attached thereto is a true and complete copy of resolutions duly adopted by the board of directors or board of managers, as applicable, of such Loan Party authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents to which such person is a party and, in the case of each Borrower, the borrowings hereunder, and that such resolutions have not been modified, rescinded or amended and are in full force and effect, (C) that the certificate or articles of incorporation, or certificate of formation, of such Loan Party have not been amended since the date of the last amendment thereto shown on the certificate of good standing furnished pursuant to clause (i) above and (D) as to the incumbency and specimen signature of each officer executing any Loan Document or any other document delivered in connection herewith on behalf of such Loan Party;
(iii) a certificate of another officer as to the incumbency and specimen signature of the Secretary or Assistant Secretary executing the certificate pursuant to clause (ii) above; and (iv) such other documents as the Lenders, the Issuing Bank or the Administrative Agent may reasonably request.

(d) The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate, dated the Closing Date and signed by a Financial Officer of each of Parent and the Borrowers, confirming compliance with the conditions precedent set forth in paragraphs (b) and (c) of Section 4.01 and paragraphs (f), (i),
(l) and (m) of this Section.

(e) The Administrative Agent shall have received all Fees and other amounts due and payable on or prior to the Closing Date, including, to the extent invoiced, reimbursement or payment of all out-of-pocket expenses required to be reimbursed or paid by Parent and the Borrowers hereunder or under any other Loan Document.

(f) The Guarantee and Collateral Requirement shall have been satisfied. The Collateral Agent shall have received the Perfection Certificate with respect to the Loan Parties dated the Closing Date and duly executed by a Responsible Officer of Parent and shall have received the results of a search of the Uniform Commercial Code filings (or equivalent filings) made with respect to the Loan Parties in the states (or other jurisdictions) of formation of such persons, in which the chief executive office of each such person is located and in the other


64

jurisdictions in which such persons maintain property, in each case as indicated on such Perfection Certificate, together with copies of the financing statements (or similar documents) disclosed by such search, and accompanied by evidence satisfactory to the Collateral Agent that the Liens indicated in any such financing statement (or similar document) would be permitted under Section 6.02 or have been or will be contemporaneously released or terminated.

(g) The Administrative Agent shall have received a copy of, or a certificate as to coverage under, the insurance policies required by
Section 5.02 and the applicable provisions of the Security Documents, each of which shall be endorsed or otherwise amended to include a customary lender's loss payable endorsement and to name the Collateral Agent as additional insured, in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

(h) The Administrative Agent shall have received copies of each of
(i) the Seller Note and the related Pledge Agreement dated as of July 31, 2002 and the Amendment and Settlement Agreement dated as of February 12, 2004, (ii) each management agreement between CHM and an HMO Subsidiary and
(iii) any management agreements between Parent or any Subsidiary and SPEP Management, LLC or any of its Affiliates, in each case certified by a Financial Officer of Parent as being complete and correct.

(i) All principal, interest, fees and other amounts due or outstanding under the Existing Credit Agreement shall have been paid in full, the commitments thereunder terminated and all guarantees and security in support thereof discharged and released, and the Administrative Agent shall have received reasonably satisfactory evidence thereof. WMG shall have repaid or otherwise discharged its obligations under, or shall substantially simultaneously with the initial funding of Loans on the Closing Date repay or otherwise discharge its obligations under, all of the Discount Notes, it being agreed that the conversion of the Discount Notes into Term Loans of the Rollover Lenders pursuant to the Rollover Agreement shall be deemed a discharge of WMG's obligations under the Discount Notes. WHP shall have repaid or otherwise discharged, or shall substantially simultaneously with the initial funding of Loans on the Closing Date repay or otherwise discharge, a portion of the outstanding Indebtedness under the Seller Note such that the condition in clause (b) of the last sentence of this paragraph shall be satisfied. Immediately after giving effect to the Credit Transactions to occur on the Closing Date, Parent and the Subsidiaries shall have outstanding no Indebtedness or preferred Equity Interests other than (a) Indebtedness outstanding under this Agreement, (b) Indebtedness under the Seller Note in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $30,000,000 and (c) Indebtedness set forth on Schedule 6.01.

(j) The Lenders shall have received the financial statements and opinions referred to in Section 3.05, none of which shall be materially inconsistent with the financial statements or forecasts previously provided to the Lenders. No material adverse change shall have occurred in the business, assets, operations financial


65

condition or prospects of Parent and the Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, since December 31, 2003.

(k) The Lenders shall have received a detailed business plan of Parent and the Subsidiaries for (i) the years 2004 through 2009 and (ii) each fiscal quarter of 2004 and 2005, in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

(l) The Lenders shall be satisfied that the Leverage Ratio on the Closing Date, calculated after giving pro forma effect to the Credit Transactions to occur on the Closing Date, shall be no more than 3.0 to 1.0.

(m) All requisite Governmental Authorities and third parties shall have approved or consented to the Credit Transactions to occur on the Closing Date to the extent required, all applicable appeal periods shall have expired and there shall not be any pending or threatened litigation or governmental, administrative or judicial action that could reasonably be expected to restrain, prevent or impose burdensome conditions on the Transactions or the other transactions contemplated hereby.

(n) The Post-Closing Matters Side Letter shall have been duly executed by Parent and each of the Borrowers and shall be in full force and effect on the Closing Date.

(o) The Lenders shall have received, to the extent requested, all documentation and other information required by regulatory authorities under applicable "know your customer" and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the USA Patriot Act.

ARTICLE V

AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

Each of Parent and the Borrowers covenants and agrees with each Lender that so long as this Agreement shall remain in effect and until the Commitments have been terminated and the principal of and interest on each Loan, all Fees and all other expenses or amounts payable under any Loan Document shall have been paid in full and all Letters of Credit have been canceled or have expired and all amounts drawn thereunder have been reimbursed in full, unless the Required Lenders shall otherwise consent in writing, each of Parent and the Borrowers will, and will cause each of the Subsidiaries to:

SECTION 5.01. EXISTENCE; BUSINESSES AND PROPERTIES. (a) Preserve, renew and maintain in full force and effect its legal existence and good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, except as otherwise expressly permitted under Section 6.05; provided that any wholly owned Subsidiary (other than any Borrower) may dissolve, liquidate or wind up its affairs at any time if such dissolution, liquidation or winding up, as applicable, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.


66

(b) Take all action to obtain, preserve, renew and maintain in full force and effect all rights, privileges, permits, licenses and franchises necessary or desirable in the normal conduct of its business and to preserve, renew and maintain all of its registered patents, trademarks, trade names and services marks, except, in each case, to the extent the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and maintain and preserve all property material to the conduct of its business and keep such property in good repair, working order and condition and from time to time make, or cause to be made, all needful and proper repairs, renewals, additions, improvements and replacements thereto necessary in order that the business carried on in connection therewith may be properly conducted at all times.

SECTION 5.02. INSURANCE. Maintain in full force and effect (i) except to the extent Parent and the Subsidiaries are self-insured on terms consistent with industry practice, insurance (including worker's compensation insurance, liability insurance, casualty insurance and business interruption insurance) with financially sound and reputable insurance companies, in such amounts, with such deductibles and covering such risks as are customarily carried by companies engaged in similar businesses and owning similar properties in localities where Parent or the applicable Subsidiary operates, (ii) all insurance required to be maintained by the Security Documents and (iii) such other insurance as may be required by law.

SECTION 5.03. OBLIGATIONS AND TAXES. Pay and discharge as the same shall become due and payable its Indebtedness and other obligations and all material taxes, assessments and governmental charges or levies imposed upon it or upon its income or profits or in respect of its property, before the same shall become delinquent or in default, as well as all material lawful claims that, if unpaid, might give rise to a Lien upon such properties or any part thereof; provided, however, that such payment and discharge shall not be required with respect to any such tax, assessment, charge, levy or claim so long as the validity or amount thereof shall be contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and Parent and the Subsidiaries shall have set aside on their books adequate reserves with respect thereto in accordance with GAAP and SAP, as applicable, and such contest operates to suspend collection of the contested obligation, tax, assessment or charge and enforcement of a Lien.

SECTION 5.04. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, REPORTS, ETC. Furnish to the Administrative Agent, who will make it available to each Lender:

(a) within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year of Parent, its audited consolidated balance sheet and related statements of income, changes in members' or stockholders' equity, as applicable, and cash flows showing the financial condition of Parent and its consolidated Subsidiaries as of the close of such fiscal year and the results of its operations and the operations of such Subsidiaries during such year, together with comparative figures for the immediately preceding fiscal year, all reported on by Deloitte & Touche, LLP, or other independent public accountants of recognized national standing and accompanied by an opinion of such accountants (which opinion shall be without a "going concern" or like qualification or exception and without any qualification


67

or exception as to the scope of such audit) to the effect that such consolidated financial statements fairly present the financial condition and results of operations of Parent and its consolidated Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP;

(b) within 45 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year of Parent, its consolidated balance sheet and related statements of income, changes in members' or stockholders' equity, as applicable, and cash flows showing the financial condition of Parent and its consolidated Subsidiaries as of the close of such fiscal quarter and the results of its operations and the operations of such Subsidiaries during such fiscal quarter and the then elapsed portion of the fiscal year, and comparative figures for the same periods in the immediately preceding fiscal year, all certified by a Financial Officer of Parent as fairly presenting the financial condition and results of operations of Parent and its consolidated Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes;

(c) within 15 days after the date that such annual and quarterly financial statements of each HMO Subsidiary are required to be filed with any HMO Regulator, such annual and quarterly financial statements prepared in accordance with SAP;

(d) concurrently with any delivery of financial statements under clause (a) or (b) of this Section, a certificate of the accounting firm (in the case of clause (a)) or a Financial Officer of Parent (in the case of clause (b)) opining on or certifying such statements (which certificate, when furnished by an accounting firm, may be limited to accounting matters and disclaim responsibility for legal interpretations)
(i) certifying that no Default or Event of Default has occurred or, if such a Default or an Event of Default has occurred, specifying the nature and extent thereof and any corrective action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto and (ii) setting forth computations in reasonable detail satisfactory to the Administrative Agent demonstrating compliance with the covenants contained in Sections 6.10, 6.11 and 6.12;

(e) within 30 days after the end of each fiscal year of Parent, an annual consolidated budget for the succeeding fiscal year (including a projected consolidated balance sheet and related statements of projected operations and cash flows as of the end of and for such succeeding fiscal year and each quarter thereof and setting forth the assumptions used for purposes of preparing such budget) and, promptly when available, any significant revisions of such budget;

(f) promptly after the same become publicly available, copies of all periodic and other reports, proxy statements and other materials filed by Parent or any Subsidiary with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any Governmental Authority succeeding to any or all of the functions of said Commission, or with any national securities exchange, or distributed to its shareholders, as the case may be;


68

(g) promptly after the receipt thereof by Parent or any Subsidiary, a copy of any "management letter" in final form received by any such person from its certified public accountants and, promptly upon completion thereof, the management's written response thereto;

(h) promptly after the same becomes available, and in any event within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of Parent, a schedule setting forth in reasonable detail the reinsurance arrangements maintained by each HMO Subsidiary as of the end of such fiscal year (with any changes subsequent to the end of such fiscal described therein);

(i) promptly after the request by any Lender, all documentation and other information that such Lender reasonably requests in order to comply with its ongoing obligations under applicable "know your customer" and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the USA Patriot Act; and

(j) promptly, from time to time, such other information regarding the operations, business affairs and financial condition of Parent or any Subsidiary, or compliance with the terms of any Loan Document, as the Administrative Agent or any Lender may reasonably request.

SECTION 5.05. LITIGATION AND OTHER NOTICES. Furnish to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and each Lender, promptly after any Responsible Officer of Parent or any Subsidiary obtains knowledge thereof, written notice of the following:

(a) any Default or Event of Default, specifying the nature and extent thereof and the corrective action, if any, taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto;

(b) the filing or commencement of, or any threat or notice of intention of any person to file or commence, any action, suit or proceeding, whether at law or in equity or by or before any Governmental Authority, against Parent or any Affiliate thereof that could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

(c) the occurrence of any ERISA Event that, alone or together with any other ERISA Events that have occurred, could reasonably be expected to result in liability of Parent and the Subsidiaries in an aggregate amount exceeding $1,000,000;

(d) any development that has resulted in, or could reasonably be expected to result in, an Exclusion Event, including any notice by the OIG of exclusion or proposed exclusion of Parent or any Subsidiary from any Medical Reimbursement Program, and any other development that has resulted in, or could reasonably be expected to result in, a Material Adverse Effect;

(e) commencement of any material audit of Parent or any Subsidiary by any regulatory authority, including any HMO Regulator, and commencement

of


69

any proceeding or other action against Parent or any Subsidiary that could reasonably be expected to result in a suspension, revocation or termination of any contract of Parent or any Subsidiary with respect to Medicaid or Medicare, including any such contract to be a Medicare+Choice Organization; and

(f) receipt by Parent or any Subsidiary of (i) any notice of suspension or forfeiture of any certificate of authority or similar license of any HMO Subsidiary and (ii) any other material notice of deficiency, compliance order or adverse report issued by any regulatory authority, including any HMO Regulator, or private insurance company pursuant to a provider agreement that, if not promptly complied with or cured, could reasonably be expected to result in the suspension or forfeiture of any certification, license, permit, authorization or other approval necessary for such HMO Subsidiary to carry on its business as then conducted or in the termination of any insurance or reimbursement program then available to any HMO Subsidiary.

SECTION 5.06. INFORMATION REGARDING COLLATERAL. (a) Furnish to the Administrative Agent prompt written notice of any change (i) in any Loan Party's corporate name, (ii) in the jurisdiction of organization or formation of any Loan Party, (iii) in any Loan Party's identity or corporate structure or (iv) in any Loan Party's Federal Taxpayer Identification Number. Parent and each Borrower agree not to effect or permit any change referred to in the preceding sentence unless all filings have been made under the Uniform Commercial Code or otherwise that are required in order for the Collateral Agent to continue at all times following such change to have a valid, legal and perfected security interest in all the Collateral. Parent and each Borrower also agree promptly to notify the Administrative Agent if any material portion of the Collateral is damaged or destroyed.

(b) In the case of Parent, each year, at the time of delivery of the annual financial statements with respect to the preceding fiscal year pursuant to clause (a) of Section 5.04, deliver to the Administrative Agent a certificate of a Financial Officer of Parent supplementing the information required pursuant to the Perfection Certificate or confirming that there has been no change in such information since the date of the Perfection Certificate delivered on the Closing Date or the date of the most recent certificate delivered pursuant to this Section.

SECTION 5.07. MAINTAINING RECORDS; ACCESS TO PROPERTIES AND INSPECTIONS; MAINTENANCE OF RATINGS. (a) Maintain (i) proper books of record and account, in which true, complete and correct entries in conformity with GAAP or SAP, as applicable, shall be made of all material financial transactions and matters involving the material assets and business of Parent and the Subsidiaries and
(ii) such books of record and account in material conformity with all applicable requirements of any Governmental Authority having regulatory jurisdiction over Parent and the Subsidiaries.

(b) Permit representatives designated by, and independent contractors of, the Administrative Agent or any Lender to visit and inspect any of its properties, to examine its corporate, financial and operating records, and make copies thereof or abstracts


70

therefrom, and to discuss its affairs, finances and accounts with its directors, officers and independent public accountants, all at the expense of Parent and the Borrowers and at such reasonable times during normal business hours and as often as may be reasonably desired, upon reasonable advance notice to Parent (which notice shall not be required at any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default); provided, however, that so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Parent and the Borrowers shall be obligated to pay the expenses of only one such visit in any calendar year. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Loan Party shall be required to disclose (i) any materials subject to a confidentiality obligation binding upon such Loan Party (provided that such Loan Party shall, at the request of the Administrative Agent or any Lender, use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain permission for such disclosure and, in the event permission cannot be obtained, furnish some information regarding the matters to which such materials relate as can reasonably be furnished without violation of such confidentiality obligations) or (ii) any communications protected by attorney-client privilege the disclosure or inspection of which would waive such privilege.

(c) In the case of Parent and each Borrower, use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Credit Facilities to be continuously rated by S&P and Moody's.

SECTION 5.08. USE OF PROCEEDS. In the case of the Borrowers, use (a) the proceeds of the Term Loans on and (with respect to clauses (iv) and (v) below) after the Closing Date solely (i) to finance the repayment or other discharge of the Discount Notes, (ii) to pay or prepay (x) all or a portion of Indebtedness outstanding under the Seller Note such that, after giving effect to such prepayment, the principal amount of outstanding Indebtedness under the Seller Note shall not exceed $30,000,000 and (y) all principal, interest, fees and other amounts due or outstanding under the Existing Credit Agreement, (iii) to pay related fees and expenses, (iv) to finance a portion of the Harmony Acquisition Consideration and (v) for general corporate purposes; (b) the proceeds of the Revolving Loans solely for general corporate purposes and, if immediately prior to and after giving effect thereto no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred, to make required principal and interest payments on the Seller Note; (d) the proceeds of the Swingline Loans solely for general corporate purposes; and (e) Letters of Credit solely to support payment obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business by the Borrowers and their subsidiaries.

SECTION 5.09. COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS. (a) Comply with all applicable laws, rules, regulations, orders, writs, injunctions and decrees of any Governmental Authority (including Titles XVIII and XIX of the Social Security Act, Medicare Regulations, Medicaid Regulations, HMO Regulations and Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996), whether now existing or hereafter enacted, except where the failure to comply therewith, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) Obtain and maintain all material certifications, licenses, permits, authorizations and approvals of all applicable Governmental Authorities as are required for the conduct of its business as currently conducted and as proposed to be conducted, including licenses and contracts with Medicare and Medicaid.


71

(c) Use commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that billing policies, arrangements, protocols and instructions comply in all material respects with reimbursement requirements under Medicare, Medicaid and other Medical Reimbursement Programs and are administered by properly trained personnel.

(d) Maintain a compliance program for Parent and the Subsidiaries that (i) satisfies the requirements therefor applicable to Medicare+Choice Organizations and (ii) is reasonably designed to provide internal controls effective to promote adherence to, and prevent and detect any material violation of, any applicable laws, rules and regulations and, in any event, includes regular internal audits and monitoring to ensure compliance therewith and with all applicable laws, rules and regulations.

SECTION 5.10. FURTHER ASSURANCES. Execute any and all further documents, financing statements, agreements and instruments, and take all further action (including filing Uniform Commercial Code and other financing statements, fixture filings, mortgages and deeds of trust and preparation of all documentation relating to filings under the Assignment of Claims Act) that may be required under applicable law, or that the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent may reasonably request, to cause the Guarantee and Collateral Requirement to be and remain satisfied and to effectuate the other transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents, all at the expense of the Loan Parties. Without limiting the foregoing, Parent and each Borrower will cause the Guarantee and Collateral Requirement to be satisfied with respect to (a) each Subsidiary acquired or organized subsequent to the date hereof (other than any such Subsidiary that is a Foreign Subsidiary, an Immaterial Subsidiary or an HMO Subsidiary that has not Guaranteed any Indebtedness of Parent or any other Subsidiary), (b) each Subsidiary that ceases to be an Immaterial Subsidiary or an HMO Subsidiary and (c) each HMO Subsidiary that has Guaranteed any Indebtedness of Parent or any Subsidiary (and which Guarantee, at the time of determination, is in effect). In addition, from time to time, Parent and each Borrower will, at their cost and expense, promptly secure the Obligations by pledging or creating, or causing to be pledged or created, perfected security interests with respect to such of its assets and properties as the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders shall designate (it being understood that it is the intent of the parties that the Obligations shall be secured, except to the extent set forth in the definition of the term "Guarantee and Collateral Requirement," by substantially all the assets of Parent and the Subsidiaries, including real and other properties acquired subsequent to the Closing Date). Parent and each Borrower agree to provide such evidence as the Collateral Agent shall reasonably request as to the perfection and priority status of each security interest and Lien created or intended to be created under the Security Documents. In furtherance of the foregoing, Parent and each Borrower agree to give prompt notice to the Administrative Agent of the acquisition by it or any of its subsidiaries of any real property (or any interest in real property) having a value in excess of $250,000.

SECTION 5.11. DESIGNATION OF OBLIGATIONS; MATTERS RELATING TO THE SELLER NOTE. (a) In the event that Parent or any Subsidiary shall at any time issue or have outstanding any Indebtedness that by its terms is subordinated to any other Indebtedness of Parent or such Subsidiary, take all actions as shall be necessary to cause the


72

Obligations to constitute senior indebtedness (however denominated) in respect of such subordinated Indebtedness and to enable the Lenders to have and exercise any payment blockage or other remedies available or potentially available to holders of senior indebtedness under the terms of such subordinated Indebtedness. In furtherance of the foregoing, the Obligations are hereby designated as "senior indebtedness" and, if relevant, as "designated senior indebtedness" in respect of all such subordinated Indebtedness (including designation by WHP of the Obligations as "Senior Indebtedness" under the Seller Note) and are further given all such other designations as shall be required under the terms of any such subordinated Indebtedness in order that the Lenders may have and exercise any payment blockage or other remedies available or potentially available to holders of senior Indebtedness under the terms of such subordinated Indebtedness.

(b) In the case of WHP, promptly after the date hereof provide to the payee under the Seller Note written notice of the designation of the Obligations as "Senior Indebtedness" under the Seller Note, which notice shall include the address and fax number of the Administrative Agent set forth in Section 9.01 (and, in the event such address or fax number shall change as contemplated by
Section 9.01, promptly inform the payee under the Seller Note of any such change); and promptly after obtaining knowledge thereof, provide to the Administrative Agent notice of any change of the address, fax number or other information set forth in the Seller Note with respect to the payee thereunder.

ARTICLE VI

NEGATIVE COVENANTS

Each of Parent and the Borrowers covenants and agrees with each Lender that, so long as this Agreement shall remain in effect and until the Commitments have been terminated and the principal of and interest on each Loan, all Fees and all other expenses or amounts payable under any Loan Document have been paid in full and all Letters of Credit have been cancelled or have expired and all amounts drawn thereunder have been reimbursed in full, unless the Required Lenders shall otherwise consent in writing, neither Parent nor any Borrower will, nor will they cause or permit any of the Subsidiaries to:

SECTION 6.01. INDEBTEDNESS. Incur, create, assume or permit to exist any Indebtedness, except:

(a) Indebtedness existing on the date hereof and set forth in Schedule 6.01 (and any refinancings, renewals and replacements of any such Indebtedness that do not (i) increase the outstanding principal amount thereof or (ii) result in a maturity date that is prior to, or decrease the weighted average life thereof for the period ending before, the earlier of (x) the 180th day following the Term Loan Maturity Date and (y) the date on which such original Indebtedness matured);

(b) Indebtedness created hereunder and under the other Loan Documents;


73

(c) Indebtedness of Parent to any Subsidiary and of any Subsidiary to Parent or any other Subsidiary; provided that (i) Indebtedness of any Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party (other than an HMO Subsidiary) to any Loan Party shall be subject to the limitation set forth in clause (a) of
Section 6.04 and (ii) Indebtedness of any Loan Party to any Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party shall be subordinated to the Obligations on terms no less favorable to the Lenders than the subordination terms set forth in Exhibit H-1 hereto;

(d) Indebtedness of any Loan Party arising under any Hedging Agreement, provided that such Hedging Agreement (i) was entered into by such person in the ordinary course of business for the purpose of directly mitigating risks associated with liabilities, commitments, investments, assets or property held or reasonably anticipated by such person, and not for purposes of speculation or taking a "market view", and (ii) does not contain any provision exonerating the non-defaulting party from its obligation to make payments on outstanding transactions to the defaulting party;

(e) Indebtedness of Parent or any Subsidiary incurred to finance the acquisition, construction or improvement of any fixed or capital assets, and extensions, renewals and replacements of any such Indebtedness that do not increase the outstanding principal amount thereof; provided that (i) such Indebtedness is incurred prior to or within 90 days after such acquisition or the completion of such construction or improvement and (ii) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness permitted by this clause (including extensions, renewals and replacements thereof) shall not exceed $5,000,000 at any time outstanding;

(f) Indebtedness under the Seller Note in a principal amount not to exceed $30,000,000, as well as any and all accrued interest thereon;

(g) Indebtedness incurred in connection with the financing of insurance premiums in an aggregate amount at any time outstanding not to exceed $500,000;

(h) Guarantees by Parent of Indebtedness of any Subsidiary and by any Subsidiary of Indebtedness of Parent or any other Subsidiary (other than, in each case, Indebtedness referred to in clause (i) of this Section); provided that (i) a Subsidiary shall not Guarantee any obligation unless such Subsidiary also has Guaranteed the Obligations and
(ii) Guarantees by any Loan Party of Indebtedness of any Subsidiary (other than an HMO Subsidiary) that is not a Loan Party shall be subject to the limitation set forth in clause (a) of Section 6.04;

(i) unsecured Indebtedness incurred by any Loan Party in connection with a Permitted Acquisition; provided that (i) at the time of the incurrence of such Indebtedness, both before and after giving effect thereto, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, (ii) the aggregate principal amount of the Indebtedness permitted by this clause shall not exceed $25,000,000 at any time outstanding, (iii) such Indebtedness shall be expressly subordinated to

the


74

Obligations on terms no less favorable to the Lenders than the subordination terms set forth on Exhibit H-2 hereto, (iv) such Indebtedness shall have a maturity date at least 180 days after the Term Loan Maturity Date and shall require no scheduled or other mandatory payment of principal (including any payment at the option of the holders of such Indebtedness and any payment pursuant to a sinking fund obligation, but excluding any payment required upon the occurrence of a change in control, however defined in the documents governing such Indebtedness) prior to the 180th day following the Term Loan Maturity Date, (v) after giving effect to the incurrence of such Indebtedness, the Leverage Ratio as of the date of such incurrence (computed on the basis of
(x) balance sheet amounts as of such date and (y) income statement amounts for the most recently completed period of four consecutive fiscal quarters for which financial statements shall have been delivered to the Administrative Agent and calculated on a Pro Forma Basis in respect of such Permitted Acquisition) shall be at least 0.25 to 1.00 less than the maximum Leverage Ratio then permitted by Section 6.12, (vi) in connection with the incurrence of such Indebtedness, neither S&P nor Moody's shall have downgraded the rating of the Credit Facilities below the respective ratings on the Effective Date and (vii) on or prior to the date of such incurrence, Parent shall have delivered a certificate of a Financial Officer of Parent confirming compliance with this clause, together with reasonably detailed calculations demonstrating satisfaction of the requirement set forth in subclauses (ii) and (v) above; and any refinancings, renewals and replacements of any such Indebtedness that do not (x) increase the outstanding principal amount thereof or (y) result in a maturity date that is prior to, or decrease the weighted average life thereof for the period ending before, the earlier of (A) 180th day following the Term Loan Maturity Date and (B) the date on which such original Indebtedness matured);

(j) Indebtedness of any person that becomes a Subsidiary after the date hereof (provided that (i) such Indebtedness exists at the time such person becomes a Subsidiary and is not created in contemplation of or in connection with such person becoming a Subsidiary and (ii) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness permitted by this clause shall not exceed $15,000,000 at any time outstanding) and any refinancings, renewals and replacements of any such Indebtedness that do not (x) increase the outstanding principal amount thereof or (y) result in a maturity date that is prior to, or decrease the weighted average life thereof for the period ending before, the earlier of (A) 180th day following the Term Loan Maturity Date and (B) the date on which such original Indebtedness matured);

(k) Indebtedness under performance bonds or with respect to workers' compensation claims, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business; and

(l) other unsecured Indebtedness of any Loan Party in an aggregate principal amount (which, in the case of any Indebtedness issued with OID

shall


75

mean the accreted value of such Indebtedness) not exceeding $10,000,000 at any time outstanding.

SECTION 6.02. LIENS. Create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Lien on any property or assets (including Equity Interests or other securities of any person, including any Subsidiary) now owned or hereafter acquired by it or on any income or revenues or rights in respect of any thereof, except:

(a) Liens on property or assets of Parent and the Subsidiaries existing on the date hereof and set forth in Schedule 6.02; provided that such Liens (i) shall not apply to any other property or asset of Parent or any Subsidiary and (ii) shall secure only those obligations which they secure on the date hereof and extensions, renewals and replacements thereof permitted hereunder;

(b) any Lien created under the Loan Documents;

(c) Liens for taxes that are not due and payable or which are being contested in compliance with Section 5.03;

(d) statutory Liens of landlords and carriers', warehousemen's, mechanics', materialmen's, repairmen's or other like Liens arising in the ordinary course of business and securing obligations that are not due and payable or which are being contested in compliance with Section 5.03;

(e) pledges or deposits in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers' compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security laws or regulations;

(f) deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts (other than for Indebtedness), leases (other than Capital Lease Obligations), statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(g) easements, rights-of-way, restrictions and other similar encumbrances affecting real property which, in the aggregate, are not substantial in amount and do not materially detract from the value of the property subject thereto or materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of Parent or any Subsidiary;

(h) Liens securing judgments for the payment of money (or appeal or other surety bonds relating to such judgments), provided that no such judgment constitutes an Event of Default under clause (i) of Article VII;

(i) purchase money security interests in real property, improvements thereto or equipment hereafter acquired (or, in the case of improvements, constructed) by Parent or any Subsidiary; provided that (i) such security interests secure Indebtedness permitted by clause (e) of Section 6.01,
(ii) such security interests are incurred, and the Indebtedness secured thereby is created, within


76

90 days after such acquisition (or construction), (iii) the Indebtedness secured thereby does not exceed the cost of such real property, improvements or equipment at the time of such acquisition (or construction) and (iv) such security interests do not apply to any other property or assets of Parent or any Subsidiary;

(j) any Lien existing on any property or asset prior to the acquisition thereof by Parent or any Subsidiary or existing on any property or asset of any person that becomes a Subsidiary after the date hereof prior to the time such person becomes a Subsidiary; provided that
(i) such Lien is not created in contemplation of or in connection with such acquisition or such person becoming a Subsidiary, as the case may be,
(ii) such Lien does not apply to any other property or asset of Parent or any Subsidiary and (iii) such Lien secures only those obligations which it secures on the date of such acquisition or the date such person becomes a Subsidiary, as the case may be, and extensions, renewals and replacements thereof permitted by this Agreement;

(k) licenses, leases or subleases granted to others not interfering in any material respect with the business of Parent or any Subsidiary;

(l) any interest or title of a lessor under, and Liens arising from UCC financing statements (or equivalent filings, registrations or agreements in foreign jurisdictions) relating to, leases permitted by this Agreement;

(m) normal and customary rights of setoff upon deposits of cash in favor of banks or other depository institutions;

(n) Liens of a collection bank arising in the ordinary course of business under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in the relevant jurisdiction covering only the items being collected upon;

(o) Liens of sellers of goods to Parent and any Subsidiary arising under Article 2 of the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in the relevant jurisdiction or similar provisions of applicable law in the ordinary course of business, covering only the goods sold and securing only the unpaid purchase price for such goods and related expenses;

(p) Liens in the nature of municipal ordinances, zoning, entitlement, land use and environmental regulation; and

(q) Liens in connection with the WMG Guarantee Arrangement, provided that such Liens attach only to the property that is subject to the WMG Guarantee Arrangement.

SECTION 6.03. SALE AND LEASE-BACK TRANSACTIONS. Enter into any arrangement, directly or indirectly, with any person whereby it shall sell or transfer any property, real or personal, used or useful in its business, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, and thereafter rent or lease such property or other property which it intends to use for substantially the same purpose or purposes as the property being sold or


77

transferred unless (a) the sale of such property is permitted by Section 6.05 and (b) any Capital Lease Obligations, Synthetic Lease Obligations or Liens arising in connection therewith are permitted by Sections 6.01 and 6.02, as the case may be.

SECTION 6.04. INVESTMENTS, LOANS, ADVANCES AND GUARANTEES. Purchase, hold or acquire any Equity Interests, evidences of indebtedness or other securities of, make or permit to exist any loans or advances to, or any investment or any other interest in, or Guarantee any obligation of, any other person, except:

(a) (i) investments by Parent and the Subsidiaries existing on the date hereof in the Equity Interests of the Subsidiaries and (ii) additional investments by Parent and the Subsidiaries in the Equity Interests of persons that are Subsidiaries at the time such investments are made (including Subsidiaries organized after the date hereof by Parent or existing Subsidiaries); provided that (A) any such Equity Interests held by a Loan Party shall, subject to the limitations applicable to Equity Interests of a Foreign Subsidiary and the Seller Note Pledged Stock referred to in the definition of the term "Guarantee and Collateral Requirement", be pledged pursuant to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and (B) the aggregate amount of investments by Loan Parties in, loans and advances by Loan Parties to, and Guarantees by Loan Parties of Indebtedness or other obligations of, Subsidiaries (other than HMO Subsidiaries) that are not Loan Parties (determined without regard to any write-downs or write-offs of such investments, loans and advances) shall not exceed $10,000,000 at any time outstanding;

(b) Permitted Investments;

(c) loans or advances made by Parent to any Subsidiary and made by any Subsidiary to Parent or to any other Subsidiary; provided that (i) any such loans and advances made by a Loan Party shall be evidenced by a promissory note pledged pursuant to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and (ii) the amount of such loans and advances made by Loan Parties to Subsidiaries (other than HMO Subsidiaries) that are not Loan Parties shall be subject to the limitation set forth in clause (a) of this Section;

(d) investments consisting of extensions of credit in the nature of accounts receivable or notes receivable arising from the grant of trade credit and investments received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of, or settlement of delinquent accounts and disputes with, customers and suppliers, in each case in the ordinary course of business;

(e) Guarantees permitted by Section 6.01;

(f) Parent and the Subsidiaries may make loans and advances in the ordinary course of business to their respective directors, officers and employees so long as the aggregate principal amount thereof at any time outstanding (determined without regard to any write-downs or write-offs of such loans and advances) shall not exceed $1,000,000;


78

(g) investments in the form of Hedging Agreements, provided that such Hedging Agreements meet the requirements set forth in clause (d) of
Section 6.01;

(h) (i) any Loan Party may acquire all or substantially all the assets of a person or line of business of such person, or not less than 100% of the Equity Interests of a person (referred to herein as the "ACQUIRED ENTITY"); provided that (i) such acquisition was not preceded by an unsolicited tender offer for such Equity Interests by, or proxy contest initiated by, Parent or any Subsidiary; (ii) the Acquired Entity shall be a going concern and its business shall constitute a business permitted by
Section 6.08(b); (iii) the Acquired Entity is organized under the laws of the United States of America or any State thereof or the District of Columbia and at least 80% of the consolidated gross operating revenues of such Acquired Entity for the most recently completed period of twelve months were derived from domestic operations in the United States of America; and (iv) at the time of such acquisition (A) both before and after giving effect thereto, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; (B) Parent would be in Pro Forma Compliance;
(C) the Leverage Ratio as of the date of such acquisition, (computed on the basis of (x) balance sheet amounts as of such date and (y) income statement amounts for the most recently completed period of four consecutive fiscal quarters for which financial statements shall have been delivered to the Administrative Agent and calculated on a Pro Forma Basis in respect of such acquisition) shall be at least 0.25 to 1.00 less than the maximum Leverage Ratio then permitted by Section 6.12; and (D) the consolidated EBITDA of the Acquired Entity (determined in a manner substantially similar to the manner of determination of the Consolidated EBITDA of Parent) for the most recently completed period of four consecutive fiscal quarters ending prior to such acquisition shall not exceed the amount equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (x) Consolidated EBITDA of Parent for the most recently completed period of four consecutive fiscal quarters for which financial statements shall have been delivered to the Administrative Agent, calculated on a Pro Forma Basis in respect of such acquisition, by (y) four; and (iv) Parent shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent a certificate of a Financial Officer of Parent confirming compliance with subclauses (i) through (iii) above, together with all relevant financial information for the Acquired Entity and reasonably detailed calculations demonstrating satisfaction of the requirements set forth in subclause (iii) above (any acquisition of an Acquired Entity meeting all the criteria of this clause being referred to herein as a "PERMITTED ACQUISITION");

(i) the Harmony Transactions; and

(j) in addition to investments permitted by clauses (a) through (i) of this Section, additional investments, loans and advances by Parent and the Subsidiaries (other than investments, loans and advances to Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties) so long as the aggregate amount invested, loaned or advanced pursuant to this clause (determined without regard to any write-downs or write-


79

offs of such investments, loans and advances) does not exceed $10,000,000 in the aggregate.

SECTION 6.05. MERGERS, CONSOLIDATIONS, SALES OF ASSETS AND ACQUISITIONS.
(a) Merge into or consolidate with any other person, or permit any other person to merge into or consolidate with it, or sell, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of (in one transaction or in a series of transactions) all or substantially all the assets (whether now owned or hereafter acquired) of Parent or any Borrower, or any Equity Interests of any Borrower, or less than all the Equity Interests of any Subsidiary (other than a Borrower), or purchase, lease or otherwise acquire (in one transaction or a series of transactions) all or any substantial part of the assets of any other person, except that (i) Parent and any Subsidiary may purchase and sell inventory in the ordinary course of business and (ii) if at the time thereof and immediately after giving effect thereto no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing (v) any wholly owned Subsidiary may merge into a Borrower in a transaction in which such Borrower is the surviving corporation, (w) any wholly owned Subsidiary (other than a Borrower) may merge into or consolidate with any other wholly owned Subsidiary in a transaction in which the surviving entity is a wholly owned Subsidiary and no person other than Parent or a wholly owned Subsidiary receives any consideration (provided that if any party to any such transaction is a Loan Party, the surviving entity of such transaction shall be a Loan Party) and (x) the Loan Parties may make Permitted Acquisitions, (y) Holdings may merge into WellCare Group, Inc., and (z) the Harmony Transactions may be consummated.

(b) Engage in any Asset Sale permitted under paragraph (a) of this Section unless (i) such Asset Sale is for consideration at least 75% of which is cash,
(ii) such consideration is at least equal to the fair market value of the assets being sold, transferred, leased or disposed of and (iii) the fair market value of all assets sold, transferred, leased or disposed of pursuant to this paragraph shall not exceed $5,000,000 in the aggregate.

SECTION 6.06. RESTRICTED PAYMENTS; RESTRICTIVE AGREEMENTS. (a) Declare or make, or agree to declare or make, directly or indirectly, any Restricted Payment (including pursuant to any Synthetic Purchase Agreement), or incur any obligation (contingent or otherwise) to do so; provided, however, that (i) any Subsidiary may declare and pay dividends or make other distributions ratably to its equityholders, (ii) so long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom, WHP may make distributions to Parent in an aggregate amount not to exceed $1,000,000 in any fiscal year for the purpose of allowing Parent to repurchase its Equity Interests owned by retiring directors, officers or employees of Parent or any Subsidiary and to make payments to directors, officers or employees of Parent or any Subsidiary upon termination of employment in connection with the exercise of stock options, stock appreciation rights or similar equity or equity-based incentives pursuant to management or other incentive plans or in connection with the death or disability of such employees and (iii) WHP may make Restricted Payments to Parent (x) in an amount not to exceed $1,000,000 in any fiscal year, to the extent necessary to pay general corporate and overhead expenses incurred by Parent in the ordinary course of business and (y) in an amount necessary to pay the tax liabilities of Parent directly attributable to (or arising as a


80

result of) the operations of the Subsidiaries; provided, however, that all Restricted Payments made to Parent pursuant to this clause (iii) are used by Parent for the purposes specified herein within 20 days of the receipt thereof.

(b) Enter into, incur or permit to exist any agreement or other arrangement (other than, in the case of any HMO Subsidiary, with a Governmental Authority regulating such Subsidiary) that prohibits, restricts or imposes any condition upon (i) the ability of any Loan Party to create, incur or permit to exist any Lien upon any of its property or assets, or (ii) the ability of any Subsidiary to pay dividends or other distributions with respect to any of its Equity Interests or to make or repay loans or advances to any Loan Party or to Guarantee Indebtedness of any Loan Party; provided that (A) the foregoing shall not apply to restrictions and conditions imposed by law or by any Loan Document, (B) the foregoing shall not apply to customary restrictions and conditions contained in agreements relating to the sale of a Subsidiary pending such sale, provided such restrictions and conditions apply only to the Subsidiary that is to be sold and such sale is permitted hereunder, (C) clause (i) above shall not apply to (x) customary provisions in leases and other contracts restricting the assignment thereof and (y) any Lien permitted by Section 6.02 or any document or instrument governing any such permitted Lien if such restrictions or conditions apply only to the property or assets subject to such permitted Lien and (D) the foregoing shall not apply to the Seller Note and the WMG Guarantee Arrangement as in effect on the date hereof.

SECTION 6.07. TRANSACTIONS WITH AFFILIATES. Except for transactions by or among the Borrowers and the Subsidiary Guarantors and any intercompany transactions expressly permitted under Sections 6.01, 6.04, 6.05 and 6.06, sell or transfer any property or assets to, or purchase or acquire any property or assets from, or otherwise engage in any other transactions with, any of its Affiliates, except for (a) any of the foregoing transactions at prices and on terms and conditions not less favorable to Parent or such Subsidiary than could be obtained on an arm's-length basis from unrelated third parties, (b) reasonable compensation and reimbursement of expenses of officers and directors,
(c) payment of management fees or similar fees under the CHM Management Agreements or the Harmony Management Agreement and (d) payment to SPEP Management, LLC, of management fees in an amount not to exceed $250,000 in the aggregate in any fiscal year of Parent.

SECTION 6.08. BUSINESS OF PARENT AND SUBSIDIARIES; OWNERSHIP OF SUBSIDIARIES; PREFERRED EQUITY INTERESTS. (a) In the case of Parent, engage in any business activities or have any assets or liabilities other than its ownership of the Equity Interests of WHP and WellCare Group, Inc. and liabilities incidental thereto, including its liabilities hereunder and pursuant to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement; provided that notwithstanding the foregoing, Parent shall be permitted to conduct the IPO.

(b) Engage at any time in any business or business activity other than those lines of business conducted by Parent and the Subsidiaries on the date hereof and any business substantially related or incidental thereto (including establishment of a wholly-owned insurance Subsidiary).


81

(c) Form or acquire any Foreign Subsidiary (other than formation of a wholly owned insurance Subsidiary) or permit any person other than a Loan Party to own any Equity Interests of any Subsidiary, other than the ownership of FirstChoice HealthPlans of Connecticut, Inc. by WellCare of New York, Inc.

(d) In the case of the Borrowers and the other Subsidiaries, issue any preferred stock or other preferred Equity Interests.

SECTION 6.09. OTHER INDEBTEDNESS AND AGREEMENTS. (a) Permit any waiver, supplement, modification, amendment, termination or release of any indenture, instrument or agreement pursuant to which any Material Indebtedness (including the Seller Note) of Parent or any Subsidiary is outstanding if the effect of such waiver, supplement, modification, amendment, termination or release would materially increase the obligations of the obligor or confer additional material rights on the holder of such Indebtedness in a manner adverse to Parent, any Subsidiary or the Lenders.

(b) (i) Make any distribution, whether in cash, property, securities or a combination thereof, other than regular scheduled payments of principal and interest as and when due (to the extent not prohibited by applicable subordination provisions), in respect of, or pay, or offer or commit to pay, or directly or indirectly (including pursuant to any Synthetic Purchase Agreement) redeem, repurchase, retire or otherwise acquire for consideration, or set apart any sum for the aforesaid purposes, any Indebtedness (other than the Loans, intercompany debt and the payments expressly permitted under Section 5.08), (ii) pay in cash any amount in respect of any Indebtedness or preferred Equity Interests that may at the obligor's option be paid in kind or in other securities, or (iii) give any "Blockage Notice" under, and as defined in, the Seller Note; provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, WHP shall be allowed to pay, prepay or otherwise discharge Indebtedness under the Seller Note if, at the time thereof and immediately after giving effect thereto, (x) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and (y) Parent would be in Pro Forma Compliance.

(c) Amend, modify or change (i) any of its organizational documents in a manner adverse to the Lenders and (ii) the terms of the CHM Management Agreements without the approval of applicable regulatory authorities and the Administrative Agent (which approval by the Administrative Agent shall not be unreasonably withheld and shall be deemed given unless expressly withheld within 10 Business Days after the date notice of such amendment, modification or change was delivered to the Administrative Agent (it being agreed that any such notice shall refer to this Section and to the deemed approval of such amendment, modification or change in the absence of action within such 10 Business Day period)).

SECTION 6.10. CAPITAL EXPENDITURES. Permit the aggregate amount of Capital Expenditures made by Parent and the Subsidiaries in any period set forth below to exceed the amount set forth below for such period:


82

               PERIOD                          AMOUNT
-----------------------------------------    -----------
January 1, 2004 through December 31, 2004    $ 9,000,000
January 1, 2005 through December 31, 2005    $12,000,000
January 1, 2006 through December 31, 2006    $12,000,000
January 1, 2007 through December 31, 2007    $15,000,000
January 1, 2008 and thereafter               $17,000,000

The amount of any Capital Expenditures permitted to be made in respect of any period above shall be increased by the amount of permitted Capital Expenditures set forth above for the immediately preceding period that were not made during such preceding period. Capital Expenditures in any period shall be deemed to use, first, the amount set forth above for such period and, second, any amount carried forward to such period pursuant to this paragraph.

SECTION 6.11. FIXED CHARGE COVERAGE RATIO. Permit the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for any period of four consecutive fiscal quarters, in each case taken as one accounting period, ending on any date after the Closing Date and on or prior to September 30, 2006, to be less than 1.25 to 1.00, or ending on any date thereafter to be less than 1.50 to 1.00.

SECTION 6.12. LEVERAGE RATIO. Permit the Leverage Ratio at any time during a period set forth below to be greater than the ratio set forth opposite such period below:

                   PERIOD                             RATIO
------------------------------------------------   ------------
Closing Date to and including September 30, 2004   3.50 to 1.00
October 1, 2004 through March 31, 2005             3.25 to 1.00
April 1, 2005 through September 30, 2005           3.00 to 1.00
October 1, 2005 through March 31, 2006             2.75 to 1.00
April 1, 2006 and thereafter                       2.50 to 1.00

SECTION 6.13. FISCAL YEAR. In the case of Parent and any Borrower, change its fiscal year-end to a date other than December 31st.


83

ARTICLE VII

EVENTS OF DEFAULT

In case of the happening of any of the following events ("EVENTS OF
DEFAULT"):

(a) any representation or warranty made or deemed made in or in connection with any Loan Document or the borrowings or issuances of Letters of Credit hereunder, or any representation, warranty, statement or information contained in any report, certificate, financial statement or other instrument furnished in connection with or pursuant to any Loan Document, shall prove to have been false or misleading in any material respect when so made, deemed made or furnished;

(b) default shall be made in the payment of any principal of any Loan or the reimbursement with respect to any L/C Disbursement when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at the due date thereof or at a date fixed for prepayment thereof or by acceleration thereof or otherwise;

(c) default shall be made in the payment of any interest on any Loan or any Fee or any other amount (other than an amount referred to in clause
(b) of this Article) due under any Loan Document, when and as the same shall become due and payable, and such default shall continue unremedied for a period of three Business Days in the case of such interest or five Business Days in the case of such Fee or other amount;

(d) default shall be made in the due observance or performance by Parent or any Subsidiary of any covenant, condition or agreement contained in Section 5.01(a), 5.05 or 5.08 or in Article VI;

(e) default shall be made in the due observance or performance by Parent or any Subsidiary of any covenant, condition or agreement contained in any Loan Document (other than those specified in clauses (b), (c) or
(d) of this Article) and such default shall continue unremedied for a period of 15 days after notice thereof from the Administrative Agent or any Lender to Parent;

(f) (i) Parent or any Subsidiary shall fail to pay any principal or interest, regardless of amount, due in respect of any Material Indebtedness, when and as the same shall become due and payable (after giving effect to any applicable cure periods), or (ii) any other event or condition occurs that results in any Material Indebtedness becoming due prior to its scheduled maturity or that enables or permits (with or without the giving of notice, the lapse of time or both) the holder or holders of any Material Indebtedness or any trustee or agent on its or their behalf to cause any Material Indebtedness to become due, or to require the prepayment, repurchase, redemption or defeasance thereof, prior to its scheduled maturity; provided that this clause (ii) shall not apply to secured Indebtedness that


84

becomes due as a result of the voluntary sale or transfer of the property or assets securing such Indebtedness;

(g) an involuntary proceeding shall be commenced or an involuntary petition shall be filed in a court of competent jurisdiction seeking (i) relief in respect of Parent or any Subsidiary, or of a substantial part of the property or assets of Parent or any Subsidiary, under Title 11 of the United States Code, as now constituted or hereafter amended, or any other Federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar law, (ii) the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator or similar official for Parent or any Subsidiary or for a substantial part of the property or assets of Parent or any Subsidiary or
(iii) the winding-up or liquidation of Parent or any Subsidiary; and such proceeding or petition shall continue undismissed for 60 days or an order or decree approving or ordering any of the foregoing shall be entered;

(h) Parent or any Subsidiary shall (i) voluntarily commence any proceeding or file any petition seeking relief under Title 11 of the United States Code, as now constituted or hereafter amended, or any other Federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar law, (ii) consent to the institution of, or fail to contest in a timely and appropriate manner, any proceeding or the filing of any petition described in clause (g) of this Article, (iii) apply for or consent to the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator or similar official for Parent or any Subsidiary or for a substantial part of the property or assets of Parent or any Subsidiary, (iv) file an answer admitting the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any such proceeding, (v) make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, (vi) become unable, admit in writing its inability or fail generally to pay its debts as they become due or (vii) take any action for the purpose of effecting any of the foregoing;

(i) one or more judgments shall be rendered against Parent or any Subsidiary or any combination thereof and the same shall remain undischarged for a period of 30 consecutive days during which execution shall not be effectively stayed, or any action shall be legally taken by a judgment creditor to levy upon assets or properties of Parent or any other Subsidiary to enforce any such judgment and such judgment either (i) is for the payment of money in an aggregate amount in excess of $5,000,000 (excluding (A) any amount covered by independent third-party insurance as to which the insurer shall have acknowledged, in writing, coverage and (B) any amount for which Parent or any Subsidiary is entitled to indemnification or reimbursement from a creditworthy third party that has not disputed its obligation to make such indemnification or reimbursement) or (ii) is for injunctive relief and could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

(j) an ERISA Event shall have occurred that, when taken together with all other such ERISA Events, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;


85

(k) any Guarantee under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement for any reason shall cease to be in full force and effect (other than in accordance with its terms), or any Guarantor shall deny in writing that it has any further liability under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement (other than as a result of the discharge of such Guarantor in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents);

(l) any security interest purported to be created by any Security Document shall cease to be, or shall be asserted by any Loan Party not to be, a valid, perfected, first priority (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement or such Security Document) security interest in the securities, assets or properties covered thereby, except to the extent that any such loss of perfection or priority results from the failure of the Collateral Agent to maintain possession of certificates representing securities pledged under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and except to the extent that such loss is covered by a lender's title insurance policy and the related insurer promptly after such loss shall have acknowledged in writing that such loss is covered by such title insurance policy;

(m) an HMO Event shall have occurred and the same shall remain unremedied for a period of 60 days following the occurrence thereof (or such shorter period of time, if any, as the HMO Regulator shall have imposed for the cure of such HMO Event);

(n) an Exclusion Event shall have occurred and such Exclusion Event could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; or

(o) there shall have occurred a Change in Control;

then, and in every such event (other than an event with respect to Parent or any Borrower described in clause (g) or (h) of this Article), and at any time thereafter during the continuance of such event, the Administrative Agent may, and at the request of the Required Lenders shall, by notice to the Borrower, take either or both of the following actions, at the same or different times:
(i) terminate forthwith the Commitments and (ii) declare the Loans then outstanding to be forthwith due and payable in whole or in part, whereupon the principal of the Loans so declared to be due and payable, together with accrued interest thereon and any unpaid accrued Fees and all other liabilities of the Borrowers accrued hereunder and under any other Loan Document, shall become forthwith due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or any other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by each Borrower, anything contained herein or in any other Loan Document to the contrary notwithstanding; and in any event with respect to Parent or any Borrower described in clause (g) or (h) of this Article, the Commitments shall automatically terminate and the principal of the Loans then outstanding, together with accrued interest thereon and any unpaid accrued Fees and all other liabilities of the Borrowers accrued hereunder and under any other Loan Document, shall automatically become due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or any other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by each Borrower,


86

anything contained herein or in any other Loan Document to the contrary notwithstanding.

ARTICLE VIII

THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND THE COLLATERAL AGENT

Each of the Lenders and the Issuing Bank hereby irrevocably appoints the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent (for purposes of this Article, the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent are referred to collectively as the "AGENTS") its agent and authorizes the Agents to take such actions on its behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to such Agent by the terms of the Loan Documents, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Agents are hereby expressly authorized to execute any and all documents (including releases) with respect to the Collateral and the rights of the Secured Parties with respect thereto, as contemplated by and in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and the Security Documents.

The bank serving as the Administrative Agent and/or the Collateral Agent hereunder shall have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not an Agent, and such bank and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to and generally engage in any kind of business with Parent, any Borrower or any other Subsidiary or other Affiliate thereof as if it were not an Agent hereunder.

Neither Agent shall have any duties or obligations except those expressly set forth in the Loan Documents. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, (a) neither Agent shall be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether a Default has occurred and is continuing, (b) neither Agent shall have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated hereby that such Agent is instructed in writing to exercise by the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary under the circumstances as provided in Section 9.08), and (c) except as expressly set forth in the Loan Documents, neither Agent shall have any duty to disclose, nor shall it be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to Parent or any Subsidiary that is communicated to or obtained by the bank serving as Administrative Agent and/or Collateral Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity. Neither Agent shall be liable for any action taken or not taken by it with the consent or at the request of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary under the circumstances as provided in Section 9.08) or in the absence of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct. Neither Agent shall be deemed to have knowledge of any Default unless and until written notice thereof is given to such Agent by Parent, a Borrower or a Lender, and neither Agent shall be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with any Loan Document, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered thereunder or in connection therewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth in


87

any Loan Document, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of any Loan Document or any other agreement, instrument or document, or (v) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Article IV or elsewhere in any Loan Document, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to such Agent.

Each Agent shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or sent by the proper person. Each Agent may also rely upon any statement made to it orally or by telephone and believed by it to have been made by the proper person, and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon. Each Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be counsel for the Borrowers), independent accountants and other experts selected by it, and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in accordance with the advice of any such counsel, accountants or experts.

Each Agent may perform any and all its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through any one or more sub-agents appointed by it. Each Agent and any such sub-agent may perform any and all its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through their respective Related Parties. The exculpatory provisions of the preceding paragraphs shall apply to any such sub-agent and to the Related Parties of each Agent and any such sub-agent, and shall apply to their respective activities in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein as well as activities as Agent.

Subject to the appointment and acceptance of a successor Agent as provided below, either Agent may resign at any time by notifying the Lenders, the Issuing Bank and the Borrowers. Upon any such resignation, the Required Lenders shall have the right, subject, if no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, to the consent of the Borrowers (not to be unreasonably withheld), to appoint a successor. If no successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within 30 days after the retiring Agent gives notice of its resignation, then the retiring Agent may, subject, if no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, to the consent of the Borrowers (not to be unreasonably withheld), on behalf of the Lenders and the Issuing Bank, appoint a successor Agent which shall be a bank with an office in New York, New York, or an Affiliate of any such bank. Upon the acceptance of its appointment as Agent hereunder by a successor, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Agent, and the retiring Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder. The fees payable by the Borrowers to a successor Agent shall be the same as those payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed between the Borrowers and such successor. After an Agent's resignation hereunder, the provisions of this Article and Section 9.05 shall continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring Agent, its sub-agents and their respective Related Parties in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by any of them while acting as Agent.

Each Lender acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Agents or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this


88

Agreement. Each Lender also acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Agents or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it shall from time to time deem appropriate, continue to make its own decisions in taking or not taking action under or based upon this Agreement or any other Loan Document, any related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder.

ARTICLE IX

MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 9.01. NOTICES. Notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or overnight courier service, mailed by certified or registered mail or sent by fax, as follows:

(a) if to any Borrower or Parent, to it at 6800 North Dale Mabry Highway, Suite 268, Tampa, FL 33614, Attention of Chief Executive Officer (Fax No. (813) 290-6306) and General Counsel (Fax No. (813) 290-6210), with a copy to (which shall not constitute notice) Kirkland & Ellis LLP at Citigroup Center, 153 East 53rd Street, New York, NY 10022, Attention of W. Brian Raftery, Esq. (Fax No. (212) 446-4900);

(b) if to the Administrative Agent, to Credit Suisse First Boston, Eleven Madison Avenue, New York, NY 10010, Attention of Agency Group (Fax No. (212) 325-8304); and

(c) if to a Lender, to it at its address (or fax number) set forth on Schedule 2.01 or in the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which such Lender shall have become a party hereto.

All notices and other communications given to any party hereto in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed to have been given on the date of receipt if delivered by hand or overnight courier service or sent by fax or on the date five Business Days after dispatch by certified or registered mail if mailed, in each case delivered, sent or mailed (properly addressed) to such party as provided in this Section or in accordance with the latest unrevoked direction from such party given in accordance with this Section. As agreed to among Parent, the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent and the applicable Lenders from time to time, notices and other communications may also be delivered by e-mail to the e-mail address of a representative of the applicable person provided from time to time by such person.

SECTION 9.02. SURVIVAL OF AGREEMENT. All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made by the Borrowers or Parent herein and in the certificates or other instruments prepared or delivered in connection with or pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be considered to have been relied upon by the Lenders and the Issuing Bank and shall survive the making by the Lenders of the Loans and the issuance of Letters of Credit by the Issuing Bank, regardless of any


89

investigation made by the Lenders or the Issuing Bank or on their behalf, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as the principal of or any accrued interest on any Loan or any Fee or any other amount payable under this Agreement or any other Loan Document is outstanding and unpaid or any Letter of Credit is outstanding and so long as the Commitments have not been terminated. The provisions of Sections 2.14, 2.16, 2.20 and 9.05 shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of the expiration of the term of this Agreement, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, the repayment of any of the Loans, the expiration of the Commitments, the expiration of any Letter of Credit, the invalidity or unenforceability of any term or provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or any investigation made by or on behalf of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, any Lender or the Issuing Bank.

SECTION 9.03. BINDING EFFECT. This Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by each Borrower, Parent and the Administrative Agent and when the Administrative Agent shall have received counterparts hereof which, when taken together, bear the signatures of each of the other parties hereto.

SECTION 9.04. SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS. (a) Whenever in this Agreement any of the parties hereto is referred to, such reference shall be deemed to include the permitted successors and assigns of such party; and all covenants, promises and agreements by or on behalf of the Borrowers, Parent, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Lenders that are contained in this Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of their respective successors and assigns.

(b) Each Lender may assign to one or more assignees all or a portion of its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and the Loans at the time owing to it), with the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed); provided, however, that (i) in the case of an assignment of a Revolving Credit Commitment, each of Parent, the Issuing Bank and the Swingline Lender must also give its prior written consent to such assignment (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) (provided, that the consent of Parent shall not be required to any such assignment during the continuance of any Event of Default), (ii) the amount of the Commitment or Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment (determined as of the date the Assignment and Acceptance with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent) shall not be less than $1,000,000 (or, if less, the entire remaining amount of such Lender's Commitment or Loans of the relevant Class), (iii) the parties to each such assignment shall (A) electronically execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Acceptance via an electronic settlement system acceptable to the Administrative Agent (which initially shall be ClearPar, LLC) or (B) if no such system shall then be specified by the Administrative Agent, manually execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Acceptance, together with a processing and recordation fee of $3,500, and (iv) the assignee, if it shall not be a Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an Administrative Questionnaire and all applicable tax forms. Upon acceptance and recording pursuant to paragraph (e) of this Section, from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Acceptance, (A) the assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent of the interest assigned by


90

such Assignment and Acceptance, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement and (B) the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Acceptance, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Acceptance covering all or the remaining portion of an assigning Lender's rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.14, 2.16, 2.20 and 9.05, as well as to any Fees accrued for its account and not yet paid).

(c) By executing and delivering an Assignment and Acceptance, the assigning Lender thereunder and the assignee thereunder shall be deemed to confirm to and agree with each other and the other parties hereto as follows:
(i) such assigning Lender warrants that it is the legal and beneficial owner of the interest being assigned thereby free and clear of any adverse claim and that its Term Loan Commitment, Incremental Term Loan Commitment and Revolving Credit Commitment, and the outstanding balances of its Term Loans and Revolving Loans, in each case without giving effect to assignments thereof which have not become effective, are as set forth in such Assignment and Acceptance, (ii) except as set forth in clause (i) above, such assigning Lender makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to any statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with this Agreement, or the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant hereto, or the financial condition of Parent or any Subsidiary or the performance or observance by Parent or any Subsidiary of any of its obligations under this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant hereto; (iii) such assignee represents and warrants that it is legally authorized to enter into such Assignment and Acceptance; (iv) such assignee confirms that it has received a copy of this Agreement, together with copies of the most recent financial statements referred to in Section 3.05(a) or delivered pursuant to Section 5.04 and such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into such Assignment and Acceptance; (v) such assignee will independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, such assigning Lender or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement; (vi) such assignee appoints and authorizes the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent to take such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers under this Agreement as are delegated to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent, respectively, by the terms hereof, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto; and (vii) such assignee agrees that it will perform in accordance with their terms all the obligations which by the terms of this Agreement are required to be performed by it as a Lender.

(d) The Administrative Agent, acting for this purpose as an agent of the Borrowers, shall maintain at one of its offices in The City of New York a copy of each Assignment and Acceptance delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitment of, and principal amount of the Loans


91

owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the "REGISTER"). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive, and Parent, the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank, the Collateral Agent and the Lenders may treat each person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. The Register shall be available for inspection by Parent, the Borrowers, the Issuing Bank, the Collateral Agent and any Lender, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.

(e) Upon its receipt of, and consent to, a duly completed Assignment and Acceptance executed by an assigning Lender and an assignee, an Administrative Questionnaire completed in respect of the assignee (unless the assignee shall already be a Lender hereunder), the processing and recordation fee referred to in paragraph (b) of this Section, if applicable, and, if required, the written consent of Parent, the Swingline Lender and the Issuing Bank to such assignment and any applicable tax forms, the Administrative Agent shall (i) accept such Assignment and Acceptance and (ii) record the information contained therein in the Register. No assignment shall be effective unless it has been recorded in the Register as provided in this paragraph.

(f) Each Lender may without the consent of Parent, any Borrower, the Swingline Lender, the Issuing Bank or the Administrative Agent sell participations to one or more banks or other entities in all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and the Loans owing to it); provided, however, that (i) such Lender's obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (ii) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations, (iii) the participating banks or other entities shall be entitled to the benefit of the cost protection provisions contained in Sections 2.14, 2.16 and 2.20 to the same extent as if they were Lenders (but, with respect to any particular participant, to no greater extent than the Lender that sold the participation to such participant) and (iv) Parent, the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender's rights and obligations under this Agreement, and such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce the obligations of the Borrowers relating to the Loans or L/C Disbursements and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement (other than amendments, modifications or waivers decreasing any fees payable hereunder or the amount of principal of or the rate at which interest is payable on the Loans, extending any scheduled principal payment date or date fixed for the payment of interest on the Loans, increasing or extending the Commitments or releasing any Guarantor or all or any substantial part of the Collateral).

(g) Any Lender or participant may, in connection with any assignment or participation or proposed assignment or participation pursuant to this Section, disclose to the assignee or participant or proposed assignee or participant any information relating to Parent and the Borrowers furnished to such Lender by or on behalf of Parent or the Borrowers; provided that, prior to any such disclosure of information designated by Parent or any Borrower as confidential, each such assignee or participant or proposed


92

assignee or participant shall execute an agreement whereby such assignee or participant shall agree (subject to customary exceptions) to preserve the confidentiality of such confidential information on terms no less restrictive than those applicable to the Lenders pursuant to Section 9.16.

(h) Any Lender may at any time assign all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement to secure extensions of credit to such Lender or in support of obligations owed by such Lender; provided that no such assignment shall release a Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.

(i) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any Lender
(a "GRANTING LENDER") may grant to a special purpose funding vehicle (an "SPC") of such Granting Lender, identified as such in writing from time to time by the Granting Lender to the Administrative Agent and Parent, the option to provide to any Borrower all or any part of any Loan that such Granting Lender would otherwise be obligated to make to any Borrower pursuant to this Agreement; provided that (i) nothing herein shall constitute a commitment by any SPC to make any Loan and (ii) if an SPC elects not to exercise such option or otherwise fails to provide all or any part of such Loan, the Granting Lender shall be obligated to make such Loan pursuant to the terms hereof. The making of a Loan by an SPC hereunder shall utilize the Commitment of the Granting Lender to the same extent, and as if, such Loan were made by such Granting Lender. Each party hereto hereby agrees that no SPC shall be liable for any indemnity or similar payment obligation under this Agreement (all liability for which shall remain with the Granting Lender). In furtherance of the foregoing, each party hereto hereby agrees (which agreement shall survive the termination of this Agreement) that, prior to the date that is one year and one day after the payment in full of all outstanding commercial paper or other senior indebtedness of any SPC, it will not institute against, or join any other person in instituting against, such SPC any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings under the laws of the United States of America or any State thereof. In addition, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section, any SPC may (i) with notice to, but without the prior written consent of, Parent and the Administrative Agent and without paying any processing fee therefor, assign all or a portion of its interests in any Loans to the Granting Lender or to any financial institutions (consented to by Parent and Administrative Agent) providing liquidity and/or credit support to or for the account of such SPC to support the funding or maintenance of Loans and (ii) disclose on a confidential basis any non-public information relating to its Loans to any rating agency, commercial paper dealer or provider of any surety, guarantee or credit or liquidity enhancement to such SPC.

(j) Neither Parent nor any Borrower shall assign or delegate any of its rights or duties hereunder without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and each Lender, and any attempted assignment without such consent shall be null and void.

(k) In the event that S&P, Moody's and Thompson's BankWatch (or InsuranceWatch Ratings Service, in the case of Lenders that are insurance companies (or


93

Best's Insurance Reports, if such insurance company is not rated by Insurance Watch Ratings Service)) shall, after the date that any Lender becomes a Revolving Credit Lender, downgrade the long-term certificate deposit ratings of such Lender, and the resulting ratings shall be below BBB-, Baa3 and C (or BB, in the case of a Lender that is an insurance company (or B, in the case of an insurance company not rated by InsuranceWatch Ratings Service)), then the Issuing Bank shall have the right, but not the obligation, at its own expense, upon notice to such Lender and the Administrative Agent, to replace (or to request Parent and the Borrowers to use their reasonable efforts to replace) such Lender with an assignee (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in paragraph (b) of this Section), and such Lender hereby agrees to transfer and assign without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in paragraph (b) of this Section) all its interests, rights and obligations in respect of its Revolving Credit Commitment to such assignee; provided, however, that (i) no such assignment shall conflict with any law, rule and regulation or order of any Governmental Authority and (ii) the Issuing Bank or such assignee, as the case may be, shall pay to such Lender in immediately available funds on the date of such assignment the principal of and interest accrued to the date of payment on the Loans made by such Lender hereunder and all other amounts accrued for such Lender's account or owed to it hereunder.

SECTION 9.05. EXPENSES; INDEMNITY. (a) The Borrowers and Parent agree, jointly and severally, to pay all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Issuing Bank, the Swingline Lender and the Arrangers in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein and the preparation and administration of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or in connection with any amendments, modifications or waivers of the provisions hereof or thereof (whether or not the transactions hereby or thereby contemplated shall be consummated) or incurred by the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, any Lender or any Arranger in connection with the enforcement or protection of its rights in connection with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or in connection with the Loans made or Letters of Credit issued hereunder, including the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP, counsel for the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Arrangers, and, in connection with any such enforcement or protection, the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of any other counsel for the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any Lender.

(b) The Borrowers and Parent agree, jointly and severally, to indemnify the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, each Lender, the Issuing Bank, each Arranger and each Related Party of any of the foregoing persons (each such person being called an "INDEMNITEE") against, and to hold each Indemnitee harmless from, any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and related expenses, including reasonable counsel fees, charges and disbursements, incurred by or asserted against any Indemnitee arising out of, in any way connected with, or as a result of (i) the execution or delivery of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated thereby, the performance by the parties thereto of their respective obligations thereunder or the consummation of the Credit Transactions and the other transactions contemplated thereby, (ii) the use of the proceeds of the Loans or issuance of Letters of Credit, (iii) any claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether or


94

not any Indemnitee is a party thereto, or (iv) any actual or alleged presence or Release of Hazardous Materials on any property currently or formerly owned or operated by Parent or any Subsidiary, or any Environmental Liability related in any way to Parent or any Subsidiary; provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or related expenses are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee.

(c) To the extent that Parent and the Borrowers fail to pay any amount required to be paid by them to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender under paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section, each Lender severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender, as the case may be, such Lender's pro rata share (determined, in the manner provided below, as of the time that the applicable unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is sought) of such unpaid amount; provided that the unreimbursed expense or indemnified loss, claim, damage, liability or related expense, as the case may be, was incurred by or asserted against the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender in its capacity as such. For purposes hereof, a Lender's "pro rata share" shall be determined based upon its share of the sum of the Aggregate Revolving Credit Exposure, outstanding Term Loans and unused Commitments at the time.

(d) To the extent permitted by applicable law, neither Parent nor any Borrower shall assert, and each hereby waives, any claim against any Indemnitee, on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, this Agreement or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the Transactions, any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use of the proceeds thereof.

(e) The provisions of this Section shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of the expiration of the term of this Agreement, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, the repayment of any of the Loans, the expiration of the Commitments, the expiration of any Letter of Credit, the invalidity or unenforceability of any term or provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or any investigation made by or on behalf of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, any Lender or the Issuing Bank. All amounts due under this Section shall be payable on written demand therefor.

SECTION 9.06. RIGHT OF SETOFF. If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, each Lender is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, except to the extent prohibited by law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held and other indebtedness at any time owing by such Lender to or for the credit or the account of any Borrower or Parent against any of and all the obligations of any Borrower or Parent now or hereafter existing under this Agreement and other Loan Documents held by such Lender, irrespective of whether or not such Lender shall have made any demand under this Agreement or such other Loan Document and although such obligations may be


95

unmatured. The rights of each Lender under this Section are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) which such Lender may have.

SECTION 9.07. APPLICABLE LAW. THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS (OTHER THAN LETTERS OF CREDIT AND AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS) SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. EACH LETTER OF CREDIT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OR RULES DESIGNATED IN SUCH LETTER OF CREDIT, OR IF NO SUCH LAWS OR RULES ARE DESIGNATED, THE UNIFORM CUSTOMS AND PRACTICE FOR DOCUMENTARY CREDITS MOST RECENTLY PUBLISHED AND IN EFFECT, ON THE DATE SUCH LETTER OF CREDIT WAS ISSUED, BY THE INTERNATIONAL CHAMBER OF COMMERCE (THE "UNIFORM CUSTOMS") AND, AS TO MATTERS NOT GOVERNED BY THE UNIFORM CUSTOMS, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

SECTION 9.08. WAIVERS; AMENDMENT. (a) No failure or delay of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, any Lender or the Issuing Bank in exercising any power or right hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or power, or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such a right or power, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power. The rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders hereunder and under the other Loan Documents are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies that they would otherwise have. No waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or consent to any departure by any Borrower or any other Loan Party therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be permitted by paragraph (b) of this Section, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. No notice or demand on any Borrower or Parent in any case shall entitle any Borrower or Parent to any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances.

(b) Neither this Agreement nor any provision hereof may be waived, amended or modified except pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by the Borrowers, Parent and the Required Lenders; provided, however, that no such agreement shall (i) decrease the principal amount of, or extend the maturity of or any scheduled principal payment date or date for the payment of any interest on any Loan or any date for reimbursement of an L/C Disbursement, or waive or excuse any such payment or any part thereof, or decrease the rate of interest on any Loan or L/C Disbursement, without the prior written consent of each Lender affected thereby, (ii) increase or extend the Commitment or decrease or extend the date for payment of any Fees of any Lender without the prior written consent of such Lender, (iii) amend or modify the pro rata requirements of Section 2.17, the provisions of Section 9.04(j) or the provisions of this
Section or release any Guarantor (except as expressly provided in Section 9.17) or all or any substantial part of the Collateral, without the prior written consent of each Lender, (iv) change the provisions of any Loan Document in a manner that by its terms


96

adversely affects the rights in respect of payments due to Lenders holding Loans of one Class differently from the rights of Lenders holding Loans of any other Class without the prior written consent of Lenders holding a majority in interest of the outstanding Loans and unused Commitments of each adversely affected Class, (v) modify the protections afforded to an SPC pursuant to the provisions of Section 9.04(i) without the written consent of such SPC or (vi) reduce the percentage contained in the definition of the term "Required Lenders" without the prior written consent of each Lender (it being understood that with the consent of the Required Lenders, additional extensions of credit pursuant to this Agreement may be included in the determination of the Required Lenders on substantially the same basis as the Term Loan Commitments and Revolving Credit Commitments on the date hereof); provided further that no such agreement shall amend, modify or otherwise affect the rights or duties of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender hereunder or under any other Loan Document without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender, respectively. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the terms of any amendment to this Agreement provide that any Class of Loans will be repaid in full and the Commitments of such Class (if any) terminated as a condition to the effectiveness of such amendment, then so long as the Loans and Commitments (if any) of such Class are in fact repaid and terminated upon the effectiveness of such amendment, such Loans and Commitments shall not be included in the determination of the Required Lenders with respect to such amendment.

SECTION 9.09. INTEREST RATE LIMITATION. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if at any time the interest rate applicable to any Loan or participation in any L/C Disbursement, together with all fees, charges and other amounts which are treated as interest on such Loan or participation in such L/C Disbursement under applicable law (collectively the "CHARGES"), shall exceed the maximum lawful rate (the "MAXIMUM RATE") which may be contracted for, charged, taken, received or reserved by the Lender holding such Loan or participation in accordance with applicable law, the rate of interest payable in respect of such Loan or participation hereunder, together with all Charges payable in respect thereof, shall be limited to the Maximum Rate and, to the extent lawful, the interest and Charges that would have been payable in respect of such Loan or participation but were not payable as a result of the operation of this Section shall be cumulated and the interest and Charges payable to such Lender in respect of other Loans or participations or periods shall be increased (but not above the Maximum Rate therefor) until such cumulated amount, together with interest thereon at the Federal Funds Effective Rate to the date of repayment, shall have been received by such Lender.

SECTION 9.10. ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This Agreement, the other Loan Documents, the Fee Letter and the Rollover Agreement constitute the entire contract between the parties relative to the subject matter hereof. Any other previous agreement among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof is superseded by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. Nothing in this Agreement or in the other Loan Documents, expressed or implied, is intended to confer upon any person (other than the parties hereto and thereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereunder (including any Affiliate of the Issuing Bank that issues any Letter of Credit) and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Related Parties of each of the Administrative Agent, the


97

Collateral Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders) any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents.

SECTION 9.11. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF, UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS. EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS, AS APPLICABLE, BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION.

SECTION 9.12. SEVERABILITY. In the event any one or more of the provisions contained in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document should be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein and therein shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby (it being understood that the invalidity of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not in and of itself affect the validity of such provision in any other jurisdiction). The parties shall endeavor in good-faith negotiations to replace the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.

SECTION 9.13. COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract, and shall become effective as provided in Section 9.03. Delivery of an executed signature page to this Agreement by facsimile transmission shall be as effective as delivery of a manually signed counterpart of this Agreement.

SECTION 9.14. HEADINGS. Article and Section headings and the Table of Contents used herein are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Agreement and are not to affect the construction of, or to be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Agreement.

SECTION 9.15. JURISDICTION; CONSENT TO SERVICE OF PROCESS. (a) Each of Parent and the Borrowers hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself and its property, to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of any New York State court or Federal court of the United States of America sitting in New York City, and any appellate court from any thereof, in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment, and each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims in respect


98

of any such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such New York State or, to the extent permitted by law, in such Federal court. Each of the parties hereto agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. Nothing in this Agreement shall affect any right that the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender may otherwise have to bring any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or the other Loan Documents against any Borrower, Parent or their respective properties in the courts of any jurisdiction.

(b) Each of Parent and the Borrowers hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the other Loan Documents in any New York State or Federal court. Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding in any such court.

(c) Each party to this Agreement irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 9.01. Nothing in this Agreement will affect the right of any party to this Agreement to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.

SECTION 9.16. CONFIDENTIALITY. Each of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders agrees to maintain the confidentiality of the Information (as defined below), except that Information may be disclosed (a) to its and its Affiliates' officers, directors, employees and agents, including accountants, legal counsel and other advisors (it being understood that the persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential), (b) to the extent requested by any regulatory authority or quasi-regulatory authority (such as the National Association of Insurance Commissioners), (c) to the extent required by applicable laws or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process, (d) in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or under the other Loan Documents or any suit, action or proceeding relating to the enforcement of its rights hereunder or thereunder, (e) subject to an agreement containing provisions substantially the same as those of this Section, to (i) any actual or prospective assignee of or participant in any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or (ii) any actual or prospective counterparty (or its advisors) to any swap or derivative transaction relating to Parent or any Subsidiary or any of their respective obligations, (f) with the consent of Parent or (g) to the extent such Information becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section. For the purposes of this Section, "INFORMATION" shall mean all information received from any Borrower or Parent and related to any Borrower or Parent or their business, other than any such information that was available to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender on a nonconfidential basis prior to its disclosure by any Borrower or Parent; provided that, in the case of Information received from any Borrower or Parent after the date hereof, such information is clearly identified at the time of delivery as confidential. Information also includes all protected


99

health information ("PHI"), as such term is defined in 45 C.F.R. 164.501, including information that concerns an individual's past, present or future physical or mental health or condition, the provision of care to the individual, or the past, present or future payment for such care, and that directly or indirectly identifies an individual or that could reasonably be used to identify an individual. Any person required to maintain the confidentiality of Information as provided in this Section shall be considered to have complied with its obligation to do so if such person has exercised the same degree of care to maintain the confidentiality of such Information as such person would accord its own confidential information. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Lender will (i) treat all PHI as confidential, (ii) not disseminate, disclose or otherwise use PHI in a manner inconsistent with the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act Privacy Regulations codified at 45 C.F.R. 160 et seq. (the "HIPAA PRIVACY STANDARDS"), (iii) to the extent required by the HIPAA Privacy Standards, make PHI available to Parent and/or an individual for review and amendment according to HIPAA Privacy Standards, comply with applicable auditing and reporting requirements regarding the improper use or disclosure of PHI, and require agents or subcontractors who receive PHI to comply with the HIPAA Privacy Standards, and (iv) in accordance with the HIPAA Privacy Standards and as mutually agreed by each Lender and Parent, retain, destroy or return to Parent records that contain PHI.

SECTION 9.17. RELEASE OF SUBSIDIARY LOAN PARTIES AND COLLATERAL. (a) Notwithstanding any contrary provision herein or in any other Loan Document, if Parent shall request the release under any Security Document of any Subsidiary (other than a Borrower) or any Collateral to be sold or otherwise disposed of (including through the sale or disposition of any Subsidiary (other than a Borrower) owning any such Subsidiary or Collateral) to a Person other than Parent or a Subsidiary in a transaction permitted under the terms of this Agreement and shall deliver to the Collateral Agent a certificate to the effect that such sale or other disposition and the application of the proceeds thereof will comply with the terms of this Agreement, the Collateral Agent, if satisfied that the applicable certificate is correct, shall, without the consent of any Lender, execute and deliver all such instruments, releases, financing statements or other agreements, and take all such further actions, as shall be necessary to effectuate the release of such Subsidiary or such Collateral substantially simultaneously with or at any time after the completion of such sale or other disposition. Any such release shall be without recourse to, or representation or warranty by, the Collateral Agent and shall not require the consent of any Lender.

(b) Without limiting the provisions of Section 9.05, Parent and the Borrowers shall reimburse the Collateral Agent for all costs and expenses, including attorneys' fees and disbursements, incurred by it in connection with any action contemplated by this Section.

SECTION 9.18. USA PATRIOT ACT NOTICE. Each Lender and the Administrative Agent (for itself and not on behalf of any Lender) hereby notifies Parent and the Borrowers that pursuant to the requirements of the USA Patriot Act, it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies Parent and each Borrower, which information includes the name, address and tax identification number of Parent and each


100

Borrower and other information that will allow such Lender or the Administrative Agent, as applicable, to identify Parent and each Borrower in accordance with the USA Patriot Act.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

WELLCARE HOLDINGS, LLC,

by

 /s/ Todd S. Farha
---------------------------
Name:  Todd S. Farha
Title:  Manager

WELLCARE HEALTH PLANS, INC.,

by

 /s/ Todd S. Farha
---------------------------
Name: Todd S. Farha
Title: President & Chief Executive
       Officer

THE WELLCARE MANAGEMENT GROUP, INC.,

by

 /s/ Todd S. Farha
----------------------------------
Name: Todd S. Farha
Title: President & Chief Executive
       Officer

COMPREHENSIVE HEALTH
MANAGEMENT, INC.,

by

 /s/ Todd S. Farha
-----------------------------------
Name: Todd S. Farha
Title: President & Chief Executive
       Officer


CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON,
acting through its Cayman
Islands Branch, individually and as
Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent,
Swingline Lender and Issuing Bank,

by

 /s/ Joseph Adipietro
-----------------------------------
Name: Joseph Adipietro
Title: Director

by

 /s/ Joshua Parrish
-----------------------------------
Name: Joshua Parrish
Title: Associate


SIGNATURE PAGE TO WELLCARE
HOLDINGS, LLC, ET AL. CREDIT
AGREEMENT DATED AS OF MAY 13,
2004

Name of Institution: Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc.

by  /s/ Eugene Martin
   ----------------------------------
   Name:  Eugene Martin
   Title:  Vice President


SIGNATURE PAGE TO WELLCARE
HOLDINGS, LLC, ET AL. CREDIT
AGREEMENT DATED AS OF
MAY 13, 2004

Name of Institution: GSC PARTNERS CDO FUND, LIMITED

By: GSCP (NJ), L.P., as its agent
By: GSCP (NJ), Inc., its General Partner

By:  /s/ Seth Katzenstein
    ------------------------------------------------
Name: Seth Katzenstein
Title: Authorized Officer


SIGNATURE PAGE TO WELLCARE
HOLDINGS, LLC, ET AL. CREDIT
AGREEMENT DATED AS OF
MAY 13, 2004

Name of Institution: GSC PARTNERS CDO FUND II, LIMITED

By: GSCP (NJ), L.P., as its agent
By: GSCP (NJ), Inc., its General Partner

By:  /s/ Seth Katzenstein
    ---------------------------------------------------
Name: Seth Katzenstein
Title: Authorized Officer


SIGNATURE PAGE TO WELLCARE
HOLDINGS, LLC, ET AL. CREDIT
AGREEMENT DATED AS OF
MAY 13, 2004

Name of Institution: GSC PARTNERS CDO FUND III, LIMITED

By: GSCP (NJ), L.P., as its agent
By: GSCP (NJ), Inc., its General Partner

By:  /s/ Seth Katzenstein
    ---------------------------------------------------
Name: Seth Katzenstein
Title: Authorized Officer


SIGNATURE PAGE TO WELLCARE
HOLDINGS, LLC, ET AL. CREDIT
AGREEMENT DATED AS OF MAY 13,
2004

Name of Institution: Wachovia Bank National Association

by  /s/ Lynn E. Culbreath
   --------------------------------
   Name: Lynn E. Culbreath
   Title: Senior Vice President


EXHIBIT 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

WellCare Group, Inc.
Tampa, Florida

We consent to the use in this Amendment No. 2 to Registration Statement No. 333-112829 of WellCare Group, Inc. of our report dated February 12, 2004, appearing in the Prospectus, which is a part of this Registration Statement, and to the reference to us under the heading "Experts" in such Prospectus.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
Tampa, Florida
June 7, 2004


CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of WellCare Group, Inc. Tampa, Florida

We consent to the use in this Amendment No. 2 to Registration Statement No. 333-112829 of WellCare Group, Inc. of our report dated February 12, 2004, except for Note 15, which is as of June 7, 2004, on the consolidated financial statements and schedule of WellCare Holdings, LLC as of December 31, 2003 and for the year then ended and as of December 31, 2002 and for the five-month period then ended, and on the Predecessor combined financial statements for the seven-month period ended July 31, 2002 and the year ended December 31, 2001, appearing in the Prospectus, which is a part of this Registration Statement, and to the reference to us under the heading "Experts" in such Prospectus.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
Tampa, Florida
June 7, 2004